HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 7273 N COLLEGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT - VINE TO CONIFERF6rt Collins
PurcM1asing
ADDENDUM No. 2
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
970.221,6707
Logo v. com/purchasing
Description of BID 7273: N College Improvements Project - Vine to Conifer
OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) September 21, 2011
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described
above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed as follows:
1. Clarifications Not Resulting in Changes to the Bid Documents:
A. The intent of the Revision to Section 403 — Hot Mix Asphalt Warranty is
to determine remedial repairs for workmanship and defective
materials. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to perform
remedial repairs as outlined in section (d) in the revision at their cost.
This revision does not require elective or preventative maintenance of
the hot mix asphalt to be the responsibility of the Contractor unless
volunteered, subject to the approval of the City (see paragraph (e) on
page 108 of the project specifications).
The City is requesting a warranty performance bond of $275,000.00 to
guarantee the full performance of asphalt warranty work as described in
the Revision of Section 403 - Hot Mix Asphalt (Warranty). An additional
$275,000.00 as an allowance for asphalt repairs shall not be added to
the proposal.
B. It is anticipated that all water services to be lowered are 3/4 inch.
Please contact John Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer, at (970) 221-6777 with
any questions regarding this addendum.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN
STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS
ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
Addendum 2 — N College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer Page 1 of 1
the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract
or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and
services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future
maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other
circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no
just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who
is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this
Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City
or in the payment of any taxes; licenses or other monies due to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the
Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local
conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c)
familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and
carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify
Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of:
Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception
the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract
Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted
in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered
necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions
received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be
answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral
and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the
Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort
Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 2
uncovering, exposure. observation, inspection. testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and I?
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fads to fumish or perform the Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; howevr, this right of OWNER•
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Remohat of Defective Work:
13.11, If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER,.remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costR losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.12. Correction Period*
13.12.1.1E within eas year two years after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terns of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written
instructions: (i) correct such defective Work or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace arty damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If. CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the
tams of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of
.others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR
13.122.In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work the
correction period for that item may start to run fmm an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment
13.12.3. Where defective Wok (and damage to other
�g EICDCG&`rER.V.CONDMOM 19103(1990Editim)
cot CITY OF FORT COLD NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4r1000)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to such Work
will be extended for an additional period of one yaer
two years after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
acceptance of Defective Work.,
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work. OWNER (arid, prior to
ENGINEEWs recommendation of final payment also.
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages, attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such *fective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any
such acceptance occurs prior. to ENGINEER's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after
such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER Slav Correct Defective Work:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required
by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or 1f
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails
to comply with arty other provision of the Contract
Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR: correct and remedy arry such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto. take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances.
construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere.
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees OWNER's other
contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph All
claims, costs, hoses and damages incurred or sustained by
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the.
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
damages will include but not be limited to all cats of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTOR's defective Work CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the
Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule of Valuer
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Wok will be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Payment.•
14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month): CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR on the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents. If Payment is requested onthe basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting,that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest. therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with
respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER
shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR
with securities or arw arrangements involving an escrow or
custodianship. By executing the application for pamerit
form the CONTRACTOR ormessly waives his right to the
benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes. Section 24-91-IUI.
et sea.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Tide:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment. whether incorporated in the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free aml clear of all Liens.
Review of.4pplieadons for Progress Payment
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing
MUC GENERAL CONDITION R 1910-3 (199a Enteral
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
recommendation of payment and present the Application
to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. Ten days after Presentation of theW Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's.
recommendation. the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when duc will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR
14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules. that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14.5.2. the quality of the Wok is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10, and to arty other qua]iftcations stated
in the recommendation); and
14.5.3. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is.
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
'represented that: (i)exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (it), that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that might entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR
ENCQdEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall nut mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspection or tests, nullify any such payment
previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Charge Order,
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
pamgmph 13.14. or.
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or famishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR'has delivered a
specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or
14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1
through.15.2.4 inclusive:
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
wrimem notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed
to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the
reasons for such action
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work
is substantially complete (except for items specifically
fisted by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that
ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.
Within a reasonable time thereafter. OWNER
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does no consider the Work substantially
complete. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
EJCDC GENERAL CONDMOM 19 dos (1 990 Editim)
30 wt CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS(REN4r000)
considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER
will prepare and deliver to OWNER a temative certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections. ENGINEER concludes that
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. IL after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days, execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revisal tentative Est of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of resportsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agreeotherwisein wntuig and so inform
ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will.be binding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion but OWNER shall allow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of arty
substantially completed part of the Work which: (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
(u) OWNER ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Wok, may be accomplished prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
14. l0. L OR'NER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OkVNER to use
any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of
the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such
part of the Wok is substantially complete and request
ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Wok.
1
1
1
1
CONTRACTOR at'any time may notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request 24O WEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Within a reasormble time after either
such request, OWNER CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Work to determine its status of completion If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of pamgmphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division of responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final ' coon with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Wok is incomplete or alefective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies
Final Application for Payment•
14.11, After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
in accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating instntctiow, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by paragmph5.4, certificates of
inspection marked -sip record documents (as provided in
pamgraph6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR
may -make application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5-4.13,
(ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(ui) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed
in connection with the Work In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be fdal, and (4) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness.
connected with the Workfor which OWNER or OWNER'S
property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
EKDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 FAtim)
w/CITY OF FORT COLLINM MODIFICATIONS (REV •1/2000)
to furnish such a release or receipt in full.
CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER a cost
any Lien Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of
the surety to finalize payment are to be submittal on
forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard
forms bound in the Project manual.
Final Payment and A ceeptance.,
14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the firml Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER- is satisfied that the
Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations. under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the foal Application for Payment indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of. paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the nectssary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR subiect to rmrag_raph 17.6.2 of these
Gen oral Conditions.
14.14, IC through no fault of CONTRACTOR final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall,. upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted If the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
furnished as required in paragraph 5.1. the written consent
of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the tears and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of
claims
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of foal payment will
constitute:
14.15.1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11. from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terns of any special guarantees specified therein or
from CONfRACTOWs continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents and
14.15.2.A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled
.ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNERMay Suspend Work:
15.1. At any time and without cause. OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than ninety days by notice in wrong to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suslx lion if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles i l and 12.
OWNER May Terminate:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including but riot limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragmph2.9 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.6);
15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction:
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER or
15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial Way any provisions of the Contract
Documents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any) seven days written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
E)MC GE -IMA . CONDITIOM 1910-3 (1990 E0iti9a)
32 w/CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/10W)
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs•
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be
paid to CONTRACTOR If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the.difference to OWNER Such claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so,
approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order,.
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed
15.3. Where CONTRA(TOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
MY rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of OWNER elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case; CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without
duplication of any items):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable stuns for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.42. for expenses sustained prior to the effective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required
by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fiiir and reasonable sums for
overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. for all clams. costs, losses and damages
incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of
anticipated profits or revenue or other economic less
arising out of or resulting from such termination
CONTRACTOR May Stop IVork or Terminate:
15.5. IC through no ad or fault of CONTRACTOR the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days
by OWNER or under an order of cart or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time.
terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4.
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted.or OWNER has failed for thirty days to Pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be clue,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and ENGINEER sto the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR including interest
thereon. The provisions of this pamgmph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles I I and 12 for an increase in Contract Price
or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extant that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any,. shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, ODispute
Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs9.10, 9.11 and
9.12. OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17—bIISCEL"NEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is iiitendea or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the
last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referral to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period If the last day, of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the computation.
EX'DC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 Edtim)
WICITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
17.2.2.. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a
day.
Notice of Claim:
17:3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of arty error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other party within a reasonable time of the first
observance of such inury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of arty applicable statute
of limitations or repose.CumufadveRemedieK
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto. and in particular but
without limitation,the wurantes, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by
paragmphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to arty or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other'
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as it repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
rach particular (fury, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional Fees and Court Costs lndmiledt
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages', it shall include in each case, but not
be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorney's and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs
176 The laws of the State of Colorado aw y to this
A Eement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows
176 If a claim is filed OWNER is required by
law (CRS 38-26-I07y to withhold from all ravments to
CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to irwre the
payment of all claims for laborr, materials. team hire
sustenance. Provisions. Provender, or other supplies.
used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his
33
I
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19103 (1940 Editim)
34 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS(REV 4/LOU01 '
I
I
I
11
(This page Icft blank intcn ionally.)
1
F�
EA'DC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19105 (19%Eckdm)
' w/ CRY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV J12000)
I
35
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19103 (1990 Editim)
36 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS(RLV 42000)
u
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREMENT
OWNER aril CONTRACTOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final payment as provided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of'the Article 16. This
agreement so to .arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made later than thirty days after the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the. failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being final. and binding
upon OWNER. and CONTRACTOR If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration. proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made.
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association and a copy will
be sent to ENGINEER for information The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirty -lay .or, ten-day
period specked in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made after the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191 M (1990 Edtim)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below.
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any
other manner any other person or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEERS Consultant and the officers,
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3. the written consent of theother person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcartractor,
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract cotnenting.to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal.
16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they
shall fast submit any and all unsettled claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question
between them arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"). to mediation
by the American Arbitration Association under the
Constivction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those same
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted tomediation under this Agreement
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed
GC -AI
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as
having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
' 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the
amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a
certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed
herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the
General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
' executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid
Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of
Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will
' be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have
reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until'the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the
' Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid
Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the
Bid opening.
' 7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially
' complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set
forth in the Agreement.
' 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on
' the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or "or equal' items. If a specific product type or brand of material or
equipment is indicated on the drawings or specified in the specifications, three types of
' such product will be listed and the bidder may use anyone of the three or an approved
equal, if the equal is acceptable to the engineer. The procedure for submittal of any
such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
' 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal
subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within
these Documents.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3
1
I
I
I
EJCDC OEI,ERAL CONDITIONS 191 M (1990 Ed((iml QC -Al ,
wLI / CITY OF FORT COLNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91TJJ)
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
CDOT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the corresponding paragraphs as
indicated of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions
1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract
Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface
conditions at the site of the Work:
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the
geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or
opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
SC-5.3.2 Add the following:
The State of Colorado shall be added as an additional insured.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The State of Colorado shall be added as an additional insured.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General
Conditions listed below are as follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000
combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse,
and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner.
5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage
Rev 10/20/07
I
' with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
SC-6.4.1 Purchasing Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-6.4.2 Cement Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
' SC-6.5 Contractor Responsibilities —Amended in its entirety to read:
All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents. All warranties, if any, provided in the Specifications shall run
specifically to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer prior to final payment as provided for
herein, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to
the kind and quality of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be
' applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
' SC- 6.30.1. - Contractor General Warranty and Guarantee -
Delete the complete paragraph
' 6.30.1.1 Specific Warranties. Contractor further warrants and guarantees that any Work
covered by a specific warranty provision contained in the Specifications shall be performed in
accordance with the applicable warranty and any such Work shall conform to the warranty
' requirements during the warranty period stated in the specific warranty.
SC-13.12 Correction Period
' Delete the complete paragraph
' SC- 14.15.1- Waiver of Claims- Amended in its entirety to read:
14.15.1 a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled
' Liens, from defective Work identified and reported to Contractor during final inspection pursuant
to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents, or the terms of any specific
guarantees or warranties specified therein, or from Contractors' continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents;
SC-17.6.1 Delete the complete paragraph
I
SECTION 00900 ,
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT '
950 Contract Change Order '
00960 Application for Payment
1
0
0
0
0
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE:
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY:
DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk
Contractor
Project File
Architect
Engineer
Purchasing
Rev 10/20/07
$ .00
0.00
0.00
0.00
$ 0.00
Section 00950 Page 1
Section 00960
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PAGE 1 OF 4
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
PROJECT:
APPLICATION NUMBER:
APPLICATION DATE:
PERIOD BEGINNING:
ENGINEER:
CONTRACTOR:
PERIOD ENDING:
PROJECT NUMBER:
CHANGE ORDERS
Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection
with Contract
The present status of the account for this Contract is as
NUMBER DATE AMOUNT
follows:
1
2
Original Contract Amount:
3
Net Change by Change Order:
Current contract Amount:
$0.00
Total Completed and Stored to Date:
Less Previous Applications:
Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage:
$0.00
Less Retainage:
Net Change by Change Order $0.00 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $0.00
CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with
the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Coriditions of the Contract.
The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER.
Date: B
I
M= M M = = = = M M M= r=== M
® ® ® M1 ® ® ® aM ® ® ® ® e e e ® Mao e
APPLICATION FOR
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
PAYMENT
PAGE 2 OF 4
Work
Work
Work
Completed
Completed
Completed
Stored
This
Previous
To
Bid
Month
Periods
Date
Materials
Total
Item
This
Earned Percent
Unit
Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount
Qty.
Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount
Period
To Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00 '
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
3
CHANGE ORDERS
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PAGE 3 OF 4
Work
Work
Work Completed
Completed
Completed
Stored
This
Previous
To
Bid
Month
Periods
Date
Materials
Total
Item
This
Earned Percent
Unit
To
Number Description Quantity Units
Price Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount
Period
Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00.
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
PROJECT TOTALS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
M M w M M M s Ml M®=== M = = ® o 0
STORED MATERIALS
SUMMARY
On Hand Received Installed
Item Invoice Previous This This
Number Number Description Application Period Period
PAGE 4 OF 4
On Hand
This
Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00
5
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the
apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid
price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may
award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or
organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection
prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the
Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or
other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of
subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of
Award will be required in the performance of the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be
retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the
Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form
must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence.
Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or
a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an
assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown
below the corporate name.
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the
partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by
an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company
interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers
of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures,
interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or
initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any
alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be
Rev10/20107 Section 00100 Page 4
PROJECT AND STANDARD SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
Prepared for:
� of
t Collins
Engineering Department
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
(970) 221-6605
Prepared by:
L
assmates
5690 DTC Boulevard, Suite 101 W
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
(303) 221-2330
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
� �f� Project Special Provisions
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO .
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS - VINE TO CONIFER
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
July 22, 2011 '
The General Conditions of the Construction Contract and the Colorado Department of Transportation's
(CDOT) 2011 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction control construction of this
project. Where there are conflicts between the two, the General Conditions shall control.
The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the CDOT Standard Specifications and take
precedence over the CDOT Standard Specifications and plans.
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Page
INDEX PAGES
1-2
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX
3
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS COVER SHEET
4
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
5
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK
6
CONTRACT GOAL (COMBINED)
7
ON THE JOB TRAINING CONTRACT GOAL
8
REVISION OF SECTION 100 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
9
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107 AND 208 - WATER QUALITY CONTROL
10-29
REVISION OF SECTION 102 - PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA
30-31
REVISION OF SECTION 105 - COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS
32-33
REVISION OF SECTION 105 - CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT
34
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106 - HOT MIX ASPHALT
(REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
35
REVISION OF SECTION 106 - QUALITY CONTROL FOR WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
36-37
REVISION OF SECTION 107 - PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK
38-39
REVISION OF SECTION 107- INSURANCE
40
REVISION OF SECTION 107 - DEWATERING
41
REVISION OF SECTION 108- PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
42-46
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES COATED
WITH HEAVY-METAL BASED PAINT
47
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
48
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF TREES
49-50
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF WATER METER
51
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF LIGHT STANDARD (PRIVATE LIGHT)
52
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF COMPOSITE PAVEMENT
53
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT (PLANING)
54
REVISION OF SECTION 202- REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
55
REVISION OF SECTION 202 - ABANDON SERVICE
56
REVISION OF SECTION 262 — REMOVAL OF FIRE HYDRANT
57
REVISION OF SECTION 202 — PLUG CULVERT
58
REVISION OF SECTION 207 - TOPSOIL
59-61
REVISION OF SECTION 210 — RESET LIGHT STANDARD (PRIVATE LIGHT)
62
REVISION OF SECTION 210 —ADJUST MANHOLE
63
REVISION OF SECTION 210 — ADJUST VALVE BOX
64-65
REVISION OF SECTION 210 - ADJUST FIRE HYDRANT
66
REVISION OF SECTION 210 — ADJUST CURB STOP
67
REVISION OF SECTION 210— RESET WATER METER
68
REVISION OF SECTION 210 — RESET CURB STOP
69
REVISION OF SECTION 212 — TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
70-74
REVISION OF SECTION 213 — MULCHING
75
REVISION OF SECTION 213 — RIVER COBBLE AND FILTER FABRIC
76
I
FFort Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
'
� Project Special Provisions
July 22, 2011
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
'
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS — VINE TO CONIFER
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Page
REVISION OF SECTION 214 — PLANTING
77-85
'
REVISION OF SECTION 216 — SOIL RETENTION BLANKET (STRAW/COCONUT)
86
REVISION OF SECTION 250 - ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
87-88
REVISION OF SECTION 304 — AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
89
REVISION OF SECTION 304 — RAILROAD BUMPER
90
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703 - HOT MIX ASPHALT
(REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
91-93
REVISION OF SECTION 403 - HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
94-97
REVISION OF SECTION 403 - HOT MIX ASPHALT
98-100
REVISION OF SECTION 403 — HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
101-108
REVISION OF SECTION 412 — PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (WARRANTY)
109-110
REVISION OF SECTION 420 - TRANSITION MATS
111-113
REVISION OF SECTION 420 - TRM CLASS 1
114
REVISION OF SECTION 420 - TRM CLASS II
115
REVISION OF SECTION 420 - TRM CLASS III
116
REVISION OF SECTION 504 — SEAT WALL
117
'
REVISION OF SECTION 601 — STRUCTURAL CONCRETE (WARRANTY)
118
REVISION OF SECTION 601 - CONCRETE CLASS B
119
REVISION OF SECTION 601 — CONCRETE CLASS D
120
'
REVISION OF SECTION 601 - CUT STONE VENEER
121-123
REVISION OF SECTION 603 - CULVERT LINING
124-131
REVISION OF SECTION 603 — REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
132
'
REVISION OF SECTION 603 - EXTERNAL JOINT WRAP
REVISION OF SECTION 603 - INLINE CHECK VALVE
133
134-135
REVISION OF SECTION 604 - OIL -WATER -DEBRIS SEPARATOR
136-137
REVISION OF SECTION 604 - INLET SPECIAL
138
REVISION OF SECTION 604 - OUTLET STRUCTURE
139
'
REVISION OF SECTION 604 - MANHOLES, INLETS AND METER VAULTS
140
REVISION OF SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS
141-142
REVISION OF SECTION 608 - DETECTABLE WARNINGS
143-145
REVISION FO SECTION 610 —MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL
146
'
REVISION OF SECTION 613 - PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
147-150
REVISION OF SECTION 614 - IMPACT ATTENUATOR
151-152
REVISION OF SECTION 616 — SIPHONS
153
REVISION OF SECTION 619 - WATER METER AND FIRE HYDRANTS
154-155
REVISION OF SECTION 619 — FIRE HYDRANTS
156-158
REVISION OF SECTION 619 - WATER LINE LOWERINGS AND WATER SERVICE LOWERINGS
159
REVISION OF SECTION 619 — WATER SERVICE
REVISION OF SECTION 623 — IRRIGATION
160
161-180
REVISION OF SECTION 623 — IRRIGATION SYSTEM (WARRANTY)
181
REVISION OF SECTION 626 - PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
182-185
REVISION OF SECTION 627 - PAVEMENT MARKING
186
REVISION OF SECTION 628 - BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
187-192
REVISION OF SECTION 630 - CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
193-194
REVISION OF SECTION 630 - PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
195-196
REVISION OF SECTION 702 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
197
REVISION OF SECTION 715 - PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING MATERIALS
198-201
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN — GENERAL
202-205
'
UTILITIES
FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS
206-211
212
GENERAL 404 PERMIT
213
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS COVER SHEET
214
2
FO�t C011ifl5 North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
July 22, 2011
'
COLORADO
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
,
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS - VINE TO
CONIFER
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Date Page
Revision of Section 105 - Disputes and Claims for Contract Adjustments
(May 5, 2011) 215-238
Revision of Section 105 - Violation of Working Time Limitation
(Feb. 3, 2011) 239
Revision of Sections 105, 106, 412 and 601 - Conformity to the Contract of Portland
(June 16, 2011)
Cement Concrete Pavement And Dowel Bars for Transverse Weakened Plane Joints
240-254
Revision of Section 106 - Certificates of Compliance and Certified Test Reports
(February 3, 2011) 255
Revision of Sections 106, 627 and 713 - Glass Beads for Pavement Marking
(May 5, 2011) 256-257
Revision of Section 107 - Responsibility for Damage Claims,
(February 3, 2011) 258
'
Insurance Types, and Coverage Limits
Revision of Section 108 - Critical Path Method
(May 5, 2011) 259
Revision of Section 109 - Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment
(Feb. 3, 2011) 260-262
(Asphalt Cement Included in the Work)
'
Revision of Section 109 - Compensation for Compensable Delays
(May 5, 2011) 263
Revision of Section 109 - Fuel Cost Adjustment
(Feb. 3, 2011) 264-266
Revision of Section 109 - Measurement of Quantities
(February 3, 2011) 267
Revision of Section 203 - Imported Material for Embankment
(Feb. 3, 2011) 268-269
'
Revision of Section 401 - Compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt
(February 3, 2011) 270
Revision of Section 401 - Compaction Pavement Test Section (CTS)
(February 3, 2011) 271
Revision of Section 401 - Temperature Segregation
(February 3, 2011) 272
Revision of Sections 412 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Finishing
(February 3, 2011) 273
'
Revision of Sections 412, 601, and 711 - Liquid Membrane -Forming
(May 5, 2011) 274
Compounds for Curing Concrete
Revision of Sections 412 and 705 - Preformed Compression Seals
(Feb. 3, 2011) 275-276
Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Batching
(February 3, 2011) 277
'
Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Finishing
(February 3, 2011) 278
Revision of Section 627 and 708 - Pavement Marking with Waterborne Paint
and Low Voc Solvent Base Paint
(February 3, 2011) . 279
Revision of Section 630 - Retroreflective Sheeting
(February 3, 2011) 280
'
Revision of Section 630 - Retroreflective Sign Sheeting
(February 3, 2011) 281
Revision of Section 712 - Geotextiles
(February 3, 2011) 282
Revision of Section 712 -Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete
(February 3, 2011) 283
Affirmative Action Requirements -Equal Employment Opportunity
(Feb.3, 2011) 284-294
'
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise - Definitions and Requirements
(Feb. 3, 2011) 295-310
Minimum Wages Colorado,
(July 15, 2011) 311-319
U.S. Department of Labor General Decision Numbers CO20100014 and CO20100015,
MOD 6, Highway Construction, Statewide
,
On the Job Training
(Feb. 3, 2011) 320-323
Partnering Program
(February 3, 2011) 324
Railroad Insurance
(Feb. 3, 2011) 325-326
Required Contract Provisions - Federal -Aid Construction Contracts
(Feb. 3, 2011) 327-345
'
1
1
1
1
FO!tC011ins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
���. Project Special Provisions
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
July 22, 2011
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
4
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,—Q, to Project Special Provisions
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
July 22, 2011 '
Pursuant to subsections 102.04 and 102.05, it is recommended that bidders on this project review the
work site and plan details with an authorized City representative. Prospective bidders shall contact one
of the following listed authorized City representatives at least 12 hours in advance of the time they wish
to go over the project.
Project Manager - Matt Baker
Street Oversizing Program Manager
Office Phone: (970) 224-6108
Cell Phone: (970) 222-0748
Project Engineer - Randy Maizland
Cell Phone: (970) 218-5658
The above referenced individuals are the only representatives of the City with authority to provide any
information, clarification, or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract
documents or requirements.
Questions received from bidders along with City responses will be posted as an addendum online at
the City of Fort Collins Buy Speed Webpage, www.fcclov.com/eprocurement as they become available.
All questions shall be directed to the City contacts listed above no later than 7:00 A.M. one week prior
to the bid opening.
Questions and answers shall be used for reference only and shall not be considered part of the
Contract.
5
1:0 C011i�s North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK
The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract by the City in the "Notice to Proceed." The
Contractor shall complete all work in accordance with the Contract.
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
The Contractor's progress schedule may be a Bar Chart Schedule.
Salient features to be shown on the Contractor's Progress Schedule are:
(1) Construction Traffic Control
(2) Clearing and Grubbing
(3) Removals
(4) Roadway Earthwork
(5) Erosion Control
(6) Water Quality Pond
(7) Lake Canal Siphon
(8) Storm Sewer System
(9) Utility Relocations
(lo)Curb and Gutter
(> >) Sidewalk
(12)Concrete Pavement
(13)Asphalt Pavement
(14)Pedestrian Bridge/Arbor
(15) Irrigation
(1 6) Landscaping
(17)Site Furnishings
(18) Lighting
(19)Signing and Striping (By City Forces)
(20)Traffic Signals (By City Forces)
Subsection 108.07 shall include the following:
Time will not be charged during the months of December, January, February or March. This time is
defined as free time and work may continue if conditions permit. Work during this period will be
approved by the Engineer after taking into account the type of work, weather conditions, quality of work
given the site conditions, and safety of the travelling public. All costs incidental to working during this
period shall be included in the original contract prices for the project, including but not limited to, traffic
control, BMP maintenance, temperature control maintenance, and roadway surface maintenance.
6
Fort North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Collins
f� Project Special Provisions
CONTRACT GOAL (COMBINED)
July 22, 2011 '
The Department has determined that Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (UDBEs) will
participate by contracting for a part of the work of this Contract. The contract goal for participation in
this Contract by certified DBEs who have been determined to be underutilized has been established as
follows:
UDBE* 9.5 Percent
The percentage will be calculated from proposals received for this project according to the following
formula:
Percentage = 100 X
**Dollar amount of work to be contracted to underutilized DBEs (UDBEs)
Total dollar amount of the original Contract
* All DBEs will be considered to be UDBEs.
** Based on DBE contract unit prices rather than prime contract unit prices.
NOTE: Specific Good Faith Efforts required to meet the Contract Goal specified above are defined in
the Standard Special Provisions. In addition, the Transportation Commission has determined an
overall 12.69 percent annual goal for the participation of all DBEs.
7
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' ON THE JOB TRAINING CONTRACT GOAL
The Department has determined that On the Job Training shall be provided to trainees with the goal of
developing full journey workers in the types of trade or classification involved. The contract goal for On
Ithe Job Trainees working in an approved training plan in this Contract has been established as follows:
Minimum number of total On the Job Training required 1280 hours
8
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 100
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 100 of the Standard Specification is hereby revised for this project as follows:
All references to the State, the Department, the Engineer, the Chief Engineer, etc. shall be understood
to mean the City of Fort Collins, Colorado or the City's designated representative.
9
shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and
shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No.,
and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form,
Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as
required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system,
the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation 'BID
ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for
receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by
addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location
designated for receipt of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive
consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will
not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in
a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be
submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized
representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the
opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of
Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as
indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major
alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00100 Page 5
17
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
Sections 101, 107, and 208 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 101.78 and replace it with the following:
101.92 Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP). The Stormwater Management Plan comprises
those contract documents containing the requirements necessary to protect and identify sensitive
environments (state waters, wetlands, habitat and existing vegetation), minimize the amount of
disturbed soil, control and minimize erosion and sedimentation during and after project construction,
prevent runoff from offsite areas from flowing across the site, slow down the runoff, and reduce
pollutants in stormwater runoff. The Contractor is responsible to obtain the SWMP.
Delete subsection 107.25 (a)3 and replace it with the following:
3. State Waters. Based on 25-8-103 (19) CRS, state waters are defined to be any and all surface and
subsurface waters which are contained in or flow through the state, including, streams, rivers, lakes,
drainage ditches, storm drains, ground water, and wetlands, but not including waters in sewage
systems, waters in treatment works or disposal systems, waters in potable water distribution systems,
and all water withdrawn for use until use and treatment have been completed.
Delete subsection 107.25(b) and replace it with the following:
(b) Construction Requirements.
The Contractor shall comply with the "Colorado Water Quality Control Act" (Title 25, Article 8,
CRS), the "Protection of Fishing Streams" (Title 33, Article 5, CRS), the "Clean Water Act" (33
USC 1344), regulations promulgated, certifications or permits issued, and to the requirements
listed below. In the event of conflicts between these requirements and water quality control laws,
rules, or regulations of other Federal, or State agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or
regulations shall apply.
2. If the Contractor anticipates, or if construction activities result in any change from or
noncompliance with permits or certifications, then the Contractor shll detail the anticipated changes
or noncompliance in a written report to the Engineer, and revise existing permits or certifications or
obtain new permits or certifications as necessary. The report shall be submitted within two days
from the time the Contractor becomes aware of the change or noncompliance. Within five days
after receipt of the report, the Engineer will approve or reject the request for change in writing, or
detail a course of action.
3. The Contractor may be legally required to obtain permits associated with specific activities within,
or off the right-of-way, such as borrow pits, concrete or asphalt plant sites, waste disposal sites, or
other facilities. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain these permits. The Contractor shall
consult with the Engineer, and contact the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
or other appropriate federal, state, or local agency to determine the need for any permit.
4. The Contractor shall conduct the work in a manner that minimizes pollution of any adjacent waters,
including wetlands. Erosion control work shall be performed in accordance with Section 208 and
this subsection.
El
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
_ �Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
'
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
,
5. At least ten days prior to the beginning of construction the Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS) shall
identify and describe all potential pollutant sources, including materials and activities, and evaluate
them for the potential to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharge. The ECS shall assess the
'
potential of these sources to contribute pollutants to stormwater discharges associated with
construction activities. At a minimum each of the following shall be evaluated for the potential for
contributing pollutants to stormwater discharges, and identified in the SWMP if found to have such
,
potential : all exposed and stored soils; vehicle tracking of sediments; management of contaminated
soils; vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling; outdoor storage activities (building materials,
fertilizers, chemicals, etc.); significant dust or particle generating processes; routine maintenance
involving fertilizers, pesticides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc.; on -site waste management
,
practices (waste piles, dumpsters, etc.); dedicated asphalt and concrete batch plants; concrete
truck/equipment washing, including the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and
equipment; non -industrial waste sources that may be significant, such as worker trash and portable
,
toilets; loading and unloading operations; and other areas or procedures where potential spills can
occur. The Contractor shall provide a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC)
for any petroleum product, chemicals, solvents, or other hazardous materials in use, or in storage,
'
at the work site. Work shall not be started until the plan has been submitted to and approved by the
Engineer.
The ECS shall record the location of potential pollutants on the site map. Descriptions may be
'
added to the site map or may be added as an addendum to the SWMP notebook.
Required dewatering of excavations shall be conducted in a manner that avoids pollution and
erosion. Water from dewatering operations shall not be directly discharged into any state waters
including wetlands, irrigation ditches, canals, or storm sewers, unless allowed by a permit.
Discharge into sanitary sewers will not be allowed unless written permission is obtained from the
owner or controlling authority and a copy of this approval submitted to the Engineer. Unless
prohibited by law or otherwise specified in the Contract, the water from dewatering operations shall
be contained in basins for dissipation by infiltration or evaporation, shall be hauled away from the
project for disposal in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, or shall be land applied to
approved non -wetland vegetated areas and allowed to soak into the soil. Depending upon the
quality of the water, land application of water to vegetated areas may require a written concurrence
or permit from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE). Based on
guidelines and criteria from CDPHE, the Contractor shall determine the quality of the water, obtain
applicable concurrences or permits, and furnish copies of the concurrences or permits obtained to
the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible to obtain a Construction Dewatering (CDW) permit
from the CDPHE
At least 15 days prior to commencing dredging or fill operations in a watercourse, the Contractor
shall provide written notification to owners or operators of domestic or public water supply intakes or
diversion facilities, if these facilities are within 5 miles downstream from the dredging or fill
operations.
8. Upon completion of wetland or in stream construction activities, all temporary fills shall be removed
in their entirety and disposed of in an upland location outside of flood plains unless otherwise
specified in the Contract. Affected areas shall be returned to their pre-existing elevation unless
otherwise specified in the Contract.
IF
i
I
[1
I
Lj
I
1
I
I
1:0 COIIi�S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
9. Construction operations in state waters, including wetlands, shall be restricted to:
(1) Channel change areas designated in the Contract.
(2) Areas designated in the Contract which must be entered to construct structures.
(3) Fording waters no more than four times per day. Whenever fording waters more than four
times per day is necessary, a temporary bridge or other structure shall be used.
(4) Areas authorized by the Corps of Engineers.
10. Work in, or near, wetlands shall be performed in a manner that will minimize harm to the wetlands.
Wetland areas outside of the right-of-way shall not be used for storage, parking, waste disposal,
access, borrow material, or any other construction support activity.
11. Pollutant by-products of highway construction, concrete, asphalt, solids, sludges, pollutants
removed in the course of treatment of wastewater, excavation or excess fill material, and material
from sediment traps shall be handled, stockpiled, and disposed of in a manner that prevents entry
into state waters, including wetlands. Removal of concrete waste and washout water from mixer
trucks, concrete finishing tools, concrete saw and all concrete material removed in the course of
construction operations or cleaning shall be performed in a manner that prevents waste material
from entering state waters. A minimum of ten days prior to the start of concrete operations, the
Contractor shall submit in writing a method for containing concrete wastewater to the Engineer for
approval.
12. The use of chemicals such as soil stabilizers dust palliatives, herbicides, growth inhibitors,
fertilizers, deicing salts, etc., during construction shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended application rates, frequency, and instructions. These chemicals shall not be used,
stored, or stockpiled within 50 horizontal feet of the ordinary high water line of any state waters,
including wetlands, except when otherwise specified in the Contract.
13. Construction waste or salvable material, excess excavated material, fill material, construction
equipment, fuels, lubricants, and other petroleum distillates shall not be stored or stockpiled within
50 horizontal feet of any wetland, water impoundment area, or the ordinary high water line of any
watercourse. Equipment fueling and servicing shall occur only within approved designated areas.
14. The quantity of materials stored on the project shall be limited, as much as practical, to that quantity
required to perform the work in an orderly sequence. All materials stored on -site shall be stored in a
neat, orderly manner, in their original containers, with the original manufacturer's label. Materials
shall not be stored in a location where they may be carried into a state water at any time.
15. Spill prevention and containment measures shall be used at storage, and equipment fueling and
servicing areas to prevent the pollution of any state waters, including wetlands. All spills shall be
cleaned up immediately after discovery, or contained until appropriate cleanup methods can be
employed. Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup shall be followed, along with
proper disposal methods.
Use of heavy equipment in or around state waters, including wetlands, will not be allowed, except
as specified in the Contract, permits, and subsection 107.25(b)10. above, unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer. If any such work is allowed, the equipment shall be of such type that will produce
minimal environmental damage. For allowed work in wetlands, the equipment shall be on fiber,
wooden, earthen, or metallic mats to prevent undue disturbance and damage to the wetlands area.
12
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
Where practical, equipment shall be operated from banks or shoulder above riparian and wetland
areas.
16. The Contractor shall prevent grass or brush fires that will expose areas of soil to erosion.
17. The construction activity shall not block the movement of those species of aquatic life indigenous to
the waterbody.
18. The construction activities shall not impair Indian tribal rights, including, but not limited to, water
rights, and treaty fishing and hunting rights.
19. Discharges of pollutants into breeding areas of migratory waterfowl, or into fish spawning areas
during spawning seasons shall not be permitted unless allowed by permits from appropriate
regulatory agencies.
20. The Contractor shall certify that construction equipment has been cleaned prior to site arrival.
Vehicles shall be free of soil and debris capable of transporting noxious weed seeds or roots onto
the site. Vehicle cleaning may occur on site, in approved areas, where wash water can be properly
contained.
21. At the end of each day the Contractor shall collect all trash and dispose of it in appropriate
containers. Containers shall be emptied as needed.
Delete Section 208 and replace it with the following:
208.01 This work consists of constructing, installing, maintaining, and removing when required, erosion
control measures during the life of the Contract to prevent or minimize erosion, sedimentation, and
pollution of any state waters as defined in subsection 107.25, including wetlands. This work includes
constructing a stabilized construction entrance, as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall coordinate the construction of temporary erosion control measures with the
construction of permanent erosion control measures to assure economical, effective, and continuous
erosion control throughout the construction period.
208.02 The material for erosion control measures shall conform to the following:
(a) Erosion Bales: Material for erosion bales shall consist of Certified Weed Free hay or straw. The hay
or straw shall be certified under the Colorado Department of Agriculture Weed Free Forage
Certification Program and inspected as regulated by the Weed Free Forage Act, Title 35, Article
27.5., CRS. Each certified weed free erosion bale shall be identified by one of the following:
(1) One of the ties binding the bales shall consist of blue and orange twine, or
(2) One of the ties binding the bale shall consist of specially produced shiny galvanized wire, or
(3) The bale shall have a regional Forage Certification Program tag indicating the Regional Forage
Certification Program Number.
Erosion bales shall be inspected for and Regionally Certified as weed free based on the Regionally
Designated Noxious Weed and Undesirable Plant List for Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Nebraska,
Utah, Idaho, Kansas, and South Dakota.
13
FOrt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
The Contractor shall not unload certified weed free erosion bales or remove their identifying twine,
wire or tags until the Engineer has inspected and accepted them.
The Contractor shall provide a certificate of compliance showing the transit certificate number or a
copy of the transit certificate as supplied from the forage producer.
The Contractor may obtain a current list of Colorado Weed Free Forage Crop Producers who have
completed certification by contacting the Colorado Department of Agriculture, Weed Free Forage
Program, 700 Kipling Street, Suite 4000, Lakewood, CO 80215, (303) 239-4177.
Bales shall be approximately 5 cubic feet of material and weigh not less than 35 pounds.
(b) Silt Fence. Silt fence posts shall be metal or wood with a minimum length of 42 inches. Metal posts
shall be "studded tee" or "U" type with minimum weight of 1.33 pounds per linear foot. Wood posts
shall have a minimum diameter or cross section dimension of 2 inches. Silt fence geotextile shall
conform to subsection 712.08(b). Geotextile shall be attached to posts with three or more staples
per post.
(c) Temporary Berms. Temporary berms, shall be constructed of compacted soil.
(d) Temporary Slope Drains. Temporary slope drains shall consist of fiber mats, plastic sheets, stone,
concrete or asphalt gutters, half round pipe, metal or plastic pipe, wood flume, flexible rubber or
other materials suitable to carry accumulated water down the slopes.
(e) Brush Barrier. Brush barriers shall consist of brush, limbs, root mat, vines, soil, rock, or
unmerchantable timber. The erosion control geotextile that covers the barrier shall conform to
subsection 712.08(b).
(f) Check Dam. Check dams shall be constructed of stone, logs, or wooden timbers. Stone shall meet
the requirements of Section 506.
(g) Outlet Protection. Outlet protection riprap shall conform to section 506. Erosion control geotextile
shall conform to subsection 712.08(b).
(h) Sediment Trap and Basin. In constructing an excavated Sediment Trap or Basin, excavated soil
may be used to construct the dam embankment, provided the soil meets the requirements of
Section 203.
(i) Erosion Logs. Erosion logs shall be curled aspen wood excelsior with a consistent width of fibers
evenly distributed throughout the log. The casing shall be seamless, photodegradable tube netting
and shall have minimum dimensions as shown in Table 208-1, based on the diameter of the log
called for in the plans. The curled aspen wood excelsior shall be fungus free, resin free and shall be
free of growth or germination inhibiting substances.
14
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1_� Project Special Provisions
6
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
Table 208-1
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF EROSION LOGS
Diameter
Length
Weight minimum
Stake Dimensions
8 inch
7-10 feet
1.6pounds/foot
1.5 by 1.5 by 20
inches
12 inch
7-10 feet
2.5pounds/foot
1.5 by 1.5 by 24
inches
18 inch
7-10 feet
4pounds/foot
1.5 by 1.5 by 30
inches
Stakes to secure erosion logs shall consist of pinewood or hardwood.
July 22, 2011 1
Q) Silt Dikes. Silt dikes shall be pre -manufactured triangular shaped urethane foam covered with a
woven geotextile fabric. The fabric aprons shall extend a minimum of two feet beyond each side of
the triangle.
Each silt dike shall have the following dimensions:
Center height
8 to 10 inches
Base
16 to 21 inches
Section length
3 to 7 feet
Section width including fabric extensions
5.6 feet
(k) Concrete Washout Structure. The Contractor shall design and construct a concrete washout
structure that will contain washout from concrete placement and construction equipment cleaning
operations. Embankment required for the concrete washout structure may be excavated material,
provided that this material meets the requirements of Section 203 for embankment.
When approved by the Engineer an "urban" concrete washout structure may be used. Urban
concrete washout examples are pre -manufactured containers designed to contain liquid and solid
waste from concrete washout, wooden boxes lined with heavy duty plastic or waterproof 55 gallon
drums. After use structure must be removed from the project site and disposed of at the
Contractor's expense.
(1) Stabilized Construction Entrance. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, aggregate for the
construction entrance shall be coarse material that meets the following gradation requirements:
Sieve size Percent by weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves
75 mm (3 inch) 100
50 mm (2 inch) 95-100
19.0 mm (3/a inch) 0-15
Geotextile shall conform to the requirements of subsection 420.02.
15
I
I
I
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
208.03 Project Review, Schedule, and Erosion Control Supervisor.
Prior to construction the Contractor shall implement erosion control measures in accordance with the
approved schedule.
Prior to construction the Contractor shall evaluate the project site for water draining into or through it. If
such drainage is identified, BMPs shall be used to prevent off -site water (stormwater) from running on -
site and becoming contaminated with sediment or other pollutants via a temporary pipe or other
conveyance to prevent water contamination. Run-on water that cannot be diverted shall be treated as
construction runoff and adequate BMPs shall be employed.
The ECS shall evaluate any non-stormwater coming onto the site, such as springs, seeps, and
landscape irrigation return flow. If such flow is identified, BMPs shall be used to protect off -site water
from running on -site and becoming contaminated with sediment or other pollutants.
The ECS shall review existing inlets and culverts to determine if inlet protection is needed due to water
flow patterns. Prior to construction commencing, inlets and culverts needing protection shall be
protected and the location of the implemented BMP added to the SWMP site map.
When additional BMPs are required the Contractor shall implement the additional BMPs and the ECS
' shall record and describe them on the SWMP site map. Additional BMPs will be measured and paid for
in accordance with subsections 208.07 and 208.08.
(a) Project Review. The Contractor may submit modifications to the Contract's erosion control
' measures in a written proposal to the Engineer. Such proposed modifications shall be submitted at
least ten working days prior to the beginning of any construction work. The written proposal shall
include the following minimum information:
' (1) Reasons for changing the erosion control measures.
(2) Diagrams showing details and locations of all proposed changes.
(3) List of appropriate pay items indicating new and revised quantities.
(4) Schedules for accomplishing all erosion and sediment control work.
(5) Effects on permits or certifications caused by the proposed changes.
The Engineer will approve or reject the written proposal in writing within two weeks after the
submittal. The Engineer may order additional control measures prior to approving the proposed
modifications. The Contractor shall obtain amendments to permits or certifications required as a
' result of the approved changes. Modifications to the erosion control measures shall not be reason
for extension of contract time.
(b) Schedules. At least 10 working days prior to the beginning of any construction work, the Contractor
shall submit for approval a schedule for accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion
control work. This schedule shall specifically indicate the sequence of clearing and grubbing,
earthwork operations, and construction of temporary and permanent erosion control features. The
schedule shall include erosion and sediment control work for all areas within the project boundaries,
including but not limited to, haul roads, borrow pits, and storage and plant sites. Work shall not be
started until the erosion and sediment control schedule has been approved in writing by the
Engineer.
16
11
FOit C011itts North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
8
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
,
Once the work has started, and during the active construction period, the Contractor shall update
the schedule for all erosion and sediment control work on a weekly basis, and submit the updated
schedule to the Engineer. If during construction the Contractor proposes changes which would
affect the Contract's erosion and sediment control measures, the Contractor shall propose revised
erosion and sediment control measures to the Engineer for approval in writing. Revisions shall not
be implemented until the proposed measures have been approved in writing by the Engineer.
If necessary, the ECS shall update proposed sequencing of major activities in the SWMP.
(c) Erosion Control Supervisor. When included in the Contract, the Contractor shall assign to the project
an employee to serve in the capacity of the Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS). The ECS shall be a
person other than the Superintendent, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The ECS shall
be experienced in all aspects of construction and have satisfactorily completed an ECS training
program authorized by the Department. Proof that this requirement has been met shall be
submitted to the Engineer at least ten working days prior to the beginning of any construction work.
A list of authorized ECS training programs will be provided by the Engineer upon request by the
'
Contractor. The ECS shall act as the Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) Administrator on the
project. The SWMP Administrator shall be responsible for oversight of the implementation,
maintenance, and revision of the SWMP for the duration of the project. The ECS shall read, be
familiar with, and use the information provided in CDOT's Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality
Guide and the CDPS-SCP.
The ECS's responsibilities shall be as follows:
,
(1) Ensure compliance with all water quality permits or certifications in effect during the construction
work.
'
(2) Directly supervise the installation, construction, and maintenance of all erosion control measures
specified in the Contract and coordinate the construction of erosion control measures with all other
construction operations.
'
(3) Direct the implementation of suitable temporary erosion and sediment control features as necessary
to correct unforeseen conditions or emergency situations. Direct the dismantling of those features
when their purpose has been fulfilled unless the Engineer directs that the features be left in place.
(4) Inspect and record with the Engineer or designated representative the stormwater management
system at least every 14 calendar days. Post storm event inspections must be conducted within
24 hours after any precipitation or snow melt event that may cause surface erosion. If no
construction activities will occur following a storm event, post -storm event inspections shall be
conducted prior to commencing construction activities, but no later than 72 hours following the
'
storm event. The occurrence of any such delayed inspection must be documented in the inspection
report. Recorded inspections still must be conducted at least every 14 calendar days; a time span
greater than 14 calendar days is a violation of the CDPS-SCP. CDOT Form 1176 shall be used for
all inspections.
The project is subject to inspections by CDPHE, COE, EPA and CDOT at any time. If CDPHE
reviews the project site and requires additional measures to prevent and control erosion, sediment
or pollutants, the Contractor shall cease and desist activities resulting in pollutant discharge and
immediately implement these measures.
17
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� .— Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
9
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
(5) Attend the Preconstruction Conference, all project scheduling meetings, and reviews by the Erosion
Control Advisory Team (ECAT) and Regional Erosion Control Advisory Team (RECAT) as
requested by the Engineer.
(6) Upon the Engineer's request, implement necessary actions to reduce anticipated or presently
existing water quality or erosion problems resulting from construction activities. The criteria by
which the Engineer initiates this action may be based on water quality data derived from monitoring
operations or by any anticipated conditions (e.g., predicted storms) which the Engineer believes
could lead to unsuitable water quality situations.
(7) Make available, upon the Engineer's request, all labor, material, and equipment judged appropriate
by the Engineer to install and maintain suitable erosion and sediment control features.
(8) During construction the ECS shall update and record the following items on the site map daily:
(i) Construction boundaries
(ii) Areas of disturbance, as they occur
(iii) Areas used for storage of construction materials, equipment, soils, or wastes
(iv) Location of any dedicated asphalt or concrete batch plants
(v) Location of work access routes during construction
(vi) Location of borrow and waste
(9) The ECS shall amend the SWMP whenever there are: additions, deletions, changing locations of
BMPs. SWMP revisions shall be recorded immediately. Items shall be dated and signed at time
of occurrence. Specifically, amendments shall include the following:
(1) A change in design, construction, operation or maintenance of the site, which would require
the implementation of new or revised BMPs; or
(2) Changes when the SWMP proves to be ineffective in achieving the general objectives of
controlling pollutants in stormwater discharges associated with construction activity.
(3) Changes when BMPs are no longer necessary and are removed.
(10) All inspection and maintenance activities or other repairs shall be documented by the ECS and
kept on the project site.
(11) The ECS shall modify the site map with arrows to indicate direction of water flowing across the
project site.
(12) When adding new BMPs to the SWMP the ECS shall add a narrative explaining where and why
the BMP is being used, a description of BMP application, and a detail to the SWMP notebook.
(13) If using existing topography, vegetation, etc. as a BMP it shall be labeled as such on the SWMP
site map; the ECS shall add a narrative as to why and how the BMP is being used to the SWMP
site map.
(14) The ECS shall cross out all details and notes on the Department's Standard Plans and SWMP
that do not apply to the project. The ECS shall write an explanation as to why the detail has been
removed or what is being used instead as a BMP ("not applicable" is not an acceptable
explanation).
is
k
6 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_ 0 Project Special Provisions
10
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
July 22, 2011 1
(15) The ECS shall develop, record on the SWMP, and implement a plan for saw cutting containment
to be approved by the Engineer.
(16) The ECS shall keep accurate and complete records; this is a requirement of the Stormwater
Construction Permit; enforcement action, including fines could result if records are not adequate.
Completed 1176 reports shall be kept in the SWMP notebook.
All spills, leaks or overflows that result in the discharge of pollutants shall be documented and
maintained by the ECS. The ECS shall record the time and date, weather conditions, reasons for spill,
etc. Some spills may need to be reported to the Water Quality Control Division immediately.
The Permittee shall report to CDPHE Water Quality Division the following instances of noncompliance:
(1) Any noncompliance, which may endanger health or the environment;
(2) Any spills or discharge of hazardous substance or oil, which may cause pollution of the waters of
the state;
(3) Any discharge of stormwater, which may cause an exceedance of a water quality standard.
For all instances of noncompliance based on environmental hazards and chemical spills and releases,
all needed information shall be provided orally to the Colorado Department of Public Health and
Environmental spill reporting line within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the
circumstance. For all instances of noncompliance identified here, a written submission shall also be
provided within five calendar days of the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. The
written submission shall contain a description of:
(1) The noncompliance and its cause;
(2) The period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not
been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue;
(3) Steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance.
After measures have been taken to correct any problems and recorded, or where a report does not
identify incidents of noncompliance, the report shall be signed indicating the site is in compliance.
(d) Documentation Available on the Project. The following Contract documents and references will be
made available for reference at the CDOT field office during construction.
1. SWMP Notebook. The Engineer will provide a SWMP Notebook, which is and shall remain the
property of CDOT, in which the following Contract documents and reports shall be kept:
(1) SWMP Plan Sheets
(2) SWMP site map and project plan title sheet
(3) Copies of subsection 107.25 and sections 207, 208, 212, 213, and 216 of the Standard
Specifications, and all of the standard and project special provisions that modify them
(4) Standard Plan M-208-1
(5) Details of BMPs used on the project not covered in Standard Plan M-208-1
(6) Narratives related to BMPs used on the project not covered on the SWMP plans or site
maps
19
OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to
that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms
with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive,
unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any
Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is
unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or
criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any
column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct
sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether
or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices
and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work
as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the
operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major
items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such
data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial
ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's
satisfaction within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award
will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest
base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the
Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice
of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers
the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required
Contract Security.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 6
FOft Collins
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_��
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
11
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
(7)
Calendar for marking when the regular 14 day inspections take place and when the storm
event inspections take place
(8)
All project permits, including, CDPS-SCP, SB 40, Dewatering, and all other permits
applicable to the project.
(9)
List of potential pollutions as described in subsection 107.25
(10)
Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Plan
(11)
Form 1176 Inspection reports and RECAT reports
(12)
Form 105s relating to water quality
(13)
Description of inspection and maintenance methods implemented at the site to maintain all
erosion and sediment control practices identified in the SWMP
The Engineer will incorporate the documents and reports available at the time of award. The
Contractor shall provide and insert all other documents and reports as they become available
during construction.
' 2. Reference Materials
(1) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide
(2) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Field Guide
(3) Copy of biological opinion, if applicable
Prior to construction, an on -site environmental preconstruction conference shall be held. The
conference shall be attended by the Engineer, the Contractor's ECS, CDOT Region Environmental
personnel, the CDOT Landscape Architect, and a CDOT Hydraulics Engineer. At this conference, the
attendees shall discuss the stormwater management plan, sensitive habitats on site, wetlands, and
' other vegetation to be protected.
208.04 Erosion Control.
tThe ECS shall modify the SWMP to clearly describe and locate all practices implemented at the site to
control potential sediment discharges from vehicle tracking.
Stabilized construction entrances shall be used at all vehicle exit and entrance points to the site to
prevent sediment exiting the project site onto paved public roads. Access shall be provided only at a
stabilized construction entrance. The ECS shall record required BMPs on the SWMP site map. The
Contractor will be responsible to remove construction drag -out within 24 hours of street being
contaminated. This work will be at the Contractor's expense. If the street is not cleaned within 24
hours, the City will contract a third party to remove the drag -out. The Contractor will be responsible for
payment of this work to the third party.
Perimeter control shall be established as the first BMP to be implemented on the SWMP. Perimeter
control shall be approved by the Engineer. The ECS shall describe and record perimeter control on
' SWMP.
Newly constructed inlets and culverts shall be protected throughout construction and immediately upon
completion. When riprap is called for at the outlet of a culvert, it shall be installed within 24 hours upon
completion of each pipe. The Contractor shall remove sediment, millings, debris and other pollutants
from within the project drainage system, prior to use, at no additional cost to the project.
20
cNorth College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fortrt Colons
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
12
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
(a) Unforeseen Conditions. The Contractor shall design and implement erosion and sediment control
measures for correcting conditions unforeseen during the design of the project, or for emergency
situations, that develop during construction. The Department's "Erosion Control and Stormwater
Quality Guide" shall be used as a reference document for the purpose of designing erosion and
sediment control measures. Measures and methods proposed by the Contractor shall be reviewed
and approved in writing by the Engineer prior to installation.
(b) Work Outside the Right of Way. In areas outside the right-of-way that are used by the Contractor
and which include, but are not limited to, borrow pits, haul roads, storage and disposal areas,
maintenance, batching areas, etc., erosion and sediment control work shall be performed by the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense.
(c) Construction Implementation. The Contractor shall incorporate into the project all erosion and
sediment control features as outlined in the accepted schedule.
(d) Stabilization. Permanent stabilization is defined as the covering of disturbed areas with final seed
and mulch as indicated on the plans. When required by the plans, a soil retention blanket shall be used
in combination with the final seed and mulch. Temporary stabilization is defined as the covering of
disturbed areas with seed, mulch with a tackifier, soil roughening, soil binder, or a combination thereof.
Other permanent or temporary soil stabilization techniques may be proposed, in writing, by the
Contractor and used upon approval, in writing, by the Engineer.
During the summer and winter when seeding is not allowed, temporary stabilization shall be placed.
Temporary stabilization will not be paid for the convenience of the Contractor. Temporary stabilization
shall consist of: surface roughening via scarifying surface to 2-4 inches variation of surface or vertical
tracking, 1.5 tons of certified weed free forage hay or straw mulching per acre mechanically crimped
into the soil in combination with an organic mulch tackifier, soil binder, cellulose fiber mulch with
tackifier, or a combination thereof as approved. Surface roughening shall not be used alone.
The surface area of erodible earth material exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, and
earthwork operations shall not exceed 34 acres: 17 acres for clearing and grubbing plus 17 acres for
earthwork operations. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize each 17 acre increment of the project
immediately upon completion of the grading of that section. Once earthwork has begun on a section, it
shall be pursued until completion. If approved by the Engineer, slopes from the edge of pavement to
the point of slope selection may be left unseeded until paving has been completed but shall be
temporarily stabilized as approved by Engineer.
The duration of the exposure of uncompleted construction to the elements shall be as short as
practicable. Completed areas shall be permanently stabilized immediately, but in no case more than 48
hours after completion. Disturbed areas where work is temporarily halted shall be temporarily stabilized
immediately after the activity ceased. Temporary stabilization shall consist of: surface roughening via
scarifying surface to 2-4 inches variation of surface or vertical tracking, 1.5 tons of certified weed free
forage hay or straw mulching per acre, mechanically crimped into the soil in combination with an
organic mulch tackifier, soil binder, cellulose fiber mulch with tackifier, or a combination thereof as
approved. Payment for temporary stabilization will be made at the contract unit price if the work was
interrupted due to no fault or negligence of the Contractor. Payment will not be made for temporary
stabilization required by Contractor's negligence, by the lack of proper Contractor scheduling or for the
convenience of the Contractor.
21
' FOftC011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
13
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
Clearing and grubbing operations shall be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and
' permanent stabilization measures can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit.
Otherwise temporary stabilization measures may be required between successive construction stages.
No payment will be made for additional work required because the Contractor has failed to properly
coordinate the entire erosion control schedule, thus causing previously seeded areas to be disturbed by
operations that could have been performed prior to the seeding. Upon failure of the Contractor to
coordinate the permanent stabilization measures with the grading operations in a manner to effectively
control erosion and prevent water pollution, the Engineer will suspend the Contractor's grading
operations and withhold monies due to the Contractor on current estimates until such time that all
aspects of the work are coordinated in an acceptable manner.
(e) Maintenance. All erosion and sediment control practices and other protective measures identified in
the SWMP as BMPs for Stormwater Pollution Prevention shall be maintained in effective operating
condition. BMPs shall be continuously maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydraulic and
pollution control practices, including removal of collected sediment when silt depth is 50 percent or
more of the height of the erosion control device.
Complete site assessment shall be performed as part of comprehensive inspection and maintenance
' procedures, to assess the adequacy of BMPs. at the site and the necessity of changes to those BMPs
to ensure continued effective performance. Where site assessment results in the determination that
new or replacement BMPs are necessary, the BMPs shall be installed to ensure continuous
' implementation. When identified, BMPs shall be added, modified or replaced as soon as possible,
immediately in most cases.
Where BMPs have failed, resulting in noncompliance, they shall be repaired or replaced as soon as
possible, immediately in most cases, to minimize the discharge of pollutants.
The Contractor shall update the SWMP Notebook by describing and recording new and replacement
' BMPs.
New or replacement BMPs will be measured and paid for in accordance with subsections 208.07 and
208.08.
From the time seeding and mulching work begins until the date the project is declared complete, the
Contractor shall keep all seeded areas in good condition at all times. Any damage to seeded areas or
to mulch materials shall be promptly repaired as directed.
If the Contractor fails to maintain the erosion and sediment control features in accordance with the
' Contract, or as directed, the Engineer may at the expiration of a period of 48 hours, after having given
the Contractor written notice, proceed to maintain the features as deemed necessary. The cost thereof
will be deducted from any compensation due, or which may become due to the Contractor under this
contract.
Temporary erosion and sediment control measures shall remain upon completion of the project unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. If removed, the area in which these features were constructed shall
be returned to a condition similar to that which existed prior to its disturbance. At the completion of the
Contract, removed salvageable temporary erosion control items shall become the property of the
Contractor.
' 22
Oft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1__�,Project Special Provisions
14
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
July 22, 2011 '
(f) Disposal of Sediment. Sediment removed during maintenance of erosion control features shall be
used in or on embankment provided it meets conditions of Section 203, or it shall be wasted in
accordance with subsection 107.25.
Whenever sediment is transported onto the highway, the road shall be cleaned as needed. Street
washing will not be allowed. Storm drain inlet protection shall be in place prior to shoveling, sweeping
or vacuuming. Sweeping shall be completed with a pickup broom or equipment capable of collecting
sediment. Street cleaning will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
(g) Material from saw cutting operations shall be cleaned from the roadway surface as soon as
possible, immediately in most cases, after operations. Particles shall be picked up with a pick up
broom or vacuum. Sweeping and street washing will not be allowed. Street cleaning will not be paid
for separately, but shall be included in the work.
208.05 Construction of Erosion Control Measures. Erosion control measures shall be constructed in
accordance with the following.
(a) Seeding, Mulching, Sodding, Soil Retention Blanket. Seeding, mulching, sodding, and soil retention
blanket shall be performed in accordance with Sections 212, 213, and 216.
(b) Erosion Bales. The bales shall be placed embedded into the soil and shall be anchored securely to
the ground with wood stakes. Stakes shall have a minimum diameter or cross section dimension of
2 inches. Re -bars shall not be used. Gaps between bales shall be filled with Certified Weed Free
mulch to obtain tight joints.
(c) Silt Fence. Silt fence shall be installed in locations specified in the Contract prior to any grubbing or
grading activity. Sediment shall be removed from behind the silt fence when it accumulates to one
half the exposed geotextile height and shall be disposed of in accordance with subsection 208.04(f).
(d) Temporary Berms. Berms shall be constructed to the dimensions shown in the Contract, graded to
drain to a designated outlet, and compacted with a minimum of two passes of a rubber tire vehicle,
preferably a grader wheel.
(e) Temporary Diversion. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or directed, the diversion's ridge
and channel shall be stabilized within 14 calendar days of its installation. The diversion shall be
installed prior to any up slope land disturbance.
(f) Temporary Slope Drains. Temporary slope drains shall be installed prior to installation of permanent
facilities or growth of adequate ground cover on the slopes. All temporary slope drains shall be
securely anchored to the slope. The inlets and outlets of temporary slope drains shall be protected
to prevent erosion.
(g) Brush Barrier. The barrier shall be constructed at the time of clearing and shall be covered by an
erosion control geotextile.
(h) Check Dam. Logs shall be obtained, if possible, from clearing operations on the project. Sediment
shall be removed from behind the check dam when it has accumulated to one half of the original
height of the dam and shall be disposed of in accordance with subsection 208.04(f).
23
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
15
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
(i) Outlet Protection. Geotextile used shall be protected from cutting or tearing. Overlaps between two
pieces of geotextile shall be 1 foot minimum.
0) Storm Drain Inlet Protection. Storm drain inlet protection measures shall be constructed in locations
and with materials and techniques specified in the Contract. Construction shall be in a manner that
will facilitate maintenance, and minimize interference with construction activities. At excavated drop
inlet sediment traps, sediment shall be removed when it has accumulated to one-half the design
dept of the trap and shall be disposed of in accordance with subsection 208.04(f).
The Contractor shall protect all storm drain facilities adjacent to locations where pavement cutting
operations involving wheel cutting, saw cutting, sand blasting or abrasive water jet blasting are to
take place.
(k) Sediment Trap and Basin. Sediment traps or basins shall be installed before any land disturbance
takes place in the drainage area.
Area under the embankment shall be cleared, grubbed, and stripped of all vegetation and root mat.
Embankment construction shall conform to Section 203.
Sediment shall be removed from the trap or basin when it has accumulated to one half of the wet
storage depth of the trap or basin and shall be disposed of in accordance with subsection 208.04(f).
(1) Erosion Logs. The Contractor shall maintain the erosion logs during construction to prevent sediment
from passing over or under the logs or from sediment accumulation greater than 50 percent of the
original exposed height of each erosion log.
Stakes shall be embedded to a minimum depth of 12 inches. At the discretion ofthe Engineer, a
shallower depth may be permitted if rock is encountered.
(m) Silt Dikes. Prior to installation of silt dikes, the Contractor shall prepare the surface of the areas in
which the dikes are to be installed such that they are free of materials greater than two inches in
diameter and are suitably smooth for the installation of the silt dikes, as approved by the Engineer.
Dikes shall be secured with "U" staples, 8 inches in length and 11-gauge minimum, placed in two
rows per apron along edges one foot on center. The staple pattern shall be as shown on the plans.
(n) Concrete Washout Structure Design. Washout areas shall be checked by the ECS and maintained
as required. On site permanent disposal of concrete washout waste is not authorized by CDPS-
SCP. The concrete washout structure shall be designed to meet or exceed the dimensions shown
on the plans At least ten days prior to start of concrete operations, the Contractor shall submit in
writing a method statement outlining the design, site location and installation of a concrete structure
that will contain washout from concrete placement operations. Work on this structure shall not begin
until written acceptance is provided by the Engineer.
24
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
16
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
The structure shall meet the following requirements:
July 22, 2011 a
(1) Structure shall contain all washout water.
(2) Stormwater shall not carry wastes from washout and disposal locations.
(3) The site shall be located a minimum of 50 horizontal feet from state waters and shall meet all
requirements for containment and disposal as defined in subsection 107.25.
(4) The site shall be signed as "Concrete Washout".
(5) Each concrete truck driver and pumper operator shall be aware of site locations.
(6) The site shall be accessible to appropriate vehicles.
(7) The bottom of excavation shall be a minimum of five feet vertical above groundwater or,
alternatively, excavation must be lined with an impermeable synthetic liner that is designed to
control seepage to a maximum rate of 10-6 centimeters per second.
(8) Freeboard capacity shall be included into structure design to reasonably ensure the structure
will not overtop during or because of a precipitation event.
(9) The Contractor shall prevent tracking of washout material onto the roadway surface.
(10)Solvents, flocculents, and acid shall not be added to wash water.
(11) The use of the concrete washout site shall be less than one year.
The structure shall be fenced with orange plastic construction fencing or equivalent fencing material
to provide a barrier to construction equipment and to aid in identification of the concrete washout
area.
The concrete washout structure shall be completed and ready for use prior to concrete placement
operations.
All liquid and solid wastes, including contaminated sediment and soils generated from concrete
washout shall be hauled away from the site. Removal shall be included in the price of the concrete
washout structure.
(o) Stabilized construction entrance. Stabilized construction entrances shall be constructed to the
minmum dimensions shown on the plans, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Construction
of approved stabilized construction entrances shall be completed before any excavation or work is
started between such entrances, as shown on the plans.
The Contractor shall maintain the stabilized construction entrance during the entire time that it is in
use in the project. The stabilized construction entrance shall be removed at the completion of this
project unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
(q) Detention Pond. Permanent detention ponds shown in the construction plans may be used as
temporary BMPs if:
(1) the pond is designated as a construction BMP in the SWMP,
(2) the pond is designed and implemented for use as a BMP during construction in accordance with
good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices, and
(3) the pond is inspected and maintained
208.051 Materials Handling and Spill Prevention. The ECS shall clearly describe and record on the
SWMP, all practices implemented at the site to minimize impacts from procedures or significant
material that could contribute pollutants runoff. Areas or procedures where potential spills can occur
shall have spill procedures and responses specified in subsection 107.25.
25
I
I
' F�ort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
17
' REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
(a) Bulk storage structures for petroleum products and any other chemicals shall have secondary
containment or equivalent adequate protection so as to contain all spills and prevent any spilled
material from entering state waters. If secondary containment is used and results in accumulation
of stormwater within the containment, a plan shall be implemented to properly manage and dispose
of accumulated stormwater.
(b) The Contractor shall inspect and certify equipment and vehicles daily to ensure petroleum, oils, and
lubricants (POL) are not leaking onto the soil or pavement. Absorbent material or containers
approved by the Engineer shall be used to prevent leaking POL from reaching the soil or pavement.
The Contractor shall have onsite approved absorbent material or containers of sufficient capacity to
contain any POL leak that can reasonably be foreseen. All materials resulting from POL leakage
' control and cleanup shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.
The cost for control, cleanup and removal of by-products resulting from POL leaks will not be paid
for separately, but shall be included in the work.
' (c) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Plan shall be developed and implemented to
establish operating procedures and the necessary employee training to minimize the accidental
releases of pollutants that can contaminate stormwater runoff.
The Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan shall contain the following information:
' (1) Identification of the spill cleanup coordinators
(2) Location of cleanup kits
(3) Quantities of chemicals and locations stored on site.
(4) Label system for chemicals and Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for products
' (5) Notification and clean up procedures to be implemented in the event of a spill for spills which do
not enter state waters or are under reporting limits of the chemical of concern (diesel fuel,
hydraulic fluid, motor oil, used hydraulic fluid and motor oil, tack oil).
' (6) Significant -spill procedures for spills of any size that enter state waters or have the potential to
do so. CDOT's Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide (current edition) contains Spill
notification contacts and phone numbers required in the SPCC.
' Subsection 208.052 Stockpile Management. Material stockpiles shall be located away from sensitive
areas and shall be confined so that no material or their run-off will enter state waters or conveyances to
state waters (e.g., ditches). Locations shall be approved by the Engineer.
' Erodible stockpiles (including topsoil) shall be contained by silt fence, berms, or other sediment control
devices at the toe (or just beyond toe) throughout construction. Control shall be approved by the
Engineer. The ECS shall describe, detail, and record the sediment control devices on the SWMP.
There shall be no stockpiling or side casting of waste materials including but not limited to paint chips,
asphalt, and concrete that result from project activities within 50 horizontal feet of the ordinary high
water line of any state waters.
208.053 Grading and Slope Stabilization. The Contractor shall limit construction activities to those
areas within the limits of disturbance to toe of slope and top of cut and as otherwise shown on the plans
and cross -sections. Construction activities, in addition to the Contract work, shall include the on -site
parking of vehicles or equipment, on -site staging, on -site batch plants, haul roads or work access, and
any other action which would disturb existing conditions. Off road staging areas must be pre -approved
26
I
Fo!t Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions
18
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
July 22, 2011 1
by the Engineer, unless otherwise designated in the Contract. Disturbances beyond these limits shall
be restored to the original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The ECS shall
tabulate additional disturbances not identified in the SWMP or documented in the permit and indicate
locations and quantities on the SWMP and report to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall pursue and stabilize all disturbances to completion. The Contractor shall provide
a stabilization schedule showing dates when areas are to be completed and stabilized. The Contractor
shall maintain revisions to the schedule and obtain approval for schedule changes in accordance with
subsection 108.03.
208.054 Surface Roughening and Vehicle Tracking. Disturbed surfaces shall be left in a roughened
condition at the end of each shift by equipment vertical tracking, scarifying, or disking the surface on
contour to create a 2 to 4 inch minimum variation in soil surface. Deep sands or soils that are primarily
rock need not be roughened.
208.06 Failure to Perform Erosion Control. Failure to implement the Stormwater Management Plan
puts the project in automatic violation of the CDPHE — SCP and CDOT specifications. Penalties may
be assessed to the Contractor by the appropriate agencies. All fines assessed to the Department for
the Contractor's failure to implement the SWMP shall be deducted from moneys due the Contractor in
accordance with subsection 107.25(c) 2.
The Contractor will be subject to liquidated damages for incidents of failure to perform erosion control
as required by the Contract. Incidents to which these liquidated damages may be applied include the
following:
(1) Failure to submit an initial schedule or failure to submit a weekly schedule update as specified in
subsection 208.03(b).
(2) Failure of the Erosion Control Supervisor to perform the inspections required by subsection
208.03(c)4.
(3) Failure of the Erosion Control Supervisor to implement necessary actions requested by the
Engineer as required by subsection 208.03(c)6.
(4) Failure to design and implement erosion and sediment control measures for unforseen
conditions as required by subsection 208.04(a).
(5) Failure to construct or implement erosion control or spill containment measures required by the
Contract, or failure to construct or implement them in accordance with the Contractor's
approved schedule as required by subsection 208.04(c).
(6) Failure to limit the exposed surface area of erodible earth to 34 or fewer acres as required by
subsection 208.04(d).
(7) Failure to immediately stabilize disturbed areas where work is temporarily halted as required by
subsection 208.04(d).
(8) Failure to replace or perform maintenance on an erosion control feature within 48 hours after
notice from the Engineer to replace or perform maintenance as required by subsection
208.04(e). .
(9) Failure to remove and dispose of sediment from erosion control features as required by
subsection 208.04(f) and subsections 208.05(c), (h), 0), and (k).
(10) Failure to install and properly utilize a,concrete washout structure for containing washout from
concrete placement operations
(11) Failure to perform permanent stabilization as required by subsection 208.04 (d).
27
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
19
' REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
The Engineer will immediately notify the Contractor in writing of each incident of failure to perform
erosion control items (1) through (11) above. The Contractor will be allowed 48 hours but correction
shall be made as soon as possible from the date of notification to correct the failure. The Contractor
will be charged liquidated damages in the amount of $500 for each calendar day after the 48 hour
' period has expired, that one or more of the incidents of failure, items (1) through (11) above, remains
uncorrected. This deduction will not be considered a penalty, but will be considered liquidated
damages based on estimated additional construction engineering costs. The liquidated damages will
accumulate, for each cumulative day that one or more of the incidents remains uncorrected. The
number of days to which liquidated damages are assessed will be cumulative for the duration of the
project; that is: the damages for a particular day will be added to the total number of days for which
liquidated damages are accumulated on the project. The liquidated damages will be deducted from any
monies due the Contractor.
208.061 Items to Be Accomplished prior to Final Acceptance. After all concrete operations are
complete, all washout areas shall be reclaimed in accordance with subsection 208.05(n) by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the project
Prior to final acceptance, a final walk through of the project shall occur with the City Landscape
' Architect, Engineer, Environmental, Hydraulics, and Maintenance, and CDOT Region Environmental in
attendance. At this time the BMPs shall be inspected for cleaning, maintenance or removal. Areas will
be inspected for any additional BMPs that may be required.
' BMPs shall be removed when 70% of preexisting vegetative cover has been established within the
disturbed project limits. BMPs subject to removal shall be determined at the final walk through of the
project. The Contractor shall remove approved BMPs; cost of BMP removal will be included in the
' BMP.
Upon completion of work required by walk through the ECS will modify the SWMP to provide an
' accurate depiction of what remains on the project site.
208.07 Erosion bales and check dams will be measured by the unit.
Silt fence, erosion logs, silt dikes, temporary berms, temporary diversions, temporary drains, and
brush barriers will be measured by the actual number of linear feet that are installed and accepted.
Stakes, anchors, connections and tie downs used for temporary slope drains will not be measured
and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Concrete washout structure will be measured by the actual number of structures that are installed
' and accepted, and will include excavation, embankment, concrete, liner, erosion bales, fencing, and
containment and disposal of concrete washout and all other associated waste material.
Storm drain inlet protection will be measured by the unit as specified in the Contract.
Sediment trap and sediment basin quantities will be measured by the unit which shall include all
excavation and embankment required to construct the item. Other materials used to provide for
' outlet and overflow will be measured and paid for separately.
The Erosion Control Supervisor will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The
' lump sum price bid will be full compensation for all work required to complete the item.
28
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
20
REVISION OF SECTIONS 101, 107, AND 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
Excavation required for removal of accumulated sediment from traps, basins, areas adjacent to silt
fences and erosion bales, and other clean out excavation of accumulated sediment, and the
disposal of such sediment, will be paid for on a lump sum basis.
Stabilized construction entrance will be measured by the actual number constructed and accepted.
208.08 Work to furnish, install, maintain, remove, and dispose of erosion and sediment control features
specified in the Contract will be paid for at the contract unit price.
Payment will be made under
Pay Item
Pay Unit
Erosion Bales (Weed Free)
Each
Erosion Inlet Bale Filter
Each
Silt Fence (Reinforced)
Linear Foot
Storm Drain Inlet Protection
Each
Storm Gutter Protection
Each
Sediment Removal and Disposal
Lump Sum
Erosion Control Supervisor
Lump Sum
Erosion Log ( Inch)
Linear Foot
Concrete Washout Structure
Each
Stabilized Construction Entrance
Each
Payment for stabilized construction entrance will be full compensation for all work, materials and
equipment required to construct, maintain, and remove the entrance upon completion of the work.
Aggregate and geotextile will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the
work.
Temporary erosion and pollution control measures required due to the Contractor's negligence,
carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered
by the Engineer or for the Contractor's convenience, shall be performed at the Contractor's
expense.
In the case of repeated failures on the part of the Contractor in controlling erosion, sedimentation,
or water pollution, the Engineer reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use
Department forces to provide the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred direct costs, plus
project engineering costs, will be charged to the Contractor, and appropriate deduction will be made
from the Contractor's monthly progress estimate.
Accepted work performed to install measures for the control of erosion and sedimentation, and
water pollution, not originally included in the Contract will be paid for as extra work in accordance
with subsection 104.03.
Seeding, sod, mulching, soil retention blanket, and riprap will be measured and paid for in
accordance with Sections 212, 213, 216, and 506.
29
1
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written
Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall
sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached
documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter,
OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the
Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be
rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid
assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid.
23.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-addressed, self -stamped
envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the
Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00100 Page 7
Frt C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
OProject Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 102
PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA
Section 102 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 102.05 shall include the following:
Contract Documents and supporting information will be available for review until the date set for
opening of bids at the following locations:
1. Online at the City of Fort Collins Buy Speed Webpage, www.fcclov.com/eprocurement
2. City of Fort Collins Purchasing Department, 215 N. Mason Street, 2"d Floor, Fort Collins,
Colorado 80524
The following supporting information is available:
• Roadway Cross Sections
• Subgrade Investigation and Pavement Recommendations North College Corridor
Improvements, Phase II, CTL Thompson, August 24, 2009
• Supplement to Subgrade Investigation- RCP Storm Sewer System, CTL Thompson, August 13,
2009
• Recommendations for Swell Mitigation, CTL Thompson, September 28,2009
• Geotechnical Investigation North College Improvements — Phase II Pedestrian Bridges Over
Lake Canal, CTL Thompson, October 21, 2009
• Response to Comments —PBS&J, North College Improvements — Phase II Pedestrian Bridges
Over Lake Canal, CTL Thompson, October 26, 2009
• Phase I Modified Site Assessment, North College Corridor Improvement Project, CTL
Thompson, February 5, 2010
• Addendum A, North College Corridor, Re -sampling of lead -based paint, CTL Thompson, April
30, 2010
• Phase II Investigation, North College Corridor Improvement Project, CTL Thompson, June 16,
2010
• Dewatering Sampling Investigation, CTL Thompson, December 30, 2010
• North College Improvements Project: Phase II Vine Drive to the Hickory/Conifer Intersection
Categorical Exclusion, May 26, 2010
• North College Improvement Project, Outfall to Cache la Poudre River Nationwide Permit No. 7,
Corps File No. NWO-2009-3097-DEN
• Preliminary Jurisdictional Determination Form
• North College Improvements Project — Phase ll, Vine Drive to Conifer/Hickory Intersections
Drainage and Erosion Control Report, Ayres Associates, July 2010
• Floodplain Use Permits (11), No -Rise Certifications (6), and Floodway Survey Memo, Ayres
Associates
• City of Fort Collins Right of Way Plans of Proposed Federal Aid Project No. AQC M455-079,
Farnsworth Group, June 2011
30
Fort City lens North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_ram Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 102
PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA
July 22, 2011 '
After the proposals have been opened, the low responsible bidder may obtain from the City, at no cost:
2 sets of 11 X17 plans and special provisions; and if available for the project, one set of full-size cross
sections, one set of full-size major structure plan sheets, and one set of computer output data. If the
low bidder has not picked up the plans and other available data by 4:30 p.m. on the second Friday after
bid opening, they will be sent to the Resident Engineer in charge of the project. Additional sets of plans
and other available data may be purchased on a cash sale basis from the City at current reproduction
prices. Subcontractors and suppliers may obtain plans and other data from the successful bidder or
they may purchase copies on a cash sale basis from the City at current reproduction prices.
31
IJ
I
[1
11
IL_J
�J
L
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 105
COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project, as follows:
Delete subsection 105.12 and replace with the following:
The City, County, CDOT, and local utilities may contract for and perform other or additional work on or
near the Work of the project. When separate contracts are let within the limits of the project, each
Contractor shall conduct the Work without interfering or hindering the progress or completion of the
work performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with
each other as directed.
City forces will perform the following work as required by this project:
• Permanent Pavement Marking
• Permanent Signing
• Traffic Signals
• Street Lights
Traffic Coordination
1. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer for all traffic control activities.
This shall include, but not be limited to, closure of any City Streets, closure of any partial
intersection movements, lane reductions, and detours.
City Traffic Control Contact: Syl Mireles
Phone:(970)221-6815
Email: smireles@fcgov.com
2. The City will remove existing and install all new traffic signal equipment.
City Traffic Signal Contact: Britney Sorenson
Phone:970-222-5533
Email: bsorenson(a)fcgov.com
3. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule the traffic signal work
in conjunction with other project activities taking into account time needed for order and delivery
of materials. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal
and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and
impacts to traffic are minimized.
4. The City will remove and install all permanent signing. The City will install all permanent
pavement markings.
City Signing and Striping Contact: Rich Brewbaker
Phone:970-221-6792
Email: rbrewbakerPfcgov.com
5. The Contractor is responsible for removal of pavement markings and installation and
maintenance of temporary pavement markings necessary to control traffic during construction.
This work will not be paid separately, but shall be included in Construction Traffic Control, Lump
Sum. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule signing and
striping work in conjunction with other project activities. Full -compliance pavement markings in
accordance with Section 627 shall be in place prior to opening the roadway to traffic. The
Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal and installation
operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic
are minimized.
32
FO�of
tC011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 105
COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS
July 22, 2011 ,
Street Light Coordination
1. City Light and Power Crews will remove and install all street lighting and associated electric
utilities for the project.
City Survey Contact: Bruce Vogel
Phone: (970) 221-6700
Email: bvogel(@fcgov.com
2. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Light and Power Department in their removal and
installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and
impacts to traffic are minimized. Refer to Utility specification for additional information.
Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with the
Contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may
arise because of inconvenience, delay , or loss because of the presence and operations of Contractors
working within the limits of the same or adjacent project.
33
Fort Colons North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' REVISION OF SECTION 105
CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Subsection 105.22 shall be revised as follows:
The Colorado Department of Transportation will not participate in the resolution process for any claims
filed by the Contractor.
34
1:6 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011 '
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER) '
Section 105 of the Standard Specification and Section 106 of the Standard Specifications are hereby
revised for this project as follows: '
Subsection 105.05 shall include the following:
Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) (HMA(RCI)) will be '
determined by tests and evaluations of elements that include asphalt content, gradation, and in -place
density.
The element pay factor for joint density shall be 1.00 for HMA(RCI). '
Subsection 106.05 shall include the following: '
Joint Density will not be required for HMA(RCI).
11
[l
35 '
' Fo t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
' REVISION OF SECTION 106
QUALITY CONTROL FOR
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Add subsection 106.14 as follows:
106.14 Quality Control For Warranted Hot mix asphalt. Quality Control (QC) is the responsibility of
the Contractor. The Contractor shall establish and maintain all necessary inspection and materials
testing procedures to assure the quality of work and the completed pavement.
The Contractor's QC Manager is responsible for compliance with the quality requirements specified in
the Contract and the Contractor's approved QC plan (QCP). The QC Manager shall not be the
Contractor's Superintendent.
The Contractor shall make provisions such that the Engineer can inspect QC work in progress,
including sampling, testing, plants, and the Contractor's testing facilities at anytime.
(a) Quality Control Plan (QCP). The Contractor shall submit a written QCP to the Engineer at least two
weeks prior to the beginning of work that is controlled by the QCP. The QCP shall list all inspection
and materials testing procedures utilized by the Contractor to ensure that the work conforms to
contract requirements.
The QCP shall address the following:
(1) The name, qualifications, duties, responsibilities and authorities of each person assigned a QC
function.
The QC Manager shall be the person responsible for the process control sampling and testing.
This person must possess at least one of the following qualifications:
(i) Registration as a Professional Engineer in the State of Colorado.
(ii) Level II A, B, and C certifications from the Laboratory Certification for Asphalt Technicians
(LABCAT).
Technician Qualifications. Technicians taking samples and performing tests must possess the
following qualifications:
(i) Technicians taking samples and conducting compaction tests must have Level II A
certification from the Laboratory Certification for Asphalt Technicians (LABCAT).
(ii) Technicians conducting process control tests must have Level II B certification from the
Laboratory Certification for Asphalt Technicians (LABCAT).
(iii) Technicians determining asphalt mixture volumetrics and strength characteristics must have
Level II C certification from the Laboratory Certification for Asphalt Technicians (LABCAT).
(2) A description of the responsibilities and authority, and a resume of experience, of the QC
Manager.
(3) Materials testing schedule, showing sampling and testing procedures and frequencies.
36
Fft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
OProject Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 106
QUALITY CONTROL FOR
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
July 22, 2011 '
(4)The standards to which the pavement is to be constructed, such as: in place density, asphalt
content, voids criteria, gradation, or all other criterion the Contractor intends to use to maintain
the quality of the work.
(5) Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats for materials sampling, testing, and
inspection for all phases of the work.
(6) Names of testing and engineering firms to be used, if any, with licenses as appropriate.
(7) Procedures for identifying, evaluating, and reporting non-conformance discovered during QC
inspections and testing.
(8) Provisions for increased frequencies of inspection and testing when work does not conform to
the standards set for the construction.
(b) Documentation. The Contractor shall maintain current records of quality control operations
activities, and tests performed including the work of vendors and subcontractors. These records
shall be in the form shown in the QCP and shall indicate, as a minimum, the subcontractor, if any,
the number of personnel working, the weather conditions encountered, delays encountered,
locations corresponding to project stationing as shown on the plans, and acknowledgment of
deficiencies noted along with the corrective actions taken on deficiencies. These records shall
include factual evidence that required activities or tests have been performed, including but not
limited to the following:
(1) Type and number of quality control activities and tests involved.
(2) Results of quality control activities or tests.
(3) Nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.
(4) Proposed remedial action.
(5) Corrective actions taken.
Such records shall cover both conforming and defective or deficient features and shall include a
statement that work and materials incorporated in the project comply with this Contract. Copies of
these records shall be reviewed by the QC Manager and submitted to the Engineer prior to
payment for the work.
(c) Frequency. QC inspection and testing at all intervals of work shall be performed at the frequencies
in the accepted QCP.
(d) Certification. Prior to acceptance of the project, the Contractor's QC Manager shall certify, in writing,
that all work and materials incorporated into the project meet the requirements of the Contract.
37
1
1
1
1
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised as follows:
Subsection 107.06 shall include the following:
The following work elements are considered safety critical work for this project:
(1) Removal of portion of bridge (Structure B-16-AD)
(2) Temporary works: falsework, shoring that exceeds 5 feet in height, cofferdams, and temporary
bridges
(3) Work requiring the use of cranes or other lifting equipment
(4) Excavation and embankment adjacent to the roadway, especially if it requires shoring that
exceeds 5 feet in height
(5) Work operations such as pile driving and jack hammering which may create vibration and cause
debris to fall into traffic.
The Contractor shall submit, for record purposes only, an initial detailed construction plan that
addresses safe construction of each of the safety critical elements. When the specifications already
require an erection plan or a bridge removal plan, it shall be included as a part of this plan. The detailed
construction plan shall be submitted two weeks prior to the safety critical element conference described
below. The construction plan shall be stamped "Approved for Construction" and signed by the
Contractor. The construction plan will not be approved by the Engineer.
The Construction Plan shall include the following:
(1) Safety Critical Element for which the plan is being prepared and submitted.
(2) Contractor or subcontractor responsible for the plan preparation and the work.
(3) Schedule, procedures, equipment, and sequence of operations, that comply with the working
hour limitations
(4) Temporary works required: falsework, bracing, shoring, etc.
(5) Additional actions that will be taken to ensure that the work will be performed safely.
(6) Names and qualifications of workers who will be in responsible charge of the work:
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(7) Names and qualifications of workers operating cranes or other lifting equipment
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(8) The construction plan shall address how the Contractor will handle contingencies such as:
A. Unplanned events (storms, traffic accidents, etc.)
B. Structural elements that don't fit or line up
C. Work that cannot be completed in time for the roadway to be reopened to traffic
D. Replacement of workers who don't perform the work safely
E. Equipment failure
F. Other potential difficulties inherent in the type of work being performed
38
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK
(9) Name and qualifications of Contractor's person designated to determine and notify the Engineer
in writing when it is safe to open a route to traffic after it has been closed for safety critical work.
(10) Erection plan or bridge removal plan when submitted as required elsewhere by the
specifications. Plan requirements that overlap with above requirements may be submitted only
once.
A safety critical element conference shall be held two weeks prior to beginning construction on each
safety critical element. The Engineer, the Contractor, the safety critical element subcontractors, anc
the Contractor's Engineer shall attend the conference. Required pre -erection conferences or bridge
removal conferences may be included as a part of this conference.
After the safety critical element conference, and prior to beginning work on the safety critical element,
the Contractor shall submit a final construction plan to the Engineer for record purposes only. The
Contractor's Engineer shall sign and seal temporary works related to construction plans for the safety
critical elements, Removal of Portion of Bridge and Temporary Works. The final construction plan shall
be stamped "Approved for Construction" and signed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall perform safety critical work only when the Engineer is on the project site. The
Contractor's Engineer shall be on site to inspect and provide written approval of safety critical work for
which he provided stamped construction details. Unless otherwise directed or approved, the
Contractor's Engineer need not be on site during the actual performance of safety critical work, but
shall be present to conduct inspection for written approval of the safety critical work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately stop safety critical work that is being
performed in an unsafe manner or will result in an unsafe situation for the traveling public. Prior to
stopping work, the Contractor shall make the situation safe for work stoppage. The Contractor shall
submit an acceptable plan to correct the unsafe process before the Engineer will authorize resumption
of the work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove workers from the project that are
performing the safety critical work in a manner that creates an unsafe situation for the public in
accordance with subsection 108.05.
Should an unplanned event occur or the safety critical operation deviate from the submitted plan, the
Contractor shall immediately cease operations on the safety critical element, except for performing any
work necessary to ensure worksite safety, and provide proper protection of the work and the traveling
public. If the Contractor intends to modify the submitted plan, he shall submit a revised plan to the
Engineer prior to resuming operations.
All costs associated with the preparation and implementation of each safety critical element
construction plan will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Nothing in the section shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from ultimate liability for unsafe or
negligent acts or to be a waiver of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act on behalf of the
Department.
39
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
' Fort Colons North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 107
INSURANCE
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 107.18 is hereby revised to read:
For this project all insurance certificates shall name the City of Fort Collins and the Colorado
Department of Transportation as an additionally insured party.
40
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 107
DEWATERING
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete Subsection 107.25 (c) 1 and replace it with the following:
July 22, 2011 ,
1
The accepted quantities for dewatering shall be paid for at the contract unit price lump sum. '
Dewatering costs shall include the work, materials and equipment required to dewater the site
prior to construction. This shall include, but is not limited to; pumps, pipe associated with
dewatering (perforated or non -perforated), power poles and power to the pumps, erosion control ,
for dewatering, disposal of water resulting from dewatering operations, and all permits required
for work associated with dewatering.
Refer to the Phase II Investigation, CTL Thompson, dated June 16, 2010 and the Dewatering '
Sampling Investigation, CTL Thompson, December 30, 2010 for detailed information on
groundwater in the project limits. The reports state that cadmium, lead, selenium, silver
aluminum and iron may potentially exceed permit discharge limits. Actual discharge limits will be '
determined by CDPHE when they issue the dewatering permit. Dewatering discharge water
may need to be treated prior to discharge. The analytical results from the Phase II Investigation
and Dewatering Sampling Investigation are preliminary, but should be submitted to CDPHE as '
part of the Dewatering Discharge Permit application.
Pay Item Pay Unit '
Dewatering LS
1
[l
41 '
Fo Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f' Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised as follows:
tSubsection 108.03 shall include the following:
Project Meetings
A. Pre -Construction Conference: A Pre -Construction Conference will be held after Notice of Award
and before the Notice to Proceed. The date, time and location will be determined after Notice of
Award. The conference shall be attended by:
1. Contractor and Contractor's Superintendent
a. Contractor shall designate/introduce Superintendent
b. At this time the Superintendent will be expected to show that he has sufficient
knowledge of the specifications and plans to orchestrate and coordinate the
construction activities for this job.
2. Contractor's Subcontractors (including the Traffic Control Supervisor and Surveyor)
a. Contractor shall designate/introduce major Subcontractor's supervisors assigned to
the project
3. Engineer
4. Owner
5: Utility Companies
a. Utilities will be asked to designate their coordination person, provide utility plans, and
their anticipated schedule
' 6. Others as requested by the Contractor, Owner, or Engineer.
Unless previously submitted to the Owner, the Contractor shall bring to the conference a tentative
schedule of the construction project. Shop drawings and other submittals shall be included in the
schedule. Any submittals requiring long lead times and therefore must be expedited shall be
submitted at the pre -construction conference, or as soon thereafter as possible.
The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working
relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such
matters established. The agenda will include:
1. Contractor's tentative Schedule
a. The Contractor shall submit a detailed project schedule showing milestones and the
critical path for the North College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer. This
schedule shall be agreed to by both the Owner and Contractor. It shall be made in
writing and signed by both parties.
2. Permit applications and submittals, including Dewatering Permit, Erosion and Sediment
' Control Plan, and Traffic Control Plan
3. Transmittal, review and distribution of Contractor's submittals
4. Processing applications for payment
5. Maintaining record documents
6. Field decision and change orders
7. Use of premises, office and storage areas, staging area, security, housekeeping, and
Owner's needs
' 8. Proposed daily construction hours for the Engineer's approval
9. Designation of access roads and parking
10. Contractor's assignment of safety and first aid
42
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
July 22, 2011 ,
B. Construction Progress Meetings for the College North College Improvements Project — Vine to
Conifer: Progress meetings will be conducted weekly or at some other frequency, if approved by
the Engineer. These meetings shall be attended by the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor's
representative and any others invited by these people.
The Engineer will conduct the meeting and the Engineer will arrange for keeping the minutes and
distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance.
The agenda of these project meetings will include construction progress, the status of submittal
reviews, and the status of information requests, critical work sequencing, review of strategies for
connections into existing facilities, status of field orders and change orders, and any general
business.
The Contractor will prepare a "two week look ahead" schedule to facilitate coordination of work
items.
The schedule shall be monitored closely during construction and may be updated by written
agreement of the parties as changes occur in the project progress. If the milestones are not met,
the Owner may utilize the remedies provided in the General Conditions as well as any other remedy
provided by the Contract Documents or provided by law or equity. The Owner may also assess
liquidated damages as outlined in Article 3, Section 3.2 of the Agreement.
The Engineer or Engineer's Field Representative and Contractor shall agree to weekly quantities
at the progress meetings. The weekly quantity sheets shall be signed by both parties. These
quantity sheets, when signed, shall be final and shall be the basis for the monthly progress
estimates. This process ensures accurate monthly project pay estimates.
C. The Engineer may hold coordination conferences, to be attended by all parties involved, when the
Contractor's operations affect, or are affected by, the work of others.
1. Contractor shall participate in such conferences accompanied by Subcontractors as
required by the Engineer.
Construction Schedules
A. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed schedule of all construction operations and procurement
after review of tentative schedule by parties attending the pre -construction conference. This
schedule will show how the Contractor intends to meet the milestones set forth.
1. No work is to begin at the site until Owner's acceptance of the Construction Progress
Schedule and Report of delivery of equipment and materials.
43
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer.
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
B. Format and Submissions
1. Prepare construction and procure schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying
scheduled and actual progress.
2. Submit two copies of each schedule to Owner for review.
a) Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for
coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others.
' b) The Contractor will be required to submit a weekly progress schedule showing work
to be completed, labor, equipment, work hours and methods of construction for the
upcoming week. This schedule will be required every Thursday in a daily calendar
Iformat.
3. The schedule must show how the street, underground utilities, concrete, and paving work
will be coordinated.
C. Content
1. Construction Progress Schedule
a) Show the complete work sequence of construction by activity and location.
b) Show changes to traffic control
c) Show project milestones
2. Equipment, Materials and Submittals Schedule
a) Show delivery status of critical and major items of equipment and materials
b) Include a critical path schedule for Shop Drawings, tests, and other submittal
requirements for equipment and materials.
ID. Owner's Responsibility
1. Owner's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents
and assisting the Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project.
2. It is not to be construed as relieving contractor from any responsibility to determine the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction.
Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule
The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract
Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the
contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner
that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into
consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown
in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in and
around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out.
Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates
clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and
that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to
complete the work.
44
C
FOft C011irl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1__ _ Project Special Provisions
4
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
July 22, 2011 1
The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe
weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for
each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar
data for the geographic location of the project.
Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
(7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5)
The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion
thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing
throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse
weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work
will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays accepted) unless an approved construction
schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed
work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse
weather schedule above.
An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday,
delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The
City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work
can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall
notify the Engineer in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given
date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in
determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month.
At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse
weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases
the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will
then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion
assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have
authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, and then the method of conversion of workdays to
calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the
number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set.
The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather -
dependent activities.
While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the
Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such
delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project
schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition.
Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification
for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere.
45
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�,h Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 108
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in
completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of
such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the
Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods,
epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable
weather as provided above.
3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and
2, above.
Work Hours: Standard work hours are 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday through Friday. No work shall be
permitted on weekends or holidays without written approval from the Project Manager. All lane drops
shall take place during the hours of 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM, Monday through Friday and as specified in
CDOT's Lane Closure Strategy Report for this section of US 287. Work requests beyond normal
working hours must be submitted to the Project Manager a minimum of (5) working days prior to the
request date.
46
H
F C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� �Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES
COATED WITH HEAVY-METAL BASED PAINT
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows
Subsection 202.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 ,
This work consists of the removal of the components of structures and other items coated with paint
which contains lead, or other heavy metals, or a combination thereof. Management of paint debris
waste shall be accomplished in accordance with Section 250.
47
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
Section 202 of the standard specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Subsection 202.02 shall include the following:
Removal of structures and obstructions shall include the removal of items identified on the plans and all
other obstructions that are not designated or permitted to remain, and proper disposal of those items
outside of the project limits. A tabulation of items estimated for removal has been included in the plans
for information only. All removed debris shall become the property of the contractor and shall be
' removed from the project site, not buried on -site, unless otherwise specified in the plans.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Removal of Structures and Obstructions Lump Sum
1
48
h
FO�t C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�. Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF TREES
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 ,
Subsection 202.02 shall include the following:
This work includes the removal of trees as directed by the Engineer. This work includes the
preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects designated to remain.
The Engineer will establish environmental limits. All trees, shrubs, plants, grasses, and other
vegetative materials shall remain, except as designated by the Engineer.
Once all directed clearing, trimming, and pruning is completed and accepted, no additional clearing,
trimming, cutting, or pruning will be allowed unless approved, in writing, by the Engineer.
Ralph Zentz, Assistant City Forester (970-221-6302), shall be responsible for identifying the removal of
tree branches, stumps, shrubs and/or other plant materials beyond those trees identified in the removal
plans for removal and/or transplant. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Assistant City Forester to
have tree branches, stumps, shrubs, and other plant materials marked for removal and to identify
locations for trees to be relocated. Trees marked for relocation shall be relocated by the City of Fort
Collins Parks Department.
This work shall be done by a Contractor or subcontractor who is a qualified tree surgeon and a member
of the National Arborist Association. The firm's or individual's name and qualifications shall be
submitted at the preconstruction conference for the Engineer's approval. A list of references and other
clients shall be included with the qualifications statement. A written description of work methods and
time schedules shall be submitted and approved in writing by the Engineer prior to work commencing.
Access for the removal or pruning of trees will be extremely limited. Trees shall be felled at the risk of
the Contractor. Strict limits of disturbance will be defined and shall be adhered to.
Branches on trees or shrubs shall be removed as directed by the Engineer. All trimming shall be done
by skilled workmen. All work shall be done according to the following requirements:
(l) Pruning shall be done with proper, sharp, clean tools in such a manner as to preserve the natural
character of the tree.
(2) All final cuts shall leave no projections on or off the branch and shall not be cut so close as to
eliminate the branch collar.
(3) To avoid bark stripping, all branches 2 inches in diameter and larger shall be cut using the 3-cut
method. These branches shall be lowered to the ground by proper ropes.
(4) Tools used on trees known or found to be diseased, shall be disinfected with alcohol before they
are used on other trees.
(5) Structural weaknesses, decayed trunk or branches, or split crotches shall be reported to the
Engineer.
(6) When cutting back or topping trees, the Contractor shall use the drop crotch method and avoid
cutting back to small suckers. Smaller limbs and twigs shall be removed in such a manner so as to
leave the foliage pattern evenly distributed.
49
I SECTION 00300
BID FORM
' PROJECT: 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer
Place
' Date
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated 20_ and subject to all
conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation,
Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to
do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything
required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items
listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in
good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for
the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and
conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the
detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which
have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum
of
($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and
' a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days
from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at
the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which
' the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds are as
follows:
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their
individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or
appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items
listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
' 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No.
through _.
tRev 10/20/07
Section 00300 Page 1
I
L_J
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1:0 C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF TREES
(7) When reducing size (cut back or topping) not more than one third of the total area shall be reduced
at a single operation.
(8) Climbing spikes shall not be used on trees not scheduled for removal.
All brush, branches, limbs, and foliage hauled off site. Stumps shall be ground 8 inches below ground
level.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of tree will be measured by the number of trees removed, irrespective of the kind or size
involved. Removal of trees less than 5' in diameter will not be measured and paid for separately, but
will be included in the cost of clearing and grubbing.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Pay Item
Removal of Tree
Pay Unit
Each
Chipping, stockpiling mulch, and hauling and stockpiling trunks and limbs will not be paid for separately
but shall be included in the work.
All clearing and grubbing directed by the Engineer will be paid for as lump sum under the clearing and
grubbing item.
50
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
X--11, Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF WATER METER
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 1
Section 202.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the removal of water meters as impacted by the proposed improvements.
Section 202.02 shall include the following:
Water meters shall be removed as identified on the project plans and Contractor shall coordinate with
the City's Meter Shop on reuse of meter or proper disposal of meter. Cavities left by the removal of the
structure shall be filled to the level of the surrounding ground with suitable materials and shall be
compacted in accordance with subsection 203.06. The water service will not be abandoned and the
service owner shall be contacted prior to temporary disturbance to the water service.
Section 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of water meter will be measured by the number of water meters abandoned as designated on
the plans, irrespective of the kind or size involved.
Section 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment for removal of water meters shall be full compensation of labor and material required to
complete the work. This shall consist, but is not limited to, the removal of the meter pit, curb stop,
meter setter, replacing the meter with a straight section of pipe, and backfilling the cavity.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Removal of Water Meter EA
51
I
U
IL-1
I
I
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
FO�t C011i11S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF LIGHT STANDARD (PRIVATE LIGHT)
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 202.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the removal of privately -owned light standards as impacted by the proposed
improvements.
Section 202.02 shall include the following:
The light standards that are privately owned and marked to be removed shall be removed in a manner
that preserves the condition of the light and shall become the property of the property owner. All other
materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the
project site legally. Conduits connected to the lights shall be capped and filled using approved
methods. The footings shall be completely removed in a manner that minimizes disturbance to the
surrounding area. Cavities left by the removal of the structure shall be filled to the level of the
surrounding ground with suitable material and shall be compacted and approved by the Engineer.
Section 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of light standard will be measured by the number of lights removed as designated on the
plans, irrespective of the kind or size involved.
Section 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment for removal of light standard shall be full compensation of labor and material required to
complete the work, return the light to the property owner, and backf ill the cavity.
Pay Item
Removal of Light Standard (Private Light)
52
Pay Unit
Each
FoFt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF COMPOSITE PAVEMENT
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 202.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
[l
This work includes full removal and disposal of existing composite pavement to the limits identified in
the plans. The composite pavement is comprised of asphalt over concrete to variable thickness. The
Engineer has cored the pavements in the corridor and this information is noted on the plans and in a
geotechnical report available for the contractor's review.
Subsection 202.02 shall include the following:
Composite pavement shall be saw cut to neat vertical edges full depth at match locations to existing
pavement and as necessary to facilitate phased construction.
In subsection 202.02 delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following:
The existing composite pavement shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the
removed pavement with underlying material. The removed pavement shall become the property of the
Contractor and disposed of outside the project site legally.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
The removal of the existing full depth Composite Pavement will be measured by the, area in square
yards completed to the existing depth, and accepted.
Location of sawcutting shall be as directed by the Engineer. Sawcutting will not be paid separately and
shall be included in the cost for removal of Composite Pavement.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Removal of Composite Pavement Square Yard
Work shall include all materials, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials to complete the work.
53
11
I
i
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
11
I
I
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT (PLANING)
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 202.02 delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following:
The existing asphalt mat shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed
asphalt with underlying material. The removed mat shall become the property of the Contractor and
disposed of outside the project site legally.
Subsection 202.09 shall include the following:
Prior to beginning planing operations, the Contractor and Owner's Field Representative shall inspect
the existing concrete curb and gutter for defects, cracks or chips. All damaged concrete at this time
shall be noted. After the planing operations are complete, the existing concrete shall be examined
again noting additional damage to the concrete to determine sections that must be replaced due to the
milling operations.
The existing pavement shall be milled to the cross -slope as shown on the plans, and shall have a
surface finish that does not vary longitudinally or transversely more than 3/8 inch from a 10 foot
straightedge. A 10 foot straightedge shall be supplied by the Contractor.
Transverse tapered joints may be tapered with the planing machine, a temporary asphalt ramp, or other
methods approved by the Engineer. No longitudinal joint between the milled and existing surfaces shall
fall between 1 to 5 feet of any lane line.
If the transverse joint is tapered with a temporary asphalt ramp, the milled surface at the joint shall be
constructed as a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface. The
Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining this asphalt ramp until all corresponding HMA is placed.
All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of
planing.
If the transverse joint is tapered with a planing machine, a butt joint shall be cut into the taper the full
depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface prior to the commencement of resurfacing.
All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of
planing.
Other approved transverse joint tapers shall be maintained at the expense of the Contractor, and at a
minimum shall incorporate a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled
surface prior to commencement of resurfacing.
The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to ensure that the milled surface does not trap or hold
water.
54
I
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
I
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
July 22, 2011 1
Sections 202 and 412 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In Subsection 202.02 delete the sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
The areas of concrete pavement to be removed shall be isolated in both the longitudinal and transverse
directions by the double saw cut method of sawing in accordance with FHWA's publication entitled
"Guide for Full -Depth Repairs". Sawing shall be accomplished with the use of a diamond blade saw or
approved equivalent. Sawing of the concrete pavement shall be done to a true line, with a vertical face,
unless otherwise specified. Sawing shall be full depth and shall go through the existing tie -bars and
dowel bars, leaving free vertical edges at the limits of the removal. Sawcutting will not be paid
separately and shall be included in the cost for removal of concrete pavement.
After sawing has been completed, the deteriorated concrete shall be lifted vertically from its position
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Pavement breakers or jackhammers shall be used in the
removal process where lifting is not possible. All loose materials shall be removed from the repair area.
Removed concrete slabs and excavated soils shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed of in accordance with subsection 202.07.
After concrete pavement is removed, the underlying material will be evaluated by the Engineer.
Unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance with subsection 203.05 and replaced with
aggregate base course of the class and depth specified in the Contract.
The subsequent aggregate base course shall be placed with moisture and density control in
accordance Section 304.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard, completed to the required depth,
and accepted. This work shall include the removal of existing concrete and hauling all unwanted
materials off site.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item
Removal of Concrete Pavement
Pay Unit
Square Yard
Payment for Removal of Concrete Pavement will be full compensation for all work 'and materials
required to complete the item, including sawing, removing, and disposal of the concrete pavement.
Excavation for removal of unsuitable material will be measured and paid for in accordance with
subsection 203.14.
Aggregate base course will be measured and paid for in accordance Section 304.
55
1,
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 202
ABANDON SERVICE
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
A Section 202.11 shall include the following:
Abandon service will be measured by the number of water services abandoned as designated on the
plans, irrespective of the kind or size involved. Abandon service includes abandon water service at
main, remove corporation stop, and plug. Work to be coordinated with the City of Fort Collins Water
Department.
Section 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment for abandon service shall be full compensation of labor and material required to complete the
work.
rPay Item Pay Unit
Abandon Service EA
I
I
'I
t
I
56
1
I
FOt�t C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_!� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF FIRE HYDRANT
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 1
Section 202.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the removal of fire hydrant as impacted by the proposed improvements.
Section 202.02 shall include the following:
Removal of fire hydrant shall include removal of fire hydrant, thrust block, gate valve, fire hydrant line
from the hydrant to the mainline, and all work, equipment and materials necessary to completely
remove the fire hydrant and components per CDOT spec 202 and directions of the engineer.
Contractor shall install a plug at the tee and secure with a thrust block or install a new pipe in place of
the tee. Removal to be coordinated with the City of Fort Collins Water Department. Abandoning any
components of the fire hydrant (ie: fire hydrant, gate valve, thrust block, fire hydrant line) is also to be
included with the cost of the fire hydrant removal.
Section 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of fire hydrant will be measured by the number of fire hydrants removed as designated on the
plans, and specified in section 202.02 above, irrespective of the kind or size involved.
Section 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment for removal of fire hydrant shall be full compensation of labor and material required to
complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Removal of Fire Hydrant EA
57
L�
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
"-Fo Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 202
i PLUG CULVERT
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
rSubsection 202.01 shall include the following:
This work includes plugging pipes and box culverts with an approved flowable fill concrete within the
project limits as shown on the plans or at locations directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 202.02 revise the eighth paragraph to include the following:
Plug 01 - Plug Existing Pipe (Water Quality Ponds)
A concrete plug shall be placed at the end of the pipe as indicated on the plans.
1 Plug 02 - Plug Existing Pipe (Josh Ames Ditch)
The existing Josh Ames Ditch is approximately an 8' by 2.5' concrete box culvert which transitions to a
30" pipe. The transition point is unknown. The west end of the ditch shall be plugged with a concrete
plug. The ditch will be exposed on the east side of College Avenue outside the roadway so a second
concrete plug can be placed. The ditch shall be completely filled with an approved'flowable fill concrete
meeting the requirements for structure backfill flowfill found in subsection 206.02. If necessary, the
ditch may be cut open outside the existing concrete pavement to facilitate placement of flowfill. The
Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring there are no voids in the section of ditch shown on the
plans to be plugged.
Plug 03 - Plug Existing 36" RCP
A concrete plug shall be installed just outside MH A13, while a second concrete plug shall be placed on
the same pipe run outside the existing inlet R-IN08, schedule to be removed (see sheet ST-09). The
pipe shall be completely filled with an approved Plowable fill concrete meeting the requirements for
structure backfill flowfill found in subsection 206.02. If necessary, the pipe may be cut open outside the
existing concrete pavement to facilitate placement of flowfill. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring there are no voids in the section of pipe shown on the plans to be plugged.
Plug 04 - Plug Existing Lateral
This item includes the removal of six feet (6') of 18" RCP and the plugging of the mainline 18" RCP in
place of the lateral. The plug shall be a concrete plug and shall not inhibit storm flows within the
remaining stormpipe.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
Plug culvert will be measured by the number of culverts acceptably plugged as designated on the
plans, irrespective of the kind or size involved.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Plug Culvert Each
Work shall include all material, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials to complete the work,
including excavating and backfilling.
58
I
Fft C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�OProject Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 207
TOPSOIL
Section 207 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 207.02 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
Topsoil for this project shall consist of fertile, friable, well -drained soil of uniform quality, free of stones
over 1 inch diameter (screen as needed), sticks, oils, chemicals, plaster, concrete and other deleterious
materials.
A. Pre -amended Topsoil- Pre -amended topsoil shall have the following characteristics:
1. Shall have a range of three to four percent organic matter as determined by the ignition of a
moisture free sample dried to determine loss in accordance with current methods of the
Association of Official Agriculture Chemists.
2. Shall have a pH between 6.5 to 8.0.
3. Sodium Absorption Rate (SAR) and Electrical Conductivity (EC) readings are not to exceed
three mmhos/cm.
4. Particle Sizes: Topsoil shall be loam to sandy loam.
5. Must be weed -free at the time of spreading operations. This can be achieved by following
Subsection 217.03.
B. Soil Amendment: Amended topsoil shall receive soil amendments at the following rate:
3 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet of organic amendment.
The organic amendment shall include the following:
An organic product containing a mixture of composted cow or sheep manure and wood residue
that has been aerobically and naturally processed in such a manner as to maintain a consistent
temperature of 60 degrees Celsius (140 degrees Fahrenheit) or greater for a period of time that is
long enough to accomplish the following specifications:
1. The windrows of composted organic amendment (cow or sheep manure) have to be
composted for 70 to 90 days. Certification must be provided to prove the product has gone
through this process.
2. Eradicate harmful pathogens, including coliform bacteria.
3. Create a carbon to nitrogen ratio of no less than 15/1 to 25/1.
4. Contain no solid particle greater than 1 1/2 inch in diameter.
5. Have a non -offensive smell similar to fresh turned soil.
6. Contain no significant level of dirt or soil and contain a maximum of 30 percent composted
wood residue (pine or aspen wood).
The pH after composting shall be between 5.0 and 7.5 with an organic matter content of no less than
30 percent. The Contractor shall submit a 2 lb. sample of the product four weeks before its use on the
project site for the Engineer's approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be provided to the Engineer to
verify the organic matter content, pH and carbon matter to nitrogen ratio.
59
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
NORTH COLLEGE IMPROVMENTS PROJECT - VINE TO CONIFER
Bid Tabulation
ITEM NO.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT
QUANTITY
UNIT COST
COST
201-00000
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
LS
1
202-00000
REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
LS
1
202-00001
REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE
EACH
1
202-00010
REMOVAL OF TREE
EACH
25
202-00015
REMOVAL OF HEADWALL
EACH
1
202-00019
REMOVAL OF INLET
EACH
8
202-00021
REMOVAL OF MANHOLE
EACH
6
202-00027
REMOVAL OF RIPRAP
SY
510
202
REMOVAL OF WATER METER
EACH
2
202-00031
REMOVAL OF FIRE HYDRANT
EACH
- 8
202
REMOVAL OF VALVE
EACH
2
202-00035
REMOVAL OF PIPE
LF
11808
202-00195
REMOVAL OF MEDIAN COVER
SY
1,274
202-00200
REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK
SY
789
202-00203
REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER
LF
3,982
202-00206
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB RAMP
SY
83
202
REMOVAL OF COMPOSITE PAVEMENT
SY
2.934
202-00210 1
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
SY 1
710
202-00220
REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT
SY
15,190
202-00240
REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT PLANING
SY
17,240
202-04001
PLUG CULVERT
EACH
4
202-04002
CLEAN CULVERT
EACH
3
202-04010
CLEANINLET
EACH
3
202-00425
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE RAILING
LF
64
202-01000
REMOVALOFFENCE
LF
749
202
REMOVAL OF GATE
EACH
2
202-04100
ABANDON WELL
EACH
3
202
1 ABANDON SERVICE
EACH
1 1
202-00700
REMOVAL OF LIGHT STANDARD PRIVATE LIGHT
EACH
7
203-00010
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION COMPLETE IN PLACE
CY
15,526
203-00100
MUCK EXCAVATION
CY
3,000
203
BLADING
HOUR
60
203-01597
POTHOLING
LS
1
206-00000
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
CY
127
206-00200
STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1)
CY
66
206-00065
STRUCTURE BACKFILL FLOW FILL
CY
2,076
207
TOPSOIL
CY
3,250
207-00210
1 STOCKPILE TOPSOIL
CY
1 3,250
207
PRE -AMENDED TOPSOIL - PERENNIAL/SHRUB
CY
683
207
PRE -AMENDED TOPSOIL - WATER QUALITY POND / DRYLAND GRAS
CY
753
207
PRE -AMENDED TOPSOIL- LANDSCAPE PARKWAY
CY
392
207
PRE -AMENDED TOPSOIL -TREE GRATE
CY
7
208-00002
EROSION LOG 12 INCH
LF
30
208-00010
EROSION BALES WEED FREE
EACH
17
208
EROSION INLET BALE FILTER
EACH
10
208-00021
SILT FENCE REINFORCED
LF
361
208-00045
CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE
EACH
6
208-000501
STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
EACH
1 22
208
STORM DRAIN GUTTER PROTECTION
EACH
27
208-00070
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
EACH
1
208-00100
SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
LS
1
208-00206
EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR
LS
1
210-00010
RESET MAILBOX STRUCTURE
EACH
27
210
RESET WATER METER
EACH
1
210
RESET LIGHT STANDARD PRIVATE LIGHT
EACH
2
210
RESET CURB STOP
EACH
5
210
ADJUST FIRE HYDRANT
EACH
1
21"4010
ADJUST MANHOLE
EACH
1 8
210-04050
ADJUST VALVE BOX
EACH
14
210
ADJUST CURB STOP
EACH
4
210-04060
ADJUST WATER METER
EACH
2
211
DEWATERING
LS
1
212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
LS
1
212-00006
SEEDING NATIVE
ACRE
1.4
212-00050
SOD
SF
21,165
213
RIVER COBBLE
TON
2.5
213
FILTER FABRIC
SF
463
213 00004
MULCHING(WEED FREE STRAW
ACRE
1 2
Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 2 '
I
Fort Colons North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_lam Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 207
TOPSOIL
The Contractor shall submit two samples of topsoil to a soils laboratory for analysis. The cost of the test
shall be at the Contractor's expense; The results will be submitted to the Engineer for review at least 60
days prior to placement. Based on the results, the Engineer can request soil amendments appropriate
to have topsoil conform to these specifications at no cost to the project. The organic amendment shall
be an organic product containing a mixture of composted cow or sheep manure and wood residue that
has been aerobically and naturally processed in such a manner as to maintain a consistent temperature
of 140 degrees Fahrenheit or greater for a period of time of 70 to 90 days, and be approved by the
Engineer.
Subsection 207.03 shall include the following:
' A. Stockpiled Topsoil
Obtain an agricultural suitability analysis of proposed topsoil from an accepted, accredited
Testing Agency and provide one (1) copy of test results direct to Engineer. Amend soils per
analysis report.
s B. Weed Control
Contractor shall employ pre -emergence weed control per Section 217.
C. Fertilizers
Commercial fertilizers recommended by the soil test lab may be used. See Section 212.
D. Chemical Components
The following additives may or may not be used depending on outcome of soils report.
ra) Ground Limestone: Agricultural limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates,
ground to such fineness that 50% will pass #100 sieve and 90% will pass #20 sieve.
b) Dolomite Lime: Agricultural grade mineral soil conditioner containing 35% minimum
magnesium carbonate and 49% minimum calcium carbonate, 100% passing #65 sieve.
c) Gypsum: Agricultural grade product containing 80% minimum calcium sulphate.
d) Iron Sulfate (Ferric or Ferrous): Supplied by a commercial fertilizer supplier, containing 20%
to 30% iron and 35% to 40% sulphur.
e) Sulphate of Potash: Agricultural grade containing 50% to 536/o of water-soluble potash.
f) Single Superphosphate: Commercial product containing 20% to 25% available phosphoric
acid.
g) Ammonium Sulphate: Commercial product containing approximately 21 % ammonia.
h) Ammonium Nitrate: Commercial product containing approximately 34% ammonia.
i) Calcium Nitrate: Agricultural grade containing 15-1/2% nitrogen.
j) Urea Formaldehyde: Granular commercial product containing 38% nitrogen.
60
I
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
�,11 Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 207
TOPSOIL
k) I.B.D.U. (Iso Butyldiene Diurea): Commercial product containing 31% nitrogen.
1) Soil Sulfur: Agricultural grade sulfur containing a minimum of 96% sulfur.
m) Iron Sequestrene
July 22, 2011 1
E. Cultivation of Existing Soil
Trees to Remain: Hand cultivate within the dripline of existing trees to remain. Depth of
cultivation shall not exceed 2 in. Cultivate immediately prior to amending existing soil.
F. Spread soil for areas as follows:
a) Perennial/Shrub: Minimum Depth of 18"
b) Water Quality Pond/Dry-Land Grass: Minimum Depth of 4". Combine with amended
native soil.
c) Landscape Parkway: Minimum Depth of 6".
d) Tree Grate: Structural Soil, Minimum Depth of T-0"
Topsoil shall be amended, as required, in accordance with laboratory Soil Analysis Report to provide
satisfactory amended topsoil for planting.
Ten days before notice to proceed, Contractor shall submit a weed mitigation plan to the Engineer for
approval. This plan shall include a graphic time line showing milestone and completion dates of
herbicide treatment, topsoil stockpiling, topsoil spreading and. all seeding and planting times.
In Subsection 207.03, paragraph 13 shall include:
Per City Code, soil shall be loosened to a depth of not less than eight (8) inches. Engineer shall be
notified if this cannot occur due to existing conditions.
Revise subsection 207.05 to include the following:
The accepted quantities measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic
yard for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item: Pay Unit
Pre -Amended Topsoil — Perennial/Shrub CY
Pre -Amended Topsoil — Water Quality Pond/Dryland Grass CY
Pre -Amended Topsoil — Landscape Parkway CY
Pre -Amended Topsoil — Tree Grate CY
Payment for topsoil shall include soil loosening, soil, and all soil amendments required to produce
satisfactory soil for planting.
61
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FOt t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,, �_ f Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 210
RESET LIGHT STANDARD (PRIVATE LIGHT)
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised forth is project as follows:
Section 210.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the resetting privately -owned light standards as impacted by the proposed
improvements.
Section 210.03 shall include the following:
The light standards that are privately owned and marked to be reset shall be reset at a location
approved by the property owner. The footings within the right-of-way shall be completely removed in a
manner that minimizes disturbance to the surrounding area. Cavities left by the removal of the
structure shall be filled to the level of the surrounding ground with suitable material and shall be
compacted and approved by the Engineer.
Section 210.12 shall include the following:
Reset light standard will be measured by the number of lights reset as designated on the plans,
irrespective of the kind or size involved.
Section 210.13 shall include the following:
Pay Item
Reset Light Standard (Private Light)
62
Pay Unit
Each
I
FOrtC011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 210
ADJUST MANHOLE
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised forth is project as follows:
Subsection 210.02 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
This work includes adjusting manholes to the proper finished grade as shown on the plans and
conforming to the current City of Fort Collins Stormwater Utility Construction Standards and the
Subsection 105.10 revised herein.
In subsection 210.10 shall include the following:
All structures located in bituminous pavements to be surfaced shall be adjusted through the top mat of
asphalt. All structures located within a concrete pavement shall be adjusted prior to pouring the
concrete pavement section. The Contractor shall perform all work needed to ensure that said
structures can be readily adjusted and shall have all necessary materials on hand prior to commencing
the work. All structures shall be adjusted to be 1/4", (+/-) 1/8" below the pavement surface.
Adjust manhole consists of removing a section of pavement with a minimum diameter one foot larger
than the structure, centered on the structure. This shall be accomplished by cutting vertical edges,
adjusting the manhole by grouting concrete rings or utilizing metal shims to raise the structure to the
proper grade, then spreading and mechanically compacting bituminous material of the same grade and
quality as the adjacent pavement. All manholes shall be raised through the top lift.
When the manhole adjustment is complete, the slope of the top surface of the manhole cover shall
match the slope of the pavement in both the longitudinal and transverse directions. Any manhole cover
which is unstable or noisy under traffic shall be replaced.
Subsection 210.12 shall be.revised to include the following:
The manhole adjustment shall be measured and paid for per item adjusted.
All work associated with the manhole adjustment including but not limited to the excavation, backfill,
compaction, sawcutting, concrete rings, metal shims, grout, and patch placement of bituminous
material shall be included in the measurement and cost of this item.
Subsection 210.13 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item
Adjust Manhole
Pay Unit
Each
Work shall include all material, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials to complete the work,
including excavating, and backfilling.
63
FO�t COIIi�S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 210
ADJUST VALVE BOX
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 210.02 shall include the following:
This work includes adjusting valve boxes to the proper finished grade as shown on the plans and
conforming to the current City of Fort Collins Water Utility Construction Standards and the Subsection
105.10 revised herein.
In subsection 210.10 shall include the following:
All structures located in bituminous pavements to be surfaced shall be adjusted prior to, or during
paving operations. All structures located within a concrete pavement shall be adjusted prior to pouring
the concrete pavement section. The Contractor shall perform all work needed to ensure that said
structures can be readily adjusted and shall have all necessary materials on hand prior to commencing
the work. All structures shall be adjusted to be (+/-) 1/8" below the pavement surface.
If a structure is adjusted prior to an overlay operation, the Contractor shall place bituminous base
material around the structure as directed by the Engineer to insure that it will not be a hazard to
vehicular traffic and measured and paid for under a separate line item.
Valve boxes located within the existing pavement shall be adjusted by removing the existing pavement
around the valve box, adjusting the valve by turning it to the proper grade, trimming the existing asphalt
by cutting vertical edges, then spreading and mechanically compacting bituminous material of the same
grade and quality as the adjacent pavement.
If the Contractor is unable to turn up the valve box or is capable but not sufficiently to achieve the
proper grade or if the top section of the valve box is in poor condition, the Contractor shall excavate
around the top section of the valve box and remove and replace the top section with a longer section
supplied by the Contractor. The excavation shall be backfilled with flowfill (measured and paid for
under flowf ill backfill) to the top of subgrade, and material of the same grade and quality as the adjacent
pavement shall be placed.
The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care while attempting to adjust the valve boxes. If the
Contractor is negligent and breaks the valve box, the valve box shall be replaced at the Contractors
expense.
Subsection 210.12 shall be revised to include the following:
The valve box adjustment shall be measured and paid for per item adjusted.
All work associated with the valve box adjustment including but not limited to the excavation, backfill,
compaction, sawcutting, concrete rings, metal shims, grout, and patch placement of bituminous
material shall be included in the measurement and cost of this item.
yl
Ciof
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 210
ADJUST VALVE BOX
Subsection 210.13 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Adjust Valve Box Each
Work shall include all material, equipment, labor, and disposal of materials to complete the work,
including excavating, and backfilling.
65
FOrt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' REVISION OF SECTION 210
ADJUST FIRE HYDRANT
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 210.01 shall include the following:
' This work consists of adjusting existing fire hydrants to proposed grade as specified on the construction
plans.
Section 210.02 shall include the following:
Adjust fire hydrant includes adjusting the existing fire hydrant to the proposed grade shown on the
construction plans. The gate valve associated with the fire hydrant (located on the fire hydrant line)
shall also be adjusted to the proposed grade. Construction operations shall consist of raising or
lowering the existing fire hydrant and gate valve.
Section 210.12 shall include the following:
' Adjust Fire Hydrants will be measured by the number adjusted per the construction plans. Adjusting the
gate valve associated with the fire hydrant will be included in the cost to adjust the fire hydrant.
Section 210.13 shall include the following:
Payment for adjust fire hydrant shall include the work, material and equipment necessary to adjust the
fire hydrant to the proposed grade. This includes (but is not limited to) all necessary adjustment to the
existing traffic flange, gate valves, thrust blocks, traffic rod and fire hydrant as necessary.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Adjust Fire Hydrant EA
1
I
I
' 66
t-
FIYt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
'--OProject Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 210
ADJUST CURB STOP
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 '
.1
Section 210.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of adjusting existing curb stops to proposed grade as specified on the construction
plans.
'
Section 210.02 shall include the following:
Adjust curb stop includes adjusting the existing curb stop to the proposed grade shown on the
construction plans. Construction operations shall consist of raising or lowering the existing curb stop. If
the curb stop is raised and it does not fit a curb stop wrench, the service and stop box shall be
adjusted.
Section 210.12 shall include the following:
Adjust curb stop will be measured by the number adjusted per the construction plans.
Section 210.13 shall include the following:
'
Payment to adjust curb stop shall include the work, material and equipment necessary to adjust the
curb stop to the proposed grade including adjusting the service and stop box, if required.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Adjust Curb Stop EA
I
1
I
67
,
I
I
I
I
1
i
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 210
RESET WATER METER
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 210.02 shall include the following:
Reset Water Meter consists of removing the existing water meter pit and replacing with new materials
at locations shown on the plans according to the requirements of the current City of Fort Collins Water
Utilities Standard Construction Specifications. The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the
property owner and City of Fort Collins Water Utility Department when shutting off water to minimize
downtime to customers.
Subsection 210.12 shall include the following:
Reset Water Meter will be measured by the actual number reset and shall include all work and
materials necessary to remove items from their existing location and reset them at the new location.
Subsection 210.13 shall include the following:
Pay Item
1 Reset Water Meter
68
Pay Unit
Each
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 210
RESET CURB STOP
Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 1
Section 210.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of resetting the existing curb stops as specified on the construction plans outside of
the proposed street section.
Section 210.02 shall include the following:
Resetting curb stop includes relocating the existing curb stop outside of the limits of the proposed street
section and resetting it to proposed grade. The existing curb stop shall be used where applicable.
Work to be coordinated with the engineer and City of Fort Collins Utilities. If it is determined that a new
curb stop be required, the new curb stop is incidental to the cost of resetting the curb stop.
Section 210.12 shall include the following:
Reset curb stop will be measured by the number reset per the construction plans.
Section 210.13 shall include the following:
Payment to reset curb stop shall include the work, material and equipment necessary to relocate the
existing curb stop and adjust the curb stop to the proposed grade. This includes additional pipe
required to connect the curb stop to the existing system.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Reset Curb Stop EA
69
I
I
I
I
I
213-00008
MULCHING(WOOD CHIP
CF
3,184
213
MULCH TACKIFIER
LB
200
213-00460
METAL LANDSCAPE EDGER 3/16x4INCH
LF
511
214-00000
- LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
LS
1
214
Deciduous Tree 3" Acertatadcum'GarAnn'
EACH
11
214
Deciduous Tree 3" Gleditsia triacanthos inermis "Skyline")
EACH
24
214
Deciduous Tree 3" Malus Thunderchild'
EACH
24
214
Deciduous Tree 3" rus calle na'Chanticleer
EACH
26
214
1 Deciduous Tree 3" Querous robur'P mmich'
EACH
18
214
Shrub 5 Gallon Comus stolonifere
EACH
1 50
214
Shrub 5 Gallon (Juniperus communis'Effusa'
EACH
1 29
214
Shrub 5 Gallon Prunus besse i'Pawnee Buttes'
EACH
63
214
Shrub 5 Gallon Rhus aromalica'Gro Low'
EACH
30
214
Shrub 5 Gallon Ribes aureum'Gwen Buffalo'
EACH
31
214
Shrub 5 Gallon Arctosta h os uva-ursi
EACH
218
214
Shrub 5 Gallon S irea ni nica'Snowmound'
EACH
21
214
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon Calame rosis x actiflore
EACH
176
214
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon Festuca flauca'Eli'ah Blue'
EACH
114
214
1 Perennial Grass 1 Gallon Nasselaa Sti a tenuissima
EACH
79
214
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon Pennisetum alo ecuroides'Hameln'
EACH
648
214
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon Schizach rium sco arium
EACH
70
214
Perennial 1 Gallon Achillea'Moonshine'
EACH
1 296
214
Perennial Gallon Aster novi-bel ii'Professor Ki enbu
EACH
83
214
Perennial 1 Gallon (Campanula ca atica'Blue clips')
EACH
314
214
Perennial 1 Gallon Ca tens x clandonensis
EACH
12
214
Perennial Gallon Cones sis verticillata'Moonbeam'
EACH
149
214
Perennial 1 Gallon Echinacea u urea
EACH
46
214
Perennial Gallon Iberis Sem ervirens
EACH
354
214
Perennial 1 Gallon Leucantheumum x su erbum'Little Miss Muffet'
EACH
312
214
Perennial Gallon Rudbeckia ful ida'Goldsturm'
EACH
424
214
TREE GRATE AND FRAME
EACH
2
304
RAILROAD BUMPER
LS
1 1
304-06000
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CLASS 6
TON
17,319
403
HOT MIX ASPHALT REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER
TON
1,655
403-00720
HOT MIX ASPHALT PATCHING
TON
731
403-33821
HOT MIX ASPHALT GRADING SG 100 PG 58-28
TON
521
403-33851
HOT MIX ASPHALT GRADING S 100 PG 64-28
TON
3,450
412-00600
CONCRETE PAVEMENT 61NCH
SY
588
412-00600
CONCRETE PAVEMENT 61NCH FAST TRACK
SY
349
412-00800
CONCRETE PAVEMENT 81NCH
SY
9,910
412-00800
CONCRETE PAVEMENT 81NCH FAST TRACK
SY
1,944
420
TRANSITION MATS
SY
1,305
420
TRM CLASS
SY
1 295
420
TRM CLASS 11
SY
1,110
420
TRM CLASS III
SY
1,110
420
GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT
SY
11,695
502-00100
DRILLING HOLE TO FACILITATE PILE DRIVING
LF
18
502-00460
PILE TIP
EACH
6
502-11274
STEEL PILING HP 12x74
LF
72
504
SEAT WALL
EACH
7
509-00000
STRUCTURALSTEEL
LB
22,469
601
CONCRETE CLASS B(TRICKLE CHANNEL
CY
40
601
CONCRETE CLASS D SPILLWAY
CV 1
12
601
CONCRETE CLASS D HWALL/WALLS)
CY
17
601-01040
CONCRETE CLASS D BRIDGE
CV
78
601-01050
CONCRETE CLASS D WALL
CY
9
601-40006
CUT STONE VENEER SLAB
SF
84
601-40007
CUT STONE VENEER ASHLER
SF
436
602-00000
REINFORCING STEEL
LB
5,728
603-00021
CULVERT LINING 211NCH
LF
108
603-01185
18 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF
613
603-01245
24 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF
142
603-01185
30 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF 1
49
603-01365
361NCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF
859
603-01425 1
421NCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF
335
603-01485
48 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE COMPLETE IN PLACE
LF
809
603-02185
23x14 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ELLIPTICAL CIP
LF
160
603-02245
30x19 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ELLIPTICAL CIP
LF
558
603-02425
53x34 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ELLIPTICAL CIP
LF
436
603
18 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE SPECIAL COMPLETE IN PU
EACH
2
603
481NCH REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE SPECIAL COMPLETE IN PU
EACH
2
603-05024
24 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE END SECTION
EACH
1
' Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 3
11
t Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 212
' TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Subsection 212.01 shall include the following:
Tree Retention and protection includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that
are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. The following
definitions apply:
' 1) Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape or the average of the smallest and
largest diameters at 6 inches above the ground for trees up to, and including, 4-inch size; and
12 inches above the ground for trees larger than 4-inch size.
' 2) Plant -Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other
vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings.
3) Tree -Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected
during construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the
diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated.
4) Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.
' Subsection 212.02 shall include the following:
(d) Protection -Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following
' requirements. Previously used materials may be used when approved by Engineer.
Protection -Zone fencing will be considered incidental to the "Tree Retention and Protection"
line item and will not be paid for separately.
' 1. Plastic Protection -Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high -density
extruded and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch maximum opening in pattern and
weighing a minimum of 0.4 Ib/ft.; remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F; inert
to most chemicals and acids; minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi and ultimate
tensile strength of 2680 psi; secured with plastic bands or galvanized -steel or stainless -
steel wire ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape galvanized -steel posts spaced not
more than 8 feet apart.
a. Height: 5 feet
b. Color: High -visibility orange, nonfading.
' Add Subsection 212.061 immediately following Subsection 212.06
' 212.061 Tree Retention and Protection
A. SUBMITTALS
1) Samples for Verification: For each type of the following:
a. Protection -Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples of manufacturer's standard size
made from full-size components.
1
1
70
1:0 C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
July 22,'2011 '
2) Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain,
which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused
by construction activities.
a. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape.
b. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of
each tree or other plants designated to remain.
B. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1) Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
a. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, personnel, and
equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays.
2. Enforcing requirements for protection zones.
3. Field quality control.
C. PROJECT CONDITIONS
1. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
a. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
b. Parking vehicles or equipment.
c. Foot traffic.
d. Erection of sheds or structures.
e. Impoundment of water.
f. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
g. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones.
3. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection
zones and organic mulch.
D. PREPARATION
Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Tie a f -
inch blue -vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground.
Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while
mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or
excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
Within the drip line of any protected existing tree, there shall be no cut or fill over a four -inch depth
unless a qualified arborist or forester has evaluated and approved the disturbance.
Prior and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees with such
barriers to be of orange fencing a minimum of (5) feet in height, secured with metal T-Posts, no
closer than six (6) feet from the trunk or at the drip line, whichever is greater. There shall be no
storage or movement of equipment, material, debris or fill within the fenced tree protection zone.
Modification of protective fence locations to accommodate construction shall be approved by the
71
7
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
City Forester prior to moving or erecting a protective fence. Where the drip line of trees touch or
overlap, place fence around groups of trees.
During construction there shall be no cleaning of equipment or materials or the storage and disposal
of waste material such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material
harmful to the life of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees.
No damaging attachments, wires, signs or permits may be fastened to any protected tree.
' The installation of utilities, irrigation lines or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper
than six (6) inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees
' at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches. The auger distance is established from the face of
the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from the tree diameter at breast height as described in the tree
protection chart of the Fort Collins Land use Code Section 3.2.1.
' Construction shall be performed in a manner to not damage any existing tree. Clearance pruning of
any tree on site shall only be by a Fort Collins Licensed Arborist under the direction of the City
Forester.
' Equipment access/drives shall be positioned to minimize travel over the root system of any existing
tree. Equipment drive locations over the root system of any significant tree shall be approved by the
' City Forester with requirements to protect the compaction of exposed soil.
Prior to construction the contractor shall meet the City Forester on site to verify protected existing
trees and the application of tree protection specifications.
The Contractor shall wrap protected trees with concrete blankets or equivalent treatment whenever
directed by the owner's representative.
E. TREE- AND PLANT -PROTECTION ZONES
Protection -Zone Fencing: Install protection -zone fencing along edges of protection zones before
materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that
will prevent people from easily entering protected. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe
passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian
walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation.
' Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.
Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are
damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
Maintain protection -zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and
remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site.
1) Do not remove protection -zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment
access through the protection zone.
F. EXCAVATION
General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones
' according to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
72
I
Fp�t Collitls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� �_Project Special Provisions
4
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
July 22, 2011 '
Trenching near Trees: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, hand excavate
under or around tree roots or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not
cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities.
Cut roots as required for root pruning.
Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose
roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If
encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut
roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning.
Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth
cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition.
Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and
covered with soil.
G. ROOT PRUNING
Prune roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Pruning roots 2" in
diameter or greater must be reviewed by City Forester prior to pruning. Prune roots as shown on
Drawings and as follows:
1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning
instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other
equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots.
2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected
and covered with soil.
3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
4. Backf ill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone, by
cleanly cutting all roots impacted to the depth of the required excavation.
H. CROWN PRUNING
Prune all existing trees retained on City property by cleaning and thinning the canopy. Prune
branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as shown
on the Drawings and as follows:
1. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to the City of Fort Collins Tree Management
Standards
I. REGRADING
Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
73
I
I
I�
J
FOit C011iI15 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�"�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
J. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated
that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect/Owner's Rep.
1. Submit details of proposed root cutting and tree and shrub repairs.
2. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to an ISA certified arborist's written
instructions.
3. Perform repairs within 24 hours.
4. Replace vegetation that cannot be repaired and restored to full -growth status, as
determined by Landscape ArchitecUOwner's Rep.
Protected trees that are damaged during construction will be appraised by a qualified arborist, and
the amount of damage appraised will be billed to the Contractor.
Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an
unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction
operations that Landscape Architect/Owner's Rep determines are incapable of restoring to normal
growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that
measures 6 inches or smaller in caliper size.
K. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally
dispose of them off Owner's property.
Subsection 212.07 shall include the following:
Tree retention and protection will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump
sum price bid will be full compensation for all work required to complete the item, including installation
and maintenance of protection -zone fencing.
Subsection 212.08 shall include the following:
' Payment will be made under:
' Pay Item Pay Unit
Tree Retention and Protection Lump Sum
74
FOft C011i�s North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_,� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 213
MULCHING
Section 213 of the Standard Specifications.is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In Subsection 213.02, delete paragraph 13 and replace with the following:
July 22, 2011 '
Organic mulch shall be wood fiber mulch, 'Choice Cedar' or approved equal, provided, by the City of
Fort Collins. Contractor shall contact City of Fort Collins Parks Department at (970) 221-6660 to
arrange for pick-up of the material. Contractor will be responsible for transporting and placing mulch as
defined in the plans.
In Subsection 213.02, delete paragraph 15 and replace with the following:
The metal landscape border shall consist of a roll-top steel edger. Steel shall conform to ASTM A 1011
or approved equal.
Under subsection 213.04, include the following:
Mulching shall be measured and paid for as install only.
Under subsection 213.05, include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Mulch (Wood Chip) CF
Metal Landscape Edger (3/16X4 Inch) LF
Payment for Mulch (Wood Chip) will be full compensation for all work required to complete the item,
including transporting and placing the mulch.
75
I
' FOftC011i�S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' REVISION OF SECTION 213
RIVER COBBLE AND FILTER FABRIC
Section 213 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows
tSubsection 213.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the furnishing and placing river cobble and filter fabric in accordance with the lines,
grades, design, and dimensions shown in the plans and as specified herein.
Subsection 213.02 shall include the following:
River Cobble: 3"- 6" River Cobble, washed or approved equivalent.
Filter Fabric: Filter Fabric shall be non -woven geotextile.
Subsection 213.04 shall include the following:
' River cobble of the sizes specified will be measured by the ton.
Filter fabric will be measured by the square foot of surface area covered, complete in place.
' Subsection 213.05 shall include the following:
' Pay Item Pay Unit
River Cobble Ton
Filter Fabric SF
M4
[l
Fo�tCollins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�i Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Section 214 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 214.01, include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
Definitions
Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.
Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which
they are grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI
Z60.1 for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and drum
laced as recommended by ANSI Z60.1.
Balled and Potted Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they
are grown and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than diameter and
depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior plant required.
Clump: Where three (3) or more young trees were planted in a group and have grown
together as a single tree having three (3) or more main stems or trunks.
Container -Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well -rooted exterior plants grown in a container
with well -established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball
when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and
protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of
exterior plant required.
Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
Multi -Stem: Where three or more main stems arise from the ground from a single root
crown or at a point right above the root crown.
Sub -grade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top
surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.
Sub -soil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of
organic matter and soil organisms.
Submittals
Product Data for each type of product indicated.
Samples for Verification: For each of the following:
1 lb. of in -organic (rock) mulch for each type, color and texture of stone required, in labeled
plastic bags. Provide name of Supplier and product name.
Samples of proposed organic mulch type NOT required. Material specified shall be
provided by the City of Fort Collins Forestry Division. See Section 213 Mulches for
additional information.
77
L
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_��. Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Pre -Amended Topsoil: Submit sample in a plastic baggie. Provide product type, supplier
' and phone number. Product delivered to site shall match the submitted sample. Submit
delivery receipts to Owner's Representative for review.
Organic Amendment: Submit sample in a plastic baggie. Product delivered to site shall
match the submitted sample. Submit organic amendment delivery receipts to Owner's
Representative for review.
Organic Amendment Analysis: Submit copies of amendment analysis from qualified soil
testing laboratory.
Weed barrier: Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier to be
used.
' Tree Stakes, Webbing and Rubber Protective Cap: Submit sample of each.
Product Certificates: For each type of man ufactured, product, from Manufacturer, and
complying with the following:
Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products.
Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable.
' Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.
Cleanup and Protection
During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly
condition. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
' contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance
periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings.
Project Record (As -Built Drawing)
Maintain one (1) complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record
changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to the
' Owner's Representative prior to final inspection.
Disposal
Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
' In subsection 214.02, include the following:
Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
' establishment of exterior plants.
Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on
' Project site when planting is in progress.
78
I
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_'� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
July 22, 2011 '
The City of Fort Collins' Forestry Department Representative will observe trees and shrubs either
at place of growth and/or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus,
species, variety, size, and quality. Representative retains right to observe trees and shrubs
further for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to
reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected
trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. Notify Forestry Department Representative of
sources of planting materials seven (7) days in advance of delivery to site.
In Subsection 214.02, delete paragraph three and replace with the following:
Measure trees and shrubs according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their
normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper measurements 6 inches
above the ground for trees up to four -inch (4") caliper size, and twelve inches (12") above the
ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not
measure branches or roots tip -to -tip.
In Subsection 214.02, delete paragraph seven and replace with the following:
Before any substitutions of Contractor -furnished plant material will be considered, the Contractor
shall make inquiries of all commercial sources at their disposal. Written statements concerning the
availability of the plant species and sizes designated on the plans shall be obtained. If the
designated plant species are available in a size different than indicated on the plans, this
information shall be included in the statement. If the Contractor fails to locate the designated plant
species (or size), the Contractor shall make inquiries of all sources designated by the Engineer.
Written statements concerning the availability of plant species and sizes shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Engineer 60 days prior to the planting season. Substitutions of other sizes or
species will be considered only after such statements have been submitted or when all sources
have been exhausted.
In Subsection 214.02, include the following under paragraph twelve:
(e) Tree and Shrub Material: Furnish nursery -grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI
Z60.1, with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well -
shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects
such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. Provide trees and shrubs of
sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of trees
and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Owners
Representative, with a proportionate increase in size of root -balls. Furnish trees and shrubs with
root -balls measured from top of root -ball, which shall begin at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1
(f) Street and Flowering Trees: Street Trees: Single -stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced
crown, and intact leader, of height and caliper indicated, complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of
trees required. Provide balled and burlapped, as specified on the Plant List on the Drawings.
Ornamental Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship
of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1; stem form as follows: Stem Form shall
be Single trunk or Multi -trunk clump. Provide balled and burlapped, container -grown, spaded
trees as specified.
79
City Of
Fort Collins
Purchasing 7
ADDENDUM No. 1
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins. CO 80522
970.221.6775
970,221.6707
fcgov.com/Purchasing
Description of BID 7273: N. College Improvements Project - Vine to Conifer
OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) September 21, 2011
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described
above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following
sections of this addendum:
Exhibit 1 — Revised Bid Tab
Exhibit 2 — Revisions to the Plans & Bid Tab
Exhibit 3 — Revisions to the Specifications
Exhibit 4 — Clarifications from the Prebid
Please contact John Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer, Buyer at (970) 221-6777
with any questions regarding this addendum.
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST
STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE
ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.
BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN
BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS
Addendum 1 — 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer Page 1 of 15
603-05048
48 INCH REINFORCED CONCRETE END SECTION
EACH
4
604
INLINE CHECK VALVE
EACH
1
604
OIL -WATER -DEBRIS SEPARATOR
EACH
1
604-13005
INLET TYPED IS FOOT
EACH
1
604-13010
INLET TYPE 13 10 FOOT
EACH
2
604-19000
INLET SPECIAL 10 FOOT
EACH
1
604-19105
INLET TYPE R L 5 5 FOOT
EACH
13
604-19110
INLET TYPE R LS 10 FOOT
EACH
3
604-20000
OUTLET STRUCTURE
EACH
1
604-30005 1
MANHOLE SLAB BASE 5 FOOT
EACH 1
3
604-30010
MANHOLE SLAB BASE 10 FOOT
EACH
2
604
MANHOLE SPECIAL 6'X9' BOX BASE 10 FOOT
EACH
1
604
MANHOLE SLAB BASE FLAT TOP 5 FOOT 72" DIA
EACH
2
604
MANHOLE SLAB BASE FLAT TOP 10 FOOT 48- DIA
EACH
1
604
MANHOLE SLAB BASE FLAT TOP 10 FOOT 72- DIA
EACH
9
604
MANHOLE SLAB BASE FLAT TOP 10 FOOT 96- DIA
EACH
2
604
MANHOLE SPECIAL MANHOLE RISER 5 FOOT
EACH
1
604
MANHOLE SPECIAL MANHOLE RISER 10 FOOT
EACH
1
605
61NCH PERFORATED PIPE UNDERDRAIN
LF
283
606 1
TRANSITION TYPE 3H
EACH 1
4
606-11010
BRIDGE RAIL TYPE 10R SPECIAL
LF
49
608
SANDBLAST STREET IDENTIFICATION
EACH
12
608
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS TYPE 1 4x8
SY
113
608
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS TYPE 2 8X8
SY
302
608
CONCRETE BAND
SY
48
608
COLORED CONCRETE CROSSWALK
SY
896
608-00005
CONCRETE SIDEWALK SPECIAL
SY
103
608-00006
CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH)
SY
3.606
608-00010
CONCRETE CURB RAMP
SY
283
609-21010
1 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 SECTION I-B
LF
1 1,294
609-21020
1 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 SECTION II-8
LF
5,409
609-240041
GUTTER TYPE 2 4 FOOT
LF
111
610-00024
MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL
SF
318
613
WIRING PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
LS
1
613
ART IN PUBLIC PLACES A.P.P. LIGHT J-BOX
EACH
4
613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHT STANDARD
EACH
44
613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHT FOUNDATION
EACH
44
613
1 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IRRIGATION
LF
55
613
21NCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT PEDESTRIAN
LF
5510
613-50100
LIGHTING CONTROL CENTER
EACH
3
614
IMPACT ATTENUATOR
EACH
2
603-70704
1 7x4 FOOT CONCRETE BOX CULVERT PRECAST COMPLETE IN PLA
LF
129
603-70704
7x4 FOOT CONCRETE BOX CULVERT PRECAST COMPLETE IN PLA
EACH
I2
616
SIPHON PIPE TRASH GUARD I TRASH RACK
EACH
1 2
619
6 INCH VALVE AND VALVE BOX
EACH
1
619
12 INCH VALVE AND VALVE BOX
EACH
1
619-00001
WATER METER
EACH
2
619
WATER SERVICE
EACH
1
619
LOWER WATER SERVICE
EACH
12
619
LOWER 61NCH WATER LINE
EACH
1
619
LOWER 12 INCH WATER LINE
EACH
2
619
LOWER 141NCH ELCO WATER LINE
EACH
1
619
FIRE HYDRANT
EACH
8
619-40080
1 INCH COPPER PIPE
LF
10
619-40080
1 1/2 INCH COPPER PIPE
LF
80
619-50080
1 INCH PLASTIC PIPE
LF
1 6,035
619-50100
1 114 INCH PLASTIC PIPE
LF
135
619-50120
1 1/21NCH PLASTIC PIPE
LF
4,570
619-50160
21NCH PLASTIC SLEEVE
LF
2,310
619-50320
41NCH PLASTIC SLEEVE
LF
1,675
623
BUBBLER CANISTER
EACH
8
623-00162
DRIP LATERAL LINE
LF
3,170
623-00164
DRIP EMITTER
EACH
3,794
623-00186
3/41NCH FLUSH UNIT ASSEMBLY
EACH
21
623-00206
6 INCH POPUP SPRAY SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY
EACH
693
623-01708
1 INCH BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY
EACH
1
623-02004
3141NCH DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
22
623-02008
1 INCH DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
1
623-03005
1 INCH DRIP ZONE VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
12
623-03108
—T—INCH AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
31
623-04000
CONTROL WIRE 24 VOLT -
LF
73,390
623-04002
POWER SOURCE WIRE
LF
150
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00300 Page 4 '
[1
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
(g) Deciduous Shrubs: Furnish shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required
by and measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type, shape, and height of shrub. Provide
container -grown shrubs.
' (h) Ornamental Grasses: Provide healthy, disease -free plants of species and variety shown or
listed, with well -established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball,
but not with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are
acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery. Plants shall be healthy, field -grown plants from
' a commercial nursery, of species and variety shown or listed, complying with requirements in
ANSI Z60.1.
11
(i) Trunk Wrap Tape: Two (2) layers of crinkled paper cemented together with bituminous
material, 4-inch wide minimum, with stretch factor of thirty-three percent (33%). Inspect tree trunks
for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation; take corrective measures required before
wrapping. Wrap all deciduous single trunk trees with trunk -wrap tape in the Autumn of the year
installed. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap,
exposing half the width, and securely attach without causing girdling. Trunk wrap should be
completely removed by April 15 the following year.
In Subsection 214.03(a), delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
Areas to be planted shall be brought to the lines and grades designated and approved. The
locations of trees and shrubs on the planting plans are approximate. The Contractor shall stake
locations as accurately as possible. All locations and layouts shall be approved by Landscape
Architect before preparatory work for planting is started. Locations of all trees in grates are to be
laid out exactly, based on the drawings.
Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be
performed according to written instructions and warranty requirements.
Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and before native seeding unless
otherwise acceptable to Owner's Representative. When planting trees and shrubs after native
seeding has been completed, protect areas and promptly repair damage caused by planting
operations.
Subsection 214.03(b) shall include the following:
Planting pits for trees within sidewalks shall be dug the entire width of the tree grates
and the depth of the root ball. A 4'-0" wide by 8'-0" long by 3-foot deep hole
shall be dug or augured at the bottom of the planting pit for drainage. Place tree so that the tree
sits in center of tree grate. Place tree for approval prior to backfilling. After approval of
placement, continue planting and backfilling operations.
Subsection 214.03(c) delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
For the installation of trees:
Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. Set
balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball one to two
inches (1" to 2") adjacent finish grades.
80
rNorth College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Foortt Collins
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Remove burlap from tops of root -balls and partially from sides, but do not remove from under
root -balls. Remove entire wire basket. The process is as follows: 1) the bottom of the basket is
cut off prior to setting the tree in the planting pit; and 2) once the tree is in the pit, carefully cut
and remove the remainder of the wire basket. If the root -ball seems unstable, the wire basket
may be left on and used to place the tree in the planting pit; however, once in the pit, the top
half of the wire basket must be removed. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use
planting stock if root -ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation.
Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and
air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing
remainder of backf ill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after
placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix.
Set container -grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball one to two
inches (1" to 2") above adjacent finish grades. Carefully remove root ball from container without
damaging root ball or plant. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle
mix and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water
thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is
absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix.
For the installation of plants:
Prior to planting, stake, flag, or paint proposed beds scaling off the plans to determine bed
configuration and size. Contact the Owner's Representative for review of extent and
configuration. Layout all planting pots prior to planting. Space plants equally within beds to
ensure a uniform appearance. Remove all pots prior to planting including peat pots. Plant all
plant material so that the plants are flush with finish grade (top of mulch) when complete. This
will require slightly mounding each plant. Lightly compact soil around base of plant to ensure
adequate root/ soil contact. Do not vigorously compact.
Re-establish fine grade by hand raking or smoothing grade by hand prior to placing mulch.
Apply specified mulch taking care not to damage plants. Clear excess mulch from plant foliage
Subsection 214.03(e) shall include the following:
Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. Do not prune trees
without prior approval of a City Forester.
Subsection 214.03 shall include the following
j.) Tree Grates and Frames. Standard size, 4'x8'. Finish: powder coat finish dark gray. Set
grate segments flush with adjoining surfaces as shown on Drawings. Shim from supporting
substrate with soil -resistant plastic. Maintain a 3-inch- minimum growth radius around base
of tree; break away units of casting, if necessary, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
81
L7
FOft C011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Subsection 214.04 shall include the following:
' Delete the first paragraph and item (a) and replace them with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the following:
The Landscape Establishment Period begins upon receipt of the written "Notice of Substantial
Landscape Completion" from the Engineer. Substantial Landscape Completion occurs when all
plant materials in the Contract have been planted and all work under Sections 212, 213, 214
and 623 has been performed, except for the Section 214 pay item, Landscape Maintenance. If
the Notice of Substantial Landscape Completion is issued during the spring planting season, the
Landscape Establishment Period begins immediately and lasts for a period of 24 months. If the
Notice of Substantial Landscape Completion is issued at any other time, the Landscape
Establishment Period begins at the start of the next spring planting season and lasts for a period
' of 24 months.
After all planting on the project is complete, a plant inspection shall be held including the
Contractor, Engineer, CDOT and the Landscape Architect to determine acceptability of plant
' material. During inspection, an inventory of rejected material will be made, and corrective and
necessary cleanup measures will be determined.
' From the time of installation, during construction, and throughout the Landscape Establishment
Period, the Contractor shall maintain all plant material, sodded and seeded areas in a healthy
and vigorous growing condition, and ensure the successful establishment of vegetation. During
the Landscape Establishment Period, the Contractor shall water, cultivate, and prune the plants,
and repair, replace or readjust guy material. The Contractor shall also remove weeds from plant
beds and saucers, maintain specified depths of mulching material and fertilize via a root feeder
during the spring of each growing season.
Dead, dying or rejected material shall be removed each month during the Landscape
Establishment Period as directed. Plant replacement shall be performed during the spring
' planting seasons at the beginning and end of the Landscape Establishment Period. Plant
replacement stock shall be planted in accordance with the Contract and is subject to all
requirements specified for the original material. Plant replacement shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
An inspection will be conducted by the City, Contractor, Engineer and CDOT Landscape
Architect, 12 months after the beginning of the Landscape Establishment Period in order to
determine acceptability and amount of incentive payment. During this inspection, an inventory
of losses and accepted plant material will be made and the Engineer will determine the incentive
amount. Plant replacements determined to be necessary at this inspection will be planted within
30 days following the inspection. A second inspection to determine acceptability and the
amount of incentive payment will be conducted no later than 23 months following the beginning
of the Landscape Establishment Period. During this second inspection, an inventory of losses
and accepted plant material will again be made and the Engineer will determine the incentive
amount. Plant replacements determined to be necessary at this second inspection will be
planted within 30 days following the inspection. Following any necessary plant replacements,
the City, Contractor, Engineer, CDOT and the Landscape Architect will conduct a final
' 82
1
FortCollinS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
inspection in order to close the Landscape Establishment Period. The Contractor shall remove
all guying wires, straps and stakes from the plant material prior to this final inspection.
In Subsection 214.04 - Delete item (b) 2 and include the following:
The trees planted by the Contractor shall be watered twice per month at the rate of 30 gallons
per tree per watering for the months May through October during the 24-month Landscape
Establishment Period, or as needed, and the trees shall also be watered once per month at the
rate of 30 gallons per tree for the months November through April during the 24-month
Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed.
The shrubs planted by the Contractor shall be watered twice per month.at the rate of 10 gallons
per shrub per watering event for the months May through October during the 24-month
Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed, and the shrubs shall also be watered once per
month at the rate of 10 gallons per shrub for the months November through April during the 24-
month Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed.
Prior to the beginning of the Landscape Establishment Period, a watering schedule listing the
calendar days chosen to complete the required watering shall be submitted to facilitate
inspections by the City/Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit the desired watering schedule for all plant material for the months of May
through October when the irrigation is on so the schedule can be programmed into the central
computer. The Engineer shall be notified in advance each month when each of the winter watering is to
be done.
The Contractor shall keep a project journal documenting all landscape and irrigation maintenance
activities including work locations and time spent. The Contractor shall provide copies of the journal to
the Engineer upon request.
The Contractor shall shield guy wires from trees with white PVC tubing to make the wire visible for
pedestrians and bicyclists - the cost to be included in the cost of the plants. The Contractor shall
maintain staking and guying until the end of the Landscape Establishment period. The Contractor shall
remove all guying wire, straps and stakes at the end of the Landscape Establishment period. Wooden
lodgepole stakes shall be used for guying trees.
The Contractor shall obtain inspection and approval of all plant material by owner's representative at
the nursery or on -site prior to planting. The Owner reserves the right to reject plant material at any
stage of installation.
All plant material shall meet the ANSI Z60.1-2004 American Standards for Nursery Stock. Plants with
disease or insects are not permitted. Plants with wounded or broken branches will be rejected. Trees
with co -dominant leaders or poor form will be rejected. Trees with girdling roots visible at the surface of
the ball will be rejected.
Subsection 214.05 shall include the following:
Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing
weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance
with state and federal laws if applicable.
83
I
I�
J
I
!I
1
I
1
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
8
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Bulk Materials:
Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on
existing turf areas or plants.
Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge
of soil -bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance
systems, or walkways.
Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers, lime, and soil amendments with appropriate
certificates.
Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from
sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not
bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide
protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery and
handling.
Handle planting stock by root ball.
Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If
planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees in their appropriate
aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep
roots moist.
Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable
material.
Do not remove container -grown stock from containers before time of planting.
Water root systems of plants stored on -site deeply and thoroughly with a fine -mist spray. Water
as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but not overly -wet condition.
Subsection 214.06 shall include the following:
Pay Item
Pay Unit
Deciduous Tree 3" Caliper (Acer tataricum 'GarAnn')
Each
Deciduous Tree 3" Caliper (Gleditsia tracanthos inermis "Skyline")
Each
Deciduous Tree 3" Caliper (Malus 'Thunderchild')
Each
Deciduous Tree 3" Caliper (Pyrus calleryana'Chanticleer')
Each
Deciduous Tree 3" Caliper (Quercus robur 'Pyramich')
Each
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (Cornus stolonifera)
Each
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (Prunus besseyi 'Pawnee Buttes')
Each
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (Rhus aromatic'Gro Low')
Each
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (gibes aureum 'Gwen Buffalo')
Each
'
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi)
Deciduous Shrub 5 Gallon (Spirea nipponica'Snowmound')
Each
Each
Evergreen Shrub 5 Gallon (Juniperus communis 'Effusa')
Each
84
City Collin
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
9
REVISION OF SECTION 214
PLANTING
Pay Item
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon (Calamagrosis x actiflora)
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon (Festuca flauca'Elijah Blue')
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon (Nasselaa Stipa tenuissiima)
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon (Pennisetum alopecuroides'Hameln")
Perennial Grass 1 Gallon (Schizachyrium scoparium) .
Perennial 1 Gallon (Achillea 'Moonshine')
Perennial 1 Gallon (Aster novi-belgii 'Professor Kippenburg')
Perennial 1 Gallon (Campanula carpatica 'Blue Clips')
Perennial 1 Gallon (Caryopteris x clandonensis)
Perennial 1 Gallon (Coreopsis verticillata'Moonbeam')
Perennial 1 Gallon (Echinacea purpurea)
Perennial 1 Gallonw (lberis Sempervirens)
Perennial 1 Gallon (Leucantheumum x superbum 'Little Miss Muffet')
Perennial 1 Gallon (Rudbeckia fulgida 'Goldsturm')
Landscape Maintenance
Tree Grate and Frame
July 22, 2011
Pay Unit
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Lump Sum
Each
Fertilizer, tree wrapping, tree staking and protection fencing shall not be measured or paid for
separately, but shall be included in the unit bid price of the plants.
All trees shall be field grown balled and burlapped. Broken or loose rootballs will be rejected. Trees
shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with a firm rootball, and in sizes and ratios conforming
to the Colorado Nursery Act and in conformance with ANSI Z60.1. All labels and flagging shall be
removed by the contractor after planting.
Root -Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which shall
begin at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible before planting.
All backfill material for planting shall match the topsoil characteristics as described in the Tree Planting
and Soil Series. See sheets.
See Topsoil Section 207 for soil preparation, cultivation method, depth and organic matter
incorporation.
All of the wire basket shall be removed unless the soil ball will be damaged or compromise planting. If
that is the case, remove only the top'/2 half of the basket. The top 1/2 of the burlap shall be removed
from rootballs.
85
' �tC011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� 1:OFOProject Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 216
SOIL RETENTION BLANKET (STRAW/COCONUT)
' Section 216 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the first paragraph of 216.02(a) 4 and replace with the following:
Soil Retention Blanket (straw/coconut) shall be a machine produced mat consisting of 70 percent
agricultural straw and 30 percent coconut fiber. The blanket shall be of consistent thickness with the
straw and coconut fiber evenly distributed over the entire area of the mat. The blanket shall be covered
on the top and bottom with 100% biodegradable natural organic fiber netting.
In subsection 216.02(a) 4, delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
IMaterial requirements:
' Straw content: 70% 0.35 pounds per square yard
Coconut fiber content: 30% 0.15 pounds per square yard
' Netting: top and bottom 100% biodegradable organic jute fiber
Thread: Biodegradable
Roll width: 6.5 to 8.0 feet
Roll length: 108.0 to 112.5 feet (+/- 5%)
Roll weight: 50.0 to 52.22 pounds (+/- 5%)
86
J
FOft C011irl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
X—� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 250
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Section 250 of the Standard Specification is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 250.03 and 250.04 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
Many painted items along the North College corridor have elevated concentrations of lead (Pb) in the
paint (see attached table). All painted steel components which are not designated to be salvaged will
become the Contractor's property. A TCLP test will be required for painted wood products that exceed
the Total Lead standard set at 100 mg/L. If test results show that the 5 mg/kg TCLP standard was
exceeded then the wood items will need to be coated by a suitable encapsulant such as Ecobond and
disposed of as solid waste.
The Contractor shall be responsible for handling the contamination issues associated with construction
activities involving heavy metal paint as detailed in Subsection 250.03 and 250. 04 of the CDOT
Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction. The Contractor will also be responsible
for the health and safety of workers, and the proper disposal of materials according to OSHA and State
and Federal regulations.
The Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize paint flaking during removal. The Contractor shall
not deposit or release paint chips into the water, or onto the ground below or adjacent to the identified
structure. Cutting or burning of painted surfaces should be prohibited to minimize generation of lead
fumes. The Contractor should control and minimize generation of dust during demolition or other
disturbance of painted surfaces.
87
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 250
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
TABLE 1
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR LEAD PAINT INVESTIGATION
FC04874.000-205
Lead In Paint
Client ID Number
Component
Address
Color
Total Lead
%
Total Lead
mg/L
Lead TCLP
mg/L
1
Canal Rail
West
0.01
100
2
Hydrant
1023
5.50
55000
7j2750=
3
Hydrant
938
3.90
39000
'_ -A956 =;
4
Gate at Park
East
Green
BRL
110
Street Light
West
Grey
0.10
1000
_550___1
112•
Bollard
East
Silver
BRL
113•
Bollard
East
Black
0.06
600
3 ,^i
116
Bollard
746
Yellow
0.01
100
�_ 5F . `-
119
Light
806
Blue
0.005
50
2.5
120
Sin
806
Brown
BRL
122
Bollard
810
Red
0.24
2400
_+120-
125
Sign
810
Silver
BRL
127•
Mail Post
810
Red
BRL
129
Sign
814
Black
0.05
500
_ 725%I
133
Sign Base
900
Grey
0.57
5700
1�485tr•..O
138
Bollard
920
Yellow
0.03
300
N-715._„
140
Light
938
Brown
1.10
11000
141
Sin
938
Grey
0.01
100
3L 775'I=)
142
Mail Post
1010
Black
0.03
300
*{15�::-
144
Mail Box
1110
Black
0.01
100
5 ";
145
Mail Post
1110
Red
0.04
400
146
Street Light
1180
Grey
BRL
-
147
Street Light
1180
Yellow
BRL
148
Mail Post
1200
Green
0.01
100
149
Mail Post
1200
Red
0.004
40
2
151
Bollard
1203,1205
Black
0.03
300
157•
Mail Post
1007
Green
BRL
162
Sign Base
1007
Green
BRL
164•
Mail Post
1005
White
BRL
166
Light
935
White
0.03
300
_115;
167
Post
935
Red
0.82
8200
C,_,;470
169
Sign
935
White
0.05
500
_ 'J25 _1
172
Sign
903
Black
0.01
100
-_75-
174
Sin
903
Blue
BRL
175
Mail Box
825
Black
0.01
100
_- -5_.
177'
Mail Post
825
White
BRL
178
Mail Post
825
Yellow
BRL
4/30/2010
. - Wood substate, so core taken for sample
BRL - Below Reporting Limit (30 - 50 mglL)
- Value is greater than regulatory limit
88
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 304
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Add Subsection 304.061 immediately following subsection 304.06:
304.062 Soil sterilization
Soil sterilization shall be applied under all new paving per Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards
Section 22.5 F. Soil sterilization will not be paid separately, but will be considered incidental to the
work.
89
623-04008
1 INCH QUICK COUPLER VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
26
623-04008
1 1/2 INCH GATE VALVE ASSEMBLY
EACH
52
623-07008
1INCH WATER METER ASSEMBLY
EACH
1
623
1 INCH FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY
EACH
1
623-08148
48 STATION CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
EACH
1
CONTRACT BOND
LS
1
625
FLOODPLAIN STAKING
LS
1
625
CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING
LS
1
626-00000
MOBILIZATION
LS
1
626-01000
1 PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
LS
1
628-00050
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT 55 FEET
EACH
1
630-00000
FLAGGING
HOUR
500
630
BUSINESS ACCESS SPECIALTY SIGN
EACH
26
630-80355
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
DAY
270
630
CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL
LS
1
700-70009
F/A MISCELLANEOUS REMOVALS
FA
1
$65,000
$65,000
700-70010
F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS
FA
1
$325 000
5325 000
700-70011
F/A PARTNERING
FA
1
S5 000
$5 000
700-70012
F/A ASPHALT PAVEMENT INCENTIVE
FA
1
$35,250
$35250
700-70013
F/A CONCRETE PAVEMENT INCENTIVE
FA
1
$10,600
$10 600
700-70016
F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
FA
1
$45,000
$45,000
700-70018
F/A ROADWAY SMOOTHNESS INCENTIVE
FA
1
$37 150
$37150
700-70019
F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
FA
1
$30 000
$30 000
700-70021
F/A ON THE JOB TRAINEE
HOUR
1
$5,000
$5 000
700-70022
F/A OJT COLORADO TRAINING PROGRAM
FA
1
$2,100
$2 100
700-70040
F/A RAILROAD
FA
1
$5.000
$5 000
700-70587
F/A HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL
FA
1
$10 000
$10 000
700-00589
F/A ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH 8 SAFETY MANAGEMENT
FA
1
$10 000
10 000
TOTAL NORTH COLLEGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT -VINE TO CONIFER CONSTRUCTION COST
TOTAL IN
WORDS
BID ALTERNATIVE -HOT MIX ASPHALT LEVELING COURSE .
i 403-33851 ) HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (100) (PG 64-28)(LEVELING COURSE] TON 1 500
BID ALTERNATIVE - HOT MIX ASPHALT LEVELING COURSE
The CDOT Form 347, Certification of EEO Compliance, is no longer required to be submitted in
the bid package. This form certified that the contractor/proposed subcontractors were in
compliance with the Joint Reporting Committee EEO-1 form requirements. The EEO-1 Report
must still be submitted to the Joint Reporting Committee if the contractors and subcontractors
meet the eligibility requirements (29CFR 1602.7); we will, however, no longer require
certification. For additional information regarding these federal requirements, please refer to:
http://www.eeoc.gov/stats/oobpat/el instruct.html
ACCEPTANCE OF FUEL COST ADJUSTMENTS:
Bidders have the option to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments in accordance with the Revision of
Section 109 - Fuel Cost Adjustment. To accept this standard special provision, the bidder must
fill in an "X" next to "YES" below. No Fuel Cost Adjustment will be made due to fuel cost
changes for bidders who answer "NO". If neither line is marked, the Department will assume
the bidder rejects Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project. After bids are submitted, bidders will
not be given any other opportunity to accept or reject this adjustment.
(Mark only one line with an "X"):
YES, I choose to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project
NO, I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project (if neither line is
marked, the default is "NO", I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project
Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 5
I
ICI
LJ
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
FOrtC011inS North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 304
RAILROAD BUMPER
Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 304.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the installation of a Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) standard earth bumper for end
of spur track.
Subsection 304.02 shall include the following:
Railroad Bumper. Railroad bumper shall consist of aggregates that meet the requirements for Class 4
aggregate base course in subsection 703.03. Materials are subject to the approval of the Engineer and
the UPRR.
Add Subsection 304.062 immediately following subsection 304.061:
304.062 Railroad Bumper
The Contractor shall remove the first two parallel rails from the Wye located at on the west side of North
College Avenue across from Conifer Street. The rails are approximately 20' long and are currently
detached from the existing Wye rails. The rails will become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed of legally outside the project site.
The Contractor shall install a standard earth bumper on the UPRR property at the end of the remaining
Wye rails per UPRR Standard Drawing 0030A. Contractor shall employ a pre -emergence weed control
per Section 217.
The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining all permits and flagging and maintaining the necessary
railroad insurance required to complete the work described.
All work is subject to the approval of the Engineer and the UPRR.
All work associated with this item must be completed by July 31, 2012.
Subsection 304.07 shall include the following:
Railroad bumper will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis.
Subsection 304.08 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Railroad Bumper Lump Sum
Payment for railroad bumper will be the contract lump sum bid and will be full compensation for all
materials, labor, and equipment necessary to install the bumper, including removal of the rails, weed
control, and coordination with the UPRR.
Railroad permits and flagging will be paid for under the planned force account item: Railroad.
90
FO�t C011iflS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�1 Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
July 22, 2011
Sections 401 and 703 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 401.01 shall include the following:
This specification covers materials and construction requirements for producing and placing a Hot Mix
Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) (HMA (RCI)) bituminous mixture to be placed in one lift. The
Reflective Crack Interlayer shall be a highly elastic, bituminous mixture that provides a paved layer with
increased vapor permeability while the layer remains substantially moisture impervious and retains its
ability to retard the formation of reflective cracks from Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) or asphalt
concrete (AC) pavements. The Reflective Crack Interlayer shall be applied with a conventional paver
and rollers directly on the existing PCC or AC surface. The HMA (RCI) interlayer shall be covered with
a Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) overlay as shown in the plans.
Subsection 401.02 first paragraph shall include the following:
The Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) bituminous mixture is a fine graded, polymer modified
asphalt mixture. The bituminous mixture shall conform to the requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt in
Sections 401 and 403, as modified in this specification.
Subsection 401.02 (a) (1) shall include the following:
The blend of aggregates for HMA (RCI) shall consist of a minimum of three stockpiles. In addition, it
shall meet the criteria shown in Subsection 703.04. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP), or other
reclaimed materials, shall not be used.
The Engineer will approve the Job Mix Formula (JMF) and all materials and methods prior to use and
will approve the proportions to be used within the following limits.
Asphalt binder, % 7.0 minimum
Fifty gyrations (Nde,ig = 50) shall be required for gyratory compaction. The HMA (BRCI) bituminous
mixture for Hveem Stability testing shall be aged 2 hours at compaction temperature in accordance with
CPL 5115. The bituminous mixture for flexural beam testing shall be aged 3 hours at 1350C and then 1
hour at compaction temperature in accordance with AASHTO R-30, Section 7.2, Standard Practice for
Mixture Conditioning of Hot Mix Asphalt -Long -Term Conditioning for Mixture Mechanical Property
Testing, prior to compacting the beams.
Subsection 401.02 (b) shall include the following:
The HMA (RCI) mixture shall conform to the tolerances as given in Table 401-1 of the Standard
Specifications except as follows:
Passing the 2.36mm No. 8 Sieve
± 4% .
Passing the 75 m No. 200 Sieve
± 1 %
• Air Voids
± 0.5%
• Voids in the Mineral Aqqreqate
- 1.0%
Note: ' Tolerances for Quality Control Testing Only
91
�1
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
July 22, 2011
HMA (RCI) gradation adjustment. If used, adjustments to the Natural Sand (rounded sand) portion of
the gradation shall be limited to ±5% from the JMF. A new JMF shall be required when changes to the
Natural Sand content are greater than ±5% from the original JMF.
Subsection 401.07 shall include the following:
The HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture shall be placed when either the air temperature or the temperature
of the surface on which the HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture shall be 50OF minimum and rising. To
reduce the occurrence of blisters, the interlayer shall not be placed on a wet surface.
Subsection 401.09 shall include the following:
Each HMA (RCI) load shall be completely covered and securely fastened with a full tarp.
Subsection 401.15 shall include the following:
HMA (RCI) mixture temperatures. The HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture shall never be mixed hotter than
360°F. The binder supplier shall supply specific mixing, lay down, and compaction temperatures,
generally within the following ranges.
Temperature
Mixing
320-350 °F
La down
300-330OF
Compaction
290-320OF
Subsection 401.16 shall include the following:
A Material Transfer Vehicle shall be required for the placement of HMA (RCI) mixture.
Subsection 401.17 shall include the following:
Compaction operations shall start promptly after placement of the HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture. Only
steel wheel rollers shall be used for compaction of the mixture. Static mode is recommended for all
compaction. Vibratory compaction may be only used in isolated cases as pre -approved by the
Engineer before use. Density of the in -place HMA (RCI) mixture shall be 96.0% minimum of the
maximum specific gravity as determined by CP-51.
Density of the HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture shall be determined by a thin -lift nuclear density gauge or
non-nuclear gauge and verified by coring. Cores shall be taken a minimum of every 1 mile if the thin -
lift nuclear gauge is used. The recommended method for taking cores is to place paper or gray tape in
front of the paver at the location where the core will be taken, to prevent adhesion to the PCC or AC. It
is recommended to place ice over the area to be cored. To prevent damage to the cores and density
measurement, cores should be handled with care because the HMA (RCI) mixture is pliable.
When cores are used, the Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for the coring operation and
filling the core holes.
92
F�t C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
OProject Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
July 22, 2011 1
A Control Test Section (CTS) shall be constructed with the HMA (RCI) bituminous mixture. The
quantity to use for the HMA (RCI) CTS shall be 250 tons or one hour of production whichever is less.
Test strips that do not meet the specified density shall be removed.
Subsection 401.22 shall include the following:
Acceptance, testing, and pay factors for HMA (RCI) shall be in accordance with subsections 105.05
and 106.05 as revised for this project.
Subsection 703.04 shall include the following:
Aggregates for HMA (RCI) shall meet the requirements of Grading S except as noted below.
The blend shall consist of a minimum of three stockpiles that meet the criteria. In addition, the
combination shall meet the criteria shown in Table 703-4a below. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP),
or other reclaimed materials, shall not be used.
The combined aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) as well as each individual
stock pile shall have a minimum Sand Equivalency value of 45 percent when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T-176.
TABLE 703-4a
MASTER RANGE TABLE FOR HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFELECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Sieve Size
Percent by Weight Passing
Square Mesh Sieve
9.5 mm (3/8")
100
4.75 mm (No. 4)
85 - 100
2.36 mm (No. 8)
75 - 99
1.18 mm (No. 16)
53 - 87
600 pm (No. 30)
32 - 59
300 pm (No. 50)
9 - 26
150 pm (No. 100)
1 - 12
75 pm (No. 200)
1 - 6
93
I
l
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
e
FO�t C011ills North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 403.01 shall include the following: '
This work includes placing a Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) (HMA (RCI)) pavement as
shown on the plans.
Subsection 403.02 shall include the following:
Mixture design and field control testing of HMA (RCI) shall be performed using the SuperPave (CPL
5115, 50 Gyrations).
A minimum of two weeks prior to the proposed use of any HMA (RCI) pavement on the project, a pre -
paving conference will be conducted. At that time, the contractor shall submit for approval a mix design
meeting the appropriate specification requirements.
The HMA (RCI) mix design shall conform to the requirements of Table 403-1 a.
Tahla 4nn-1 a
Property
Test Method
Value for
HMA RCI
Lab compaction (Revolutions)
CP-L 5115
50
N Desi n
Air Voids, -percent at: N(Design)_
CP-L 5115
3.0 — 5.0
Voids in the Mineral Aggregate
CP 48
18
(VMA) %, Minimum
Voids Filled with As (VFA)
Al MS-2
70
0/0 Minimum
Accelerated Moisture
CP-L 5109,
70
Susceptibility, tensile strength
Method B
Ratio, (Lottman), Minimum
Minimum Dry Split Tensile
CP L 5109,
_
30
Strength, psi
Method,B
Stability, Minimum
CP L 5106
18
♦Flexural Beam Fatigue
AASHTO T-
100,000
Minimum, Ave of two samples
321
Grade of Asphalt Cement I
PG 70-28
94
I
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� �Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Delete Table 2 of CPL 5115 and replace with the following:
CPL 5115 Table 2
July 22, 2011 1
Superpave Binder
Grade
Laboratory Mixing
Temperature, OF
Laboratory Compaction
Temperature, OF
PG 58-28
310
280
PG 58-22
310
280
PG 58-34
310
280---
PG 64-22
325
300
PG 64-28
325
300_
PG 70-28
_
325
300
PG 76-28
325
300
A minimum of 1 percent hydrated lime by weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the
aggregate for all HMA (RCI).
The HMA (RCI) mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any pavement is
placed on the project. In addition, the Contractor shall provide field control testing during production of
the HMA (RCI) mix and for the demonstration control strip. The Contractor, Process Control, shall
perform the following tests in conjunction with the requirements of Table 106-1 and provide the results
to the Engineer during production:
Mix Property
Test Method
Frequency
AC Content
CP-L 5120
1/500 tons or fraction thereof
Aggregate Gradation
CP-L 5120
1/1000 tons or fraction thereof
Air Voids, percent at: N(Design)
CP-L 5115
1/1000 tons or fraction thereof
Voids in the Mineral Aggregate VMA)
CP 48
1/1000 tons or fraction thereof
Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA) %
AI MS-2
1/1000 tons or fraction thereof
Accelerated Moisture Susceptibility, Tensile
CP-L 5109,
1/5000 tons or fraction thereof
Strength Ratio, Lottman
Method B
Minimum Dry Split Tensile Strength, psi
CP-L 5109,
Method B
1/5000 tons or fraction thereof
Stability, Minimum
CP-L 5106
1/5000 tons or fraction thereof
♦ Flexural Beam Fatigue
AASHTO T-321
1/5000 tons or fraction thereof
Ave of two samples
Sand Equivalency
AASHTO T 176
1/3000 tons or fraction thereof
Note
♦ 2000 microstrain (PE), 10 Hz, 98%± 1.0% Gmb @ Ndls(50 gyrations), 15' C, (Age Specimens for 4
hours at 135' C before compaction, reference AASHTO PP2-99 Section 7.2). The bituminous mixture
shall be aged 3 hours at 1350C and then 1 hour at compaction temperature in accordance with
AASHTO R-30, Section 7.2, Standard Practice for Mixture Conditioning of Hot Mix Asphalt -Long -Term
Conditioning for Mixture Mechanical Property Testing, prior to compacting the beams
95
[1
11
i
1
F0�1 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Subsection 403.03 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011
Diluted tack shall be applied uniformly at the rate shown below before placing the HMA (RCI). If
blisters occur or are anticipated, undiluted tack shall be used. On milled surfaces, higher shot rates
shall be as directed by the Engineer.
Tack
Smooth Surfaces
Shot Rate, gal/sy
Milled Surfaces
Shot Rate, I/m2 al/s
Diluted 1:1
0.04 to 0.08
0.06 to 0.12
Undiluted
0.02 to 0.04
0.03 to 0.06
A tack coat shall also be placed on the HMA (RCI) at the smooth surface shot rates shown above prior
to placement of the HMA overlay.
Before proceeding with HMA (RCI) placement, the Contractor shall demonstrate the ability to produce
and place a satisfactory mix. The actual work may proceed when a full lane width demonstration
control strip, in accordance with subsection 401.17 and 403, has been successfully placed. The
Contractor shall determine properties (VMA, Voids, in -place density) of the project produced mix that is
' used in the demonstration control strip and provide the results to the Engineer. No other HMA (RCI)
production or placement will be allowed until densities are determined. If the material in the
demonstration control strip is not in close conformity with the specifications, the demonstration control
strip will be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense. The Engineer will designate the
location of the control strip.
Pavement Surface. The existing pavement surface shall be level so that the HMA RCI) layer can be
placed uniformly at one inch. Uneven pavement surfaces due to deformations or faulting shall be
corrected by milling or placing a leveling course.
Compaction. A minimum of three steel wheel rollers is recommended to achieve density.
Release to Traffic and Overlay Placement. The HMA (RCI) layer shall be covered with the next course
within five days after placement. The HMA (RCI) shall not be opened to traffic or covered with the hot
mix overlay until the layer has cooled to less than 150°F or as determined by the Engineer.
Appearance. After final rolling, the HMA (RCI) shall be deep black in appearance. The control criteria
shall be verified in areas of concern, and areas determined out of specification shall be removed and
replaced.
Blisters. Small blisters may occur in the mat after rolling where moisture or crack filler within the PCC
or AC exists. If blisters larger than 1 foot in diameter occur and do not disappear by the time of overlay,
they shall be punctured and rolled with 1 pass while the mat is greater than 140OF in accordance with
' manufacturer recommendations and as determined by the Engineer.
Subsection 403.04 shall include the following:
Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) will be measured by the actual numbers of tons of HMA
(RCI) placed and accepted.
1 96
I
I
FOft C011i11S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Subsection 403.05 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Hot Mix Asphalt (Reflective Crack Interlayer) Ton
Mix design, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing all materials, including aggregates, asphalt
cement, hydrated lime, tack coat, and approved demonstration control strip; labor, equipment tools,
setting of lines and guides where specified, and all other incidental work, materials and equipment O
necessary to complete the item will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
97
i
0
I
I
I
I
I
k
I
I
1
i
t
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f1 Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 403.02 shall include the following:
The design mix for hot mix asphalt shall conform to the following:
Table 403-1
Test
Value For Grading
Property
Method
SG(100)
S(100)
Patching
Air Voids, percent at:
CPL 5115
N (design)
3.5 — 4.5
3.5 — 4.5
3.5 — 4.5
Lab Compaction (Revolutions):
CPL 5115
100
100
100
N (design)
Stability, minimum
CPL 5106
30
30
30
Aggregate Retained on the 4.75
mm (No. 4) Sieve with at least 2
CP 45
90
60
60
Mechanically Induced fractured
faces, % minimum
Accelerated Moisture Sus-
ceptibility Tensile Strength Ratio
Method B
80
80
80
Lottman , minimum
Minimum Dry Split Tensile
CPL 5109
205 (30)
205 (30)
205 (30)
Strength, kPa(psi)
Method 8
Grade of Asphalt Cement, Top
PG 64-28
PG 58-28
Layer
Grade of Asphalt Cement,
PG 58-28
PG 58-28
PG 58-28
Layers below To
Voids in the Mineral Aggregate
CP 48
See Table
See Table
See Table
VMA % minimum
403-2
403-2
403-2
Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA),
Al MS-2
65-75
65-75
65-75
%__-F
Dust to Asphalt Ratio
Fine Gradation
CP 50
0.6 —1.2
0.6 —1.2
0.6 —1.2
Coarse Gradation
0.8 — 1.6
0.8 — 1.6
0.8 — 1.6
Note: Al MS-2 = Asphalt Institute Manual Series 2
Note: The current version of CPL 5115 is available from the Region Materials Engineer.
Note: Mixes with gradations having less than 40% passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve shall be
approached with caution because of constructability problems.
Note: Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of one -inch or larger are
considered a coarse gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #4 screen.
Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of 3/4 inch or smaller are
considered a coarse gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #8 screen.
98
I
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
July 22, 2011 1
All mix designs shall be run with a gyratory compaction angle of 1.25 degrees and properties must
satisfy Table 403-1. Form 43 will establish construction targets for Asphalt Cement and all mix
properties at Air Voids up to 1.0 percent below the mix design optimum.
Table 403-2
Minimum Voids in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
Nominal
Maximum Size*,
***Design Air Voids **
mm (inches)
3.5%
4.0%
4.5%
T_
37.5(11/2)
11.6
11.7
11.8
25.0(1)
12.6
12.7
12.8
19.0 (3/4)
13.6
13.7
13.8
12.5 ('/2)
14.6
14.7
14.8
9.5 (%)
15.6
15.7
15.8
* The Nominal Maximum Size is defined as one sieve larger
than the first sieve to retain more than 10%.
** Interpolate specified VMA values for design air voids between
those listed.
*** Extrapolate specified VMA values for production air voids
beyond those listed.
The Contractor shall prepare a quality control plan outlining the steps taken to minimize segregation of
HMA. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved prior to beginning the paving
operations. When the Engineer determines that segregation is unacceptable, the paving shall stop and
the cause of segregation shall be corrected before paving operations will be allowed to resume.
The hot mix asphalt shall not contain any reclaimed asphalt pavement.
Hot mix asphalt for patching shall conform to the gradation requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading
S).
Subsection 403.03 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall construct the work such that all roadway pavement placed prior to the time paving
operations end for the year, shall be completed to the full thickness required by the plans. The
Contractor's Progress Schedule shall show the methods to be used to comply with this requirement.
99
9. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal,
dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change
quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so
long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Signature
Title
CONTRACTOR
BY:
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Email
Date
Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 6
I
I
I
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
X"�_Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
Delete subsection 403.05 and replace with the following:
403.05 The accepted quantities of hot mix asphalt will be paid for in accordance with subsection
401.22, at the contract unit price per ton for the bituminous mixture.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (100) (PG 64-28) Ton
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading SG) (100) (PG 58-28) Ton
Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) Ton
Aggregate, asphalt recycling agent, additives, hydrated lime, and all other work necessary to complete
each hot mix asphalt item will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit price bid.
When the pay item includes the PG binder grade, the asphalt cement will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the work. When the pay item does not include the PG binder grade,
asphalt cement will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 411. Asphalt cement used in
Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the
work.
Excavation, preparation, and tack coat of areas to be patched will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the work.
I
Fprt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
July 22, 2011 ,
Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the construction of warranted hot mix asphalt in accordance with these
specifications, and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The provisions of Section 401 do not apply to warranted hot mix asphalt except for the following:
Longitudinal joints shall conform to the requirements of subsection 401.16. Roadway smoothness shall
conform to the requirements of subsection 401.20. Paving limitations shall conform to the
requirements of subsection 401.07.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the hot mix asphalt mix design, production, placement,
performance, process and thickness control testing, and warranty work for a period of 2 years from the
date of pavement acceptance.
The warranted hot mix asphalt shall be a mixture of aggregate, filler or additives if used, bituminous
material, hydrated lime, and reclaimed material if used. A minimum of one percent hydrated lime by
weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the aggregate for all warranted hot mix asphalt.
The Contractor shall establish the materials mix design (MMD) for the hot mix asphalt. The MMD
consists of an aggregate gradation based on percentages of the material passing various sieve sizes, a
percentage by weight of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate, and a temperature for the
mixture at discharge from the mixing plant. The Contractor shall select all materials to be used in the
mixture including the asphalt cement. Transverse cracking shall not be included in the performance
warranty if the asphalt cement meets or exceeds the low temperature required for Superpave
performance grade PG 64-28 conforming to subsection 702.01.
The minimum thickness placed shall be as shown on the plans.
Two weeks before starting paving, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer the MMD, the method of
developing the MMD, all MMD testing, a list of materials, and all thickness testing methods.
The hot mix asphalt shall be warranted for 2 years against the types of distress listed in (d) below.
(a) Warranty and Warranty Bond. By submission of its bid in response to this specification, the
Contractor warrants that all of the hot mix asphalt placed on the project shall be free of defective
materials and workmanship for a period of 2 years from the date of pavement acceptance as
defined in the Revision of Section Acceptance.
The Contractor further warrants that it will ensure proper and prompt performance and completion
of warranty work in accordance with this specification. Warranty work shall be performed when
any defect occurs in the hot mix asphalt materials or workmanship within that 2 year period and
warranty work is required or needed on that pavement. Prompt performance and completion of
warranty work includes payment for all labor performed and for all equipment and materials used.
101
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' 2
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
The Contractor understands and agrees that if so required by the City, the Contractor shall perform
and complete warranty work after the 2 year period has ended. Delays for warranty work can and
may occur due to factors such as weather delays, project reasons which do not reasonably allow
that work to be performed, public interest reasons or for any other reason. Performance due to
delays will not be required to start later than nine months after the 2 year period has ended.
' All such warranty work shall be solely at the Contractor's expense up to $275,000. The City may
elect to have additional work performed and will be responsible for payment of actual expenses
incurred by the Contractor. Additional work shall be authorized in writing by the Engineer. All
documentation of actual costs incurred in the performance of warranty work shall be made
available for audit by the City.
The Contractor shall provide a warranty performance bond ("warranty bond") to guarantee the full
performance of the warranty work described in this specification. The warranty bond shall be in the
amount of $275,000.
The warranty bond shall be a single term 2 year (plus an additional nine months in certain
circumstances) warranty bond that will be in effect for the entire warranty period. The warranty
bond shall be in effect upon pavement acceptance, and it shall remain in effect for the total of 2
' years from that date. The Contractor shall provide a 2 year warranty bond that fully complies with
this specification to the Department at the time of execution of the Contract.
The need for warranty work, and the performance of that warranty work, shall be determined in
accordance with (d) below. The Contractor will be released from further warranty work at the end
of the warranty period or upon completion of any delay warranty work, as described above,
whichever is later, provided all required warranty work has been satisfactorily completed.
(b) Pavement Evaluation Team (PET). The PET shall have the final decision authority for all warranty
work. The PET shall consist of three subject matter experts not affiliated with the project. One
' member will be a City of Fort Collins staff person, the second member will represent the asphalt
paving industry, and the third will be mutually agreed upon by the other two members. Each
member of the PET shall have a minimum 15 years experience in one or a combination of the
following disciplines: pavement management, asphalt pavement design, asphalt pavement
construction, maintenance management or asphalt pavement maintenance. The City will cover
expenses associated with performing the duties of the PET for the City member and the mutually
agreed upon third party. The Contractor shall cover expenses associated with performing the
' duties of the PET for the asphalt paving industry member
Members will be replaced as necessary based upon the criteria above.
The City representative on the PET shall be responsible for scheduling distress surveys, preparing
the reports, and notifying the Engineer when warranty work is required.
102
I
FOft C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
July 22, 2011 ,
(c) Warranty Work. During the warranty period the warranty work shall be performed at no cost to the
City and shall be based on the results of the pavement distress survey. Warranty work to be
performed and materials to be used shall be in accordance with the remedial actions and other
requirements in (d). The Contractor may propose alternative actions for warranty work to the
Engineer who will submit the proposal to the PET. All warranty work to repair distresses shall be
done in accordance with the project specifications and plans and current City of Fort Collins and
CDOT standards and coordinated with the Engineer. Innovative materials and techniques may be
considered. The PET will render a final decision by majority vote.
During the warranty period, the Contractor may monitor the pavement in question using
nondestructive procedures. All proposed remedial actions shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
Coring, milling or other destructive procedures shall not be performed by the Contractor without
prior written consent of the Engineer. The Contractor is not responsible for damages that are a
result of coring, milling or other destructive procedures conducted by the City, utility companies or
other entities not under the control of the Contractor.
When notified by the PET that warranty work is required, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and
Surety, in writing. If the Contractor or Surety fails to respond in writing within fifteen days after
receiving written notice from the Engineer, the City may make repairs or contract to have the
repairs made and the Contractor and surety shall be responsible for the total cost of these repairs
including lane rental fees.
At least 30 days before the expiration of the warranty, and at any other time during the warranty
period as deemed necessary by the Engineer, the PET shall conduct a pavement distress survey.
If the Engineer is notified by the PET that warranty work is required in accordance with the distress
indicators, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and surety in writing. If the Contractor or the
Surety fails to respond in writing within 15 days after receiving written notice from the Engineer, the
City will complete the repairs or contract to have the repairs completed and the Contractor and
Surety shall be responsible for the total cost of these repairs including the lane rental fees. If it is
necessary to delay performance of the final warranty work due to weather limitations or other
reasons in the public interest, the Contractor and City shall agree to the extent of work to be
performed. Any additional distress resulting from the delay will be the responsibility of the
Department.
Warranty work that requires a resurfacing of the pavement shall be performed only when weather
conditions are in accordance with subsection 401.07.
The Contractor shall maintain traffic at all times as detailed in the Traffic Control Plan. Warranty
work shall be performed during the times of day and days of week specified for the original contract
work.
(d) Pavement Distress Indicators, Thresholds and Remedial Action. Pavement distress indicators
shown below shall be used as the basis for determining the distress types to be considered for
repair under the warranty and as the basis for determining the methods for measuring distresses.
103
FOrt C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
The pavement distress surveys are conducted by dividing the roadway into nominal one -mile
' sections. A one -tenth mile segment in each mile will be evaluated for pavement distress. The
segment evaluated shall be from 0.3 to 0.4 miles from the start of the section. In addition, in each
section, a random one -tenth mile segment will be surveyed. The random one -tenth mile segments
will be determined by the PET each time a survey is conducted.
The PET will conduct intermediate surveys if requested in writing by the Engineer. The PET will
' notify the Engineer in writing of the survey results within 15 days. The Engineer will immediately
notify the Contractor in writing. Traffic control for conducting the surveys will be the responsibility of
the Department.
If any survey requires remedial action and the Contractor does not dispute the survey results, the
Contractor shall remedy the distress. If the survey requires remedial action and the Contractor
disputes the survey results, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing within 15 days of
receiving notice. The notification shall describe the contractual and legal basis for the
disagreement with the survey results. The Engineer will transmit the Contractor's notification to the
PET which will render a final decision and notify the Engineer in writing within 30 days of the
' Contractor's notification.
The PET shall determine the remedial action to be performed in all segments in the project where
' the threshold level is met or exceeded. If areas outside the survey segments are suspected of
meeting or exceeding a threshold level, the PET will divide the entire project into 0.1 mile segments
and conduct the distress survey in any, or all, segments to see if a threshold level has been met or
exceeded. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer remedial action shall be performed in the
' same calendar year as the survey that indicated the threshold level is met or exceeded. Remedial
action shall be applied to each entire segment in which the threshold level is met or exceeded
unless otherwise noted under remedial action. When the remedial action required includes an
overlay, the action shall also be performed on the hot mix asphalt shoulders and adjacent lanes.
If remedial action necessitates a corrective action to the pavement markings, adjacent lanes or
roadway shoulders, then such corrective action to the pavement markings, adjacent lanes and
shoulders shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor.
When remedial action requires the removal of pavement, the pavement shall be replaced with a
mix approved by the PET. The mix shall be placed according to the Contractor's QCP. Pavement
shall be removed by cutting neat lines vertically for the full depth of the affected layer unless
otherwise specified. Removal areas shall be rectangular, and the sides and bottoms shall be
thoroughly coated with an approved tack coat prior to pavement replacement.
If, anytime during the warranty period, 30 percent or more of the project segments require or have
received remedial action, then the entire project shall receive a remedial action as determined by
the PET.
The Contractor will not be held responsible for distresses which are caused by factors beyond the
control of the Contractor. A finding that the distress is due to factors outside the control of the
Contractor shall be based on evidence submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer. The PET will
make the final determination.
' 104
11
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
Distress types to be warranted, the threshold levels requiring remedial action, and the remedial
action to be performed by the Contractor shall be according to the following pavement distress
indicators:
Permanent Deformation - Rutting and Shoving. Rutting is longitudinal surface depression in
the wheel path. Shoving is longitudinal displacement of a localized area of the pavement
surface caused by traffic pushing against the pavement. Rutting shall be measured at 50 foot
intervals using a 6 foot straight edge, and taking several measurements transversely across
the pavement to determine the maximum rut depth. Rut depths shall be rounded to the nearest
0.10 inch.
Severity
Quantity
Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low
> 0.3 to 0.5 inch
Micromill or diamond grind to remove ruts, chip seal,
microsurface or remove and replace.
Moderate
> 0.5 to 1 inch
Micromill or diamond grind to remove ruts then microsurface or
remove and replace.
High
> 1 inch
Evaluate the cause and then remove and replace.
The Permanent Deformation - Correction of rutting and shoving will not be required when the
accumulated design lane Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's) exceed "w" at time intervals
shown below:
Table A: 2 year Warranty Rutting Rate of Loading Table
Time after Pavement
Acceptance (sampling intervals)
Maximum Accumulated ESAL's
where D = 3 year projection design lane
ESAL's) "w"
6 months
0.25 x D
12 months
0.50 x D
18 months
0.75 x D
24 months
D
If the rutting is suspected to be caused by the base or subgrade, coring (or cross sectional
sampling) will be conducted by the Department to determine the cause of the rutting. The
Contractor shall have the option to obtain cores and cross-section samples at his own
expense, including repair of the sampled areas, and traffic control.
105
' FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
6
' REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
2. Pot Holes. Pot holes are bowl shaped depressions of various sizes in the pavement surface
' caused by loss of pavement mix.
I
1
r
Severity
Quantity
Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low
< 1 inch deep and > 0.2 feet2
Seal coat or crack / joint seal
Moderate
1 inch to 2 in. deep and > 0.2 feet2
Patch
High
> 2 inch deep and > 0.2 feet2
Remove and replace to 2 feet beyond
apparent distress.
3. Longitudinal Joint Separation. Longitudinal joint separation is loss of the pavement surface or
depressions within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint.
Severity
Quantity
Preferred Actions
(Mean Width)
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low
—< 0.25 inch
Seal cracks with hot poured joint and crack
sealant materials that meet the requirements
of ASTM D 3405.
Moderate
> 0.25 inch and <— 0.75 inch
Seal cracks with hot poured joint and crack
sealant materials which meet the requirments
of ASTM D 3405, ASTM D 5078 or ASTM D
5078 with 22% scrap rubber
High
> 0.75 in.
Remove and replace a minimum of 6 inches
beyond distress laterally and 2 feet beyond
distress longitudinally. In no instance shall
resulting joints be placed in the wheelpath.
4. Raveling and Weathering. Raveling and weathering are the wearing away of the pavement
surface caused by the dislodging of aggregate particles (raveling) and the loss of asphalt
binder (weathering). Affected area shall be repaired to 24" beyond apparent distress. Preferred
' actions include slurry seal, chip seal, Novachip, ultra -thin overlay or remove and replace. The
actual action shall be approved by the PET.
5. Bleeding. Bleeding is a film of bituminous material on the pavement surface which creates a
shiny, glass -like, reflective surface.
I
I
F.rt COIIinS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer 67
Project Special Provisions
7
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
July 22, 2011 '
Severity
. Quantity
Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low
Coloring of surface visible
Observe more frequently
Moderate
Asphalt free on surface
Microsurface or SMA overlay
High
Asphalt free on surface
Remove and replace full width of lane or
and tire tracks
shoulder to two feet longitudinally beyond
affected area.
6. Delamination of Pavement Layers. Delamination of pavement is the separation of one layer
from the layer below it.
Remedial action for delamination: affected area shall be removed and replaced to one foot
beyond the apparent distress.
7. Transverse Cracking. Transverse cracks are cracks relatively perpendicular to the pavement
centerline. The highest severity level present for at least 10% of the total length of the crack
shall be assigned. Random cracks with transverse cracks are cracks that occur randomly and
are within two feet of the transverse crack. Since the top mat of asphalt pavement will be
placed over Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, transverse cracks determined to be caused
by existing joints in the concrete pavement will not be included as part of the warranty. Spalling
with transverse cracks is the cracking, breaking or chipping of the pavement surface within two
feet of the transverse crack.
Severity
Quantity
Preferred Action
(actual action to be approved by
PET)
Low
< 0.25 inch wide
Seal cracks with hot poured
joint and crack sealant materials
that meet the requirements of
ASTM D 3405.
Moderate
< 0.75 inch wide
Seal cracks with hot poured
< 0.25 inch wide with spalling or
joint and crack sealant materials
random cracking
which meet the requirments of
ASTM D 3405, ASTM D 5078 or
ASTM D 5078 with 22% scrap
rubber.
High
>_ 0.75 in. wide
Remove and replace full width
< 0.75 in. wide with spalling and
of lane or shoulder to one foot
random cracking
longitudinally beyond the
apparent distress.
107
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' 8
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT (WARRANTY)
' (e) Elective or Preventive Action. Elective or Preventive action shall be a Contractor or Surety option, at
the Contractor or Surety expense, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor or Surety
shall notify the Engineer in writing if it proposes to perform elective or preventive work. Elective or
Preventive work shall be done during times set forth in the Contract for original contract work. Lane
rental fees will be assessed.
(f) Emergency Work. For warranted distresses, the Engineer may request, in writing, immediate action
of the Contractor and Surety for the safety of the traveling public. The Contractor or Surety shall
have the first option to perform the emergency work. If the Contractor or Surety cannot perform the
emergency work within 24 hours, the Engineer may have the emergency work done by other forces
and seek reimbursement from the Contractor or Surety accordingly. Emergency work performed
by other forces shall not alter the requirements, responsibilities, or obligations of the warranty.
t (g) Traffic Control. Construction Traffic control for warranty work shall be performed in accordance with
Section 630 at the Contractor's expense.
I(h) Process Control Testing: The Contractor shall perform process control testing in accordance with
the Revision of Section 106, Quality Control for Warranted Hot mix asphalt.
' ' Cost of the two year warranty will be incidental to the placement of all hot mix asphalt pavement.
108
Fort C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
��_Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (WARRANTY)
Section 412 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 412.16 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
1
A two year warranty period will be apparent for all Portland Cement Concrete Pavement placed as part
of the construction project. The warranty period will begin the date the project has reached final
acceptance. All improvements which do not meet the project's contract specifications, be it through
substandard materials or workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
The project will be inspected by City representatives on a quarterly basis throughout the duration of the
two year warranty period. The City will develop a list of improvements which will need to be removed
and replaced and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet to finalize the list of
improvements to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed. The
following failures will result in removal of the Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, adjustment of the
underlying material (if necessary), and the replacement with material meeting the project's contract
specifications:
• Pavement slabs containing one or more cracks through the full depth of the slab that separate
the slab into two or more parts
• Pavement slabs containing honeycombed areas
• Pavement slabs containing an extreme void as defined above
• Pavement slabs containing more than one void greater in depth than half the pavement
thickness
• Pavement slabs containing a cumulative surface area of moderate and severe voids greater
than one percent of the slab's total area
• Pavement slabs containing 20 or more severe voids
• Joints that are spalled over 50% their length
• Concrete improvements constructed which do not meet specified grades in the plans. If water
pools greater than 0.5" after a storm event, concrete improvements will need to be removed to
nearest grades that meet the contract's intent and replaced, enabling proper drainage
All pavement slabs to be removed shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the
removed pavement with underlying material. The removals shall be performed in accordance with the
removal specifications for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement as are defined in the contract. The
damaged pavement slab shall be cut in a straight, true line with a vertical face and shall be cut with a
concrete saw. If the damage to the slab does not extend past the mid point of the slab, half the panel
can be removed and replaced. If the damage extends past the mid point of the slab, the pavement
shall be removed to the nearest joint. The removed concrete pavement shall become the property of
the Contractor and disposed of outside the project site legally. All concrete pavement removed shall be
replaced with concrete meeting the specifications for either Class E or P concrete, and shall match the
thickness and finish of the existing pavement. For repairs on arterial and collector streets, concrete
placed shall meet 3000 psi strength within 48 hours of placement. A minimum compressive strength of
3000 psi or .80 Fc, whichever is greater, and a minimum flexural compressive strength of 450 psi are
required prior to opening the roadway to traffic. Prior to removing and replacing the damaged slab, a
concrete mix design shall be submitted and approved.
109
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Project #:
BIDDERS LIST DATA and UNDERUTILIZED
Location:
DBE (UDBE) BID CONDITIONS ASSURANCE
Prime Contractor Instructions: This form has two sections, both must be completed and submitted with your bid. Complete
Section Ito list all subcontract quotes received (non -DBE and DBE). Complete Section II to report only Underutilized DBE
(UDBE) participation percentages which qualify under the contract goal specification for this project. Please review CDOT Form
#715 instructions before completing Section H. Attach additional sheets as necessary.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Colorado Department of Transportation that underutilized disadvantaged business enterprises have equal
opportunity to participate on projects financed with federal, state or local entity funds. Consistent with 49 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 26.11, the Bidders List data provided by the Contractors will provide CDOT as accurate data as
possible about the universe of DBE and non -DBE firms actively seeking work on its highway construction contracts, for use in
setting overall DBE goals.
SECTION I: CDOT BIDDERS LIST INFORMATION (Non -DBEs and DBEs)
1) Are all subcontract bids (quotes) received by your firm for this project listed below? ❑ Yes ❑ No
2) If No, make certain any additional subcontract bidding information is submitted to the CDOT Business Programs Office
before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened to ensure CDOT has the best data possible for setting future DBE goals
(use the same table format as below):
CDOT Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 200
Denver, Colorado 80222 FAX: 303-757-9019 EMAIL: eoC)dot.state.co.us
3) The most recent CDOT Bidders List will be posted online at: www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/DBEProgramPage.htm
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm?
Yes No
Work item(s) description
Firm being
used? �G
Yes No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Page 1 of 2
Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used
COOT Form #714 4/08
' FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
' REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (WARRANTY)
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control necessary to reroute traffic during the removal,
replacement, and curing for all concrete pavement not meeting the project's contract specifications. All
traffic control plans shall be submitted to the City's Traffic Operations Department for approval. The
Contractor shall notify the City's project manager at least 48 hours prior to beginning any removals. If
' any striping or stenciling is necessary after the work has been completed, the City will perform the
striping. All costs incurred for the striping will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
L
1
[I
1
1
I
1
110
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRANSITION MATS
Section 420 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 420.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
This work consists of the installation of transition mats and to furnish all plant, labor, equipment,
materials, and perform all operations in connection with the installation of transition mats in accordance
with the lines, grades, design, and dimensions shown in the plans and as specified herein.
Section 420.02 shall include the following:
Transition Mats shall be one of the following or approved equal as approved by the engineer:
1. Scour Stop
2. Driveable Grass
3. Grasscrete
For the product chosen, the manufacturer shall submit full scale testing data that demonstrates product
stability of velocities up to 8ft/sec.
Transition Mats will take the place of 12-inch Riprap at the end of the proposed culverts. The purpose
of the transition mats is to prevent erosion at the end of the culverts during the 100-year storm event.
The transition mats are to be installed beyond the end of the hydraulic jump leaving the proposed storm
sewer.
A submittal will be required of the proposed product to the engineer to ensure that the product will
prevent erosion at the end of the storm sewer. The limits of the product, as shown on the plans, may
be adjusted based on the product chosen. The product chosen will need to be verified by the
manufacturer and the engineer prior to approval.
Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and stored with the minimum of
handling. Materials shall be kept free of dirt and debris.
Materials shall be handled in such a manner as to ensure delivery to the site in sound, undamaged
condition.
Soil Cover material shall be placed under the transition mats. The type of soil cover material shall be
determined by soil cover charts provided by the manufacturer, or by the manufacturer's specified
personnel. Soil covers protect the soil particles from erosive forces. These soil covers are: sod, turf
reinforcement mats, and combinations thereof. Transition mats are an engineered system of erosion
control, therefore a qualified person must provide appropriate design for each application.
The product chosen shall be anchored. The anchor chosen shall also be submitted for approval to the
engineer.
I
I
1
e
1
I
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
�`�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRANSITION MATS
Section 420.03 shall include the following:
The transition mats shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and
operation manual and approved submittals. However, the manufactures recommended staple/anchor
rate shall be doubled for this item.
A. Submittals
a. Shop Drawings. At least 30 days prior to the start of any installation of the transition mats,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer shop drawings and/or project design
specifications for the layout and details of the transition mats. The transition mats layout
shall be to the lines and grades shown in the plans. The shop drawings shall include
layout, layout sequence, anchor details, mat junction details, anchor to mat connection
details, and details for grade change.
b. Representative Samples. Product literature and suitable samples of the transition mats,
tether, anchors, TRMs if needed, and the filter fabric shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval, prior to delivery of any such material to the site of the work. All samples
shall be obtained by the Contractor and delivered at his expense to a point designated by
the Engineer at least 10 days in advance of the installation. The contractor shall submit
the transition mat system Manufacturer's certification that the revetment system and
components meet the requirements of this specification.
B. Construction Methods
a. Foundation Preparation.
i. Construction Methods. Areas on which soil covers and Transition Mats are to be
placed shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown in the plans. The profile
shall be reasonably free of depressions and high spots, to a level consistent with
industry fine -grading standards. All obstructions, such as roots and projecting
stones larger than 1 inch remaining on the surface, shall be removed and all of
the soft or low density pockets of material removed must be filled with selected
material.
Excavation and Preparation for channels, overflow structures, slopes, or aprons, if
needed, shall be done in accordance to the lines, grades and dimensions shown
in the plans.
Inspection and Approval. Immediately prior to placing the soil cover and Transition
Mats, the prepared area shall be inspected by the Engineer and approval
' obtained before any fabric or mats are placed thereon.
b. Installation of Transition Mats.
i. General. Transition Mats shall be placed within the limits shown in the plans. The
transition mats shall be placed on the soil cover in such a manner as to produce a
relatively planar surface. Final acceptance and approval of the installation will be
made by the Engineer. The Contractor shall hold the Department harmless from
' liability of any kind arising from the use of any patented or non -patented invention
used in the performance of this work.
112
1
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_ hn Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRANSITION MATS
July 22, 2011 '
ii. Designated Soil Cover shall be installed under the transition mats; and
downstream of the transition mats the distance and width specified for each
location in the plans. Soil cover shall be installed both per manufacturer's
specifications, and per transition mat specification, with the most stringent
specification of the two. Soil cover substitutions may be allowed for equal soil
covers, but in no case shall fully -vegetated ratings of soil covers be used for
substituting soil covers. Rolled erosion control products not designated as turf
reinforcement mats (TRMs) shall not be substituted.
c. Finishing
i. Inspection and Approval. The Engineer shall inspect the installation for defects
and/or damage; require adjustments if necessary, and approve.
d. Contractor Quality Control. Certified Installer
i. The contractor shall be a Certified Installer of Transition Mats, such certification
originating from the manufacturer. This certification shall individually include all
managers and workers having on site involvement with transition mats.
ii. The Contractor shall inspect for compliance with contract requirements and
record the inspection of all operations including but not limited to the following, as
applicable:
1. Manufacturer's installer checklist for each location.
2. Preparation of surface to receive transition mats.
3. Soil cover soundness and free of defects.
4. Anchor tethers.
5. Assembly of transition mats.
6. Placement of transition mats and soil cover on the prepared sub -grade.
7. Embedment of anchors and configuration confirmation.
8. Seed, fertilizer, any amendments required.
Section 420.09 shall include the following:
The quantities to be paid for will be the area, in square feet (sf) of transition mats, including required
anchoring system, satisfactorily placed and accepted. Site work, soil, and installation equipment are all
incidental to the square foot pricing.
Section 420.10 shall include the following:
The quantity, determined as provided above, shall be paid for at the contract unit prices for transition
mats and payment shall be full compensation for all the work specified in this Specification.
Pay Item
Transition. Mats
Pay Unit
SF
Price and payment will be full compensation for all work specified in this Section, including materials,
labor, hauling, and all quality control measurements required. The geotextile under the mat, based on
the product chosen, shall not be paid for separately but will be included in the cost of the transition mat.
Securing pins, staples, adhesives, sewn seams, asphalt cement, brooming, skilled technician, and
other work and materials necessary for placement will not be measured and paid for separately but
shall be included in the work.
113
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRM CLASS
Section 420 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 420.02 shall include the following:
' The chosen TRM Class I product shall be submitted to the engineer prior to approval for use on the
project. The chosen mat shall be a permanent method for erosion control and shall be non photo
degradable.
TRM Class I shall meet the following or shall meet CDOT Spec for a Class I geotextile:
The TRM shall meet requirements established by the Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC)
Specification and the US Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA)
Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects, FP-03
Section 713.18 as a Type 5A, B, and C Permanent Turf Reinforcement Mat.
Performance Design Values:
Maximum Permissible Shear Stress
Phase 1 Unvegetated
4.01bs/ (191 Pa)
Phase 2 Partially Veg.
12.0 Ibs/ (576 Pa)
Phase 3 Fully Veg.
14.0 lbs/ (672 Pa)
Velocity Unvegetated
12.5 fNs (3.8 m/s)
Velocity Veg.
25 Als (7.6 m/s)
Section 420.06 shall include the following:
The TRM Class I shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and operation
manual and approved submittals. However, the manufactures recommended staple rate shall be
doubled for this item.
Section 420.10 shall include the following:
Securing pins, staples, adhesives, sewn seams, asphalt cement, brooming, skilled technician, and
other work and materials necessary for placement will not be measured and paid for separately but
shall be included in the work.
' Pay Item Pay Unit
TRM Class I CY
1
114
c:Yof North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRM CLASS II
Section 420 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 420.02 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
The chosen TRM Class II product shall be submitted to the engineer prior to approval for use on the
project. The chosen mat shall be a permanent method for erosion control and shall be non photo
degradable.
TRM Class II shall meet the following or shall meet CDOT Spec for a Class I geotextile:
The TRM shall meet requirements established by the Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC)
Specification and the US Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA)
Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects, FP-03
Section 713.18 as a Type 5A, B, and C Permanent Turf Reinforcement Mat.
Performance Design Values:
Maximum Permissible Shear Stress
Phase 1 Unvegetated
3.2 Ibs/ft (153 Pa)
Phase 2 Partially Veg.
10.0 Ibs/ft (480 Pa)
Phase 3 Fully Veg.
12.0 Ibs/ft (576 Pa)
Velocity Unveg
10.5 ft/s (3.2 m/s)
Velocity Veg.
20 ft/s (6.0 m/s)
Section 420.06 shall include the following:
The TRM Class II shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and operation
manual and approved submittals. However, the manufactures recommended staple rate shall be
doubled for this item.
Section 420.10 shall include the following:
Securing pins, staples, adhesives, sewn seams, asphalt cement, brooming, skilled technician, and
other work and materials necessary for placement will not be measured and paid for separately but
shall be included in the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
TRM Class II CY
115
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 420
TRM CLASS III
Section 420 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 420.02 shall include the following:
The chosen TRM Class III product shall be submitted to the engineer prior to approval for use on the
project. The chosen mat shall be a machine -produced mat of 100% coconut fiber with a functional
longevity of up to 36 months.
TRM Class III shall meet the following or shall meet CDOT Spec for a Class I geotextile:
The shall meet requirements established by the Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC)
Specification and the US Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA)
Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects, FP-03
Section 713.17 as a type 4 Long-term Erosion Control Blanket.
' Performance Design Values:
LI
Maximum Permissible Shear Stress
Unvegetated
2.25lbs/ft
Shear Stress
(108 Pa)
Unvegetated
10.00 ft/s
Velocity
(3.05 m/s)
Section 420.06 shall include the following:
The TRM Class III shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and operation
manual and approved submittals.
Section 420.10 shall include the following:
Securing pins, staples, adhesives, sewn seams, asphalt cement, brooming, skilled technician, and
other work and materials necessary for placement will not be measured and paid for separately but
shall be included in the work.
Pay Item
' TRM Class III
116
Pay Unit
CY
I
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 504
SEAT WALL
Section 504 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 504.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
This work consists of the construction of the seat wall incorporated into the corner treatments.
Subsection 504.02 shall include the following:
(d) Seat Wall:
Cut Stone Veneer (Ashler): Stone Veneer - 80% Colorado Buff Sandstone, 20% Colorado Rose
Sandstone or approved equivalent. Provide thickness of stone as indicated, but not less than 3" and
not more than 4 1/2". Shape stone for type masonry pattern as follows: Random range to match the size
and shape as indicated on drawings, but not less than 6" and not more than 18."
Cut Stone Veneer (Slab): Stone Capstone - Colorado Buff Sandstone or approved equivalent.
Stone Capstone Type 1:18" x 24" x 2 3/4" as shown on seatwall plans.
Stone Capstone Type 2: 18" x 24" x 2 3/V with curved radius as shown on seatwall plans.
Refer to Revision of Section 601 Cut Stone Veneer for technical and construction requirements for Cut
Stone Veneer
Skate Stop: Skate stops will be installed by the City of Fort Collins following installation of the seat wall.
Subsection 504.04 shall include the following:
Seat walls will be measured by the number of seat walls installed and accepted.
Subsection 504.05 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item:
Seat Wall
Pay Unit
Each
All labor and materials required to install the seat walls, including concrete, steel, and cut stone veneer,
will be included in the cost of the work.
117
I
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE (WARRANTY)
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
A two year warranty period will be apparent for all concrete placed as part of the construction project.
' The warranty period will begin the date the project has reached final acceptance. All improvements
which do not meet the project's contract specifications, be it through substandard materials or
workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
' The project will be inspected by City representatives on a quarterly basis throughout the duration of the
two year warranty period. The City will develop a list of improvements which will need to be removed
and replaced and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet to finalize the list of
' improvements to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed. The
following failures will result in removal of the concrete, adjustment of the underlying material (if
necessary), and the replacement with material meeting the project's contract specifications:
' • Concrete that has heaved or settled a difference greater than 0.75" as compared to adjacent
hardscaped improvements
• Concrete containing one or more cracks through the full depth of the improvement that
separate the improvement into two or more parts
• Concrete improvements constructed which do not meet specified grades in the plans. If water
pools greater than 0.5" after a storm event, concrete improvements will need to be removed to
nearest grades that meet the contract's intent and replaced, enabling proper drainage
• Concrete containing honeycombed areas
• Concrete containing an extreme void as defined in Section 412.16
• Concrete containing more than one void greater in depth than half the pavement thickness
• Concrete containing a cumulative surface area of moderate and severe voids greater than one
percent of the slab's total area
• Concrete containing 20 or more severe voids
' Joints that are spalled over 50% their length
All concrete to be removed shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed
pavement with underlying material. The removals shall be performed in accordance with the removal
specifications for Structural Concrete as are defined in the contract. The damaged concrete shall be
cut in a straight, true line with a vertical face and shall be cut with a concrete saw. If the damage to the
' concrete does not extend past the mid point of a slab, half the panel can be removed and replaced. If
the damage extends past the mid point of the slab, the concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint.
The removed concrete shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of outside the project
site legally. All concrete removed shall be replaced with concrete meeting the specifications for either
Class B or D concrete, and shall match the thickness and finish of the existing improvement. Prior to
removing and replacing the damaged slab, a concrete mix design shall be submitted and approved.
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control necessary to reroute traffic during the removal,
replacement, and curing for all concrete not meeting the project's contract specifications. All traffic
control plans shall be submitted to the City's Traffic Operations Department for approval. The
Contractor shall notify the City's project manager at least 48 hours prior to beginning any removals.
any striping or stenciling is necessary after the work has been completed, the City will perform the
striping. All costs incurred for the striping will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
118
Forof
t Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE CLASS B
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 601.19 shall include the following:
Concrete for the trickle channel shall consist of reinforced structural concrete of the designated class
shown in the plans completed and accepted per cubic yard.
Section 601.20 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Concrete Class B (Trickle Channel) CY
Payment will be full compensation for all work, equipment and materials necessary to complete the
designated item including rebar and fiber mesh as shown on the construction plans.
119
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm?
Yes No
Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No �O
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
SECTION If: UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) PARTICIPATION COMMITMENT
1) Total eligible Underutilized DBE (UDBE) percentage amount from Box A below: %
2) Will your company's Underutilized DBE (UDBE) participation commitment meet the contract goal? ❑ Yes ❑ No
3) List the UDBE firms, committed work items, and eligible UDBE percentage of your bid committed to each.
UDBE Firm name
Certification #
Committed work item(s)
% Commitment
toward DBE Goal'
1.
%
2.
%
3.
%
4.
%
5.
%
BOX A: TOTAL ELIGIBLE UDBE PERCENTAGE AMOUNT (Round to nearest hundredth) %
Detailed instructions on how to calculate DBE commitment amounts are available on CDOT Form #715 and in the "Counting DBE Participation
Toward Contract Goals and CDOT's annual DBE goal" section of the "DBE - Definitions and Requirements" in the Standard Special Provisions.
I understand that, if my company is determined to be the low bidder for the contract on this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #715 CERTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED DBE PARTICIPATION for each firm listed in Section II of this form
to the Transportation Department by 4:00 pm on the third work day after the day bids are opened. The actual amounts
submitted on each CDOT Form #715 must equal or exceed the DBE percentage commitments documented on this
form. In addition, if my company does not meet the DBE/UDBE goal for this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #718 DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT DOCUMENTATION before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened.
CDOT Form #715s submitted for firms not included on this form, OR for amounts exceeding those listed on this
form, will be accepted but NOT counted as Good Faith Efforts. Only the efforts the contractor made prior to the bid
opening will count as Good Faith Efforts.
I understand my obligation to abide by the Policy stated above Section I. 1 shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
age, sex, national origin, or handicap in the bidding process or the performance of contracts.
I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY IN THE SECOND DEGREE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAWS, THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE.
Company Name:
Date:
Company Officer Signature:
Title:
rage z or 4 r,eaeua � .I. ,l,. a,. „— -- ---.. _..- ..... .. --
i
Fo°f North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
rt Collins
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
1 CONCRETE CLASS D
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
1 Section 601.19 shall include the following:
Concrete for the spillways and headwall and wingwalls shall consist of reinforced structural concrete of
1 the designated class shown in the plans completed and accepted per cubic yard.
Section 601.20 shall include the following:
1 Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
1 Concrete Class D (Spillway) CY
Concrete Class D (Hwall/Wwalls) CY
1 Payment will be full compensation for all work, equipment and materials necessary to complete the
designated item including rebar and fiber mesh as shown on the construction plans.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
120
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1--Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CUT STONE VENEER
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised to include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
Subsection 601.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of furnishing and installing all stone, labor, equipment and materials to construct
stone veneer in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades and
dimensions as shown on the plans or established.
Subsection 601.03 shall include the following:
The stone veneer for this project shall consist of sound, suitable stone for the specific application. The
following types correspond to the applications indicated in the details on the plans. Sizes and
dimensions shall be as shown in the details on the plans:
Cut Stone Veneer (Slab): Stone Capstone - Colorado Buff Sandstone or approved equivalent.
Stone Capstone Type 3: 18" x 18" x 2 3/V with cuts made for 6" SO. Tubular Steel Column
Cut Stone Veneer (Slab): Stone Slab - Colorado Buff Sandstone or approved equivalent.
Stone Slab Type 1: 17" x 24" x 3" as shown on Gateway Art Piece
Stone Slab Type 2: 23" x 12" x 3" as shown on Gateway Art Piece
Stone Slab Type 3: 10.5" 12" x 3" as show on Gateway Art Piece
Cut Stone Veneer (Ashler): Stone Veneer - 80% Colorado Buff Sandstone, 20% Colorado Rose
Sandstone or approved equivalent. Provide thickness of stone as indicated, but not less than 3" and
not more than 4 W'. Shape stone for type masonry pattern as follows: Random range to match the size
and shape as indicated on drawings, but not less than 6" and not more than 18."
The dovetail slots and wire ties shall be commercial quality and shall be galvanized. The Contractor
shall submit dovetail slot and wire tie material and installation specifications as recommended by the
manufacturer to the Engineer, for approval. Other materials shall meet the requirements specified in
the following subsections:
Mortar shall comply with Section 704.04.
Support clips for stone shall be galvanized steel in accordance with Section 509. The Contractor shall
submit support clip design and material and installation specifications as recommended by the
manufacturer to the Engineer, for approval.
Subsection 601.05 shall include the following:
Contractor Submittals. The Contractor shall submit the followings items to the Engineer, for approval,
prior to ordering of materials. Materials ordered before Engineer approval shall be at the Contractor's
risk.
(1) 4'x4' test panel of stone veneer at a location on the structure as selected by the engineer.
Show full range of colors and sizes of stone in test panel. Approved panel may be
incorporated into completed work.
(2) Full range of mortar colors.
(3) Design of support clips and material and installation specifications as recommended by the
manufacturer to the Engineer
(4) Dovetail slot and wire tie material and installation specifications as recommended by the
manufacturer to the Engineer
121
11
FOrtC011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� .— Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CUT STONE VENEER
Delivery, Storage, and Handling. All materials shall be delivered to an area approved by the engineer
at the project site. No stone or other materials shall be stored overnight in an unsecured location at the
site. Cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged cut stone panels will be rejected.
Installation Procedures. Lay out work in advance and distribute size, shape, and color range of cut
stone veneer uniformly over total work area. Lay cut stone veneer with the face exposed. Take care to
avoid a concentration of monochromatic colors to any one wall surface area. Maintain an approximate
joint size between cut stone veneer as shown on the plans. Do not use stacked vertical joints.
Prepare surface of concrete for installation of cut stone veneer. Clean or sandblast existing or new
concrete to assure proper mortar bond. Verify no bituminous, water repellant, or form release agents
exist on concrete surface that are detrimental to mortar bond.
Mix mortar and spread setting bed according to details. Do not spread more than a workable area of
five to ten square feet so that mortar will not set before cut stone veneer is applied. Install cut stone
veneer from bottom up, starting with the corners. Installation and use of the dovetail slots and wire tie
reinforcing shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply 1/2" mortar joint between cut stone
veneer and rake mortar joint to 3/4' deep. Remove excess mortar as work progresses. Do not shift or
tap cut stone veneer after mortar has achieved initial set. Once grout is dry and firm, but not solid, strike
the grout to give the joints an even, clean look. Where adjustment is required, remove mortar and
replace. Sweep the dust off the cut stone veneer to clean the surface.
The stone veneer pattern shall have a stacked stone pattern with mortared face joints. Contractor shall
include random sizes of stone veneer with consistent thickness creating an even face.
Stone caps and stone slabs shall be installed on an even mortar setting bed as indicated in details on
the plans. Overhangs and edges shall conform to the dimensions and style as indicated in the details.
Contractor shall select stone that has a smooth and uniform surface for stone caps and stone slabs.
Contractor shall provide up to three mock-ups of each stone veneer application. Wall mock-ups shall be
four feet wide and three feet tall with a stone cap as indicated in the details. This mock-up shall be used
for each stone veneer application indicated in the details.
Mock-ups shall include finish described in these specifications. Contractor shall obtain Engineer's
approval of mock-ups prior to starting the final unit of work. The mock-ups shall be maintained and
retained during the construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the complete
work. The accepted mock-up in an undisturbed condition at the time of substantial completion may
become part of the completed work.
Warranty: All stone veneer shall have a two-year warranty against failure, cracking, or stones falling off.
Subsection 601.19 shall include the following:
Cut stone veneer will not be measured but will be the quantity shown on the plans, except when
changes are ordered in the field or when it is determined that there is an error in the plans in the
amount of plus or minus five (5) percent of the plan quantity.
122
FOrtC011itts North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011 '
3
REVISION OF SECTION 601 '
CUT STONE VENEER
Subsection 601.20 shall include the following: '
Payment will be made under:
PAY ITEM PAY UNIT '
Cut Stone Veneer (Slab) SF
Cut Stone Veneer (Ashler) SF
Payment will be full compensation for all materials, labor, and equipment required to place cut stone '
veneer. Design of the support clips is included in the cost.
1
I
123 '
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fo �Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
iSection 603.01 shall include the following:
' This work consists of trenchless sewer main restoration including construction of cured -in -place (CIPP),
also known as culvert lining, in accordance with ASTM F1216.
Section 603.02 shall include the following:
Products shall be made of a light colored, non -reflective material, which will not inhibit proper closed
circuit television inspection.
' A. Cured -In -Place Pipe
a. Standard: ASTM D790
' i. Flexural Stress 4,000 psi
ii. Modulus of Elastisity 400,000 psi
b. Resin
i. Standard: ASTM F1216
c. Tube
i. Polyester Fiber Felt Tube, Standard: ASTM F1216.
ii. Tightly fit internal circumference and length of original pipe.
iii. Make allowance for circumferential stretching during insertion.
iv. Minimum length shall be that deemed necessary to effectively span the distance
between respective access points.
v. Maximum allowed run: 1,200 feet.
vi. Outside layer
1. Translucent plastic coated with a flexible material that clearly allows
inspection of the resin impregnation (wet -out) procedure.
' 2. Shall not be subject to delamination after curing.
vii. No materials shall be included in the tube that are subject to delamination of the
cured Cured -In -Place Pipe.
' viii. Homogenous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate
encapsulated elastomeric layers.
B. Structural Requirements Cured -In -Place -Pipe
a. The layers of the cured Cured -In -Place Pipe shall be uniformly bonded.
b. Assume no bonding to the existing pipe
c. Design newly installed pipe for a minimum 50 year continuous loading condition.
Section 603.03 shall include the following:
' The culvert lining must be a class IV structural liner as described in AWWA M28 Appendix A
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor qualifications.
a. Contractor shall be certified as an approved installer of the considered liners by the
manufacturers. Contractor shall have completed a program of instruction in the
installation of liners by the manufacturer for which they are proposing to install.
124
1
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f�. Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
July 22, 2011 ,
a. To insure that the crew installing the CIPP is qualified, the Contractor shall meet and
verify the following conditions:
i. The Contractor shall have a minimum 5 (five) years active experience in the
commercial installation of the product bid.
ii. The Contractor's Foreman and/or Project Superintendent s h a I I have a minimum
5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid.
iii. One half (50%) of the Contractor's installation crew shall have a minimum of 2
(two) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid.
b. Contractors shall provide the Engineer with five job references where they have
successfully installed the liner proposed for installation.
B. The Contractor shall designate a location where the uncured resin in the original containers
and the unimpregnated liner will be vacuum impregnated prior to installation. The maximum
distance between the Contractor's designated location and the job site shall not be greater
than 160 miles.
C. All tests shall be performed by a Certified Independent Laboratory that is acceptable to the
Owner.
D. General Corrosion Requirements
a. Standard: ASTM F1216, Appendix X2.
b. Tube shall be fabricated from materials which when cured will be chemically resistant
to withstand internal exposure to domestic sewage.
E. The layers of the cured CIPP shall be uniformly bonded. It shall not be possible to
separate any two layers with a probe or point of a knife blade so that the layers separate
cleanly or the probe or knife blade moves freely between the layers. If separation of the
layers occurs during testing of field samples, new samples will be cut from the work. Any
reoccurrence may cause rejection of the work and the rejected CIPP removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
SUBMITTALS
A. Provide letter from manufacturer of the accepted liner that the Contractor is certified by the
manufacturer as an approved installer and has been properly trained to install their product. If
manufacturer installs the liner with their own forces submit a letter stating such.
B. Submit letter of experience and references on the installation of liner
C. Shop Drawings
a. Submit complete Shop Drawings for all products specified.
b. In addition, submit the following information:
i. Submit a detailed bypass plan for approval in accordance with spec
ii. Manufacturerk installation instructions.
iii. Tests and Inspections.
1. Provide test, inspection reports and logs to Engineer where called for in
this specification.
125
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
D. Submit the minimum pressure required to hold the liner tight against the existing conduit and
the maximum allowable pressure so as not to damage the tube.
E. Samples
a. Cured -In -Place Pipe
i. Submit test results from previous field installations in the USA of the same resin
system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation when
requested by Engineer.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Fabrication Tolerances
a. Cured -In -Place Pipe
i. Thickness: ASTM D2122.
1. Uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will
meet or exceed the specified nominal tube thickness.
2. -5 percent manufacturing tolerance allowed.
ii. The Tube shall be sewn to a size that when installed will tightly fit the internal
circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance should be made for
circumferential stretching during inversion. Overlapped layers of felt in
longitudinal seams that cause lumps in .the final product shall not be utilized.
B. Tests
a. Cured -In -Place Pipe
i. Cured -In -Place Pipe samples for testing shall be of tube and resin system similar
to that proposed for actual construction.
ii. Cured -In -Place Pipe test samples with and without plastic coating shall meet
the General Corrosion Requirements specified above.
iii. Use a cylindrical anvil tubing micrometer accurate to +0.001 inch for
measuring wall thickness. Minimum of eight test measurements shall be used.
iv. The Manufacture or Contractor must have performed long-term testing for
flexural creep of the CIPP pipe material installed by his Company. Such testing
results are to be used to determine the Long-term, time dependent flexural
modulus to be utilized in the product design. This is a performance test of the
materials (Tube and Resin) and general workmanship of the installation and
curing. A percentage of the instantaneous flexural modulus value (as measured
by ASTM D-790 testing) will be used in design calculations for external buckling.
The percentage, or the long-term creep retention value utilized, will be verified by
this testing. Values in excess of 50% will not be applied unless substantiated by
qualified third party test data. The materials utilized for the contracted project
shall be of a quality equal to or better than the materials used in the long-term
test with respect to the initial flexural modulus used in Design.
EXAMINATION
A. Locate manhole access points accessible for the work.
B. Water needed for inversion and cleaning will be provided by the City.
126
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� �_�� Project Special Provisions
4
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
July 22, 2011 '
Inspection of pipelines
a. Inspect pipeline with closed circuit television after initial cleaning.
b. Provide a colored video tape of the inspection.
c. Use adequate light to assess the pipe condition.
d. Inspector shall be trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections.
e. Record location of service connections and the addresses which they serve.
f. Locate conditions which may prevent proper installation of the new liner. Note such
conditions so they may be corrected.
g. Keep a suitable log and video tape for suitable reference by Engineer. Reference
other requirements under Field Quality Control in Part 3 of this specification.
PREPARATION
A. Maintenance of operation.
a. Provide a detailed bypass plan to Engineer for approval.
b. Provide bypass pumping entirely within the sanitary sewer system for the flow of sewage
around the section or sections of pipe designated for reconstruction.
i. Plug the line at an existing upstream manhole or adjacent system.
ii. Pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow.
iii. Provide at least one standby pump capable of handling the bypass pumping in
case of emergency or the main bypass pump malfunctions.
iv. Do not spill wastewater into storm drains, street gutters or open
excavations.
v. Take care of any spills that occur properly and immediately. f. Notify Owner
immediately in the event of a spill.
c. Services
i. Individual services shall remain in service by bypass pumping.
ii. Contact individually each individual owner or user and make arrangements as
needed for bypass pumping.
iii. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of
no service shall be 8 hours for any property served by the sewer. A public
notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require
the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business
connected to the sanitary sewer and informing them of the work to be
conducted, and when the sewer will be off-line. The Contractor shall also
provide the following:
1. Written notice to be delivered to each home or business the day prior to
the beginning of work being conducted on the section, and a local
telephone number of the Contractor they can call to discuss the project
or any problems which could arise.
2. Personal contact with any home or business, which cannot be
reconnected within the time stated in the written notice.
3. Notify individually each individual owner or user when service has been
restored.
d. Provide some means of temporary facilities for the residents in the event service
connections remain out of service over 18 hours.
e. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service
connections prior to installing and curing the CIPP.
127
L1
FOft C011i115 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
B. Cleaning
a. Remove internal debris from the sewer line with the use of water jet equipment.
b. Remove solid or semi -solid material resulting from the cleaning operation at the
downstream manhole of the section being cleaned.
c. Do not pass material from one manhole section to another.
d. Remove debris from site.
e. Dispose of debris in proper manner in accordance with all local, state, and federal
regulations.
f. Remove debris from downstream manhole and the site no less often than at the end of
each work day.
g. Do not leave debris at the site unattended.
h. Take satisfactory precautions to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be
inflicted by improper use of cleaning equipment.
i. Take satisfactory precautions to ensure that the cleaning operation will not cause
damage or flooding to property being served by the sewer line section involved.
C. Contractor is liable and responsible for damages associated with cleaning, flooding,
damage to basements, damages to the sewer system, and other structural items.
D. Line Obstructions
a. Clear the line of obstructions that will prevent the insertion of the liner such as gaskets
and tree roots.
b. If preinstallation inspection reveals an obstruction such as a protruding service
connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the proper installation of new
liner, and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, a point repair
excavation will be required.
c. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by Owner prior to the
commencement of the work.
d. Such excavation shall be considered a separate pay item.
INSTALLATION
A. Cured -In -Place Pipe
a. The CIPP diameter, length and wall thickness shall be appropriate for each
designated location. The Contractor shall verify the actual sewer lengths and
diameters in the field prior to cutting the tube to length and sizing the diameter.
i. The length of the CIPP shall be that deemed necessary by the Contractor to
effectively carry out the insertion and seal at the inlet and outlet points. When
cured, the CIPP should extend from end to end of the sewer segment being lined
in a continuous tight fitting watertight pipe- within -a -pipe.
b. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 7.
c. Designate a location where the tube will be impregnated prior to installation.
d. Notify Engineer of proposed "wet -outs" in order to inspect the materials and
procedure.
e. The Contractor shall allow the Owner and Engineer to inspect the material and Wet
out'procedure.
f. Fit the heat source with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming and
outgoing heat supply.
128
I
Fort North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Collins
�f� Project Special Provisions
6
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
July 22, 2011 1
g. Fit the remote manhole with another such gauge to determine the temperature at that
location during cure.
h. If air pressure and steam are used, take all precautions necessary to ensure that the
system does not reach an explosive limit. Contractor is responsible for damages that
occur if explosion occurs. As a minimum, if air pressure and steam are used with
styrene based resins, the compressed atmosphere shall be continually
monitored with a Safety Gas Detector.
i. Required pressures.
i. Determine the minimum pressure required to hold the tube tight against the
existing conduit and the maximum allowable pressure so as not to damage the
tube.
ii. Maintain the pressure between the minimum and maximum pressures until the
insertion is complete.
iii. Fit equipment with pressure gauge accurate to 0.01 psi if air pressure is used
for the operation.
iv. Once cure begins, should the pressure deviate more than 1 psi (2.3 feet of water)
from between the minimum and maximum allowable pressure, remove and
dispose of the liner
v. Maintain a complete log of the pressures on the site.
vi. Furnish above log to Engineer after each inversion.
j. Allowable Strain
i. Tube shall not elongate more than 3 percent of its original length when pulled
through line.
ii. Remove tube in the event that maximum strain is surpassed.
iii. Dispose of removed tube.
iv. Replace tube.
v. Retest strain in new tube.
k. Use vacuum to ensure the resin fills all dry areas.
B. Finish
a. New pipe finish shall be continuous over the entire length of an insertion run between
two manholes, and free, as commercially practicable, from visual defects.
b. If due to broken or misaligned pipe at the access point, the CIPP fails to make a tight
seal, the Contractor shall apply a seal at that point. The seals shall be of a resin
mixture compatible with the CIPP.
i. All cracked or deteriorated material shall be removed from the area to be sealed.
Thoroughly plug the annular space between the liner and the host pipe with
resin used to impregnate the liner. Finish grout smooth and flush with the
interior manhole wall surface and make watertight with non -shrink grout.
C. Service Connections
a. There is one known service connection at the existing building between MH PD10200 and
MH PD10190. This service will be abandoned at the end of the roadway construction with
the removal of the building. The service will require restoration for use by the City during
construction.
129
I
1
1
1]
11
I
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
PRO ECT NO.
ANTI -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
LOCATION
I hereby attest that) am the person responsible within my firm for the final decision as to the, price(s) and amount of this
bid or, if not, that I have written authorization, enclosed herewith, from that person to make the statements set out below on
his or her behalf and on behalf of my firm.
I further attest that
1. The price(s) and amount of this bid have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication or
agreement for the purpose or with the effect.of restricting competition with any other firm or person who is a bidder
or potential prime bidder.
2A. Neither the price(s) nor the amount of this bid have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a bidder or
potential prime bidder on this project, and will not be so disclosed prior to bid opening.
2B. Neither the prices nor the amount of the bid of any other firm or person who is a bidder or potential prime bidder on
this project have been disclosed to me or my firm.
3A. No attempt has been made to solicit, cause or induce any firm or person who is a bidder or potential prime bidder to
refrain from bidding on this project, or to submit a bid higher than the bid of this firm, or any intentionally high or non-
competitive bid or other form of complementary bid.
3B. No agreement has been promised or solicited for any other firm or person who is a bidder or potential prime bidder
on this project to submit an intentionally high, noncompetitive or other form of complementary bid on this project.
4. The bid of my firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any consultation, communication, agreement or
discussion with, or inducement or solicitation by or from any firm or person to submit any intentionally high, noncom-
petitive or other form of complementary bid.
5. My firm has not offered or entered into a subcontract or agreement regarding the purchase or sale of materials or
services from any firm or person, or offered, promised or paid cash or anything of value to any firm or person,
whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for an agreement or promise by any firm or
person to refrain from bidding or to submit any intentionally high, noncompetitive or other form of complementary bid
or agreeing or promising to do so on this project.
6. My firm has not accepted or been promised any subcontract or agreement regarding the sale of materials or
services to any firm or person, and has not been promised or paid cash or anything of value by any firm or person,
whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for my firm's submitting any intentionally high,
noncompetitive or other form of complementary bid; or agreeing or promising to do so, on this project.
7. 1 have made a diligent inquiry of all members, officers, employees, and agents of my firm with responsibilities
relating to the preparation, approval or submission of my firm's bid on this project and have been advised by each of
them that he or she has not participated in any communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, collusion, or
other conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in this affidavit.
8. 1 understand and my firm understands that any misstatement in this affidavit is and shall be treated as a fraudulent
concealment from the Colorado Department of Transportation, of the true facts relating to submission of bids for this
contract.
I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY IN THE SECOND DEGREE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAWS, THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE ON THIS DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE.
Contractor's fine or company name
By
Date
Title
2nd contractor's um or company name. (Ifjoint venture.)
By
Da[e
Title
Sworn to before me this day of, 20
Notary Public
My commission expires
NOTE: This document must be signed in ink.
COOT Form 0606 1102
1:0 C011i11S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests
a. Cured -In -Place Pipe
I. Tests shall be performed by a certified independent laboratory, approved by
Owner.
ii. Standard: ASTM F1216, Section 8.1 using both methods 8.1.1 and 8.1.2 if
physically possible.
iii. Watertightness
1. Conduct leakage test during cure while under a positive head.
2. Cured -In -Place Pipe products in which the pipe wall is cured while
not in direct contact with the pressurizing fluid shall be tested by the
alternative method as required by Engineer.
B. Inspection
a. The system shall have no visible leaks after completion. Repair all visible leaks.
b. Visual Inspection
i. Provide Engineer with a color video tape.
1. Video to be taped on 2-hour format only.
2. Provide ten (10) still photos of before CIPP installation and ten (10) still
photos of after CIPP installation.
3. Submit a pre -video and post -video of the pipe line to include both before
and after conditions.
4. Tape shall show restored connections with addresses each connection
serves, in audio.
5. Evaluate condition of new pipe with a post -installation inspection log.
6. Provide adequate light to assess the pipe condition.
7. Synchronize videos to allow direct comparison between the original pipe
and the reconstructed pipe.
C. Reports
a. Submit copies of all reports and logs of all tests and inspections.
CLEANUP
A. Reinstate the project area affected by operations to its original condition upon acceptance of
the installation work and testing.
B. Return the ground cover to original or better condition.
C. Dispose of material and debris not incorporated into the permanent installation.
PATENTS
A. Contractor and the Contractor§ supplier shall warrant and save harmless Owner and
Engineer against any claims and potential litigation involving patent infringement and
copyright violations and any loss thereof.
130
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
X_ Project Special Provisions
8
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CULVERT LINING
Section 603.11 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
Culvert lining will not be measured, but will be the net length of pipe to be lined as called for on the
plans, except when field changes are ordered or when there are errors on the plans. In case of
exceptions, the quantity to be measured shall be the actual net length of pipe that is lined as measured
along the bottom centerline. Culvert Lining shall include all work, equipment and materials necessary to
line the sanitary sewer as specified in the construction plans.
Section 603.12 shall include the following:
The following items shall be included with the cost of the culvert lining; by-pass pumping, pipe needed
for the by-pass pumping, excavation, backfill, lining, sanitary manhole restoration if required by the
engineer, flow fill around the sanitary sewer in the storm manhole, all work, and any other item (work
equipment and material) necessary for a complete installation of the culvert lining.
Pay Item
Culvert Lining (21-inch)
131
Pay Unit
LF
I
FOft C011ifl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 603
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 603.07 shall include the following:
For direct tie-ins, contractor to miter cut lateral pipe to match storm sewer main without protrusion and
grout to form smooth connection.
Section 603.09 shall include the following:
Trenches for placement of pipe within the right-of-way where the pipe is within 6 inches of the bottom of
the subgrade will be backfilled with flowfill from springline of the pipe to the bottom of the subgrade.
Section 603.11 shall include the following:
Reinforced concrete pipe bends shall be measured by the actual number of bends installed. Payment
will be full compensation for all work, materials and equipment required for the complete construction
and installation of the bend.
Section 603.12 shall include the following:
The following items (including equipment, labor and materials associated with each item) shall be
' included with the cost of the reinforced concrete pipe, or reinforced concrete pipe elliptical; external
joint seals, internal joint seals, the reinforced concrete pad at the GWET crossing with Storm A, direct
tie-ins, sheet piles to protect existing utilities, plug abandoned sanitary sewer, connection of the existing
storm sewer to the proposed storm sewer system (including bends, grout and additional storm sewer
required for a complete connection), bedding, excavation, backfill, placing and joining conduit and any
other item (work equipment and material) necessary for a complete installation of the reinforced
concrete pipe or reinforced concrete pipe elliptical.
' The trash rack on the reinforced concrete end section on storm A, B and C shall be included in the cost
of the reinforced concrete end section.
Pay Item Pay Unit
inch Reinforced Concrete pipe Special (complete in place) (bend) LF
132
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i"�_�� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 603
EXTERNAL JOINT WRAP
Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 603.01 shall include the following
July 22, 2011 1
This specification covers the technical requirements for the external joint wrap of the storm sewer when
crossing over a water line. All materials used shall meet the requirements of this specification, and all
work shall be performed in accordance with the procedures provided herein and the contract drawings.
Section 603.02 shall include the following
External joint wrap can be one of the following or an approved equal as approved by the engineer:
1. EZ-Wrap
2. MacWrap
3. Rub-R-Nek
The product chosen shall be submitted to the engineer prior to approval.
Section 603.03 shall include the following:
Testing of joints and compliance with construction requirements shall be conducted in strict
conformance with the requirements of the sealant supplier.
The joint wrap shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and operation
manual and approved submittals.
Section 603.11 shall include the following:
External joint wrap of the storm sewer over the waterline crossings shall not be measured but shall be
paid for with the cost of reinforced concrete pipe or reinforced concrete pipe elliptical.
133
I
1
FOft C011ill5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 603
INLINE CHECK VALVE
Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 603.01 shall include the following:
Inline check valves shall be TideFlex Check Mate Valve.
This work consists of the installation of an inline check valve. When line pressure exceeds the
backpressure, the line pressure forces the bill and disc of the valve open, allowing flow to pass. When
the backpressure exceeds the line pressure, or in the absence of any upstream or downstream
pressure, the bill and disc of the valve is forced closed, preventing backflow.
The contractor shall submit product literature that includes information on the performance and
operation of the valve, materials of construction, dimensions and weights, elastomer characteristics,
head loss, flow data and pressure ratings.
Provide shop drawings that clearly identify the valve materials of construction and dimensions.
Supplier shall have at least twelve (12) years experience in the design and manufacture of check
valves.
Manufacturer shall have designed, fabricated and have at least one current installation of a check valve
in the 48" size. Manufacturer must provide documentation, including project name, location,
photographs of the installed valve, video of the valve in operation, and references.
Section 603.02 shall include the following:
Check Valves are to be all rubber and the flow operated check type with slip -in cuff connection. The
entire valve shall be ply reinforced throughout the body, disc and bill, which is cured and vulcanized into
a one-piece unibody construction. A separate valve body or pipe used as the housing is not
acceptable. The valve shall be manufactured with no metal, mechanical hinges or fasteners, which
would be used to secure any component of the valve to a valve housing. The port area of the disc shall
contour into a circumferential sealing area concentric with the pipe which shall allow passage of flow in
one direction while preventing reverse flow. The entire valve shall fit within the pipe inside diameter.
Once installed, the valve shall not protrude beyond the face of the structure or end of the pipe.
The outside diameter of the upstream and downstream sections of the valve must be circumferentially
in contact with the inside diameter of the pipe.
Slip -in style valves will be furnished with a set of stainless steel expansion clamps. The clamps, which
will secure the valve in place, shall be installed in the upstream or downstream cuff of the valve,
depending on installation orientation, and shall expand outwards by means of a turnbuckle. Each band
shall be pre -drilled allowing for the valve to be pinned and secured into position in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.
Company name, plant location, valve size patent number, and serial number shall be bonded to the
check valve.
134
I
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_ o Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION TO SECTION 603
INLINE CHECK VALVE
Section 603.03 shall include the following:
The head loss through the valve shall not exceed 2ft.
July 22, 2011 '
The inline valve shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation and operation
manual and approved submittals.
Manufacturer's authorized representative shall be available for customer service during installation and
start-up, and to train personnel in the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the valve.
If specified, the manufacturer shall also make customer service available directly from the factory in
addition to authorized representatives for assistance during installation and start-up, and to train
personnel in the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the valve.
Section 603.11 shall include the following:
Inline valves shall be measured by the complete unit installation. Inline valve will be full compensation
for all work, equipment and materials necessary to complete the designated item. All connecting
devices will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Section 603.12 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Inline Check Valve EA
135
I
I
I
1
I
1
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1_� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 604
OIL -WATER -DEBRIS SEPARATOR
Section 604 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 604.01 shall include the following:
The oil -water -debris separator shall be a BMP Snout 72FTB.
July 22, 2011
This specification covers the technical requirements for the furnishing and installation of the oil -water -
debris separator. All materials used shall meet the requirements of this specification, and all work shall
be performed in accordance with the procedures provided herein and the contract drawings.
The product size, installation instruction and associated head loss coefficient shall be submitted by the
contractor prior to product approval.
Section 604.02 shall include the following:
Manholes shall be outfitted with the oil -water -debris separator as identified on the construction plans.
The size and position shall be as shown in the drawings. The hood shall be securely attached to the
manhole wall with stainless steel bolts. The hood shall be attached to the structure with gasket material
supplied in the installation kit (or as specified by the manufacture).
' The oil -water -debris separator components consist of the following:
Standard size composite hoods
Gasket, screw down, watertight, clean -out access port
Stainless steel mounting hardware
' PVC SCH40 fittings and pipe for anti -siphon device
Pressure sensitive oil resistant foam rubber gasket
Section 604.04 shall include the following:
The oil -water -debris separator must have a size and configuration that corresponds to a head loss
coefficient of 2.4 or less.
The oil -water -debris separator shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written installation
and operation manual and approved submittals.
' Manufacturer's authorized representative shall be available for customer service during installation and
start-up, and to train personnel in the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the oil -water -
debris separator.
If specified, the manufacturer shall also make customer service available directly from the factory in
addition to authorized representatives for assistance during installation and start-up, and to train
Ipersonnel in the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the oil -water -debris separator.
1 136
ui
FOft CollinS North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION TO SECTION 604
OIL -WATER -DEBRIS SEPARATOR
Section 604.06 shall include the following
July 22, 2011
Oil -water -debris separator shall be measured by the complete unit installation. Oil -water -debris
separator will be full compensation for all work, equipment and materials necessary to complete the
designated item. All connecting devices will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be
included in the work
Section 604.07 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Oil -Water -Debris Separator EA
137
' FOjt Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 604
INLET SPECIAL
Section 604 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Section 604.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the construction of special inlet as shown on the plans.
Section 604.04 (c) shall include the following:
The top portion of the inlet special shall be constructed concurrently with the adjacent curb and gutter to
insure proper alignment of grades unless otherwise permitted in writing. The Inlet special shall conform
to the requirements and constrictions outlined in section 604. The structural components of the inlet
shall conform to the detail shown on the construction plans. Shop drawings shall be submitted and
approved prior to construction. If pre -cast the manufacture shall design the rebar in the inlet and shop
drawings shall be submitted prior to approval.
' Section 604.06 shall include the following:
Inlet special shall be measure by the complete unit including grating, frame, bedding, excavation,
backfill, placing and joining inlet to storm sewer and any other item (work equipment and material)
necessary for a complete installation of the inlet special.
u
LJ
1
Section 604.07 shall include the following:
Payment for the inlet special includes the work, material and equipment necessary to construct the inlet
as shown on the plans and connect it to the proposed storm sewer.
Pay Item
Inlet Special (10 Foot)
Pay Unit
EA
138
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 604
OUTLET STRUCTURE
Section 604 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 604.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the construction of the outlet structure as shown on the plans.
Section 604.04 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 t
The outlet structure shall be constructed per the detail shown in the construction plans. The structural
components of the inlet shall conform to the detail shown on the construction plans. Shop drawings
shall be submitted and approved prior to construction. If pre -cast the manufacture shall design the
rebar and shop drawings shall be submitted prior to approval. The grate openings shall have a
minimum open area as a type D inlet combined with a type C (close mesh grate). A Type D grate
combined with a Type C grate does not need to be used as long as the opening total open area is
equal to or exceeds a Type C and Type D inlet combined.
Section 604.06 shall include the following:
The outlet structure shall be measure by the complete unit.
Section 604.07 shall include the following:
Payment for the outlet structure includes the work, material and equipment necessary to construct the
outlet structure as shown on the plans and connect it to the proposed storm sewer. This item includes
all components of the outlet structure as shown in the construction plans including, but not limited to,
the grate, orifice plate, trash rack in front of the orifice plate, bedding, excavation, backf ill, placing and
joining the outlet structure to the proposed storm sewer and any other item (work equipment and
material) necessary for a complete installation of the outlet structure.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Outlet Structure EA
139
[l
I
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
Rev10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 1
`Qr COthns North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' REVISION OF SECTION 604
MANHOLES, INLETS AND METER VAULTS
Section 604 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 604.07 shall include the following:
' The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below
that appear in the bid schedule. Except as otherwise indicated on the plans or in the special provisions,
all connecting devices will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Manhole risers are also known as Manhole T-Bases.
' The following items (including equipment, labor and materials associated with each item) shall be
included with the cost of the manhole or inlet; external joint seals, internal joint seals, lockdown with
gasket manhole lid, manhole rim and lid, the 18-inch connection pipe from the inlet to the storm sewer
direct tie-ins, sheet piles to protect existing utilities, connection of the existing storm sewer to the
proposed inlet or manhole (including bends, grout and additional storm sewer required for a complete
connection), bedding, excavation, backfill, placing and joining manhole or inlet and any other item (work
equipment and material) necessary for a complete installation of manhole or inlet
Pay Item Pay Unit
Manhole Special (6'X9' Box Base) (10 Foot) EA
Manhole Slab Base (Flat Top) (_Foot)(_Dia) EA
' Manhole Special (Manhole Riser) (_ Foot) EA
I
1
I
I
1
140
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 608
SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 608.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 1
This work consists of the construction of concrete crosswalk, intersection identification, and
concrete pavers.
Subsection 608.02 shall include the following:
Colored Concrete Crosswalk: Concrete Pavement to be Davis Color Tile Red or approved
equivalent. Colored Concrete Crosswalk shall be fast track concrete pavement and shall
conform to the requirements of Class E concrete. Pattern to conform to the details in the plans.
Sandblast Street Identification: Sandblast Street Name I.D. Confirm street name at each
intersection location. Font: Times New Roman. Depth: 1/8", Text Height: 8". Concrete Stain
Color: Lithochrome Grey.
Concrete Unit Pavers: Concrete pavers shall be Pavestone Double Holland Stone, 2 318"
thickness, Oaks Blend or approved equivalent. Dimensions of the pavers shall be 8"x8" or
4"X8" as detailed in the plans.
Bed course for concrete pavers shall be per manufacturer's specifications and shall meet
requirements specified in subsection 703.07 Bed Course Material.
Epoxy adhesive shall be specifically intended for bonding of concrete pavers to concrete.
Sand for paver joints shall be fine, sharp, masonry sand with 100 percent passing the No. 16
sieve and no more than 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve.
Sand for leveling course shall be a fine, sharp, non -plastic aggregate complying with ASTM
C33.
Subsection 608.03 shall include the following:
Contractor shall provide up to three mock-up slabs of each colored concrete paving and
concrete paver field at a size of six -feet by six -feet each. Mock-ups shall include finish described
in these specifications; Contractor to obtain Engineer's approval of mock-ups prior to starting
the final unit of Work. The mock-ups shall be maintained and retained during the construction in
an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the complete work. The accepted mock-up in
an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the
completed Work.
Finished products that do not match the approved test slab shall be removed and replaced by
the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
Record date, location, and quantity of pour, as well as air temperature at time of pour.
Contractor shall provide sample of each type of concrete paver for Engineers approval prior to
installation.
141
1
0
0
0
I
0
J
Fojt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f—�. Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 608
SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS
Subsection 608.03(e) shall include the following:
A. Expansion joints/construction joints/ for sidewalk:
1. Expansion joints to be spaced no greater than every 45 feet. Caulking is only at building
face.
2. Extend joint filler the full depth of the slab. Hold back filler 1/2-inch from top of slab.
Caulking is only at building face.
3. Joint sealant or caulk shall match color of concrete, caulking shall not extend above level
of pavement. Caulking is only at building face.
B. Control and Score Joints.
1. Construct sawcut and tooled score joints as detailed on the plans. Sawcutting will not be
paid separately, but will be included in the work.
2. Score joints shall be 1/4 of paving depth.
3. Tooled joints to have a 1/4-inch radius and shall not incorporate a trowelled edge except
where indicated on the drawings. Score joints into plastic concrete during finishing
operations.
Subsection 608.06 shall include the following:
Pay Item
Pay Unit
0
Concrete Unit Pavers Type 1 (4X8)
SF
Concrete Unit Pavers Type 2 (8X8)
SF
1
Concrete Band
Colored Concrete Crosswalk
SY
SY
Sandblast Street Identification
EACH
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
The price all pay items shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials including test
slabs, and demolition of test slabs, excavation, concrete, forms, joint materials, reinforcement, tooling
and sawcutting joints, and finishing. Payment for Concrete Unit Pavers to include concrete base as
indicated in drawings.
142
I
FOi't COIIi�S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
—'�,/—� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 608.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
This work includes the installation of detectable warnings on concrete curb ramps at the locations
shown on the plans and in accordance with the plans.
Subsection 608.02 shall include the following:
Detectable warnings on curb ramps shall be truncated domes of the dimensions shown on the plans.
Domes shall be prefabricated by the manufacturer as a pattern on concrete or masonry pavers.
Pavers shall meet all Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements for truncated domes, and
when installed, shall be capable of producing the pattern of domes as shown on the plans.
Pavers shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 902 or ASTM C 936.
Alternate materials may be used, if pre -approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a
sample of the product, the name of the selected supplier, and documentation that the product meets all
contrast requirements and will be fully compatible with the curb ramp surface to the Engineer for
approval prior to start of work. Known vendors of alternate products include but are not limited to the
following:
Vendor Name
Product
Phone Numbers
TMA Construction Supply
CAST in TACT Warning
Panels
303-295-6050
East Jordan Iron Works, Inc.
Truncated Dome Plates
800-626-4653
Neenah Foundry
Detectable Warning
Plate
800-558-5075
The domes and the underlying surface shall have a minimum of 70% contrast with the light reflectivity
of the adjoining surface. The contrast shall be verified using the following equation:
Contrast = B i — & x 100
Bt
Where B, = Light Reflectance Value (LRV) of the lighter area
B, = LRV of the darker area
Absolute black and white will not be permitted.
The contrast shall be achieved by adding pigment during the fabrication of the paver. Prior to start of
work, the Contractor shall submit appropriate documentation from the manufacturer verifying that the
contrast has been met, along with a sample paver, to the Engineer for approval.
143
u
1
I
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_.� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
' REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
Bedding and joint sand shall be free of deleterious or foreign matter. The sand shall be natural or
manufactured from crushed rock. Limestone screenings or stone dust shall not be used. Sand for
bedding material shall conform to ASTM C 33. Sand that is to be placed between joints shall conform
to ASTM C 144.
Subsection 608.03 shall include the following:
(g) Detectable Warnings. Pre -fabricated pavers for detectable warnings shall be brought to the site in
' steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped cubes capable of being transported by a fork lift or
clamp lift. Pavers shall be carefully removed and stacked in a manner which results in the least
amount of damage. All pavers that are damaged during transport or delivery will be rejected and
' shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Minor cracks or chipping due to transport and
handling that do not interfere with the structural integrity of the paver or the overall pattern of
truncated domes will not be deemed as grounds for rejection.
The Contractor shall spread the bedding sand evenly in the area defined and shall screed the sand
to an appropriate embedment depth as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Sufficient sand should be placed to stay ahead of laid pavers
' Pavers shall be placed in a running bond pattern. Pavers shall be installed such that the base of
the truncated dome is at the same elevation as the adjoining surface, allowing for a smooth
' transition between the curb ramp and the detectable warning.
When cut pavers are required to fill gaps between the pavers and the edge of concrete, the
Contractor shall bevel portions of the truncated domes at a 45-degree angle to create a smooth
transition between the partial dome and the curb ramp surface. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, pavers shall be cut and installed in such a manner that the domes on the cut sections will
not significantly impact the overall pattern of the truncated domes.
' The Contractor shall use a plate vibrator to embed the pavers into the sand. The size and type of
plate vibrator shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, or as directed by the
' Engineer. All pavers that are damaged during embedment shall be replaced at the Contractor's
expense.
Joint spacing between paver units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
' recommendations, or as approved by the Engineer. Joints shall be filled completely with joint sand.
Excess sand shall be removed by sweeping.
(h) Alternate products. Alternate materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
The concrete surface to which alternate materials are to be applied shall be prepared in accordance
' with manufacturer's recommendations. Material requirements, color and application shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Engineer.
1
1
144
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
Subsection 608.05 shall include the following:
Detectable warnings on curb ramps, including sand, pavers, alternate materials, and all other work and
materials necessary for fabrication, transport, and installation will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the work.
145
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 610
MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL
Section 610 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 610.02 delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
All concrete used for median cover material shall be Class B and meet the requirements in Section 601.
Coloring agent shall be Davis Color San Diego Buff. All concrete mix designs utilized shall be
submitted to the City representative and approved a minimum of one week prior to the beginning of
construction.
Delete subsection 610.03 (b) and replace with the following:
(b) Concrete. Construction requirements shall conform to the requirements of subsection 608.03. The
surface finish shall be exposed aggregate, 4" depth.
Subsection 610.05 shall include the following:
Pay Item
Median Cover Material
Pay Unit
SF
The price for all pay items shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials including
test slabs, and demolition of test slabs, excavation, concrete, forms, joint materials, reinforcement, and
tooling, finishing and removing polyethylene.
1041
c'Ty°r North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
�_�� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
Section 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 613.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
This work consists of furnishing and installing foundations, light standards, luminaires, lamps,
conduit, cable, wiring and incidental materials for pedestrian lighting in accordance with these
specifications and in conformance with the details, lines, grades and locations shown on the plans
or established.
Subsection 613.02 shall include the following:
Pedestrian lighting materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 715, and shall be
compatible with the requirements of the local utility company unless otherwise noted in this section
or on the electrical drawings.
Subsection 613.02 (b) shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
Light Standard. A complete light standard includes the fiberglass pedestrian pole, luminaire head,
base, grounding system, and all hardware.
Subsection 613.02(i) shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
Before releasing any materials, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval three
copies of a complete list of all of the equipment and materials related to the installation of the
pedestrian luminaries that he intends to install. This list shall include, but is not limited to, the
following:
Light standards, anchor bolts, luminaire mountings, luminaire specifications, lamps, and ballasts
Luminaire photometric data on disc in IES format from an independent testing facility (if
requested)
Cables, splicing and termination devices
Conduits, conduit bends and splices, and electrical bushings
Fuseholders, fuses and cable disconnect devices
Splice boxes
Wiring and connection diagrams of all cabinets, circuits, luminaires, etc.
Load Centers (pedestals), Lighting Controls
The list shall include the brand name, any identifying numbers, relevant technical data, and any
other information necessary for maintenance forces to procure exact replacements of any and all
equipment and material used on the project. All equipment shall be new and first quality.
The Contractor shall provide pole, luminaire, and bracket shop drawings that detail methods of
assembly and fastening. Shop drawings shall also indicate color for review and approval prior to
releasing. The Contractor shall also supply manufacturer descriptions of luminaire, pole materials,
fabrication, performance, and installation. The Engineer must approve all shop drawings,
submittals, and material descriptions before the Contractor may order from supplier.
147
I
I
' FOjt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer three copies of all Certificates of Compliance supplied
by the manufacturer of the equipment. This equipment shall include, but is not limited to, the
following:
' Luminaire mountings
Light standards, distribution and accessories
Electrical wire and cable
Lighting Control Centers (pedestals)
Circuit breakers
Photoelectric cells
' Luminaires, lamps and ballasts
Ground rods
Anchor bolts
Photometric data
Subsection 613.03 shall include the following:
' All installation shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications and all governing local
ordinances and regulations. All workmanship shall be first class, and finished work shall present a
neat, uncluttered appearance. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the local utility
' company for trenching to connect to electrical service as well as sharing trenches with the utility
company for the street and traffic lights. The Contractor shall contact Bruce Vogel with the City of
Fort Collins Utilities (970-224-6157 or bvogel@fcgov.com) for electrical coordination.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to replace and restore all surface materials in kind, equal
to, or exceeding those disturbed by trenching, excavation or backfilling operations. This restoration
includes seeding, sodding, replacement of sub -base, pavement, trees, shrubs, etc. All excess
material shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
Subsection 613.04 shall include the following:
The caged anchor bolt assembly shall be placed in the foundation so that it remains plumb and with
the projection set as specified by the pole manufacturer. Anchor bolts shall be "caged" in a manner
specified by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. For poles located in paving, the top
elevation of the foundation shall be set accurately and level with the surrounding paving. For poles
located in landscaped areas, the top elevation of the foundation shall be leveled and be set 2"
above the surrounding landscape with a 45 degree beveled top edge. Refer to the electrical plans
for more information.
All soil removed from the foundations and not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the
Contractor.
Subsection 613.05 shall include the following:
Light Standard assemblies shall be fabricated and placed in accordance with the details and
dimensions shown on the landscape and electrical plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The
careful erection and aligning of the components furnished shall be considered a most essential
feature of the installation and shall be as near to true vertical alignment as practical.
148
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
Prior to installation, all Light Standards shall be stored on site, above ground, on skids in
manufacturer's packaging to prevent damage.
In Subsection 613.06 delete the first paragraph and replace witht the following:
Pedestrian Luminaires shall be mounted on the pole by a slipfitter tenon. Luminaires shall be
adjusted vertically and horizontally to provide the required mounting height and maximum light
distribution on the sidewalk.
In Subsection 613.06 delete paragraph 5.
Subsection 613.06 shall include the following:
New pedestrian luminaires shall be anchored and secured to pole as indicated in manufacturer's
instructions.
Subsection 613.08 shall include the following:
Store wiring materials in a protected environment not subject to physical damage or the effects of
sunlight or inclement weather.
At least one grounding electrode shall be installed adjacent to each light standard as indicated on
the electrical drawings. Light standard wiring shall be as shown on the drawings.
Subsection 613.10 shall include the following:
Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall demonstrate by test to the Engineer's satisfaction that
all the electrical and lighting equipment installations are in proper condition per drawings and
specifications. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and appliances to make the test.
All lighting circuits and equipment shall be given an initial operational test, consisting of having the
entire system energized for 72 consecutive hours without any failures of any type occurring
anywhere in the system. All circuits shall test clear of faults, grounds, and open circuits to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
After satisfactory completion of all tests required in these Special Provisions and by the Engineer,
the illumination system shall be placed in operation. Final acceptance by the Engineer will not be
made until the system has operated satisfactorily for a period of not less than 14 consecutive days.
Operation of the system shall not in any way be construed as an acceptance of the system or any
part of it or as a waiver of any of the provisions of the contract.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the system during this period of operation and shall
make any adjustment or repairs which may be required, and remedy any defects or damages which
may occur, at his own expense.
The Contractor shall not be required to pay for electrical energy used by the system during the
period of trial operation.
149
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
1
1
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal,
and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins. Colorado. as
OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we
hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City
of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a
Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 7273 N. College
Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the
form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and
shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims
hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein
stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety
and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which
the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such
extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of
Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 2
F
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' 4
REVISION OF SECTIONS 613
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING
' In Subsection 613.11 delete paragraph 7 and replace with the following:
Wiring will not be measured. The lump sum price bid for wiring shall encompass all the electrical
' circuitry necessary, including circuit breakers, lighting control centers and photocells, for the
complete lighting installation as shown on the plans except for the conductors contained within a
conduit.
Subsection 613.11 shall include the following:
Where conduit systems are used, a splice box shall be installed every 200 feet in addition to those
shown on the plans. These splice boxes will be included in the pay item for 2 Inch Electrical
Conduit.
Lighting Control Load Center, including mounting structure, concrete foundation, metering pedestal
enclosure, circuit breakers, photocell, conduit and wiring to the utility connection point for a
complete system, will be measured by the number of units installed and accepted.
Subsection 613.12 shall include the following:
Electrical Contractor will be responsible for the materials and installation (furnish and install) of the
' pedestrian luminaires. The local utility company will be responsible for the materials and installation
(furnish and install) of the street luminaires.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
1 Inch Electrical Conduit (Irrigation) Linear foot
2 Inch Electrical Conduit (Pedestrian) Linear foot
Wiring (Pedestrian Lighting) Lump Sum
' Pedestrian Light Standard Each
Pedestrian Light Foundation Each
Lighting Control Center Each
Art In Public Places (A.P.P) Light J-Box Each
Payment for Pedestrian Light Standard shall include the pedestrian luminaire.
1
1 150
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1__ f Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 614
IMPACT ATTENUATOR
July 22, 2011 '
Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
Subsection 614.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of furnishing and installing impact attenuators. This work shall be done in
accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and details shown on the plans or
established.
Subsection 614.081 shall be added immediately following Subsection 614.08
614.081 Impact Attenuator
The impact attenuator shall be the following:
QUADGUARD II System, as manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, Inc., One East
Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60601
The design speed of this portion of the roadway is 40 miles per hour.
The impact attenuator shall meet the following design parameters:
NCHRP Report 350 Test Level: TL -2
Hazard Width: 2'
Bi-directional: No
Location: Roadside
Object to be shielded: Bridge Rail
Maximum Effective Length: 9'
Subsection 614.121 shall be added immediately following Subsection 614.12
614.121 Impact Attenuator
The site shall be prepared to receive the impact attenuator by filling, excavating, smoothing,
constructing the concrete foundation pad, installing approved transition and anchoring, and all other
work necessary for the proper installation of the attenuator. The foundation pad shall be 6 inch thick
reinforced concrete or 8 inch thick non -reinforced concrete. Other foundations may be used, if
recommended by the impact attenuator manufacturer, and approved by the Engineer. The impact
attenuator shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's installation instructions and parts lists to the
Engineer prior to installation of the device.
Each installation shall be supervised and certified as correct upon completion by a representative of the
device manufacturer or by an employee of the Contractor who is a certified installer. The Contractor
shall submit all appropriate documentation to validate that the certified installer has completed device
training and has been registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer.
Subsection 614.13 shall include the following:
Impact attenuators will be measured by the actual number of attenuators that are installed and
accepted.
151
l
1
1
F8`F Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 614
IMPACT ATTENUATOR
Subsection 614.14 shall include the following:
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below.
Payment will be made under:
' Pay Item
Impact Attenuator
Pay Unit
Each
Payment will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, and certify the
impact attenuator. Site preparation, foundation pad and all necessary hardware including anchors and
transitions will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
All costs associated with either having a manufacturer's representative on -site, or training and certifying
an employee of the Contractor as a certified installer, will not be measured and paid for separately, but
shall be included in the work.
152
Fort North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Collins
i �� Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 616
SIPHONS
Section 616 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 616.06 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 ,
All work within and around the Lake Canal shall be coordinated with the Lake Canal Company. Work
within the ditch shall be completed from mid October to mid April (dates to be verified prior to
construction).
As per the plans, a section of the reinforced concrete box culvert is to receive a 48" manhole riser.
Precast section will need to be constructed to receive the manhole riser. The receiver knock -out will be
included in the cost of the Concrete Box Culvert (Precast) (complete in place).
Section 616.07 shall include the following:
Reinforced concrete box culvert bend shall be measured by the actual number of bends installed.
Payment will be full compensation for all work, materials and equipment required for the complete
construction and installation of the bend.
Section 616.08 shall include the following:
Payment for the siphon pipe shall include joint wrap, bedding, excavation and all labor, materials and
equipment necessary to install the siphon as shown on the construction plans. The cost shall include
all materials necessary to insure that the siphon shall meet the requirements outlined in section 616.06.
Siphon trash guard (or trash rack) will be full compensation for all work, equipment and materials
necessary to complete the designated item. The trash guard (or trash rack) dimensions shall be
verified with the constructed siphon dimensions (including headwall and wingwalls) prior to fabrication
of the item.
Pay Item Pay Unit
7'x4' Concrete Box Culvert (Precast) (complete in place) LF
7'x4' Concrete Box Culvert (Precast) (complete in place) (bend) EACH
Siphon Pipe Trash Guard/Trash Rack LF
153
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
' REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER METER AND FIRE HYDRANTS
Section 619 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Section 619.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the installation of water meters and fire hydrants.
Section 619.03 shall include the following:
The proposed fire hydrants are to be connected to the mainline with a wet tap. City of Fort Collins will
perform the wet tap. The Contractor will supply the tapping saddle. If a swivel tee is encountered, a
tapping saddle will not be required. If the existing valve box is to remain, it shall be adjusted to grade
with the cost of the fire hydrant. Fire hydrant work to be coordinated with City of Fort Collins Water
Department. The wet taps are to be a minimum of 3 ft from the nearest joint on the mainline. The wet
tap shall be moved as needed.
The proposed fire hydrant line shall be 6" ductile iron class 52. The line shall be restrained and thrust
blocks provided per the detail. The proposed fire hydrants shall be right hand open and Muller No. A-
423 (5-1/4" Super Centurion 250) Watrous Pacer, 200 with weather -shield nut (5-1/4") (per city code).
' The proposed gate valves shall be resilient seat gate valves to be right hand open (per city code).
To extending the existing fire hydrant line, remove the thrust block and extend the fire hydrant line to
' the new hydrant location shown on the plans. Restrain line to main as directed by engineer. Adjust
existing valve box to grade. The fire hydrant line shall be restrained to the main line as directed by the
engineer.
Section 619.04 shall include the following:
Water meters and fire hydrants will be measured by the number installed per the construction plans.
Section 619.05 shall include the following:
Payment for fire hydrant shall include the fire hydrant, tapping saddle, the pipe and fittings on the d.i.p.
pipe from the fire hydrant to the main water line, fire hydrant line from the hydrant to the main line,
thrust blocks, connection and fittings required to connect the pipe to the main line, wet tap, valves,
furnishings, transporting, and installing all materials, connecting to existing pipes or structures, installing
polywrap, excavation including over -excavation to remove unsuitable foundation material and
replacement with suitable granular material, water control and dewatering, sheeting and/or bracing,
concrete, flowfill, thrust blocks and reinforcements, harness rods and meg-a-lugs; gaskets, including all
pipe and fittings incorporated within the assembly, blow off valves, cutting existing waterline where
required, backfilling with native material (unless deemed unsuitable) or otherwise noted on the
drawings; and compaction, and all other materials, equipment and work associated with fire hydrant
assembly construction from the mainline to the fire hydrant in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The cost to adjust the gate valve associated with the fire hydrant to grade is included with the cost of
the hydrant.
154
1
FOI�tC011lnS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
I �_�� Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER METER AND FIRE HYDRANTS
July 22, 2011 ,
Payment for water meter shall include the water meter, connection and fittings required to connect the
water meter to the service, valves, curb stop, meter pit, furnishings, transporting, and installing all
materials, excavation including over -excavation to remove unsuitable foundation material and
replacement with suitable granular material, water control and dewatering, sheeting and/or bracing,
concrete, flowfill, backfilling with native material (unless deemed unsuitable) or otherwise noted on the
drawings; and compaction, and all other materials, equipment and work associated with water meter
installation in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Water Meter EA
Fire Hydrant EA
155
[1
Fort C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 619
FIRE HYDRANTS
Section 619.02 shall include the following:
This section concerns dry -barrel fire hydrants and includes the acceptable products, materials, and
construction practices which may be used in the construction and installation of fire hydrants.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Fire hydrants shall be handled, stored, and protected in such a manner as to prevent damage
to materials, coatings, and finishes.
B. All fittings and joints shall be kept free from dirt, oil and grease.
1 Products
A. All fire hydrants shall.be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C502.
1. Fire hydrant valve and operating nut shall open clockwise (right).
B. Auxiliary gate valve on hydrant lateral shall be a six (6) inch resilient seat gate valve with a
valve box.
1. If operating nut on auxiliary gate valve is more than six (6) feet below finish grade, a riser
stem shall be used.
C. Hydrant tee on the main line shall be a swivel tee.
1. Tapping sleeves and valves are acceptable when connecting to an existing water main.
D. Acceptable fire hydrants and manufacturers are:
1. Mueller: No. A-423 (5-1/4" Super Centurion 250)
a. Mueller's Aqua -Grip restraint system may be used with Mueller hydrant.
2. Watrous: Pacer, 250 with Weather -Shield nut (5-1/4")
3. No substitutions allowed.
Section 619.03 shall include the following:
Materials and Construction
A. All fire hydrants shall be a dry -barrel type with a break -away traffic flange, designed for a
working pressure of 250 psi.
B. All fire hydrants shall have a minimum main valve opening size of 5-1/4 inches.
C. Shoe inlets shall be six (6) inches, with mechanical joint fittings.
D. Fire hydrant laterals shall have 41/2feet minimum depth of cover, or a 51/2 foot maximum
depth of cover, unless specifically directed by Utility.
1. All joints on fire hydrant laterals shall be restrained.
a. Reference Section 02615.
E. The fire hydrant's pumper nozzle shall be 4-1/2 inches in diameter with 4 threads per inch
(NST - National Standard Thread).
1. Pumper nozzle threads shall be right-handed.
F. Fire hydrant hose nozzles shall be 2-1/2 inch diameter with 7-1/2 threads per inch (NST -
National Standard Thread).
1. Hose nozzle threads shall be right-handed.
G. All fire hydrants shall have a 7/8-inch tapered, square operating nut.
H. All fire hydrants shall be painted safety yellow, with a latex based paint.
1. Contractor shall paint all fire hydrants prior to acceptance by the City.
156
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER METER AND FIRE HYDRANTS
2. Acceptable paint and its manufacturers: Diamond Vogel - Nu -Cling, 100% acrylic latex
enamel gloss (Part # MH 3533 safety yellow).
Hydrant Gravel
A. Hydrant Gravel shall be a well graded crushed stone or gravel, conforming to ASTM-D448,
CDOT #67, as listed below:
SIZE
Percent Passing
1"
100
3/4"
90 - 100
3/8"
20 - 55
#4
0 - 10
#8
0-5
Execution
Installation
A. All fire hydrants shall be installed in accordance with Fire Hydrant Installation Detail Drawing
No. 3.
B. Design Engineer shall provide offset staking for both vertical and horizontal control.
C. Joining of laterals, valves, and hydrants shall be handled in the same manner as pipe.
1. Fire hydrant shall be installed vertically plumb with pumper nozzle facing direction shown
on Construction Drawings.
a. The vertical distance from any finished surface to centerline of pumper nozzle shall
not be less than eighteen (18) inches, nor greater than twenty (22) inches.
2. Fire hydrant shall be set to elevation staked, to insure that bury line is at final grade.
3. Hydrant, piping and valve shall be encased in eight (8) mil polyethylene.
a. When hydrant is connected to a PVC water main, the locator wire for the PVC main
shall also be placed inside the polyethylene encasement at the fire hydrants.
4. All joints on fire hydrant laterals shall be restrained joint.
D. All fire hydrants shall be supported on a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of compacted
Hydrant Gravel.
1. Fire hydrant shall be supported with a concrete block.
E. Concrete thrust block, with minimum bearing surface area of 4.5 square feet, shall be placed
behind hydrant shoe.
1. A sheet of eight (8) mil polyethylene film shall be placed between hydrant shoe and
concrete thrust block.
2. Care shall be taken when placing thrust blocks so that hydrant drain holes remain free of
obstructions.
F. After pouring thrust block, Hydrant Gravel shall be placed to a depth of twelve (12) inches
above hydrant shoe.
1. Hydrant drain holes shall remain free of obstructions.
157
1
1
1
1
1:0 C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
'1- f Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER METER AND FIRE HYDRANTS
G. Following placement of Hydrant Gravel, area around hydrant shall be backfilled with flowable-
fill.
H. Fire hydrants which are placed in concrete sidewalks or pavement, shall maintain twelve
inches of horizontal clearance between the concrete and the hydrant barrel.
1. Space between concrete and barrel shall be filled with asphalt or gravel.
I. When installation of fire hydrant in parking or driveway area is approved by Utility, bollards
shall be installed around the fire hydrant.
J. No post, fence, vehicle, trash, storage, or other permanent or temporary material or item, shall
be within four (4) feet of a fire hydrant.
K. No tree shall be within 10 feet of a fire hydrant and no bush shall be within 4 feet of a fire
hydrant.
L. Ground surrounding the fire hydrant shall slope away from the hydrant at a minimum grade of
2%, toward street.
M. After installation of fire hydrant is complete, oil/grease reservoir shall be checked to insure that
it is full.
1. If necessary to fill reservoir, it shall be filled with oil/grease which is specified by hydrant
manufacturer.
N. If hydrant must be raised, no more than one (1) extension section can be used, unless
approved by Utility.
1. All adjustments must meet manufacturer's recommendations for final bury.
2. Contact Utility for final approval of hydrant adjustment.
Operation
A. Fire hydrants which have been accepted by the City, shall be operated by City personnel only.
B. Fire hydrants shall be booted or bagged until they have been accepted for service by the City.
158
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011 '
REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER LINE LOWERINGS AND WATER SERVICE LOWERINGS
Section 619 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 619.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the construction of water line lowerings and water service lowerings. The ELCO
waterline lowering work must be completed between September 15 and October 31.
Section 619.03 shall include the following:
The water line lowerings and water service lowerings shall be done in accordance to the construction
plans and under the direction of the project engineer. The ELCO water line shall be done under the
direction of the engineer representing ELCO.
Additional water valves may be required to complete water main lowerings in order to minimize the
inconvenience to customers per the direction of the engineer. _
Section 619.04 shall include the following:
Water line lowerings and water service lowerings will be measured by the number lowered per the
construction plans.
Section 619.05 shall include the following:
Payment for water service lowerings and water line lowerings will include all materials, transportation,
location and protection of utilities, excavation, shoring, pipe, casing pipe, all necessary fittings, installing
pipe and all necessary fittings, cut in gate valves as required per direction of the engineer, blowoff
valves, reducers, bends, meg-a-lug retainer glands, polywrap, gravity blocks and rebar, freeze
protection, restraints, steel casing pipe, gravity anchors, bedding, Plowable fill for backfill, placing backfill
to sub grade, disinfecting, testing, removal and disposal of excess soil, removal, disposal and
replacement of curb and gutter and sidewalk, testing of water line and service, and all other necessary
labor, materials and equipment needed for a complete job to lower in accordance with the construction
plans and specifications. All materials shown on the details are to be included in the cost of the water
line lowering. Contractor to pay for additional pipe required if necessary to achieve a strong connection
with the existing water line as approved by the project engineer.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Lower Water Service EA
Lower inch Water Line EA
Lower inch ELCO Water Line EA
159
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals
this _ day of 20_, and such of them as are corporations have caused their
corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the
day and year first set forth above.
Name:
Address:
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
By:
PRINCIPAL SURETY
(SEAL)
0
(SEAL)
Rev10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 3
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 619
WATER SERVICE
Section 619 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 619.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the construction of a water service.
Section 619.03 shall include the following:
The water service installation shall include the installation of a 1-inch water service and meter pit.
Section 619.04 shall include the following:
Water service will be measured by the complete number of water services installed.
Section 619.05 shall include the following:
Payment for water service will include all materials, transportation, location and protection of utilities,
excavation, shoring, pipe, all necessary fittings for a complete installation, installing pipe and all
necessary fittings, bedding, backfill, placing backfill to sub grade, disinfecting, testing, removal and
disposal of excess soil, removal, disposal and replacement of curb and gutter and sidewalk, testing of
water line and service, and all other necessary labor, materials and equipment needed for a complete
job to install water service in accordance with the construction plans and specifications. The meter pit
is included in the cost of the water service.
Pay Item
Water Service
Pay Unit
EA
160
I
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� "�_`� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 ,
Section 623 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following
NEW SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
This new section is hereby added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
DESCRIPTION
623.01 WORK INCLUDED - Work of this Section generally includes provisions for the installation of an
underground irrigation system including the following:
A. Static pressure verification and coordination of irrigation system installation with
landscape material installation.
B. Trenching, stockpiling excavation materials, refilling and compacting trenches.
C. Complete irrigation system including but not limited to piping, backflow preventer
assemblies, valves, fittings, heads, controllers and wiring, and final adjustments to insure
complete coverage.
D. Water connections.
E. Replacement of unsatisfactory materials.
F. Clean-up, inspections, and approval.
G. Tests.
623.03 REFERENCES
A. Perform Work in accordance with requirements of Conditions of the Contract and '
Division 01 - General requirements as well as provisions of all applicable laws, codes,
ordinances, rules, and regulations.
B. Conform to requirements of reference information listed below except where more ,
stringent requirements are shown or specified in Contract Documents.
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - Specifications and Test '
Methods specifically referenced in this Section.
2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - UL Wires and Cables.
3. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) — Piping and Backflow prevention. '
4. American Water Works Association - Piping and Backflow prevention.
161
I
1
I
1
I
FO�t C011i115 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
623.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications - Installer shall have had considerable experience and
demonstrate ability in the installation of irrigation system(s) of specific type(s) in a neat
orderly, and responsible manner in accordance with recognized standards of
workmanship. To demonstrate ability and experience necessary for this Project, and
financial stability, submit if requested by Consultant, prior to contract award the
following:
List of 3 projects completed in the last 2 years of similar complexity to this
Project. Description of projects shall include:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
C. Owner.
d. Brief description of work and project budget.
623.05 EXTRA STOCK - In addition to installed system furnish the following items to Owner:
A. Furnish the following maintenance items to Owner prior to final Acceptance:
1. 2 Sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling, and adjusting each
type of sprinkler head and valve supplied on this Project.
2. Two 6-foot valve keys for operation of gate valves or stop and waste valves (if
applicable).
3. 2 keys for each automatic controller.
4. 2 quick coupler keys and 2 matching hose swivels for each type of quick coupling
valve installed.
5. 2 aluminum drain valve keys of sufficient length for operation of drain valves.
B. 10 Pop-up spray heads with nozzles of each type used.
C 4 Rotor heads of each type used.
D. 30 Drip emitters of each type used.
MATERIALS
623.06 MATERIALS:
A. General Piping:
1. Pressure Supply Line (from point of connection through backflow prevention unit)
Type "k" Hard Copper.
2. Pressure Supply Lines (downstream of backflow prevention units) - Class 200
PVC BE (1" - 2 1/2") and Class 200 PVC FIT (3" and larger).
3. Non -pressure Lines — Class 200 PVC.
4. PVC Sleeving - Class 200 PVC.
5. Drip Tubing - Hardie Dura-Pol EHD 1645 3/4" with .050 inch wall thickness.
6. Emitter Tubing - As recommended by emitter manufacturer.
162
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
�,Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
B. Copper Pipe and Fittings:
July 22, 2011 '
1. Copper Pipe. - Type K, hard tempered.
2. Fittings - Wrought copper, solder joint type.
3. Joints - Soldered with solder, 45% silver, 15% copper, 16% zinc, and 24%
cadmium and solidus at 1125-F and liquids at 1145-F.
C. Brass Pipe and Fittings:
1. Brass Pipe - 85% red brass, ANSI Schedule 40 screwed pipe.
2. Fittings - Medium brass, screwed 125-pound class.
D. Plastic Pipe and Fittings:
Identification Markings:
a. Identify all pipe with following indelible markings:
1)
Manufacturer's name.
2)
Nominal pipe size.
3)
Schedule of class.
4)
Pressure rating.
5)
NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal of approval.
6)
Date of extrusion.
2. Solvent Weld Pipe - Manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound
in accordance with ASTM D2241 and ASTM D1784; cell classification 12454-B,
Type 1, Grade 1.
a. Fittings - Standard Wright, Schedule 40, injection molder PVC; complying
with ASTM D1784 and D2466, cell classification 12454-B.
1) Threads - Injection molded type (where required).
2) Tees and ells - Side gated.
b. Threaded Nipples - ASTM D2464, Schedule 80 with molded threads.
C. Joint Cement and Primer - Type as recommended by manufacturer of
pipe and fittings.
2. Gasketed End Pipe - Manufactured from virgin Polyvinyl Chloride compound in
accordance with ASTM D2241 and ASTM D1784; cell classification 1254-B,
Type 1,Grade 1.
3.
a. Fittings and Services Tees (Y and larger) - Ductile iron, grade 70-55-05
in accordance with ASTM A-536. Fittings shall have deep bell push -on
joints with gaskets meeting ASTM F-477.
b. Gaskets - Factory installed in pipe and fit- tings, having a metal or plastic
support within gasket or a plastic retainer ring for gasket.
C. Lubricant - As recommended by manufacturer of pipe fittings.
163
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_lam Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
4. Flexible Plastic Pipe - Manufactured from virgin polyethylene in accordance with
ASTM D2239, with a hydrostatic design stress of 630 psi and designated as PE
2306.
a. Fittings - Manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2609; PVC Type 1
cell classification 12454-B.
b. Clamps - All stainless steel worm gear screw clamps. Use 2 clamps per
joint on 1-1/2 inch and:2 inch fittings.
E. Drip Irrigation Systems, Bubblers and Micro Irrigation:
1. Drip Tubing - Manufactured of flexible vinyl chloride compound conforming to
ASTM D1248, Type 1, Class C, Category 4, P14 and ASTM D3350 for PE
122111C. Capillary tubing shall have 1/8" I.D.
2. Fittings - Type and make recommended by tubing manufacturer.
3. Drip Valve Assembly - Type and size shown on Drawings.
a. As manufactured by Rainbird, or approved equal. Strainer shall have 120
mesh nylon screen with 1/2' blow-out. Pressure reducing valve shall have
manual adjusting nut.
4. Emitters - Single port, Rainbird XB series pressure compensating for shrubs and
ornamental grasses.
5. Micro -Sprays - Rainbird Xeri-Spray 360 True Spray Series or approved equal.
6. Bubblers - Rainbird 1400 Series or approved equal. Root Watering Zone
Assemblies by Rainbird, or approved equal.
F. Gate Valves:
1. Gate Valves (line size) for 3/4 inch through 2-1/2 Inch Pipe - Brass construction;
solid wedge, IPS threads, and non -rising stem with wheel operating handle,
designed for working pressure of 150 PSI.
2. Gate Valves for 3 Inch and Larger Pipe - Iron body, brass or bronze mounted
AWWA gate valves with a clear waterway equal to full nominal diameter of valve;
rubber gasket or mechanical joint -type only. Valves shall be able to withstand a
continuous working pressure of 200 psi and be equipped with a square operating
nut and resilient wedge
G. Quick Coupling Valves - Brass two-piece body designed for working pressure of 5 to 125
PSI; operable with quick coupler. Equip quick coupler with locking rubber cover. Key
size and type as shown on Drawing.
164
I
FOrt C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
5
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
H. Valve Boxes:
July 22, 2011 1
1. Quick Coupling Valves, Drain Valves, Drip Line Blow-out Stubs, and Wire Stub
Box - Carson Brooks #910-10 or approved equal (including bolt) box with lid, in
green, as detailed.
2. Gate Valves and Electric Control Valves located individually - Carson Brooks
#1419-12 box, or approved equal (including bolt) box with lid, in green, as
detailed.
3. Drip Valve Assemblies - Carson Brooks #1220-12 box, or approved equal
(including bolt) box with lid, in green, as detailed.
I. Electrical Control Wiring:
1. Low Voltage:
a. Electrical Control Wire - AWG UFUL approved No. 14 direct burial solid
conductor copper wire.
b. Electrical Common Wire - AWG UFUL approved No. 12 direct burial solid
conductor copper wire.
C. Wire Colors
0
1) Control Wires - Red.
2) Common Wires - White.
3) Master Valve Wires - Blue.
4) Spare Control Wires - Black.
5) Spare Common Wires - Yellow.
d. If multiple controllers are utilized, and wire paths of different controllers
cross each other, both common and control wires from each controller
shall be different colors approved by Consultant.
e. Control Wire connections and splices shall be made with Rain Bird
Pentite, Snaptite, or 3M DBY splices (two wire connection), 3M DBM
splices (three wire connection) direct bury splice.
2. High Voltage - Type required by local codes and ordinances, of proper size to
accommodate needs of equipment serviced.
J. Automatic Controller - Size and type shown on Drawings; mounted as detailed.
K. Electric Control Valves - Size and type shown on Drawings having manual flow
adjustment (except drip valves) and manual bleed nut.
L Sprinkler Heads - As indicated on Drawings. Fabricated riser units in accordance with
details on Drawings - with fittings and nipples of equal diameter of riser inlet in sprinkler
body-
165
O
I
I
FOrtC011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
1. Pop -Up Sprinkler Heads — Rainbird 1806 PRS Series or approved equal with plastic
nozzle.
2. Rotary Sprinklers — Hunter 1-20, 1-25, or 1-40 or approved equal, as indicated on the
1 Drawings.
3. Bubbler Canisters — Rain Bird RWS-S or approved equal, as indicated on the
Drawings.
M. Backflow Preventer - Size and type indicated on Drawings; Brass construction with 150 psi
working pressure.
N. Water Meter and Vault:
Construction of Water Meter and Vault shall conform to the details and requirements of the
Fort Collins Utilities Department.
ICONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
623.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Special Requirements:
' a. Work involving substantial plumbing for installation of copper piping, backflow
preventer(s), and related Work shall be executed by licensed and bonded
plumber(s). Work shall meet the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code as
published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association, and all applicable laws
and regulations of the City & County of Denver Building Department and Denver
Water. Secure a permit at least 48 hours prior to start of installation.
b. Tolerances - Specified depths of mains and laterals and pitch of pipes are
minimums. Settlement of trenches is cause for removal of finish grade treatment,
refilling, compaction, and repair of finish grade treatment.
C. Coordination With Other Contractors - Protect, maintain, and coordinate work
with work under other Sections.
d. Damage To Other Improvements - Contractor shall replace or repair damage
to grading, soil preparation, seeding, sodding, or planting done under other
' Sections during Work associated with installation of irrigation system at no
additional cost to the City.
e. Work involving high voltage electrical wiring, grounding and related Work shall be
executed by licensed and bonded electrician(s). Work shall meet the latest
edition of the National Electric Code, and all applicable laws and regulations of
the City & County of Denver Building Department. Secure a permit at least 48
hours prior to start of installation.
' f. Tolerances — Specified depths of mains and laterals and pitch of pipes are
minimums. Settlement of trenches is cause for removal of finish grade treatment,
refilling, compaction, and repair of finish grade treatment.
O 166
I
I
FOit C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
7
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 1
623.08 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE — Contractor shall schedule and conduct a conference
to review in detail quality control and construction requirements for equipment, materials, and
systems used to perform the Work. Conference shall be scheduled not less than 10 days prior
to commencement of Work. All parties required to be in attendance shall be notified no later
than 7 days prior to date of conference. Contractor shall notify qualified representatives of each
party concerned with that portion of Work to attend conference, including but not limited to the
Landscaping and Irrigation System Coordinator, the City Project Manager, the Parks Project
Director, Parks Maintenance District Superintendent, Contractor's Designated Representative,
and Installer.
a. Minutes of conference shall be recorded and distributed by contractor to all
parties in attendance within five days of conference.
623.09 SUBMITTALS:
Prepare and make submittals in accordance with conditions of the Contract.
Material List Submittal — Prior to commencing construction of the irrigation systems,
submit for review material cut -sheets of all equipment to be installed including
manufacturer, model number and description of all materials and equipment to be used.
Show appropriate dimensions and adequate detail to accurately portray intent of
construction. Submittal shall include a cover sheet that identifies all items within the
submittal. The Contractor shall not order any materials nor begin any work on any
irrigation system until the City and County of Denver has approved the Contractor's
Parts and Materials.
2. Record Drawings (As-Builts):
a. At onset of irrigation installation secure copies of original irrigation design. At the
end of every day, revise prints for Work accomplished that day in red ink. As -
built copies shall be brought up-to-date at the close of the working day every
Friday. A print of record plan(s) shall be available at Project Site. Indicate
zoning changes on weekly as -built drawings. Indicate non -pressure piping
changes on as-builts. Upon completion of Project, submit for review, prior to final
acceptance, final set of as -built copies. Dimensions, from two permanent points
of reference (building corners, sidewalk, road intersections or permanent
structures), location of following items:
• Connection to existing water lines.
• Routing of sprinkler pressure lines.
• Sprinkler control valves.
• Quick coupling valves.
•Drain valves.
• Control wire routing if not with pressure mainline.
• Gate valves.
• Control wire splices and splice boxes
• Sleeves
• Flush valves
• Other related equipment as directed.
167
e
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
1
FO�tC011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1__ , —1 Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
b. The City will not certify any pay request submitted by the Contractor if the as -built
drawings are not current, and processing of pay request will not occur until as-
builts are updated.
(1) The irrigation legend must be changed to accurately reflect the irrigation
equipment installed, if such equipment is not the same as originally
specified on the contract documents. This includes flow rates, effective
spray diameter/radius and operating pressure of all sprinkler heads.
(2) Operation Instructions — Submit 3 written operating instructions including
winterization procedures and start-up, with cut sheets of products, and
coordinate controller/watering operation instruction with the Owners
maintenance personnel.
C. Controller Charts:
Do not prepare charts until record (as -built) drawings have been reviewed by
Owners Representative.
d. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller installed.
(1) Chart shall be reproduction of record drawing. If photo reduction prints
are required, keep reduction to maximum size possible to retain full
legibility (11"x 17" minimum size)
(2) Chart shall be blueline print of actual "as -built" system, showing area
covered by that controller.
e. Identify area of coverage of each remote control valve, using a distinctly different
pastel color drawing over entire area of coverage.
f. Following review of charts by Owners Representative, they shall be hermetically
sealed between two layers of 20 mm thick plastic sheet.
g. Charts shall be completed and reviewed prior to final review of irrigation system.
3. Shop Drawings — Submit Shop Drawings if noted on construction drawings, include a
complete materials list indicating manufacturer, model number, and description of all
materials and equipment to be used. Show appropriate dimensions and adequate detail
to accurately portray intent of construction.
623.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Deliver, unload, store, and handle materials, packaging, bundling, products in dry, weatherproof,
condition in manner to prevent damage, breakage, deterioration, intrusion, ignition, and
vandalism. Deliver in original unopened packaging containers prominently displaying
manufacturer's name, volume, quantity, contents, instructions, and conformance to local, state,
and federal law. Remove and replace cracked, broken, or contaminated items or elements
prematurely exposed to moisture, inclement weather, snow, ice, temperature extremes, fire, or
jobsite damage.
Handling of PVC Pipe — Exercise care in handling, loading and storing, of PVC pipe. All
PVC pipe shall be transported in a vehicle which allows length of pipe to lie flat so as not
to subject it to undue bending or concentrated external loads. All sections of pipe that
have been dented or damaged shall be discarded, and if installed, shall be replaced with
new piping. All piping to be stored on -site in excess of three days shall be fully covered
with non -transparent material. Piping stored in improper manner shall be subject to
rejection by Owner and replaced by contractor at no additional cost to Owner.
168
I
FO�t C011ifl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_,� Project Special Provisions
9
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
623.11 JOBSITE CONDITIONS:
1. Existing Conditions:
July 22, 2011 1
a. Contractor is responsible for knowing that information contained in the
Specifications for earthwork and other related operations is as specified and
indicated in those documents before beginning work under this Section.
b. Report unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Project Inspector.
c. Coordinate power requirement and electrical connections with, the affected utility
company and the City prior to beginning work.
d. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions by this
contractor.
2. Protection of Property:
a. Preserve and protect all trees, plants, monuments, structures, and paved areas
from damage due to work of this Section. In the event damage does occur, all
damage to inanimate items shall be completely repaired or replace to satisfaction
of the City. All costs of such repairs shall be charged to and paid by Contractor.
b. Protect buildings, walks, walls, and other property from damage. Barricade open
ditches. Damage caused to asphalt, concrete, or other building material surface
shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to Owner. Restore disturbed areas to
original condition.
3. Existing Trees:
a. All trenching or other work under limb spread of any and all evergreens or low
branching deciduous material shall be done by hand or by other methods so as
to prevent damage to limbs or branches.
b. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, use all possible care
to avoid injury to trees and tree roots. Excavation in areas where 2-inch and
larger roots occur shall be done by hand. Roots 2 inches or larger in diameter,
except directly in the path of pipe of conduit, shall be tunneled under and shall be
heavily wrapped with burlap to prevent scarring or excessive drying. Where a
trenching machine is operated close to trees having roots smaller than 2 inches
in diameter, wall of trench adjacent to tree shall be hand trimmed, making clean
cuts through roots. Trenches adjacent to trees shall be closed within 24 hours,
and when this is not possible, side of trench adjacent to tree shall be kept shaded
with moistened burlap or canvas.
169
1
I
1
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This
statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached
sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present
firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the
appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
1.1
a
Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
Have your ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency?
If yes list agency name.
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00420 Page 1
Foft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�"Fo Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
10
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
4. Protection and Repair of Underground Lines:
a. Request proper utility company to stake exact location (including depth) of all
underground electric, gas, sewer, and telephone lines. Take whatever
precautions are necessary to protect these underground lines from damage. If
damage does occur, all damage shall be repaired by Utility Owner. All costs of
such repairs shall be paid by Contractor unless other arrangements have been
made.
5. Replacement of Paving and Curbs — Where pipes and sleeves cross existing roadways,
paths, curbing, etc., damage to these shall be kept to a minimum and shall be restored
to original condition, unless otherwise directed by Owners Representative.
623.14 INSPECTION:
1. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section is to be performed. Do
not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2. Grading operations, with the exception of final grading, shall be completed and approved
by Owner before staking or installation of any irrigation system begins.
623.15 LANDSCAPE PLAN REVIEW AND COORDINATION - Contractor will be held responsible for
coordination between landscape and irrigation system installation. Landscape material
locations shown on the Landscape Plan shall take precedence over the irrigation system
equipment locations. If irrigation equipment is installed in conflict with the landscape material
locations shown on the Landscape Plan, the Contractor will be required to relocate the irrigation
equipment, as necessary, at Contractor's expense.
623.15 STATIC PRESSURE VERIFICATION - Contractor shall field verify the static pressure at the
project site, prior to commencing work or ordering irrigation materials, and submit findings, in
writing, to Consultant. If Contractor fails to verify static water pressure prior to commencing
work or ordering irrigation materials, Contractor shall assume responsibility for all costs
required to make system operational and the costs required to replace any damaged landscape
material. Damage shall include all required material costs, design costs and plant replacement
costs.
623.16 PREPARATION:
1. Staking shall Occur as Follows:
a. Mark, with powdered lime or paint, routing of pressure supply line and flag spray
heads for first few zones. Contact Owners Representative five days in advance
and request review of staking. Owners Representative will advise installer as to
the amount of staking to be prepared. Owners Representative will review staking
and direct changes if required. Review does not relieve installer from coverage
problems due to improper placement of spray heads after staking.
1 170
I
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�,r� Project Special Provisions
11
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 1
b. Pipe Installation — all pipes under roadways, driveways and existing sidewalks
shall be encased in a sleeve which shall be jacked or placed in a hole bored
under new paving, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. At least 4
inches of clearance shall be provided between lines and at least 4 feet of
clearance between lines of other trades. Parallel pipes shall not be installed
directly over any other line. Manual drain valves shall be installed at all low
points in the lowest point in the laterals of an irrigation zone, as shown on the
Drawings. Minimum grade of pipe to drains shall be 3 inches per 100 feet.
Plastic threaded fittings shall be assembled using teflon tape applied to male
pipe threads only. Threaded fittings shall be kept to a minimum. The Contractor
shall tape all open ends of the pipe during installation to prevent entry of any
foreign mater into the system.
C. Trenching —Where allowed, trench excavation shall follow, as much as possible,
layout shown on Drawing. The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the
respective utility companies five (5) days in advance of excavation and verifying
the
d. Exact locations of all utilities. Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously
on bottom of trench. Trench bottom shall be clean and smooth with all rock and
organic debris removed. Trenching under limb spread of existing trees shall be
accomplished by hand or other method that will not damage limbs or branches.
Keep trenches at least 6' from trunk of existing trees and shrubs.
2. Clearances:
a. Piping 3 Inches and Larger — Make trenches of sufficient width (18 inches
minimum and 24 inches maximum to properly assemble and position pipe in
trench. Minimum horizontal clearance of piping 3 inches or larger shall be 6
inches. Stacking of pipes in the same trench is not permitted.
b. Piping Smaller than 3 Inches — Trenches shall have a minimum width of 7 inches
and a maximum width of 9".
C. Line Clearance — Provide not less than 6 inches of clearance between each line,
and not less than 12 inches of clearance between lines of other trades.
3. Pipe and Wire Depth:
Trenching - Trench excavation shall follow, as much as possible, layout shown on
Drawing. Dig trenches straight and support pipe continuously on bottom of trench.
Trench bottom shall be clean and smooth with all rock and organic debris removed.
a. Pressure Supply Piping — 24 inches from top of pipe (min.), 30" maximum.
b. PVC Sleeving — Depth to match that of piping/wiring to be installed through sleeve.
c. High -Pop, Rotor Laterals — 16 inches from top of pipe.
d. Control Wiring — West and North side of pressure main.
171
I
FoYt Collins North College Corridor Improvements -Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
12
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
4. Install sleeving under asphalt paving and concrete walks, prior to concreting and paving
operations, to accommodate piping and wiring. Compact backfill around sleeves to 95%
Modified Proctor Density within 2% of optimum moisture content in accordance with
STM D1557.
5. Boring will be permitted only where pipe must pass under obstruction(s) which cannot be
removed. In backfilling bore, final density of backfill shall match that of surrounding soil.
It is acceptable to use sleeves of suitable diameter installed first by jacking or boring,
and pipe laid through sleeves. Observe same precautions as though pipe were installed
in open trench.
6. Vibratory Plow - Non -pressure piping may be installed through use of vibratory plow
method if consultant determines soil conditions are satisfactory for this method of
installation. Vibratory plowing does not relieve installer of minimum pipe depths.
623.17INSTALLATION - Locate other equipment as near as possible to locations designated.
Consultant shall review deviations prior to installation.
A. PVC Piping - Snake pipe in trench as much as possible to allow for expansion and
contraction. Do not install pipe when air temperature is below 40-F. Place manual drain
valves at low points and dead ends of pressure supply piping to insure complete
1 drainage of system. When pipe installation is not in progress, or at end of each day,
close pipe ends with tight plug or cap. Perform Work in accordance with good practices
prevailing in piping trades.
1. Solvent Weld PVC Pipe - Lay pipe and make all plastic to plastic joints in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Snake pipe in trench as much as possible to allow for expansion and
contraction. Do not install pipe when air temperature is below 40
degrees (F).
b. Place manual drain valves at low points and dead ends of pressure
supply piping to ensure complete drainage of system.
C. When pipe laying is not in progress, or at end of each day, close pipe
ends with tight plug or cap.
d. Perform work in accordance with good practices prevailing in piping
trades.
e. Solvent Weld PVC Pipe - Lay pipe and make all plastic to plastic joints in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall
insure that pipe is clean and undamaged prior to applying primer and
glue.
f. Lateral lines 12" minimum from top of pipe to finish grade. Maximum
trench width 9". Mainline installed at 18" minimum, 24" maximum depth.
Maximum trench width 12".
g. All PVC pipe less than 3" are solvent welded. Connection shall be primed
prior to glue welding. Do not solvent weld joints when air temperature is
below 40 degrees F.
172
I
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Project Special Provisions
13
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 1
2. Gasketed End Pipes:
a. Lay pipe and make pipe to fitting or pipe to pipe joint, following OR70
recommendations (Johns -Manville Guide for Installation of Ring-Tite
Pipe), or pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
b. Construct thrust blocks behind all gasketed fittings, tees, bends, reducers,
line valves, and caps in accordance with pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Contact Consultant prior to placing thrust blocks, for
observation of thrust block excavation and initial placement. Size thrust
blocks based on tables below:
SAMPLE THRUST BLOCK SIZING GUIDE:
Thrust developed per 100 PSI pressure (lbs. force) for various fitting configurations.
Pipe Fitting Fitting Valves, Tees
Size 90 deg. Elbow 45 deg. Elbow Dead Ends
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1,000 600 800
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approximate bearing strength of typical soils.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Soil Type Lbs/ft 2
Mulch, Peat, etc. 0
Soft Clay 500
Sand 1,000
Sand and Gravel 1,500
Sand and Gravel with Clay 2,000
Sand and Gravel Cemented with Clay 4,000
Hard Pan 5,000
I
3. Flexible Plastic (Polyethylene) Pipe - Lay pipe and assemble fittings following I
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Drip Tubing:
1. Make all fitting connections as per manufacturers recommendations.
2. Use only manufacturer provided or recommended hole punch when making
penetrations in drip tubing for insert fittings. Use of any other hole punch shall be
cause for immediate removal and replacement of all installed drip tubing.
3. Install drip line blow-out stubs at all dead ends of drip tubing.
173 '
I
I
' FOjt ottins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
14
REVISION OF SECTION 623
' IRRIGATION
C. Control Wiring:
1. Low Voltage Wiring:
a. Bury control wiring between controller and electric valves in pressure
supply line trenches, strung as close as possible to main pipe lines with
such wires to be consistently located below and to one side of pipe, or in
separate trenches.
b. Bundle all 24 volt wires at 10 foot intervals and lay with pressure supply
line pipe to one side of the trench.
C. Provide an expansion loop at every pressure pipe angle fitting, every
electric control valve location (in valve box), and every 500 feet. Form
expansion loop by wrapping wire at least 8 times around a 3/4 inch pipe
and withdrawing pipe.
d. Make all splices and E.C.V. connections using Rain Bird Pentite,
Snaptite, or 3M DBM/DBY connectors. Label all wiring within 1" of
stripped end at valve box connection at Private Property Owner control
box.
'
e. Install all control wire splices not occurring at control valve in a separate
splice valve box.
f. Install one control wire for each control valve.
g. Run two spare #14 AWG UFUL control wires and one common wire from
controller pedestal to the end of each and every leg of mainline. Label
'
spare wires at controller and wire stub box.
h. Mainline Tracer Wire — Install one continuous AWG UL No. 10 tracer wire
as detailed above all mainline. Loop wire into control box. Color shall be
yellow.
2. High Voltage Wiring for Automatic Controller:
a. Provide 120 volt power connection to automatic controller.
b. All electric work shall conform to local codes, ordinances, and authorities
having jurisdiction. All high voltage electrical work shall be performed by
licensed electrician.
D. Automatic Controller:
1. Install controller in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as detailed and
where shown on Drawings.
2. Connect remote control valves to controller in numerical sequence as shown on
Drawings.
3. Consultant shall approve final location of controller prior to installation.
174
I
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
15
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 1
4. Each controller shall be a dedicated separate ground wire and grounding rod as
detailed.
5. All above ground conduit shall be rigid galvanized with appropriate fittings. All
below ground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC.
E. Electric Control Valves - Install per design specifications. Valve manifold riser
assemblies shall be constructed with Schedule 80 PVC. Install valve box flush with
grade.
a. Contractor to connect new lateral lines to existing irrigation zones, new lateral lines to
new zones, and connect new main line to existing main lines as shown on
Drawings.
b. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that both the new irrigation zones and the
existing irrigation zones (on and off -site systems that are connected to the
existing main line) function properly.
F. Quick Coupling Valves - Install quick couplers on double swing -joint assemblies of
Schedule 80 PVC pipe; plumb and flush to grade. Angled nipple relative to pressure
supply line shall be no more than 45 degrees and no less than 10 degrees. Install quick
coupling valves as detailed.
G. Drip Valve Assemblies - Install drip valve assembly as detailed.
H. Drip Emitters - Stake all surface emitters as detailed and staked with acceptable tubing
stakes.
I. Bubbler Canisters — Install canister assembly as detailed.
J. Drain Valves - Install manual drain valves at all low points in pressure supply line as
detailed. Provide a three cubic foot drainage sump for each drain valve installed.
K. Valve Boxes:
1. Install one valve box for each type of valve installed as detailed. Valve box
extensions are not acceptable except for master valves. Install gravel sump after
compaction of all trenches. Place final portion of gravel inside valve box after
valve box is backfilled and compacted.
2. Brand controller letter and station number on lid of each valve box. Letter and
number size shall be no smaller than 1 inch and no greater in size than 1 1/2
inches. Depth of branding shall be no more than 1/8 inch into valve box lid.
L. Gate Valves - Install where shown on Drawings as detailed.
175
1
l
rt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
"-F�oProject Special Provisions July 22, 2011
16
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
M. Sprinkler Heads - Install sprinkler heads where designated on Drawings or where
staked. Set to finish as detailed. Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum
indicated on Drawing unless re -staked as directed by Consultant. In no case shall the
spacing exceed maximum recommended by manufacturer. Install heads on double
swing -joint risers of schedule 40 PVC, pipe. Angled nipple relative to non -pressure line
shall be no more than 45 degrees or less than 10 degrees. Adjust part circle heads for
proper coverage. Adjust heads to correct height after sod is installed. Plant placement
shall not interfere with intended sprinkler head coverage, piping, or other equipment.
Consultant may request nozzle changes or adjustments without additional cost to the
Owner.
N. Backflow Preventer - Install as detailed at location designated on Drawings.
O. Backfilling - Do not begin backfilling operations until required system tests have been
completed. Backfill shall not be done in freezing weather except with review by
Consultant. Leave trenches slightly mounded to allow for settlement after backfilling is
completed. Trenches shall be finish graded prior to walk-through of system by
Consultant.
1
a. Materials - Excavated material is generally considered satisfactory for backfill
purposes. Backfill material shall be free of rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen
materials, and stones larger than 1 inch in maximum dimension. Do not mix
subsoil with topsoil. Material not suitable for backfill shall be hauled away.
Contractor shall be responsible for providing suitable backfill if excavated
material is unacceptable or not sufficient to meet backfill, compaction, and final
grade requirements.
b. Do not leave, trenches open for a period of more than 48 hours. Open
excavations shall be protected in accordance with OSHA regulations.
C. Compact backfill to 90% maximum density, determined in accordance with ASTM
D155-7 utilizing the following methods:
a. Mechanical tamping.
b. Puddling or ponding. Puddling or ponding and/or jetting is prohibited
within 20'-0" of building or foundation walls.
P. Piping Under Paving:
�i
a. Provide for a minimum cover of 18 inches between the top of the pipe and the
bottom of the aggregate base for all pressure and non -pressure piping installed
under asphaltic concrete or concrete paving.
b. Piping located under areas where asphalt or concrete paving will be installed
shall be bedded with sand (a layer 6" below pipe and 6" above pipe).
C. Compact backfill material in 6" lifts at 95% maximum density determined in
accordance with ASTM D155-7 using manual or mechanical tamping devices.
d. Set in place, cap, and pressure test all piping under paving, in presence of
Owner prior to backfilling and paving operations.
176
11
I
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i �_�� Project Special Provisions
17
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 1
e. Piping under existing walks or concrete pavement shall be done by jacking,
boring, or hydraulic driving, but where cutting or breaking of walks and/or
concrete is necessary, it shall be done and replaced at not cost to Owner.
Obtain permission to cut or break walks and/or concrete from Owner.
Q. Water Supply and Point of Connection - Water supply shall be extended as shown from
water supply lines.
a. Contractor will connect new irrigation system to existing line connection valve
box located in the right of way.
b. Contractor to pull all required permits and locate all utilities prior to excavation
C. Contractor to be responsible for all barricades, and traffic control.
d. Contractor to backfill and compact soils to existing densities.
623.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Flushing - After piping, risers, and valves are in place and connected, but prior to
installation of sprinkler heads, quick coupler assemblies, and hose valves, thoroughly
flush piping system under full head of water pressure from dead end fittings. Maintain
flushing for 5 minutes through furthermost valves. Cap risers after flushing.
B. Testing - Conduct tests in presence of Consultant. Arrange for presence of Consultant
48 hours in advance of testing. Supply force pump and all other test equipment.
a. After backfilling, and installation of all control valves, fill pressure supply line with
water, and pressurize to 40 PSI over the designated static pressure or 120 PSI,
whichever is greater, for a period of 2 hours.
b. Leakage, Pressure Loss - Test is acceptable if no loss of pressure is evident
during the test period.
C. Leaks - Detect and repair leaks.
d. Retest system until test pressure can be maintained for duration of test.
e. Before final acceptance, pressure supply line shall remain under pressure for a
period of 48 hours.
C. Walk -Through for Substantial Completion:
a. Arrange for Consultant's presence 48 hours in advance of walk-through.
1
b. Entire system shall be completely installed and operational prior to scheduling of
walk-through. I
177
1
11
I
FoftC011ins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
18
REVISION OF SECTION 623
' IRRIGATION
C. Operate each zone in its entirety for Consultant at time of walk-through and
' additionally, open all valve boxes if directed.
d. Generate a list of items to be corrected prior to Final Completion.
e. Furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct all inadequacies of
coverage due to deviations from Contract Documents.
f. During walk-through, expose all drip emitters under operations for observation by
Consultant to demonstrate that they are performing and installed as designed,
prior to placing of all mulch material. Schedule separate walk-through if
necessary.
D. Walk -Through for Final Completion:
a. Arrange for Consultant's presence 48 hours in advance of walk-through.
b. Show evidence to Consultant that Owner has received all accessories, charts,
record drawings, and equipment as required before Final Completion walk-
through is scheduled.
C. Operate each zone, in its entirety for Consultant at time of walk-through to insure
correction of all incomplete items.
d. Items deemed not acceptable by Consultant shall be reworked to complete
satisfaction of Consultant.
e. If after request to Consultant for walk-through for Final Completion of irrigation
system, Consultant finds items during walk-through which have not been properly
adjusted, reworked, or replaced as indicated on list of incomplete items from
previous walk-through, Contractor shall be charged for all subsequent walk-
throughs. Funds will be withheld from final payment and/or retainage to
Contractor, in amount equal to additional time and expenses required by
Consultant to conduct and document further walk-throughs as deemed
necessary to insure compliance with Contract Documents.
e. Winterization:
Contractor shall be responsible for complete winterization of system. Winterization of
system shall include voiding all lines of water using compressed air or similar method
approved by Owner's authorized representative. Contractor shall reopen and start up
system in the Spring and make any adjustments to system as necessary for proper
operation. Should it become necessary to irrigate during the winter months as a result of
a lack of natural precipitation and moderate temperatures, the Contractor shall take
whatever measures are required to provide required water to all plantings and turf. If it is
decided by Contractor to activate irrigation system at any time during the winter months,
he shall also be required to, again, properly winterize system.
1 178
I
I
FOft Collitls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_r� Project Special Provisions
19
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
July 22, 2011 11
623.19 ADJUSTING - Upon completion of installation, "fine-tune" entire system by regulating valves,
adjusting patterns and break-up arms, and setting pressure reducing valves at pro -per and
similar pressure to provide optimum and efficient coverage. Flush and adjust all sprinkler heads
for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways, and buildings as
much as possible. Heads of same type shall be operating at same pressure +/- 7%.
A. If it is determined that irrigation adjustments will provide proper coverage, and improved
water distribution as determined by Consultant, contractor shall make such adjustments
prior to Final Acceptance, as directed, at no additional cost to Owner. Adjustments may
also include changes in nozzle sizes, degrees of arc, and control valve throttling.
B. All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finish grade unless otherwise
designated.
C. Areas which do not conform to designated operation requirements due to unauthorized
changes or poor installation practices shall be immediately corrected at no additional
cost to the Owner.
623.20 CLEANING - Maintain continuous cleaning operation throughout duration of work. Dispose of,
off -site at no additional cost to Owner, all trash or debris generated by installation of irrigation
system.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
623.21 Automatic controllers and backflow preventers will be measured by the number of units of each
size installed and accepted, including concrete pad, conduit, bolts, enclosure, ground wire, and
all other items necessary to complete the work as shown in the plans.
623.22 Valves, quick couplers, sprinklers, drip emitters of the various types and sizes including risers,
check valves, swing joints, and fittings, will be measured by the number of units installed and
accepted.
623.23 Plastic and copper pipe will be measured by the linear foot installed and will include the cost of
all fittings, manual drain valves and blow-out stubs.
623.24 Power source wire and control wire 24 volt will be measured by the linear foot installed.
623.25 Structure excavation and backfill including compaction and water will not be paid for separately
but shall be included in the work.
623.26 Water Meter and Vault will be measured by each unit installed and accepted.
179
'
City 0�
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
Fort
N. Mason Floor
PO Box 580
Collins
8t. 52
For
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
'
970.221.6707
Pu rcha$I ng
fcgov.com/purchasing
1 SPECIFICATIONS
' AND -
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
' FOR
N. College Improvements Project -
Vine to Conifer
BID NO. 7273
i
.1
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
September 21, 2011 — 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
1
11
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the
approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of
construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including
officers:
15. Credit available: $
16. Bank Reference:
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other
information that may be required by the OWNER?
18
19.
Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?
If yes, in what city, county and state?
What class, license and numbers?
Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?
If yes, what percent of total contract?
and to whom?
Rev1012010T Section 00420 Page 2
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements
— Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions
July 22, 2011
20
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION
BASIS OF PAYMENT
623.27 The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the various items below that
appear in the bid schedule.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item
Pay Unit
1" Copper Pipe
Linear Foot
1 1/2" Copper Pipe
Linear Foot
1" Plastic Pipe
Linear Foot
1 1/4" Plastic Pipe
Linear Foot
'
1 1/2" Plastic Pipe
Linear Foot
2" Plastic Sleeve
Linear Foot
4" Plastic Sleeve
Linear Foot
'
Drip Lateral Line
Linear Foot
3/4' Flush Unit Assembly
Each
1" Drip Zone Valve Assembly
Each
Drip Emitter
Each
6" Popup Spray Sprinkler Assembly
Each
Bubbler Canister
Each
1" Water Meter Assembly
1" Backf low Preventer Assembly
Each
Each
1 " Quick Coupler Valve Assembly
Each
1 1/2" Gate Valve Assembly
Each
Control Wire 24 Volt
Linear Foot
Power Source Wire
Linear Foot
48 Station Controller Assembly
Each
1" Flow Sensor Assembly
1" Automatic Control Valve Assembly
Each
Each
3/4" Drain Valve Assembly
Each
1" Drain Valve Assembly
Each
All work that is incidental to unit costs including but not limited
to installation and labor shall be included
in the cost for that unit. Valve box extension will not be
paid for separately, but will be included in the
cost of the valve assembly.
END OF SECTION 623
I
I
1
I80
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� XJ Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 623
IRRIGATION SYSTEM (WARRANTY)
Section 623 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
July 22, 2011 1
A warranty period of two years from final acceptance or two full growing seasons (growing season
defined as May through October), whichever is greater, will be apparent for all the components
associated with the irrigation system installed as part of the construction project. All improvements
which do not meet the project's contract specifications be it through substandard materials or
workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
The project will be inspected by City representatives on a monthly basis while the system is in
operation throughout the duration of the warranty period. The City will develop a list of components
which will need to be addressed and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet to
finalize the list of items to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed.
The following will result in removal and replacement of failed irrigation equipment or parts with new
components which meet the project's contract specifications:
• Any failure due to product substitution not previously approved by the City
• Any failure due to improper installation, not including failures due to acts of nature
• Any failures of the irrigation controller and attached sensors due to defective electronics
• Any failures due to broken valve wires, wires nicked during construction, improper
connections, improper wire gauge, improper grounding, and any other failures due to improper
wiring installation
• Any failures of the zone valves and decoders due to defective equipment
• Any failures of the mainline and lateral pipes due to factory defects, poor workmanship,
improper pipe welds or weld material, or poor backfilling techniques
• Any defective valve boxes, or any failures of valve boxes due to improper installation (must fall
with -1/8" to -5/8" of adjacent improvements)
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to correct the irrigation system immediately unless directed by
the City. All warranty repairs will remove the improperly installed or failed irrigation equipment and
replace with the new components to meet the intent of the contract specifications and plans. The
installation shall be performed in accordance with the specifications for irrigation improvements as is
defined in the contract and the plans.
The Contractor will be responsible for scheduling all traffic control necessary for addressing the items to
be repaired. All traffic control plans shall be submitted to the City's Traffic Operations Department for
approval prior to commencing the warranty work. The Contractor will also be responsible for notifying
the City's project manager at least 48 hours prior to the beginning of any work.
181
I
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,:0 �Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 626
' PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
Section 626 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 626.01 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall provide the following public information services on an ongoing basis throughout
the duration of the project:
At the preconstruction conference the Contractor shall introduce the Public Information Manager (PIM)
for the project and present a public information plan and strategies or methods for communicating
project activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a preliminary list of stakeholder groups and
specific stakeholders that need to receive ongoing communication about the project.
' The Contractor's PIM shall be a professional, having graduated from an accredited college or university
with a bachelor's degree in Public Relations, Communications, or a closely related field of study. In
addition, the PIM shall have two years experience in community outreach and partnership development
or a comparable field. Related work experience may be substitute for the type of degree. The
Engineer will approve the Contractor's PIM prior to the preconstruction conference. The identity of the
PIM and the PIM'S qualifications shall be submitted to the Engineer five days in advance of the
preconstruction conference.
The PIM shall be available on every working day, accessible and on call by cell phone or pager at all
times and available upon the request of the Engineer at other than normal working hours. The PIM
shall communicate with the Engineer daily.
The Contractor shall establish a Public Information Office (PIO) equipped with a telephone and an
answering machine or answering device with the capability to record a message from the caller. This
may be a cell phone, but must be a local number. The PIO shall be equipped with a computer and an
e-mail account. The PIO may or may not be located within the Contractor's regular office provided that
the telephone has a local call number. The PIM shall record a friendly greeting on the project's
published phone line each week, updating the message throughout the week, as necessary, depending
on changes in work schedule, activities and traffic impacts. The recording shall include each week's
forthcoming activities including work days, hours and expected traffic delays, posted detours, project
' completion date, and office hours. The PIM shall check the answering machine at least twice every
calendar day, including weekends. The PIM shall respond to callers and e-mail inquiries as soon as
possible, but at least within 24 hours. The PIM shall keep a logbook of all calls including the contact
' name, date of contact, date responded, the contact's comments, and the action the PIM took. A copy
of this log shall be submitted to the Engineer every two weeks or more frequently, as requested by the
Engineer.
The PIM shall maintain communications with businesses and individual residences, commuters, local
government entities and all other stakeholders that are directly adjacent to and affected by the project.
' A stakeholder and contact list shall be developed and updated, as necessary. Using a communications
method or strategy approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify stakeholders about the project
two weeks prior to beginning any lane restrictions or project activities. Depending upon project impacts,
contact with stakeholders may be required daily, weekly, monthly or periodically throughout the duration
of the project. Communications tools could include hand flyers, door hangers, newsletters, mailers,
using e-mail distribution lists, etc. All public information correspondence and subsequent updates must
be approved by the Engineer 48 hours before distribution.
182
J
i
c�tY°f Fort North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Collins
/"�,/—� Project Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 626
PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
July 22, 2011 1
Each communication tool shall include contact information, PIM's name, office phone, City Web -site
address with City logo. Cell phone numbers and e-mail addresses shall be provided where service is
available. The communication shall include the description of work, lane restrictions, a detour map if
warranted, the anticipated start and completion dates, hours of operation and work schedule, and a
Slow for the Cone Zone message.
The Contractor shall erect construction traffic signs with the dates the Contractor expects to initiate and
complete construction and with the Contractor's public information office's or PIM's phone number at
each major approach to the project. The signs shall conform to the requirements of Section 630 and
shall be erected at least one week prior to the beginning of construction. Additional construction traffic
signs may be required, as directed by the Engineer, throughout construction to provide the traveling
public with information regarding closures, detours, alternate routes, or other traffic related notices. It is
estimated that 15 special signs may be required for the project.
The City's Public Relations Manager will write and distribute all News Releases to the media and
handle all media relations and outreach unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor superintendent or PIM shall submit weekly lane closure reports using the template
provided by the Engineer.
The Public Information Services Contact Sheet shall include the following:
Owners:
City of Fort Collins Project Manager
Name: Matt Baker
Address: 281 N. College Avenue, Fort Collins, CO 80524
Phone: (970) 224-6108 Fax: (970) 221-6378 Cell: (970) 222-0748 Email: mbaker@fcgov.com
City of Fort Collins PDT Communications
Name: Holly Reynerson
Address: 281 N. College Avenue, Fort Collins, CO 80524
Phone: (970) 416-2303 Email: hreynerson@fcqov.com
City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations
Name: Syl Mireles
Address: P.O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522
626 Linden Street, Fort Collins, CO 80521
Phone: (970)221-6815 Fax: (970) 221-6282 Email: smireles@fcgov.com
Other Contacts:
Colorado Department of Transportation Project Engineer
Name: Tim Tuttle, PE
Address: 1420 2"d Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Phone: (970) 350-2211 Fax: (970) 350-2258 Cell: (970) 397-4143 Email: tim.tuttle@dot.state.co.us
183
1
I
' FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 626
PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
Colorado Department of Transportation, Region Public Relations Manager
Name: Mindy Crane
Phone: (303) 757-9469 Cell: (303) 880-2136 Email: Mindv.Crane(@dot.state.co.us
Colorado Department of Transportation, Colorado Traffic Management Center
425-C Corporate Circle, Golden, CO 80401
Phone: (303) 512-5830 Fax: (303) 274-9394
'
Larimer County Public Information
Name: Deni La Rue
Phone: (970) 498-7015 Email:dlarue@larimer.org
Poudre Fire Authority
Phone:(970)416-2892 Fax:(970)416-2809
'
City of Fort Collins Police Services
Phone: (970)221-6540 Email:rdavis@fcgov.com
Colorado State Patrol
Fort Collins Troop Office -Troop, 3C
' Phone:(970)224-3027 Fax: (970)224-3151
Subsection 626.02 shall include the following:
' The Engineer will monitor the PIM and all public information services. When the Contractor provides
acceptable public information services in accordance with these specifications, partial payments for the
pay item Public Information Services will be made as the work progresses. These partial payments will
' be made as follows:
When 5 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 25 percent of the amount bid for this item will
be paid.
When 10 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 40 percent of the amount bid for this item,
less all previous payments, will be paid.
When 25 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 50 percent of the amount bid for this item,
less all previous payments, will be paid.
When 75 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 75 percent of the amount bid for this item,
less all previous payments, will be paid.
When 100 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 100 percent of the amount bid for this
item, less all previous payments, will be paid.
1 184
11
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
4
REVISION OF SECTION 626
PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES
July 22, 2011 1
Failure to provide acceptable public information services will result in withholding of progress payment
for this item. Continued failure to provide the services required will result in non-payment of the
corresponding percentage of the original bid item and may result in suspension of the work in those
areas affected until acceptable public information services are provided by the Contractor.
For the purpose of public information services, the term "original Contract amount' as used above, shall
mean the amount bid for the construction items on this Contract, not including the amounts bid for
Public Information Services and Mobilization.
Payment for Public Information Services will be full compensation for all fliers, public information office,
telephone lines, and all other labor and materials required to complete the item, except signs. Signs
will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 630.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item
Public Information Services
Pay Unit
Lump Sum
185
1
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
' REVISION OF SECTION 627
PAVEMENT MARKING
Section 627 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 627.01 shall include the following:
The City of Fort Collins will furnish and install all permanent pavement markings for the project. The
Contractor is required to coordinate with the City for the completion of the work. The Contractor is
responsible for furnishing and installing all temporary pavement markings during construction.
' Subsection 627.13 shall include the following:
Each application of temporary pavement marking will not be measured and paid for separately, but
' shall be included in the cost of Construction Traffic Control, Lump Sum.
Control points and Contractor pavement marking plans will not be measured and paid for separately,
' but shall be included in the work.
11
1
1 186
1
c'�.0 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
�_Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
Section 628 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
July 22, 2011 '
628.01 This work consists of the design, fabrication, and erection of a simple span, welded self -
weathering steel, truss pedestrian bridge with a timber deck and steel arbor frame in accordance with
the specifications and plan details.
Potential bridge suppliers are,:
Continental Bridge
8301 State Highway 29 N
Alexandria, Minnesota 56308
1-800-328-2047, FAX 320-852-7067
2. Steadfast Bridges
4021 Gault Ave. South
Fort Payne, Alabama 35967
1-800-749-7515, FAX 256-845-9750
3. Excel Bridge Manufacturing Company
12001 Shoemaker Avenue
Santa Fe Springs, California 90670
562-944-0701, FAX 562-944-4025
4. Big R Manufacturing LLC
P.O. Box 1290
Greeley, Colorado 80632-1290
1-800-234-0734, FAX 1-970-356-9621
5. Wheeler Lumber, LLC
9330 James Avenue South
Bloomington, Minnesota 55431-2317
1-800-328-3986, FAX 952-929-2909
MATERIALS
628.02 Structural Steel. All structural steel shall be new (unused) material. The Contractor shall
provide the Engineer and the Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication Inspection Unit with copies
of all certified mill test reports for all structural steel and bolts. Floor beams, stringers, and members of
each half -through truss (upper and lower chords, diagonals, end posts and vertical posts) utilized in the
bridges shall meet a longitudinal Charpy V-notch (CVN) value of 25 ft. lbs. at 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
Testing shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 243 (ASTM A 673). The H frequency of heat testing
shall be used. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer and the Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication
Inspection Unit with certified copies of all CVN test reports.
All square and rectangular structural steel tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 847,
Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless High Strength, Low Alloy Structural Tubing.
187
1
i
[1
0
i
1
�I
i
�I
J
1:0 C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
All structural steel shapes and plates shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M270 Grade 50
High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel.
All anchor bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 307, Grade A, Carbon Steel
Bolts and Studs, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153. Each
anchor bolt shall be provided with two nuts for jamming.
All structural steel field connections shall be bolted with high strength bolts. High strength bolts,
including suitable nuts and plain hardened washers, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 325.
Bolts shall be Type 1.
628.03 Timber. All timber shall be new (unused) material of naturally durable hardwood Ipe (Tabebuia
Spp Lapacho Group) conforming to the following:
All planks shall be partially air dried to a moisture content of 15% to 20%, and shall be supplied S4S
(surfaced four sides), E4E (eased four edges), with the edges eased to a radius of 1/8". Measured at
30% moisture content, the width and thickness shall not vary from specified dimensions by more than ±
0.04 inches. All planks shall be supplied with the end sealed with "Anchorseal" Mobil CER-M or an
equal aquious wax log sealer.
All planks shall be graded as FEQ-CAH (First Export Quality -Clear All Heart) grading rules, defined as
follows:
Lumber shall be graded both faces and both edges. Lumber shall be straight grained, maximum slope
of grain to be 1:10. Lumber shall be parallel cut without heart centers or sapwood. Lumber shall be in
sound condition, free from wormholes or knots.
Allowable Imperfections are:
All faces: Natural drying checks, Discoloration caused by weathering or chemical reaction, Bow or
Spring which can be removed using normal installation methods and tools.
Imperfections Not Allowed:
Longitudinal heart cracks, Internal cracks, Firm or Soft sap wood, Splits, End splits, Ring shades, Fungi
affects (blue to gray, brown to red, white to yellow, or incipient decay), Deformation (twisting or
cupping) which cannot be removed using normal installation methods and tools.
All planks shall meet or exceed the following mechanical properties (based on the 2" standard) as
defined by the U.S. Forest Products Laboratory publications and testing data:
MC% Modulus of Rupture Modulus of Elasticity Max Crush Strength
12% 22,360 psi 3,140,000 psi 13,010 psi
Janka side hardness is 3680 lbs. at 12% moisture content
Average air-dry density is 66 to 75 pcf.
Basic specific gravity is 0.85 - 0.97.
188
J
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i �_�� Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
July 22, 2011 '
All planks shall be naturally fire resistant without the use of any fire resistant preservatives to meet
NFPA Class A and UBC Class I.
Planks shall be supplied that meet or exceed the Static Coefficient of Friction for both neolite and
leather shoes in accordance with ASTM Test Method C1028-89.
FORCE IN POUNDS
SHOE MATERIAL DRY WET
Neolite 0.73 0.69
Leather 0.55 0.79
At time of installation, planks are to be placed tight together with no gaps.
Every plank must be attached with at least one fastener at each end.
All fasteners to be zinc plated. Self -tapping screws or hex -head bolts, with a steel plank hold down, are
to be used at the ends of planks. Self -tapping screws or carriage bolts are to be used as interior
connection fasteners when required. Power actuated fasteners will not be allowed.
Planks are to be drilled prior to installation of bolts and/or screws.
In addition to at least one fastener at each end of every plank (typical for all installations), planks for
bridges with widths of 72" to 143" shall be attached with a minimum of two fasteners at a location
approximately near the center of the bridge width. Bridges wider than 143" are to have two fasteners
located at a minimum of two interior stringer locations, approximately at the third points of the bridge
width.
Attachments at the ends of the planks may be modified as required when obstructions, such as interior
safety system elements, prevent installation of the specified hold down system.
All lumber shall be manufactured and inspected in accordance with the latest edition of Product
Standard 20-70 as published by the Department of Commerce, and shall be grade marked or have an
accompanying certificate from a certified grading agency. The grading agency shall be certified by the
Board of Review of the American Lumber Standards Committee.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
628.04 Design. The AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications for Design of Pedestrian Bridges (2009) and
the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for Bridge, e edition, shall govern the design.
The superstructure of the pedestrian bridge shall consist of two parallel Half -through Pratt trusses with
one diagonal per panel and an arbor frame cover as shown in the plans. The trusses shall be the main
load -carrying members of the bridge. All structural steel elements shall be assembled by the same
fabricator.
The members of each half -through truss (upper and lower chords, diagonals, end posts, vertical posts,
and arbor frame shall be fabricated from square and rectangular structural steel tubing.
189
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
IF yes, DETAIL
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAI
What Company?
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to
furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising
this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.
Dated at this day of 20_.
Name of Bidder
Title:
State of
County
being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
of and that (name of
organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and swom to before me this day of 20_.
Notary Public
My commission expires
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00420 Page 3
I7L
I
FOrt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
Floor beams and stringers shall be fabricated from structural steel shapes or square and rectangular
structural steel tubing.
The structure shall conform to the clear span, clear width, and railing requirements shown on the plans.
Each pedestrian bridge shall be designed for the following loads and loading conditions:
1. Dead load shall be as defined in Section 3.3 of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Specifications.
2. Live load shall be as defined in the AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications. Distribution to
the stringer and floor beams shall be in accordance with Section 4 of the AASHTO LRFD
Bridge Design Specifications. Deflection and vibration limits as per the AASHTO Guide
Specifications shall apply.
Pedestrian live load shall be as defined by the AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications.
Vehicle live load shall be as defined by the AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications, and
used in the Strength 1 Limit State of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.
3. Wind load shall be as defined by the AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications. Wind on
tubular steel trellis shall be included.
4. For transverse wood decking, wheel loads shall be assumed to act on one plank only.
The wheel loads shall be distributed on the plank along a length equal to the tire print width. The plank
' shall be designed for shear and bending in accordance with the support conditions and spacing. For
design, the following un-factored allowable stresses shall be used:
' Allowable Bending = 3700 psi
Allowable Shear = 320 psi
Modulus of Elasticity = 3,000,000 psi
Allowable loads in the structural steel members and weld metal shall be in accordance with Section 6 of
the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.
' Minimum thickness of structural steel shall be 3/16 of an inch.
1/z inch diameter weep holes shall be drilled (flame cut holes will not be allowed) at all low points of all
' steel tubing members as oriented in the in -place, completed structure. In members that are level, or
flat, a total of two weep holes shall be drilled, one at each end. Weep holes and their locations shall be
shown on the Shop Drawings.
All metallic fasteners utilized in attaching timber to structural steel shall be galvanized.
All welded tubular connections shall be designed in accordance with Section 2, Parts A and D (Delete
' Subsection 2.36.6), of the Structural Welding Code -Steel ANSI/AWS/D1.1 (Latest Edition).
Timber decking shall be placed transverse to the trusses and have a minimum nominal thickness of 3
' inches. Decking shall be securely fastened to each stringer and at each end to prevent warping.
190
I
Fort C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
July 22, 2011 '
The Contractor shall submit seven sets of Design Calculations and Shop Fabrication Details (Shop
Drawings) to the Engineer for each pedestrian bridge separately. This submittal shall be in accordance
with Subsection 105.02. The Design Calculations and Shop Drawings shall contain the endorsement
seal of the Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado responsible for the design.
628.05 Shop Fabrication. Welding and fabrication of weathering steel pedestrian bridge and arbor
frame shall conform to the requirements of the Structural Welding Code -Steel ANSI/AWS D1.1 (Latest
Edition) as amended by the following:
1. As required in Subsection 4.7.3, a welding procedure shall be established by
qualification in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3.3 for the ASTM A 847
material used on the bridge. The results of the Procedure Qualification shall be
recorded on Form E-1 in Annex E of AWS D 1.1.
2. The Contractor shall submit a Quality Control Plan. The Plan shall include personnel
qualifications, certifications, and a Written Practice in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-
1 A.
3. The quality of all welds shall be in accordance with Section 6, Table 6.1. In Table 6.1,
Undercut 7(B), the criteria for primary members shall apply to the bottom chord
members.
4. All Complete Joint Penetration Groove Welds in butt joints in the bottom chord members
shall be 100% Magnetic Particle tested in accordance with ASTM E 709. Acceptance
shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.10 and Table 6.1, using Alternating
Current. In addition, complete joint penetration groove butt welds welded from one side
without backing of bottom chord members shall be examined by ultrasonic testing in
accordance with Section 6.11.1.
5. Magnetic Particle Testing shall be performed on 100% of all attachment welds to the
bottom chord, using Alternating Current, in accordance with Section 6.10 and Table 6.1.
6. All Procedure Qualification Records and Welder Qualification Test Records shall be
current within three years of the date of beginning fabrication.
7. A copy of all Procedure Qualification Records, Welder Qualification Test Records,
Quality Control Plan and all visual and nondestructive test reports shall be provided to:
a. The Engineer.
b. Staff Bridge Branch
Fabrication Inspection Unit
4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 330
Denver, Colorado 80222.
All weathering steel shall be blast cleaned, Steel Structures Painting Council Surface Preparation No. 6
(SSPC-SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning), to remove mill scale and foreign material which would
prohibit rusting to a uniform color.
628.06 Field Construction. The substructure shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown
in the plans and the pedestrian bridge shop drawings. Before construction begins on the substructure,
the Contractor shall determine the anchor bolt requirements and substructure dimensions needed to
properly erect the structure which will be provided. The Engineer shall be provided with two copies of
detail sheets delineating these requirements before work begins.
191
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
:0 Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
6
' REVISION OF SECTION 628
BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
' 628.07 Pedestrian bridge will be measured by the complete Bridge Girder and Deck Unit installed and
accepted.
' BASIS OF PAYMENT
628.08 The accepted quantity shall be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay unit listed below.
' Payment will be made under:
PAY ITEM PAY UNIT
' Bridge Girder and Deck Unit (55 Feet) EACH
' Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item, which shall include
design, fabrication, transportation to the bridge site, and erection. The substructure shall be measured
and paid for separately, anchor bolts shall be included in Item 628. Payment will not be made for this
item until all required reports, certifications, and forms have been submitted to the Engineer.
192
c" °f Fort North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Collins
�� Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.01 shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
All devices, signs, and flagging necessary for the construction zone traffic control shall be included in
the lump sum line item "Construction Zone Traffic Control". Secondary line items for flagging and
portable message signs have been included in the project under the line items "Flagging" and "Portable
Message Sign Panel". These line items are intended for flagging and portable message sign panels up
and above what is necessary for the construction zone traffic control for the project. The City will direct
when additional flagging and portable message sign panels are to be used on the project.
The City will create Business Access Specialty Signs to be used for the project. The Contractor will be
required to mount these signs on portable bases to be placed at business access points during
construction. These signs will be measured by how many signs are made by the City for the project.
Subsection 630.10 shall include the following after the first paragraph:
The Contractor's Superintendent and all others serving in a similar supervisory capacity shall have
completed a CDOT-approved two-day Traffic Control Supervisor training as offered by the CCA. The
one -day ATSSA Traffic Control Technician (TCT) training along with the two-day ATSSA Traffic Control
Supervisor training will serve as an alternate. If the alternate is chosen, the Contractor shall provide
written evidence that at least an 80 percent score was achieved in both of the two training classes. The
certifications of completion or certifications of achievement for all appropriate staff shall be submitted to
the Engineer at the preconstruction conference.
If the Traffic Control Supervisor is replaced during the project, the Engineer shall be given a minimum
of one (1) week notice and qualifications shall be submitted for approval of the Traffic Control
Supervisor's replacement.
Subsection 630.10(a) shall include the following:
For this project, a MHT shall be prepared and submitted for approval to the City Traffic Division by
12:00 noon, two working days prior to the commencement of work for simple lane closures. (Note:
MHT's for work done on Monday and Tuesday shall be submitted the previous Friday by 9:00 a.m.).
Facsimiles of plans shall not be allowed. No phase of the construction shall start until the MHT has
been approved. Failure to have an approved MHT shall constitute cause for the City to stop work, as
well as the Contractor's forfeiture of payment for all work and materials at that location, with no
adjustment in the contract time.
Subsection 630.14 shall include the following:
Additional flagging requested by others, including City Departments and utility representatives, must be
approved by the Engineer prior to performing the work.
Subsection 630.16 shall be revised as follows:
The Contractor shall supply and pay all costs associated with the traffic control for this project.
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below:
193
[1
J
1
I
I
r�
I
1:0 C011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Pay Item
Pay Unit
Flagging
Hour
Business Access Specialty Sign
Each
Portable Message Sign Panel
Day
Construction Zone Traffic Control
Lump Sum
Individual traffic control devices, labor required to erect and maintain traffic control in accordance with
approved MHT's, Traffic Control Supervisor, Traffic Control Management, and Traffic Control Inspection
will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in Construction Traffic Control,
Lump Sum.
The flaggers shall be provided with communication devices (no cell phones) when required. These
devices will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Work.
The cost of batteries, electricity and/or fuel for all lighting or warning devices shall not be paid for
separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the item and shall be included in the Work. Sandbags
will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Work.
The Contractor may provide larger construction traffic signs than those typically used in accordance
with the MUTCD, if approved; however, no additional payment will be made for the larger signs.
The City shall not be responsible for any losses or damage due to theft or vandalism.
194
i Ii
FOITyt C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,_"�f'in Project Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 630
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.01 shall include the following:
This work includes furnishing, operating, and maintaining a portable message sign panel.
Add subsection 630.031 immediately following subsection 630.03 as follows:
July 22, 2011 ,
630.031 Portable Message Sign Panel. Portable message sign panel shall be furnished as a device
fully self contained on a portable trailer, capable of being licensed for normal highway travel, and shall
include leveling and stabilization jacks. The panel shall display a minimum of three - eight character
lines. The panel shall be a dot-matrix type with an LED legend on a flat black background. LED signs
shall have a pre -default message that activates before a power failure. The sign shall be solar powered
with independent back-up battery power. The sign shall be capable of 360 degrees rotation and shall
be able to be elevated to a height of at least five feet above the ground measured at the bottom of the
sign. The sign shall be visible from one-half mile under both day and night conditions. The message
shall be legible from a minimum of 750 feet. The sign shall automatically adjust its light source to meet
the legibility requirements during the hours of darkness. The sign enclosure shall be weather tight and
provide a clear polycarbonate front cover.
Solar powered message signs shall be capable of operating continuously for 10 days without any sun.
All instrumentation and controls shall be contained in a lockable enclosure. The sign shall be capable
of changing and displaying sign messages and other sign features such as flash rates, moving arrows,
etc.
Each sign shall also conform to the following:
(1) In addition to the onboard solar power operation with battery back-up, each sign shall be capable of
operating on a hard wire, 100-110 VAC, external power source.
(2) All electrical wiring, including connectors and switch controls necessary to enable all required sign
functions shall be provided with each sign.
(3) Each sign shall be furnished with an operating and parts manual, wiring diagrams, and
trouble -shooting guide.
(4) The portable message sign shall be capable of maintaining all required operations under Colorado
mountain -winter weather conditions.
(5) Each sign shall be furnished with an attached license plate and mounting bracket.
(6) Each sign shall be wired with a 7-prong male electric plug for the brake light wiring system.
Subsection 630.13 shall include the following:
The portable message sign panel shall be on the project site at least 15 working days prior to the start
of active roadway construction. Maintenance, storage, operation, relocation to different sites during the
project, and all repairs of portable message sign panels shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Subsection 630.15 shall include the following:
Portable message sign panels will be measured by the actual number of days each portable message
sign is used on the project as approved by the Engineer.
195
Fort Cotlins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 630
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
Subsection 614.16 shall include the following:
tPay Item Pay Unit
Portable Message Sign Panel Day
196
FO�t COttinS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 702
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS (REFLECTIVE CRACK INTERLAYER)
Section 702 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows.
In subsection 702.01, delete Table 702-1 and replace with the following.
Table 702-1
CiiPFRPAVF PFRF(1RRAamrP i,RAl1Fn RlmnFRS
Requirement for PG Binder
AASHTO
Property
64-22
64-28
70-28
Test No.
Original Binder Properties
Flash Point Temp., °C, minimum
230
230
230
T 48
Viscosity at 135 "C, Pa•s,
3
3
3
T 316
maximum
Dynamic Shear Temp. °C, where
64
64
70
T 315
G`/Sin 6 @ 10 rad/s >_ 1.00 kPa
Ductility, 4 °C (5 cm/min.), cm
_
50
_
T 51
minimum
Toughness, joules (inch-Ibs)
_
12.4 (110) _
._
CP-L 2210
Tenacity, joules (inch-Ibs)
(8.5)
CP-L 2210
Acid or Alkali Modification (Pass
Fail)
Pass
Pass
Pass
CP-L 2214
RTFO Residue Properties
CP-L 2215
Mass Loss, percent maximum -
1.00
1.00
1.00
CP-L 2215
Dynamic Shear, Temp. °C, where
64
64
70
T 315
G'/Sin b @ 10 rad/s >: 2.20 kPa
_
Elastic Recovery, ff °C, percent ,
-
50
T 301
min.
Ductility, 4 °C (5 cm/min.), cm
20
T 51
minimum
PAV Residue Properties, Aging
R 28
Temperature 100 °C
Dynamic Shear, Temp. 'C, where
25
22
25
T 315
G'•Sin b @ 10 rad/s 15 5000 kPa
Creep Stiffness, @ 60 s, Test
-12
-18
-18
T 315
Temperature in °C
S, maximum, MPa
300
300
300
T 313
m-value, minimum
0.300
0.300
0.300
T313
■Direct Tension, Temperature in °C,
@ 1 mm/min., where failure strain >_
-12
-18
-18
T 314
1.0 %
■Direct tension measurements are required when needed to show conformance to AASHTO M 320.
197
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 715
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING MATERIALS
Section 715 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In Subsection 715.03 (a) delete paragraph 2.
In Subsection 715.03 delete subsection (b) and replace it with the following:
Fiberglass Light Standards. The pedestrian light pole shall be molded of non -corroding durable
fiberglass reinforced composite, pigmented throughout and finished in the same color as specified.
One piece construction, fluted with tapered shafts. Provide semi -gloss finish as noted on the
Luminaire Schedule. Color shall be molded -in and have a UV and weather resistant polyurethane
coating. Standard 3" x 3" diameter aluminum tenon for luminaire mounting.
The shaft shall be round with a uniform taper along the fluted shaft. A handhole with a weather
resistant cover shall be provided in the base for wiring access. The opening shall be no smaller
than 5" wide at the top by 6" at the bottom by 9" high. The cover shall be made of fiberglass
reinforced composite and shall bear the manufacturer's name. The cover shall be attached with 3
stainless steel flat countersunk hex socket head screws. Threaded inserts shall be incorporated in
the pole base.
The anchor base mounting flange shall be molded in one piece of fiberglass reinforced composite
with a minimum thickness of 1/2" and shall be permanently bonded flush to the bottom of the base.
Each pole shall be finished with a semi -gloss weather resistant polyurethane having a minimum dry
film thickness of 1.5 mils.
The poles shall be engineered to withstand at least 100 mph wind forces (calculated per AASHTO
standards and including a 30% gust factor), with luminaires up to 6.2 EPA (sq. ft.) weighing up to
150 pounds.
In Subsection 715.03 delete subsection (c).
In Subsection 715.04 delete subsections (b) and (c).
Subsection 715.04(d) shall include the following:
New pedestrian luminaires shall be constructed of corrosion -resistant aluminum. Housings shall
be rigidly formed, weather and light tight in enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use.
Doors, frames and other internal access shall be smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Luminaires shall be
designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling
accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Use heat and aging
resistant gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. Any plastic parts
shall have high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and UV
radiation. Specular surfaces shall have a minimum reflectance of 83 percent and diffusing
specular surfaces shall have a minimum reflectance of 75 percent. All exposed hardware material
shall be stainless steel. Refer to the Luminaire Schedule on the electrical plans for more
information on the pedestrian luminaire and lamp specification.
In Subsection 715.04 (e) delete the third paragraph.
198
FOrt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_��. Project Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTIONS 715
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING MATERIALS
In Subsection 715.05 delete subsection (b).
Subsection 715.05 (a) shall include the following:
July 22, 2011 '
For pedestrian luminaires, high intensity discharge lamp ballasts shall comply with NEMA C82.4
and UL 1029 and shall include the following features. Ballast shall be constant -wattage
autotransformer or regulating high -power factor type. Minimum starting temperature shall be minus
20 deg F for a single -lamp ballast. Open -circuit operation will not reduce average life. High -
Pressure Sodium Ballasts shall be equipped with a solid-state igniter/starter having an average life
in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniter/starter case temperature of 90 deg. C. Ballast fuses
shall be in each ungrounded power supply conductor with voltage and current ratings as
recommended by ballast manufacturer.
Subsection 715.06 shall include the following:
Wire pulling lubricants shall be specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer for assisting in
pulling jacketed cables. Cable lubricants shall be soapstone, graphite, or talc for rubber or plastic -
insulated cables. Lubricant shall not be deleterious to the cable sheath, jacket, or outer coverings.
Miscellaneous products, such as heat shrink tubing, electrical insulation, plug caps, splices and kits,
tapes, terminal blocks, and terminations, shall be approved for the specific application.
Any electrical equipment installed on concrete foundations shall be given full and even bearing by
being grouted in place.
In Subsection 715.06, delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following:
Pull boxes and splice boxes shall be a minimum of 16 inches by 12 inches and 12 inches deep
unless otherwise shown on the plans. Pull and splice boxes shall have heavy duty weatherproof
covers rated for roadway applications. The housing shall be resistant to sunlight exposure,
weathering, and chemicals; it shall be unaffected by freeze/thaw cycles. Covers shall fit flush to the
sidewalk turf rarea. Hardware and inserts shall be stainless steel. The cover for the pedestrian
lighting circuits shall be marked "ELECTRICAL." The cover shall list the minimum HS load rating of
20,000 psi.
Subsection 715.07 shall include the following:
Insulated conductors of the proper voltage rating, type, and size for the application must have been
manufactured within twenty four (24) months prior to installation. All conductors shall be stranded
copper. All conductors shall have an AWG or KcMil designation. Insulated 600-Volt, single
conductors shall conform to the requirements of NEC, shall bear the UL label, shall be suitable for
general use other than direct burial, and shall be NEC type THWN or XHHW.
199
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over
15% of the contract.
ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR
Section 00430 Page 1
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 715
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING MATERIALS
Acceptable manufacturers of wires and cables include but are not limited to:
American Insulated Wire Corp.; Leviton Manufacturing Co.
BICC Brand -Rex Company
Carol Cable Co., Inc.
Senator Wire and Cable Company
Southwire Company
Rome Cable Corporation
July 22, 2011
Acceptable manufacturers of connectors for wires and cables include but are not limited to:
AMP Incorporated.
General Signal; O-Z/Gedney Unit.
Monogram Co.; AFC.
Square D Co.; Anderson.
3M Company; Electrical Products Division.
All wiring shall be routed through an UL-listed raceway. No conductors or cable shall be pulled into
any portion of conduit system until all construction work, which might damage the wire, has been
completed. Wire size shall be uniform for the entire length of the circuit unless noted otherwise. Do
not splice feeders or dedicated branch circuits unless otherwise indicated. Install all wire continuous
from outlet to outlet or terminal to terminal. Splices in cables when required shall be made in hand
holes, pull boxes or electrical j-boxes and shall be in strict accordance with cable manufacturer's
recommendations utilizing solderless connectors UL approved for the use. Make up splices in
outlet boxes with 8 inches of correctly color -coded tails left in box. Splices in wires size #8 AWG
and smaller shall be made with insulated spring type wire connectors, "Scotchlok." Splices in larger
wire and cables shall be made with indent connectors approved for the purpose. Make
connections, splices, taps and joints with solderless devices, mechanically and electrically secure.
All phase, neutral, and ground conductors shall be tagged with corresponding circuit numbers at
pedestals and all junction and outlet boxes.
Subsection 715.08 shall be revised as follows:
Delete the sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
The cabinet shall have separate isolated sections for metering equipment and the utility termination,
All sections must be sealed and pad lockable.
Delete the ninth paragraph.
Delete the sixteenth paragraph.
Include the following:
New lighting load centers (pedestals) for the pedestrian luminaires shall be weatherproof type
commercial pedestals with the meter integral with the panel. Pedestals shall be UL listed and
labeled as well as comply with the NEC and local utility company requirements for electrical service
equipment. Provide name labels on pedestals as indicated on the electrical drawings. Material
shall be corrosion resistant stainless steel. Refer to electrical drawings for pedestal make and
model number.
200
FOFt C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,_"�f� Project Special Provisions
4
REVISION OF SECTIONS 715
PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING MATERIALS
Acceptable commercial pedestal manufacturers include but are not limited to:
Midwest Electric Products
Square D Co.
Milbank Manufacturing Company
July 22, 2011 ,
Bus bars shall be sequence phased, rigidly supported by high impact resistant, insulated supporting
bus assemblies to prevent vibration and resulting damage when subjected to stress, vibration or
short circuits. Solderless terminations shall be suitable for either copper or aluminum wire or cable.
Bus bars shall be silver-plated copper. Bus bars shall be of the ampere rating shown on the
Drawings. Neutral bus shall be full size and of the same material as the phases buses. Neutral bus
shall be 200 percent rated when supplied from a double neutral feeder. Provide copper equipment
ground bus in each pedestal. In addition to the equipment ground bus, provide an isolated ground
bus when supplied from a feeder which includes an is grounding conductor. Neutral and
ground buses shall be capable of terminating one conductor per pole position minimum.
Where a main breaker is indicated, it shall be factory mounted to the bus and shall be located at the
top of the panel (back fed branch breakers will not be accepted). Provide panels with main
breakers as indicated.
Pedestals rated 240 VAC or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on the drawings, but not
less than 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical.
Pedestals shall be labeled with a UL short-circuit rating. Provide "FULLY" rated pedestal unless
noted otherwise. When series ratings are applied with integral or remote upstream devices, a label
shall be provided. Series ratings shall cover all trip ratings of installed frames.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to
manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
For disconnecting devices, plug-in, full module circuit breakers provide quick -make and quick -break
toggle mechanisms, inverse -time characteristics, and trip -free operation on overload or short-circuit.
Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle position between the manual OFF and ON
position. Provide a trip element for each pole, a common -trip bar for all poles and a single molded
insulating material handle. Handle ties will not be accepted. Adjustable magnetic trip devices shall
be set at the factory to the low trip setting unless otherwise noted. Provide breaker frame sizes as
required to meet the continuous ampere rating and the interrupting capacity.
Circuit Directory: A circuit directory shall be prepared for each pedestal, indicating "as -built"
information. Each directory shall include pedestal designation, circuit numbers, descriptions of the
connected loads on each circuit, spare circuits, and spaces. Directories shall be carefully and
accurately prepared, and shall be neatly typed. Pencil or handwritten directories will not be
acceptable.
201
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i �f� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
1
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - GENERAL
The key elements of the Contractor's method of handling traffic (MHT) are outlined in subsection
630.09.
The components of the TCP for this project are included in the following:
• City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority
having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
• Section 630 of the specifications
• Standard Plans S-630-1, Traffic Controls for Highway Construction, Case No. 2, No. 11, and
No. 18 and Standard Plan S-630-2, Barricades, Drums, Concrete Barriers (Temporary) and
Vertical Panels
• CDOT Region 4 Lane Closure Strategy
• Traffic Signal Plans
• Signing and Striping Plans
• Construction Phasing plans
• Traffic Control Plan created by City of Fort Collins Traffic Department (to be used as a guideline
only)
Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows:
The recommended phasing plan provided in the Contract Documents is to be used as a guideline for
the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall submit his own detailed Traffic Control Plan for
approval by the City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations Department. The submittal shall be made at
least two weeks before implementation of any element of the plan. Adjustments to the approved plan
may be required by the City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations Department based on actual traffic
operation. Adjustments necessary as a result of a deficiency in the CONTRACTOR'S proposed TCP
will not be paid for but shall be provided at the CONTRACTOR's expense, unless otherwise approved
for payment by the Engineer.
During the construction of this project, traffic shall use the present traveled roadway.
Lane closures will follow the phasing plan provided in the Construction Documents and plans. Two
through lanes in the northbound direction, one through lane in the southbound direction and a two-way
left turn lane shall remain open on North College Avenue.
All lane closures are subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a plan for
each lane closure to the Engineer for review and approval at least 72 hours in advance of the time the
lane closure is to be implemented. Lane closures will not be allowed to remain unless being used
continuously for the purpose for which they were set up. Construction shall be completed in sub
phases to minimize disruptions to City Streets and private access points.
Roadway Usage Between Operations — At all times when work is not actually in progress, Contractor
shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the project and temporary roadways or
portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and Owner and all authorities having
jurisdiction over any properties involved.
202
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
"_ �Project Special Provisions
2
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - GENERAL
July 22, 2011 ,
Local residential road closures are subject to prior approval of the City. Detour routes, when required
for temporary road closures, shall be approved by the City at least one (1) week in advance of the time
the road closure is to be implemented. Temporary closure of North College Avenue (SH 14) shall not
be permitted.
The Contractor shall not have construction equipment or materials in the lanes open to traffic at any
time, unless directed.
Traffic lanes through construction areas shall be maintained as shown on the approved traffic control
plans or with a clear width of at least eleven (11) feet per lane.
Prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Collins emergency services of
the date the Contractor intends to start construction. The Contractor shall, at all times, provide for
emergency vehicle access into and through the construction site. Keep fire hydrants and water control
valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times.
The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate fully with the Engineer, the Department, utility owners,
and other contractors, to assure adequate and proper traffic control is provided. The Contractor shall
coordinate Traffic Control activities with the City of Fort Collins Traffic Engineering and Light and Power
Departments to assure that work activities by those departments are coordinated with the Contractor's
activities. At the least 48 hours notice is required. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate fully
with any others providing traffic control for other operations to assure that work or traffic control devices
do not interfere with the free flow of traffic except as allowed by the Traffic Control Plan.
WORK HOURS
Standard work hours are 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday through Friday. No work shall be permitted on
weekends or holidays without written approval from the Project Manager. All lane drops shall take
place during the hours of 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM, Monday through Friday and as specified in CDOT's
Lane Closure Strategy Report for this section of US 287. Work requests beyond normal working hours
must be submitted to the Project Manager a minimum of (5) working days prior to the request date.
Work performed and material placed that interferes with traffic during the times and in the locations that
the roadway is specified to remain open will not be paid for unless the work is directed by the Engineer
to be done during those times.
RESTRICTED WORK TIMES FOR HOLIDAYS
Work on holidays or any day of a three-day or four -day holiday weekend will not be permitted. Holidays
on which this restriction applies shall consist of those holidays recognized by the State of Colorado. On
the days preceding a three-day or four -day holiday weekend work that interferes with traffic will not be
permitted.
Also included are the day before Christmas and the day before New Year's, whenever the day before
each holiday occurs on a Thursday, Friday, or Monday, and Friday whenever Friday is the day after
Christmas and New Year's Day, and the Friday following Thanksgiving Day.
203
I
ctY°f North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
' TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN — GENERAL
Assessment of contract time on days during which special events interfere with the Contractor's
normally scheduled activities, such that the resulting delay affects the ultimate completion of the
project, will be made in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 108.06 for assessment of time on
days when the work cannot be prosecuted for the Contractor's full working schedule.
' ALTERNATE PHASING AND TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS
If the Contractor proposes to use a different phasing plan, a written proposal shall be submitted by the
' Contractor and approved by the Engineer before work commences. This proposal shall include detailed
drawings of any phasing changes, stamped and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in
Colorado, detour changes including horizontal and vertical curve alignment, and traffic control changes.
This proposal shall also include a summary of quantities for all affected items. The Engineer shall have
' 2 weeks to review the proposal.
CONSTRUCTION ACCESS
Construction access to and from all roadways is prohibited unless approved by the Engineer or
otherwise specified in the Contract.
' The Contractor shall prepare and submit a construction access plan as part of the MHT, which shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to beginning work. This plan shall contain but not be limited to a
diagram showing access to and from each affected roadway, location and duration of each signing and
' flagger position, and a narrative explanation.
ACCESS MAINTENANCE
Unless otherwise included in the plans or directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall maintain
access to all roadways, side streets, walkways, alleyways, driveways, and other pathways at all times.
Operations shall be conducted in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private
roads and drives
All accesses shall be maintained on surfaces equal to or better than those existing at the time the
access is first disturbed. Business access specialty signs shall be provided for each business access
on North College Avenue. Business access specialty signs shall be blue and shall indicate the location
of the access during construction. Business access specialty signs will be provided by the City of Fort
Collins and installed by the Contractor. All costs incidental to the maintenance of access will not be
' paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Utilization of materials to be incorporated
permanently into the work may be permitted, however, any degradation or other contamination, or
destruction shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense prior to acceptance.
PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLE SAFETY
' The Contractor shall maintain pedestrian and bicycle movements through the project. The Traffic
Control Plan shall address the method of handling these movements. All flagging or any other item
needed to protect the public to maintain these movements will be included in the work. The Contractor
shall cover and fence all open trenches, manholes, inlets, etc. during non -construction work hours to
protect the public. Fencing and other protective measures for pedestrians and bicyclists will be
incidental to the construction zone traffic control and will not be paid separately.
I
204
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i �,�� Project Special Provisions
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN — GENERAL
MISCELLANEOUS
July 22, 2011 1
All signs damaged due to the Contractor operations shall be replaced in kind by the Contractor at no
cost to the project. An inventory of all existing signs shall be made with the Engineer prior to beginning
work.
Whenever the Contractor removes, obliterates, or overlays any pavement markings, he /she shall
replace them on a daily basis prior to opening the affected areas to traffic. All temporary pavement
markings shall fully comply with the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to maintain striping during performance of the Work. If, in the opinion of the
Engineer, striping maintenance work is required, the Contractor shall re -stripe affected areas as
directed within 48 hours of notice from the Engineer. Costs associated with re -striping shall not be paid
for separately but shall be included in the work.
Traffic shall be carried on a paved surface at all times except as otherwise provided or approved by the
Engineer.
During non -working hours, the roadways shall be restored to safe pre -construction travel conditions for
the free flow of traffic. All maintenance required to restore the roadways to this condition, including
pavement patching, grading, and brooming shall be done prior to opening the areas to traffic or
completing work for the day.
Except for construction equipment necessary to complete the work, the Contractor will be allowed to
park only the following vehicles within the project limits: one vehicle for the Project Superintendent and
one vehicle for each Traffic Control Supervisor. These vehicles shall be designated in advance of
construction by the Contractor.
Workers shall not access the work areas by crossing roadways unless proper traffic control or other
necessary precautions are provided. Suitable transportation to the work site for personnel whose
vehicles are parked off site shall be provided by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Collins regarding maximum
permissible noise levels for construction projects.
The Contractor shall equip all vehicles with flashing amber lights visible from all directions.
All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements shall be included in the original contract prices for the
project, including any additional traffic control items required for haul routes into or away from the
project.
205
I
[1
I
1
1
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�in Project Special Provisions
1
UTILITIES
The known utilities within the limits of this project are:
July 22, 2011
Owner
Utility
Contact
Contact Number
Person
City of Fort Collins
Light & Power
Bruce Vogel
(970) 221-6700,
970 224-6157
City of Fort Collins
Traffic Signals
Britney
970-222-5533
Sorenson
City of Fort Collins
Utilities/Storm
Glen Schlueter
(970) 224-6065
Water
City of Fort Collins
Water/Wastewater
Roger
(970) 221-6700,
Buffington
970 221-6854
ELCO Water
Water
Mike Scheid
(970) 493-2044
District
Comcast
Fiber optic
Don
(970) 567-0245
Kapperman
Xcel
Gas
Stephanie Rich
(970) 225-7828
Owest
Communication
Bill Johnson
(970) 377-6401
and duct bank
Greeley
Water
Dan Moore
(970) 350-9814
The Lake Canal Co
Lake Canal
Justin Green
(970) 420-7503
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Project Engineer and any appropriate utility company to
facilitate the installation, placement and relocation of all utilities impacted on this project.
The work described in these plans and specifications requires full cooperation between the Contractor
and the utility owners in accordance with Subsection 105.10 in conducting their respective operations,
so the utility work can be completed with minimum delay to all parties concerned. Also, in accordance
with the plans and specifications, and as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall keep each utility
owner advised of any work being done to its facility, so that each utility owner can coordinate its
inspections for final acceptance of the work with the Engineer.
The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the owners of the utilities impacted by the work.
Coordination with utility owners includes, but is not limited to, staking construction features, providing
and periodically updating an accurate construction schedule which includes all utility work elements,
providing written notification of upcoming required utility work elements as the construction schedule
' indicates, allowing the expected number of working days for utilities to complete necessary relocation
work, conducting necessary utility coordination meetings, applying for and obtaining power or
communication services in the City's name and all other necessary accommodations as directed by the
' Project Engineer. Surveying and/or staking of utility relocations to be performed by the owner shall be
the responsibility of the utility owner.
Prior to excavating or performing any earthwork operations, the Contractor shall positively locate all
' potential conflicts with existing underground utilities and proposed construction, as determined by the
Contractor according to proposed methods and schedule of construction. The Contractor shall modify
construction plans to avoid existing underground facilities as needed, and as approved by the Engineer.
206
I
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
July 22, 2011
2
UTILITIES
Please note that UNCC marks only its member's facilities — Other facilities, such as ditches and
drainage pipes and CDOT's fiber optic system may exist, and it is the Contractor's responsibility to
investigate, locate and avoid such facilities.
The Contractor shall provide traffic control for any utility work expected to be coordinated with
construction, as directed by the Project Engineer.
THE WORK LISTED BELOW SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR:
NOTE: The Contractor shall provide written notice to each utility owner, with a copy to the Engineer,
immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction. The
number of days of prior notice is noted for each owner.
Contractor coordination with City of Fort Collins Light and Power (Electrical and light)
Coordinate the relocation of any affected segment of underground or aerial electric cable,
vaults, transformers, lights, and any other item associated with the City's Light and Power with
this project. Confirm the existing locations for all buried electrical lines along the limits of this
project and coordinate the relocation of any buried power lines that conflict with the construction
of this project. The City of Fort Collins shall lower or relocate any electric lines, vaults,
transformers, and any other item associated with the City's Light and Power that are in conflict
with the proposed storm sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect this line
during construction. Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the utility to
relocate their facilities and this work shall be shown on the project schedule. All relocation work
will be done by the City of Fort Collins forces. Use caution when working around these lines.
For this project there are many electric vaults, lights and transformers that will be removed with
this project and new ones will be installed. The electric lines to these facilities will need to be
adjusted. There are also locations throughout the project where the electric lines will need to be
lowered or relocated to avoid the proposed storm sewer. This work will be completed by the City
of Fort Collins Light and Power. Refer to the utility plans for more information on the electric
work related to this project.
Contractor coordination with City of Fort Collins Traffic
Coordinate the relocation of any affected segment of traffic signals, fiber optic lines, pedestals
and any other item associated with the City's traffic signals with this project. Confirm the
existing locations for all underground lines associated with the traffic signals along the limits of
this project and coordinate the relocation of any lines that conflict with the construction of this
project. The City of Fort Collins shall lower or relocate any fiber optic lines that are in conflict in
this project and install new fiber optic lines as required for the relocation of the traffic signals.
The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect the lines during construction. Potholing
shall take place so that there is ample time for the utility to relocate their facilities and this work
shall be shown on the project schedule. All relocation work will be done by the City of Fort
Collins forces. Use caution when working around these lines.
This project consists of new traffic signals. All the facilities associated with the old signals will
be removed and new ones will be constructed. Fiber optic lines associated with the traffic
signals will need to be adjusted to the new facilities. There are also locations throughout the
project where the fiber optic lines will need to be lowered or relocated to avoid the proposed
storm sewer. This work will be completed by the City of Fort Collins Traffic. Refer to the signal
plans for more information on the traffic signals and traffic signal facilities related to this project.
207
1 c'tY°f North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
3
UTILITIES
Contractor coordination with Xcel Energy (Gas)
Coordinate the relocation of any gas line and any affected segment of the gas line installation
for this project. Confirm the existing locations for all gas lines along the limits of this project and
coordinate the relocation of any buried gas lines that conflict with the construction of this project.
Xcel Energy shall lower or relocate any gas lines that are in conflict with the proposed storm
sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect these lines during construction.
' Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the utility to relocate their facilities and
this work shall be shown on the project schedule. All relocation work will be done by Xcel
Energy forces. Use caution when working around these lines.
' The project consists of the relocation of a gas line along the west bike lane and a lowering in
place of an existing gas line on the east side of North College between Vine Drive and Alpine
Street. The gas line on the west is in conflict with the proposed storm sewer and will need to be
' relocated. The gas line on the east is in conflict with the pavement section and will need to be
lowered. There are also locations throughout the project where the gas lines and services will
need to be lowered or relocated to avoid the proposed storm sewer. This work will be completed
' by Xcel Energy. Refer to the utility plans for more information on the utility conflicts and
adjustments related to Xcel Energy for this project.
Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility
' work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
Contractor coordination with Qwest (Telephone)
' Coordinate the relocation of any telephone risers, telephone lines, splice boxes, markers and
pedestal adjustments for this project with Qwest. Field locate any buried or aerial telephone
lines or fiber optic lines, pedestals, splice boxes, markers and risers that are within the project
limits, relocations will be completed by Qwest. Manhole rim adjustments will be made by the
contractor. Qwest shall lower or relocate any telephone lines that are in conflict with the
proposed storm sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect these lines during
construction. Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the utility to relocate their
facilities and this work shall be shown on the project schedule. All relocation work will be done
by Qwest's forces. Use caution when working around these lines.
The main Qwest conflict is a direct bury lines that runs along the west bike lane of North
College. This line will be in conflict with the pavement section and therefore will need to be
relocated. Qwest will relocate the direct bury line. A large duct bank also runs along the west
bike lane of North College. This duct bank shall be protected. The duct bank shall be avoided
' as much as possible with this project. Refer to the utility plans for more information on the utility
conflicts and adjustments related to Qwest for this project.
Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility
work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
Contractor coordination with City of Fort Collins (Water and Sanitation)
Field locate any buried water lines, sewer lines, water valve boxes, and manholes that are
within the project limits. The Contractor shall adjust all water valve boxes, fire hydrants and
manholes owned by the City of Fort Collins prior to the repaving of North College. The
contractor shall lower any waterlines and water services that are in conflict with the proposed
storm sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect these lines during
construction. Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the Contractor to relocate
the City's facilities and this work shall be shown on the project schedule.
20s
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i �_� Project Special Provisions
4
UTILITIES
July 22, 2011 1
The sanitary sewer culvert lining as shown in the plans shall be coordinated with the City of Fort
Collins. The final method and procedure for lining must be approved by the project engineer
and the City of Fort Collins prior to construction. With this project the other main adjustment to
the sanitary sewer is to adjust the manhole rims to proposed grade.
The waterline will have adjustments made to gate valves, fire hydrants, water meters, and curb
stops. Many water services will need to be lowered with this project and there will be three
known water line lowerings as well. Refer to the utility plans for more information on the utility
conflicts and adjustments related to COFC water and sanitation for this project.
Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility
work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
Contractor coordination with ELCO Water District (Water)
Field locate any buried water lines and water valve boxes that are within the project limits. The
Contractor shall adjust all water valve boxes, fire hydrants and manholes owned by the ELCO
prior to the repaving of North College. The contractor shall lower any waterlines that are in
conflict with the proposed storm sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect
these lines during construction. Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the
Contractor to relocate the facility and this work shall be shown on the project schedule. Use
caution when working around these lines.
The only known waterline lowering is the lowering of the 14" waterline near the outlet for the
proposed water quality pond. All other ELCO lines shall try to be avoided where possible. Refer
to the utility plans for more information on the utility conflicts and adjustments related to ELCO
for this project.
Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility
work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
Contractor coordination with the City of Greeley (Water)
Field locate any buried water lines and water valve boxes that are within the project limits. The
Contractor shall adjust all water valve boxes, fire hydrants and manholes owned by the City of
Greeley prior to the repaving of North College. The contractor shall lower any waterlines that are
in conflict with the proposed storm sewer. The Contractor shall pothole and expose and protect
these lines during construction. Potholing shall take place so that there is ample time for the
Contractor to relocate the City's facility and this work shall be shown on the project schedule.
With this project there should not be any conflict with the City of Greeley utilities. The proposed
storm sewer travels over the water line.
CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each
utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
209
I
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENTFORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
iPage 1 Section 00510
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
5
UTILITIES
Contractor coordination with Comcast (fiber optic)
Field locate any buried or aerial fiber optic lines, pedestals, manholes, splice boxes, markers
and risers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any associated adjustments with
Comcast; relocations will be completed by Comcast. Potholing shall take place so that there is
ample time for the utility to relocate their facilities and this work shall be shown on the project
schedule. Use caution when working around these lines and utility features.
There is no known conflicts with this utility for this project. Refer to the utility plans for more
information on the approximate locations of the Comcast lines within the project boundary.
Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility
work element expected to be coordinated with construction.
Contractor coordination with The Lake Canal Company
All work within and around the Lake Canal shall be coordinated with the Lake Canal Company.
Work within the ditch shall be completed from mid October to mid April (dates to be verified prior
to construction).
With this project the Lake Canal will be siphoned under the proposed storm sewer and the
existing (abandoned) flume west of North College will be removed. Refer to the storm sewer
plans for more information on the adjustments to the Lake Canal with this project.
THE WORK LISTED BELOW WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE UTILITY COMPANIES OR THEIR
AGENTS:
Although the Contractor shall provide traffic control for utility work expected to be coordinated with
construction, traffic control for utility work outside of typical project work hours will not be permitted
unless it is directed by the Engineer.
Xcel Energy (Gas)
Qwest
Xcel Energy gas lines that run along North College. If after potholing or other field investigation
determines that the utility lines will need to be moved Xcel forces will relocate their facilities.
Qwest has telephone lines and a duct bank that run along North College. If after potholing or
other field investigation determines that the utility lines will need to be moved Qwest forces will
relocate their facilities. The relocation of any telephone risers, telephone lines, splice boxes,
markers and pedestal within the project limits will be completed by Qwest. Manhole rim
adjustments will be made by the contractor.
City of Fort Collins
The City of Fort Collins has light and power lines that run along North College as well as a few
traffic signals. If potholing or other field investigations indicate that the utility lines will need to be
moved, the City of Fort Collins Light and Power will relocate their facilities. The City of Fort
Collins shall lower or relocate any electric lines, vaults, transformers, lights, fiber optic lines,
traffic signals and traffic signal facilities and any other item associated with the City's Light and
Power or Traffic that are in conflict with the proposed storm sewer. The City of Fort Collins will
also install new traffic signals and associated improvements at the intersection of
Conifer/Hickory.
210
FOrtC011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
6
UTILITIES
Comcast
July 22, 2011 ,
11
Comcast has fiber optic lines that run along North College. If after potholing or other field
investigation determines that the utility lines will need to be moved Comcast will relocate their
facilities.
The contractor will field locate any buried or aerial fiber optic lines, pedestals, manholes, splice
boxes, markers and risers that are within the project limits. The relocations will be completed by
Comcast.
GENERAL:
The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9, CRS ("Excavation Requirements") when excavating
or grading is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall notify all affected
utilities at least two (2) business days, not including the actual day of notice, prior to commencing such
operations. The Contractor shall contact the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) at phone no.
811, to have locations of UNCC registered lines marked by member companies. All other underground
facilities shall be located by contacting the respective owner. Utility service laterals shall also be located
prior to beginning excavation or grading.
The location of utility facilities as shown on the plan and profile sheets, and herein described, were
obtained from the best available information.
All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the
work.
ME
1
1
I
1
I
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
a
FOrt C011ills North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Project Special Provisions July 22, 2011
FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS
DESCRIPTION
This special provision contains the City's estimate for force account items included in the Contract. The
estimated amounts marked with an asterisk will be added to the total bid to determine the amount of the
performance and payment bonds. Force Account work shall be performed as directed by the Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment will be made in accordance with subsection 109.04. Payment will constitute full compensation
for all work necessary to complete the item.
Force account work valued at $5,000 or less, that must be performed by a licensed journeyman in order
to comply with federal, state, or local codes, may be paid for after receipt of an itemized statement
endorsed by the Contractor.
Estimated
Force Account Item
Quantity
Amount
F/A Minor Contract Revisions
F.A.
$ 325,000*
F/A Partnering
F.A.
$ 5,000
F/A Asphalt Pavement Incentive
F.A.
$ 35,250
F/A Concrete Pavement Incentive
F.A.
$ 10,600
F/A Fuel Cost Adjustment
F.A.
$ 45,000
F/A Roadway Smoothness Incentive
F.A.
$ 37,150
F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment
F.A.
$ 30,000
F/A On the Job Trainee
Hour
$ 5,000
F/A OJT Colorado Training Program
F.A.
$ 2,100
F/A Railroad
F.A.
$ 5,000
F/A Hazardous Waste Disposal
F.A.
$ 10,000
F/A Environmental Health & Safety Management
F.A.
$ 10,000
F/A Miscellaneous Removals
F.A.
$ 65,000
212
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Project Special Provisions
GENERAL 404 PERMIT
July 22, 2011 1
The proposed work as shown on the plans has been permitted by the Department of the Army
Nationwide Permit No. 7, Corps File No. NOW-2009-3097 for the outfall to the Cache la Poudre River.
The Contractor must comply with all General Conditions, Section 404 Only Conditions, and Colorado
Regional Conditions attached to the permit. The permit is valid until December, 16, 2011. If the work
will not be completed prior to this date, the Contractor shall provide 60 days notice to the Project
Engineer to allow for an extension request. All costs for permit compliance will be included in the costs
of the work.
Questions regarding this permit should be directed to Matt Montgomery, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Omaha District, Denver Regulatory Office, 9307 South Wadsworth Boulevard, Littleton, CO 80128,
(303) 979-4120.
A copy of this permit is available from the Project Engineer.
213
I�
r
I
[1
1,
1
I
u
.7 Collins North College Corridor Improvements —Vine to Conifer
�_�� Standard Special Provisions
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
214
FOft C011i(15 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
May 5, 2011 1
In subsection 105.22 delete the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth paragraphs and replace them
with the following:
If CDOT does not respond within the specified timelines, the Contractor may advance the dispute to the
next level.
When the Project Engineer is a Consultant Project Engineer, actions, decisions, and determinations
specified herein as made by the Project Engineer shall be made by the Resident Engineer.
The dispute resolution process set forth in this subsection shall be exhausted in its entirety prior to
initiation of litigation or arbitration. Failure to comply with the requirements set forth in this subsection
shall bar either party from any further administrative, equitable, or legal remedy. If a deadline is missed
that does not prejudice either party, further relief shall be allowed.
All disputes and claims shall be submitted within 30 days of the date of the certified letter submitting the
CDOT Form 96, Contractor Acceptance of Final Estimate, to the Contractor. Failure to submit a
dispute or claim within this time period releases the State of Colorado from all disputes and claims for
which notice has not already been submitted in accordance with the Contract.
All disputes and claims seeking damages calculated on a Total Cost or Modified Total Cost basis will
not be considered unless the party asserting such damages establishes all the legal requirements
therefore.
Delete subsection 105.22(a) and (b) and replace them with the following:
(a) Document Retention. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the costs and
additional time incurred for each dispute for a period of at least three years after the date of final
payment or until dispute is resolved, whichever is more. The Contractor, subcontractors, and lower
tier subcontractors shall provide adequate facilities, acceptable to the Engineer, for an audit during
normal business hours. The Contractor shall permit the Engineer or Department auditor to examine
and copy those records and all other records
required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in the dispute. The
Contractor shall identify and segregate any documents or information that the Contractor considers
particularly sensitive, such as confidential or proprietary information.
Throughout the dispute, the Contractor and the Project Engineer shall keep complete daily records
of extra costs and time incurred, in accordance with the following procedures:
1. Daily records shall identify each operation affected, the specific locations where work is
affected, and the potential effect to the project's schedule. Such records shall also reflect all
labor, material, and equipment applicable to the affected operations.
215
I
[1
iI
FOft C011irtS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f1 Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
2. On the first work day of each week following the date of the written notice of dispute, the
Contractor shall provide the Project Engineer with the daily records for the proceeding week. If
the Contractor's records indicate costs greater than those kept by the Department, the Project
Engineer will meet with the Contractor and present his records to the Contractor at the meeting.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing within three work days of any inaccuracies
noted in, or disagreements with, the Department's records.
(b) Initial Dispute Resolution Process. To initiate the dispute resolution process the Contractor shall
provide a written notice of dispute to the Project Engineer upon the failure of the Parties to resolve
the issue through negotiation. Disputes will not be considered unless the Contractor has first
complied with specified issue resolution processes such as those specified in subsections 104.02,
106.05, 108.07(a), and 108.07(d).
The Contractor shall supplement the written notice of dispute within 15 days with a written Request
for Equitable Adjustment (REA) providing the following:
(2) The date of the dispute
(3) The nature of the circumstances which caused the dispute
(4) A statement explaining in detail the specific provisions of the Contract and any basis, legal or
factual, which support the dispute.
(5) If any, the estimated quantum, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in Subsection
105.24(b)12., of the dispute with supporting documentation
(6) An analysis of the progress schedule showing the schedule change or disruption if the
Contractor is asserting a schedule change or disruption.
The Contractor shall submit as much information on the quantum and impacts to the Contract time
as is reasonably available with the REA and then supplement the REA as additional information
becomes available. If the dispute escalates to the DRB process the DRB shall not hear any issue
or consider any information that was not contained in the Request for Equitable Adjustment and
fully submitted to the Project Engineer and Resident Engineer during the 105.22 process.
In subsection 105.23(b) delete items 3 and 4 and replace them with the following:
3. If the dispute has a value over $250,000, the On Demand DRB shall have three members. The
Contractor and CDOT shall each select a member and those two members shall select a third.
Once the third member is approved the three members will nominate one of them to be the
Chair and execute the agreement within 45 days of initiating the DRB process.
I 3. The Standing DRB shall always have three members. The Contractor and CDOT shall each
select a member and those two members shall select a third member. Once the third member is
approved the three members will nominate one of them to be the Chair.. The Contractor and
CDOT shall submit their proposed Standing DRB members within 5 days of execution of the
Contract. The third member shall be selected within 15 days of execution of the Contract. Prior
to construction starting the parties shall execute the Three Party Agreement. The CDOT
216
I
I
FOit C011i11S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�� Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Project Engineer will be responsible for executing the agreement. The Project Engineer will
invite the Standing DRB members to the Preconstruction and any Partnering conferences.
In subsection 105.23(d) delete item 1 and replace it with the following:
1. Contact the Contractor and the DRB to coordinate an acceptable hearing date and time. The
hearing shall be held at the Resident Engineer's office unless an alternative location is agreed
to by both parties. Unless otherwise agreed to by both parties the DRB hearing will be held
within 30 days after the DRB agreement is signed by the CDOT Chief Engineer.
Delete subsection 105.23(e) and replace it with the following:
(e) Pre -Hearing Submittal: At least fifteen days prior to the hearing, CDOT and the Contractor shall
submit by e-mail to the DRB Chairperson their parties pre -hearing position paper. The DRB
Chairperson shall simultaneously distribute by e-mail the pre -hearing position papers to all parties
and other DRB members, if any. At the same time, each party shall submit a copy of all its
supporting documents to be used at the hearing to all DRB Members and the other party unless the
parties have agreed to a common set of documents as discussed in #2 below. In this case, CDOT
shall submit the common set of documents to the Board and the Contractor. The pre -hearing
position paper shall contain the following:
A joint statement of the dispute, and the scope of the desired decision. The joint statement shall
summarize in a few sentences the nature of the dispute. If the parties are unable to agree on
the wording of the joint statement, each party's position paper shall contain both statements,
and identify the party authoring each statement. The parties shall agree upon a joint statement
at least 20 days prior to the hearing and submit it to the DRB or each party's independent
statement shall be submitted to the DRB and the other party at least 20 days prior to the
hearing.
The basis and justification for the party's position, with reference to specific contract language
and other supporting documents for each element of the dispute. To minimize duplication and
repetitiveness, the parties may identify a common set of documents that will be referred to by
both parties and submit them in a separate package to the DRB. The engineer will provide a
hard copy of the project plans and Project and Standard Special Provisions, if necessary, to the
DRB. Other standard CDOT documents such as Standard Specifications and M&S Standards
are available on the CDOT website.
(1) If any party contends that they are not necessary to the proceedings, the DRB shall
determine that issue in the first instance. Should the DRB determine that a dispute does not
involve a party, that party shall be relieved from participating in the DRB hearing and paying
any further DRB costs.
(2) When the scope of the hearing includes quantum, the requesting party's position paper shall
include full cost details, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in subsection
105.24(b)12. The Scope of the hearing will not include quantum if CDOT has ordered an
audit and that audit has not been completed.
3. A list of proposed attendees at the hearing. In the event of any disagreement, the DRB shall
make the final determination as to who attends the hearing.
217
I
I
FO�t C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
4. A list of any intended experts including their qualifications and a summary of what their
presentation will include and an estimate of the length of the presentation.
The number of copies, distribution requirements, and time for submittal shall be established by
the DRB and communicated to the parties by the Chairperson.
A pre -hearing phone conference with all DRB members and the parties shall be conducted as
soon as a hearing date is established but no later than 10 days prior to the hearing. The DRB
Chairperson shall explain the specifics of how the hearing will be conducted including how the
two parties will present their information to the DRB (Ex: Each party makes a full presentation of
their position or presentations will be made on a "point by point' basis with each party making a
presentation only on an individual dispute issue before moving onto to the next issue). If the pre -
hearing position papers and documents have been received by the Board prior to the conference
call, the DRB Chairperson shall at this conference discuss the estimated hours of review and
research activities for this dispute (such as time spent evaluating and preparing
recommendations on specific issues presented to the DRB). If the pre -hearing position papers
and documents have not been received by the Board prior to the conference call, another
conference call will be scheduled during the initial conference call to discuss the estimated hours
of review. Compensation for time agreed to in advance by the parties will be made at an agreed
' rate of $125 per hour in accordance with subsection 105.23 (k) 2. Compensation for the phone
conference time will also be made at an agreed to rate of $125 per hour in accordance with
subsection 105.23 (k) 2. The Engineer shall coordinate the phone conference.
I
In subsection 105.23(f) delete items 2 and 3 and replace them with the following:
2. The party that requested the DRB presents the dispute in detail as supported by previously
submitted information and documentation in the pre -hearing position paper. No new information
or disputes will be heard or addressed by the DRB.
3. The other party presents its position in detail as supported by previously submitted information
and documentation in the pre -hearing position paper. No new information or disputes will be
heard or addressed by the DRB.
In subsection 105.23(f) delete item 9 and replace it with the following:
9. The DRB shall hear only those disputes identified in the written request for the DRB and the
information contained in the pre -hearing submittals. The board shall not hear or address other
disputes. If either party attempts to discuss a dispute other than those to be heard by the DRB
or attempts to submit new information, the chairperson shall inform.such party that the board
shall not hear the issue and shall not accept any additional information. The DRB shall not hear
any issue or consider any information that was not contained in the Request for Equitable
Adjustment and fully submitted to the Project Engineer and Resident Engineer during the
105.22 process.
218
I
i�
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_`� Standard Special Provisions
5
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Subsection 105.23(i) shall include the following as the fourth paragraph:
May 5, 2011 I
If either party fails to submit its written acceptance or rejection of the Dispute Board's
recommendation, according to these specifications, such failure shall constitute that party's
acceptance of the Board's recommendation.
In subsection105.23 (1) delete the third party agreement and replace it with the following:
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
THIS THREE PARTY AGREEMENT, made as of the date signed by the Chief Engineer below, by and
between: the Colorado Department of Transportation, hereinafter called the "Department"; and
hereinafter called the "Contractor'; and
and
hereinafter called the "Dispute Review Board" or "Board".
WHEREAS, the Department is now engaged in the construction of the
fProiect Namel
and
WHEREAS, the Contract provides for the establishment of a Board in accordance with subsections
105.22 and 105.23 of the specifications.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed:
ARTICLE I
DESCRIPTION OF WORK AND SERVICES
The Department and the Contractor shall form a Board in accordance with this agreement and the
provisions of subsection 105.23.
ARTICLE II
COMMITMENT ON PART OF THE PARTIES HERETO
The parties hereto shall faithfully fulfill the requirements of subsection 105.23 and the requirements of
this agreement.
219
I
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date:
TO:
PROJECT: 7273 N. COLLEGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT — VINE TO CONIFER
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20 for the above project has
been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an
Agreement for
The Price of your Agreement is
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany
this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise
made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of
this Notice of Award, that is by 20
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement
including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your
signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as
specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and
Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider
your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1)
fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
0
James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
Director of Purchasing & Risk Management
Section 00430 Page 2
I
I
I
i
I
1
i
I
1
1
1
I
FOjt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_ _ Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTION 105
UISNU I Lb ANU ULAIMS FUH UUN I HAU I AUJU51 MEN 16
ARTICLE III
COMPENSATION
The parties shall share equally in the cost of the Board, including general administrative costs (meeting
space and facilities, secretarial services, telephone, mail, reproduction, filing) and the member's
individual fees. Reimbursement of the Contractor's share of the Board expenses for any reason is
prohibited.
The Contractor shall make all payments in full to Board members. The Contractor will submit to the
Department an itemized statement for all such payments, and the Department will split the cost by
including 50 percent payment on the next progress payment. The Contractor and the Department will
agree to accept invoiced costs prior to payment by the Contractor.
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 2
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
Board members shall keep all fee records pertaining to this agreement available for inspection by
representatives of the Department and the Contractor for a period of three years after the termination of
the Board members' services.
Payment to each Board member shall be at the fee rates established in subsection 105.23 and agreed
to by each Board member, the Contractor, and the Department. In addition, reimbursement will be
made for applicable expenses.
Each Board member shall submit an invoice to the Contractor for fees incurred each month following a
month in which the members participated in Board functions. Such invoices shall be in the format
established by the Contractor and the Department.
Payments shall be made to each Board member within 60 days after the Contractor and Department
have received all the applicable billing data and verified the data submitted by that member. The
Contractor shall make payment to the Board member within seven calendar days of receipt of payment
from the Department.
ARTICLE IV
ASSIGNMENT
Board members shall not assign any of the work to be performed by them under this agreement. Board
members shall disclose any conflicts of interest including but not limited to any dealings with the either
party in the previous five years other than serving as a Board member under other contracts.
ARTICLE V
COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF SERVICES
The commencement of the services of the Board shall be in accordance with subsection 105.23 of the
specifications and shall continue until all assigned disputes under the Contract which may require the
220
May 5, 2011
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
7
REVISION OF SECTION 105
U1SH
M UUN I MAU I AUJUJ I IVItIN 10
Board's services have been heard and a Recommendation has been issued by the Board as specified
in subsection 105.23. If a Board member is unable to fulfill his responsibilities for reasons specified in
subsection 105.23(b)7, he shall be replaced as provided therein, and the Board shall fulfill its
responsibilities as though there had been no change.
ARTICLE VI
LEGAL RELATIONS
The parties hereto mutually agree that each Board member in performance of his duties on the Board is
acting as an independent contractor and not as an employee of either the Department or the
Contractor. Board members will guard their independence and avoid any communication about the
substance of the dispute without both parties being present.
The Board members are absolved of any personal liability arising from the Recommendations of the
Board. The parties agree that members of the dispute review board panel are acting as mediators for
purposes of C.R.S. § 13-22-302(4) and, as such, the liability of any dispute review board member shall
be limited to willful and wanton misconduct as provided for in C.R.S. § 13-22-305(6)
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 3
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and
year first written above.
BOARD MEMBER:
BY:
BOARD MEMBER:
BY:
BOARD MEMBER:
BY:
CONTRACTOR:
BY:
TITLE:
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BY: Date:
TITLE: CHIEF ENGINEER
221
I
Foft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_�� Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
8
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
In subsection 105.24 (b) 12, delete A and replace with the following:
A. These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise
included in (5) below
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax
(3) Increased costs for materials
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor
' owned equipment and based on certified invoice costs for rented equipment
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a
direct result of the dispute or claim
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as
specified herein is required for all such claims)
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as
compensation for items for which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home
office overhead.
(9) Interest shall be paid in accordance with CRS 5-12-102 beginning from the date of the
Notice of Intent to File Claim
In subsection 105.24(c) delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
An audit may be performed by the Department for any dispute or claim, and is mandatory for all
disputes and claims with amounts greater than $250,000.
Subsection 105.24 shall include the following:
AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ARBITRATION RULES
MODIFIED FOR USE WITH CDOT SPECIFICATION SUBSECTION 105.24
REGULAR TRACK PROCEDURES
R-1. Agreement of Parties
(a) The parties shall be deemed to have made these rules a part of their Contract. These rules and any
amendments shall apply in the form in effect at the time the administrative requirements are met for
a demand
for arbitration. The parties, by written agreement, may vary the procedures set forth in these rules.
After appointment of the arbitrator, such modifications may be made only with the consent of the
arbitrator.
(b) Unless the parties determine otherwise, the Fast Track Procedures shall apply in any case in which
aggregate claims do not exceed $75,000, exclusive of interest and arbitration fees and costs.
May 5, 2-011
222
'.
FOftCollins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
9
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Parties may also agree to use these procedures in larger cases. Unless the parties agree
otherwise, these procedures will not apply in cases involving more than two parties except for
pass -through claims. The Fast Track Procedures shall be applied as described in Sections F-1
through F-13 of these rules, in addition to any other portion of these rules that is not in conflict with
the Fast Track Procedures.
(c) Unless the parties agree otherwise, the Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes
shall apply to all cases in which the disclosed aggregate claims of any party is at least $500,000,
exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs. Parties may also agree to use these
procedures in cases involving claims under $500,000, or in nonmonetary cases. The Procedures for
Large, Complex Construction Disputes shall be applied as described in Sections L-1 through L-4 of
these rules, in addition to any other portion of these rules that is not in conflict with the Procedures for
Large, Complex Construction Disputes.
(d) All other cases shall be administered in accordance with Sections R-1 through R-45 of these rules.
R-2. Independent Arbitration Provider and Delegation of Duties
When parties agree to arbitrate under these rules, or when they provide for arbitration by an
independent third -party (Arbitration Provider) and an arbitration is initiated under these rules, they
thereby authorize the Arbitration Provider to administer the arbitration. The authority and duties of the
Arbitration Provider are prescribed in the parties' Contract and in these rules, and may be carried out
through such of the Arbitration Provider's representatives as it may direct. The Arbitration Provider will
assign the administration of an arbitration to its Denver office
R-3. Initiation of Arbitration
Arbitration shall be initiated in the following manner.
(a) The Contractor shall, within 30 days after the Chief Engineer issues a decision, submit to the Chief
Engineer written notice of its intention to arbitrate (the "demand"). The demand shall indicate the
appropriate qualifications for the arbitrator(s) to be appointed to hear the arbitration.
(b) CDOT may file an answering statement with the Contractor within 15 days after receiving the
demand. If a counterclaim is asserted, it shall contain a statement setting forth the nature of the
counterclaim, the amount involved, if any, and the remedy sought.
(c) The Chief Engineer shall retain an Arbitration Provider, such as the American Arbitration
Association, which will administer an arbitration pursuant to these Rules, except to the extent that
such rules conflict with the specifications, in which case the specifications shall control.
(d) The Arbitration Provider shall confirm its retention to the parties.
R-4. Consolidation or Joinder
If the parties' agreement or the law provides for consolidation or joinder of related arbitrations, all
involved parties will endeavor to agree on a process to effectuate the consolidation or joinder.
If they are unable to agree, the Arbitration Provider shall directly appoint a single arbitrator for the
limited purpose of deciding whether related arbitrations should be consolidated or joined and, if so,
establishing a fair and appropriate process for consolidation or joinder. The Arbitration Provider may
May 5, 2011
223
n
�I
Fort
C`FTCollins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
10
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
take reasonable administrative action to accomplish the consolidation or joinder as directed by the
arbitrator.
R-5. Appointment of Arbitrator
' An arbitrator shall be appointed in the following manner:
(a) Immediately after the Arbitration Provider is retained, the Arbitration Provider shall send
simultaneously to each party to the dispute an identical list of 10 names of potential arbitrators. The
parties are encouraged to agree to an arbitrator from the submitted list and to advise the AAA of
their agreement. Absent agreement of the parties, the arbitrator shall not have served as the
mediator in the mediation phase of the instant proceeding.
' (b) If the parties cannot agree to arbitrator(s), each party to the dispute shall have 15 calendar days
from the transmittal date in which to strike names objected to, number the remaining names in order
of preference, and return the list to the Arbitration Provider. If a party does not return the list within
the time specified, all persons named therein shall be deemed acceptable. From among the
persons who have been approved on both lists, and in accordance with the designated order of
mutual preference, the Arbitration Provider shall invite an arbitrator to serve.
(c) Unless both parties agree otherwise one arbitrator shall be used for claims less than $250,000 and
three arbitrators shall be used for claims $250,000 and greater. Within 15 calendar days from the
date of the appointment of the last arbitrator, the Arbitration Provider shall appoint a chairperson.
■' (d) The entire claim record will be made available to the arbitrators by the Chief Engineer within 15
calendar days from the date of the appointment of the last arbitrator.
' R-6. Changes of Claim
The arbitrator(s) will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim
record as transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously
submitted documentation.
R-7. Disclosure
' (a) Any person appointed or to be appointed as an arbitrator shall disclose to the Arbitration Provider
any circumstance likely to give rise to justifiable doubt as to the arbitrator's impartiality or
independence, including any bias or any interest in the result of the arbitration or any relationship
with the parties or their representatives. Such obligation shall remain in effect throughout the
arbitration.
(b) Upon receipt of such information from the arbitrator or another source, the Arbitration Provider shall
communicate the information to the parties and, if it deems it appropriate to do so, to the arbitrator
and others.
(c) In order to encourage disclosure by arbitrators, disclosure of information pursuant to this Section R-
6 is not to be construed as an indication that the arbitrator considers that the disclosed
circumstances are likely to affect impartiality or independence.
(d) In no case shall an arbitrator be employed by, affiliated with, or have consultive or business
connection with the claimant Contractor or CDOT. An arbitrator shall not have assisted either in the
evaluation, preparation, or presentation of the claim case either for the Contractor or the
224
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
11
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
May 5, 2011 11
Department or have rendered an opinion on the merits of the claim for either party, and shall not do
so during the proceedings of arbitration.
R-8. Disqualification of Arbitrator
(a) Any arbitrator shall be impartial and independent and shall perform his or her duties with diligence
and in good faith, and shall be subject to disqualification for: (i) partiality or lack of independence,
(ii) inability or refusal to perform his or her duties with diligence and in good faith; and/or (iii) any
grounds for disqualification provided by applicable law.
(b) Upon objection of a party to the continued service of an arbitrator, or on its own initiative, the
Arbitration Provider shall determine whether the arbitrator should be disqualified under the grounds
set out above, and shall inform the parties of its decision, which decision shall be conclusive.
R-9. Communication with Arbitrator
No party and no one acting on behalf of any party shall communicate ex parte with an arbitrator or a
candidate for arbitrator concerning the arbitration.
R-10. Vacancies
(a) If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform the duties of the office, the Arbitration Provider
may, on proof satisfactory to it, declare the office vacant. Vacancies shall be filled in accordance
with the applicable provisions of these rules.
(b) In the event of a vacancy in a panel of neutral arbitrators after the hearings have commenced, the
remaining arbitrator or arbitrators may continue with the hearing and determination of the
controversy, unless the parties agree otherwise.
(c) In the event of the appointment of a substitute arbitrator, the panel of arbitrators shall determine in
its sole discretion whether it is necessary to repeat all or part of any prior hearings.
R-11. Jurisdiction
(a) The arbitrator shall have the power to rule on his or her own jurisdiction, including any objections
with respect to the existence, scope or validity of the arbitration agreement.
(b) The arbitrator shall have the power to determine the existence or validity of a contract of which an
arbitration clause forms a part. Such an arbitration clause shall be treated as an agreement
independent of the other terms of the contract. A decision by the arbitrator that the contract is null
and void shall not for that reason alone render invalid the arbitration clause.
(c) A party must object to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator or to the arbitrability of a claim or counterclaim
no later than 15 days after the Arbitration Provider confirms its retention to the parties. The
arbitrator may rule on such objections as a preliminary matter or as part of the final award.
R-12. Administrative Conference
At the request of any party or upon the Arbitration Provider's own initiative, the Arbitration Provider may
conduct an administrative conference, in person or by telephone, with the parties and/or their
225
11
I
I
I
I
I
�J
i
1
I
I
1
FO�iC011irlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`J-1 Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
12
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
representatives. The conference may address such issues as arbitrator selection, potential exchange of
information, a timetable for hearings and any other administrative matters.
R-13. Preliminary Hearing
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator or the Arbitration Provider, the
arbitrator may schedule as soon as practicable a preliminary hearing with the parties and/or their
representatives. The preliminary hearing may be conducted by telephone at the arbitrator's
discretion.
(b) During the preliminary hearing, the parties and the arbitrator should discuss the future conduct of
the case, including clarification of the issues and claims, a schedule for the hearings and any other
preliminary matters.
R-14. Exchange of Information
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator, consistent with the expedited nature
of arbitration, the arbitrator may direct: (i) the production of documents and other information; (ii)
short depositions, particularly with regard to experts; and/or (iii) the identification of any witnesses to
be called.
(b) At least five business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they
intend to submit at the hearing.
(c) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(d) Additional discovery may be ordered by the arbitrator in extraordinary cases when the demands of
justice require it.
R-15. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
(a) The arbitrator shall set the date, time, and place for each hearing and/or conference. The parties
shall respond to requests for hearing dates in a timely manner, be cooperative in scheduling the
earliest practicable date, and adhere to the established hearing schedule.
(b) The parties may mutually agree on the locale where the arbitration is to be held. Absent such
agreement, the arbitration shall be held in the City and County of Denver.
(c) The Arbitration Provider shall send a notice of hearing to the parties at least ten calendar days in
advance of the hearing date, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.
R-16. Attendance at Hearings
The arbitrator and the Arbitration Provider shall maintain the privacy of the hearings unless the law
provides to the contrary. Any person having a direct interest in the arbitration is entitled to attend
hearings. The arbitrator shall otherwise have the power to require the exclusion of any witness, other
than a party or other essential person, during the testimony of any other witness. It shall be
discretionary with the arbitrator to determine the propriety of the attendance of any person other than a
party and its representative.
226
1'
i
FOi t C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
13
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-17. Representation
May 5, 2011 ,
Any party may be represented by counsel or other authorized representative. A party intending to be so
represented shall notify the other party and the Arbitration Provider of the name and address of the
representative at least three calendar days prior to the date set for the hearing at which that person is
first to appear.
R-18. Oaths
Before proceeding with the first hearing, each arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by
law, shall do so. The arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by any duly
qualified person and, if it is required by law or requested by any party, shall do so.
R-19. Stenographic Record
Any party desiring a stenographic record shall make arrangements directly with a stenographer and
shall notify the other parties of these arrangements at least three days in advance of the hearing. The
requesting party or parties shall pay the cost of the record. If the transcript is agreed by the parties, or
determined by the arbitrator to be the official record of the proceeding, it must be provided to the
arbitrator and made available to the other parties for inspection, at a date, time, and place determined
by the arbitrator.
R-20.Interpreters
Any party wishing an interpreter shall make all arrangements directly with the interpreter and shall
assume the costs of the service.
R-21. Postponements
The arbitrator for good cause shown may postpone any hearing upon agreement of the parties, upon
request of a party, or upon the arbitrator's own initiative.
R-22. Arbitration in the Absence of a Party or Representative
Unless the law provides to the contrary, the arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party or
representative who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain a postponement. An award
shall not be made solely on the default of a party. The arbitrator shall require the party who is present to
submit such evidence as the arbitrator may require for the making of an award.
R-23. Conduct of Proceedings
(a) The Contractor shall present evidence to support its claim. CDOT shall then present evidence
supporting its defense. Witnesses for each party shall also submit to questions from the arbitrator
and the adverse party. The arbitrator has the discretion to vary this procedure; provided that the
parties are treated with equality and that each party has the right to be heard and is given a fair
opportunity to present its case.
(b) The arbitrator, exercising his or her discretion, shall conduct the proceedings with a view to
expediting the resolution of the dispute and may direct the order of proof, bifurcate proceedings,
and direct the parties to focus their presentations on issues the decision of which could dispose of
227
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
14
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
all or part of the case. The arbitrator shall entertain motions, including motions that dispose of all or
part of a claim or that may expedite the proceedings, and may also make preliminary rulings and
enter interlocutory orders.
' (c) The parties may agree to waive oral hearings in any case.
R-24. Evidence
' (a) The arbitrators shall consider all written information available in the claim record and all oral
presentations in support of that record by the Contractor and CDOT. Conformity to legal rules of
evidence shall not be necessary.
(b) The arbitrators shall not consider any written documents or arguments which have not previously
been made a part of the claim record, other than clarification and data supporting previously
submitted documentation. The arbitrators shall not consider an increase in the amount of the claim,
or any new claims.
(c) The arbitrator shall determine the admissibility, relevance, and materiality of any evidence offered.
' The arbitrator may request offers of proof and may reject evidence deemed by the arbitrator to be
cumulative, unreliable, unnecessary, or of slight value compared to the time and expense involved.
All evidence shall be taken in the presence of all of the arbitrators and all of the parties, except
where: (i) any of the parties is absent, in default, or has waived the right to be present, or (ii) the
parties and the arbitrators agree otherwise.
(d) The arbitrator shall take into account applicable principles of legal privilege, such as those involving
' the confidentiality of communications between a lawyer and client.
(e) An arbitrator or other person authorized by law to subpoena witnesses or documents may do so
upon the request of any party or independently.
R-25. Evidence by Affidavit and Post -hearing Filing of Documents or Other Evidence
(a) The arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by declaration or affidavit, but
shall give it only such weight as the arbitrator deems it entitled to after consideration of any
objection made to its admission.
(b) If the parties agree or the arbitrator directs that documents or other evidence be submitted to the
arbitrator after the hearing, the documents or other evidence, unless otherwise agreed by the
parties and the arbitrator, shall be filed with the Arbitration Provider for transmission to the
arbitrator. All parties shall be afforded an opportunity to examine and respond to such documents or
other evidence.
R-26.Inspection or Investigation
An arbitrator finding it necessary to make an inspection or investigation in connection with the
arbitration shall direct the Arbitration Provider to so advise the parties. The arbitrator shall set the date
and time and the Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties. Any party who so desires may be present
at such an inspection or investigation. In the event that one or all parties are not present at the
inspection or investigation, the arbitrator shall make an oral or written report to the parties and afford
them an opportunity to comment.
228
1
I
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
15
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-27.Interim Measures
May 5, 2011 1
(a) The arbitrator may take whatever interim measures he or she deems necessary, including injunctive
relief and measures for the protection or conservation of property and disposition of perishable
goods.
(b) A request for interim measures addressed by a party to a judicial authority shall not be deemed
incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
R-28. Closing of Hearing
When satisfied that the presentation of the parties is complete, the arbitrator shall declare the hearing
closed.
If documents or responses are to be filed as provided in Section R-24, or if briefs are to be filed, the
hearing shall be declared closed as of the final date set by the arbitrator for the receipt of documents,
responses, or briefs. The time limit within which the arbitrator is required to make the award shall
commence to run, in the absence of other agreements by the parties and the arbitrator, upon the
closing of the hearing.
R-29. Reopening of Hearing
The hearing may be reopened on the arbitrator's initiative,
application of a party, at any time before the award is mad
making of the award within the specific time agreed to by t
matter may not be reopened unless the parties agree to a
fixed by agreement of the parties, the arbitrator shall have
reopened hearing within which to make an award.
R-30. Waiver of Rules
n
or by direction of the arbitrator upon
e. If reopening the hearing would prevent the
he parties in the arbitration agreement, the
extension of time. When no specific date is
15 calendar days from the closing of the
Any party who proceeds with the arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these
rules has not been complied with and who fails to state an objection in writing shall be deemed to have
waived the right to object.
R-31. Extensions of Time
The parties may modify any period of time by mutual agreement. The Arbitration Provider or the
arbitrator may for good cause extend any period of time established by these rules, except the time for
making the award. The Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties of any extension.
R-32. Serving of Notice
(a) Any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of an
arbitration under these rules; for any court action in connection therewith, or for the entry of
judgment on any award made under these rules, may be served on a party by mail addressed to
the party or its representative at the last known address or by personal service, in or outside the
state where the arbitration is to be held, provided that reasonable opportunity to be heard with
regard thereto has been granted to the party.
229
I
I
1
1
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20 and shall be
effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins
(hereinafter called OWNER) and
(hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents.
The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part
is defined as the construction of the 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by Stolfus & Associates. The City of Fort Collins Engineering
Department, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and
responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by October 19, 2012, as provided in the
General Conditions. The Work shall be completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance
in accordance with the General Conditions within thirty (30) calendar days after the Date of
Substantial Completion.
' 3.2. Liquidated Damaoes. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the
essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not
completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof
allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal
proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time.
' Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as
liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the
amounts set forth hereafter.
1) Substantial Completion:
Four Thousand Dollars ($4,0001 for each calendar day or fraction thereof that
expires after the October 19, 2012 deadline for Substantial Completion of the
' Work until the Work is Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
Section 00520
Page 1
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
16
' REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
' (b) The Arbitration Provider, the arbitrator and the parties may also use overnight delivery, electronic
facsimile transmission (fax), or electronic mail (email) to give the notices required by these rules.
(c) Unless otherwise instructed by the Arbitration Provider or by the arbitrator, any documents
' submitted by any party to the Arbitration Provider or to the arbitrator shall simultaneously be
provided to the other party or parties to the arbitration.
R-33. Majority Decision
When the panel consists of more than one arbitrator, unless required by law or by the arbitration
agreement, a majority of the arbitrators must make all decisions.
' R-34. Time of Award
The award shall be made promptly by the arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties or
' specified by law, no later than 30 calendar days from the date of closing the hearing, or, if oral hearings
have been waived, from the date of the Arbitration Provider's transmittal of the final statements and
proofs to the arbitrator.
R-35. Form of Award
After complete review of the facts associated with the claim, the arbitrators shall render a written
' explanation of their decision. When three arbitrators are used, and only two arbitrators agree then the
award shall be signed by the two arbitrators. The arbitrator's decision shall include:
(a) A summary of the issues and factual evidence presented by the Contractor and the Department
concerning the claim;
(b) Decisions concerning the validity of the claim;
' (c) Decisions concerning the value of the claim as to cost impacts if the claim is determined to be valid;
(d) The contractual and factual bases supporting the decisions made including an explanation as to
' why each and every position was accepted or rejected;
(e) Detailed and supportable calculations which support any decisions.
' R-36. Scope of Award
(a) The arbitrator may grant any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within
the scope of the agreement of the parties, including, but not limited to, equitable relief and specific
performance of a contract.
(b) In addition to the final award, the arbitrator may make other decisions, including interim,
interlocutory, or partial rulings, orders, and awards. (c) The award of the arbitrator may include
interest at the statutory rate and from such date as the arbitrator may deem appropriate.
R-37. Delivery of Award to Parties
' Parties shall accept as notice and delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof
in the mail addressed to the parties or their representatives at the last known address, personal or
electronic service of the award, or the filing of the award in any other manner that is permitted by law.
' 230
I
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_f�. Standard Special Provisions
17
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-38. Modification of Award
May 5, 2011 1
Within 10 calendar days after the transmittal of an award, the arbitrator on his or her initiative, or any
party, upon notice to the other parties, may request that the arbitrator correct any clerical,
typographical, technical or computational errors in the award. The arbitrator is not empowered to
redetermine the merits of any claim already decided.
If the modification request is made by a party, the other parties shall be given 10 calendar days to
respond to the request. The arbitrator shall dispose of the request within 25 calendar days after
transmittal by the Arbitration Provider to the arbitrator of the request.
If applicable law provides a different procedural time frame, that procedure shall be followed.
R-39. Appeal of Award
Appeal of the arbitrators' decision concerning the merit of the claim is governed by the Colorado
Uniform Arbitration Act, C.R.S. §§ 13-22-202 to -230. Either party may appeal the arbitrator's decision
on the value of the claim to the Colorado State District Court in and for the City and County of Denver
for trial de novo.
R-40. Release of Documents for Judicial Proceedings
The Arbitration Provider shall, upon the written request of a party, furnish to the party, at its expense,
certified copies of any papers in the Arbitration Provider's possession that may be required in judicial
proceedings relating to the arbitration.
R-41. Applications to Court and Exclusion of Liability
(a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the subject matter of the arbitration shall be deemed a
waiver of the party's right to arbitrate.
(b) Neither the Arbitration Provider nor any arbitrator in a proceeding under these rules is a necessary
or proper party in judicial proceedings relating to the arbitration.
(c) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have consented that judgment upon the arbitration award
may be entered in any federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof.
(d) Parties to an arbitration under these rules shall be deemed to have consented that neither the
Arbitration Provider nor any arbitrator shall be liable to any party in any action for damages or
injunctive relief for any act or omission in connection with any arbitration under these rules.
R-42. Administrative Fees
The Arbitration Provider shall prescribe filing and other administrative fees and service charges to
compensate it for the cost of providing administrative services. The fees in effect when the fee or
charge is incurred shall be applicable. Such fees and charges shall be borne equally by the parties
The Arbitration Provider may, in the event of extreme hardship on the part of any party, defer or reduce
the administrative fees.
231
I
FO�t C011ifl5, North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
18
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-43. Expenses
May 5, 2011
The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such witnesses. All other
expenses of the arbitration, including required travel and other expenses of the arbitrator, Arbitration
Provider representatives, and any witness and the cost of any proof produced at the direct request of
the arbitrator, shall be borne equally by the parties.
R-44. Neutral Arbitrator's Compensation
' Arbitrators shall be compensated a rate consistent with the arbitrator's stated rate of compensation.
If there is disagreement concerning the terms of compensation, an appropriate rate shall be established
' with the arbitrator by the Arbitration Provider and confirmed to the parties.
Such compensation shall be borne equally by the parties.
' R-45. Deposits
The Arbitration Provider may require the parties to deposit in advance of any hearings such sums of
' money as it deems necessary to cover the expense of the arbitration, including the arbitrator's fee, if
any, and shall render an accounting to the parties and return any unexpended balance at the
conclusion of the case.
' R-46. Interpretation and Application of Rules
The arbitrator shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the arbitrator's powers and
' duties by a majority vote. If that is not possible, either an arbitrator or a party may refer the question to
the Arbitration Provider for final decision. All other rules shall be interpreted and applied by the
Arbitration Provider.
' R-45. Suspension for Nonpayment
If arbitrator compensation or administrative charges have not been paid in full, the Arbitration Provider
' may so inform the parties in order that the parties may advance the required payment. If such
payments are not made, the arbitrator may order the suspension or termination of the proceedings. If
no arbitrator has yet been appointed, the Arbitration Provider may suspend the proceedings.
' FAST TRACK PROCEDURES
F-1. Limitations on Extensions
' In the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the Arbitration Provider or the arbitrator may grant a
party no more than one seven-day extension of the time in which to respond to the demand for
arbitration or counterclaim as provided in Section R-3.
F-2. Changes of Claim.
The arbitrator will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record
' as transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted
documentation
1 232
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
19
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
F-3. Serving of Notice
May 5, 2011 '
In addition to notice provided above, the parties shall also accept notice by telephone. Telephonic
notices by the Arbitration Provider shall subsequently be confirmed in writing to the parties. Should
there be a failure to confirm in writing any such oral notice, the proceeding shall nevertheless be valid if
notice has, in fact, been given by telephone.
F-4. Appointment and Qualification of Arbitrator
Immediately after the retention of the Arbitration Provider, the Arbitration Provider will simultaneously
submit to each party a listing and biographical information from its panel of arbitrators knowledgeable in
construction who are available for service in Fast Track cases. The parties are encouraged to agree to
an arbitrator from this list, and to advise the Arbitration Provider of their agreement, or any factual
objections to any of the listed arbitrators, within 7 calendar days of the transmission of the list. The
Arbitration Provider will appoint the agreed -upon arbitrator, or in the event the parties cannot agree on
an arbitrator, will designate the arbitrator from among those names not stricken for factual objections.
The parties will be given notice by the Arbitration Provider of the appointment of the arbitrator, who
shall be subject to disqualification for the reasons specified above. Within the time period established
by the Arbitration Provider, the parties shall notify the Arbitration Provider of any objection to the
arbitrator appointed. Any objection by a party to the arbitrator shall be for cause and shall be confirmed
in writing to the Arbitration Provider with a copy to the other party or parties.
F-5. Preliminary Telephone Conference
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the arbitrator, as promptly as practicable after the
appointment of the arbitrator, a preliminary telephone conference shall be held among the parties or
their attorneys or representatives, and the arbitrator.
F-6. Exchange of Exhibits
At least 2 business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they
intend to submit at the hearing. The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the
exchange of exhibits.
F-7. Discovery
There shall be no discovery, except as provided in Section F-4 or as ordered by the arbitrator in
extraordinary cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-8. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
The arbitrator shall set the date and time, and place of the hearing, to be scheduled to take place within
30 calendar days of confirmation of the arbitrator's appointment. The Arbitration Provider will notify the
parties in advance of the hearing date. All hearings shall be held within the City and County of Denver.
F-9. The Hearing
(a) Generally, the hearing shall not exceed 1 day. Each party shall have equal opportunity to submit its
proofs and complete its case. The arbitrator shall determine the order of the hearing, and may
require further submission of documents within two business days after the hearing. For good
233
FOft C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
11- f Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
20
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
cause shown, the arbitrator may schedule 1 additional hearing day within 7 business days after the
initial day of hearing.
(b) Generally, there will be no stenographic record. Any party desiring a stenographic record may
arrange for one pursuant to the provisions above.
F-10. Time of Award
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the award shall be rendered not later than 14 calendar days
from the date of the closing of the hearing or, if oral hearings have been waived, from the date of the
Arbitration Provider's transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator.
F-11. Time Standards
The arbitration shall be completed by settlement or award within 60 calendar days of confirmation of the
arbitrator's appointment, unless all parties and the arbitrator agree otherwise or the arbitrator extends
this time in extraordinary cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-12. Arbitrator's Compensation
Arbitrators will receive compensation at a rate to be suggested by the Arbitration Provider regional
office.
PROCEDURES FOR LARGE, COMPLEX CONSTRUCTION DISPUTES
L-1. Large, Complex Construction Disputes
The procedures for large, complex construction disputes shall apply to any claim with a value
exceeding $500,000 or as agreed to by the parties.
L-2. Administrative Conference
Prior to the dissemination of a list of potential arbitrators, the Arbitration Provider shall, unless the
parties agree otherwise, conduct an administrative conference with the parties and/or their attorneys or
other representatives by conference call. The conference call will take place within 14 days after the
retention of the Arbitration Provider. In the event the parties are unable to agree on a mutually
acceptable time for the conference, the Arbitration Provider may contact the parties individually to
discuss the issues contemplated herein. Such administrative conference shall be conducted for the
following purposes and for such additional purposed as the parties or the Arbitration Provider may
deem appropriate:
(a) To obtain additional information about the nature and magnitude of the dispute and the anticipated
length of hearing and scheduling;
(b) To discuss the views of the parties about the technical and other qualifications of the arbitrators;
(c) To obtain conflicts statements from the parties; and
(d) To consider, with the parties, whether mediation or other non -adjudicative methods of dispute
resolution might be appropriate.
234
I
Fol't Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Standard Special Provisions
21
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
L-3. Arbitrators
(a) Large, Complex Construction Cases shall be heard and determined by three arbitrators.
May 5, 2011 '
(b) The Arbitration Provider shall appoint arbitrator(s) in the manner provided in the Regular
Construction Industry Arbitration Rules.
L-4. Preliminary Hearing
As promptly as practicable after the selection of the arbitrator(s), a preliminary hearing shall be held
among the parties and/or their attorneys or other representatives and the arbitrator(s). Unless the
parties agree otherwise, the preliminary hearing will be conducted by telephone conference call rather
than in person.
At the preliminary hearing the matters to be considered shall include, without limitation:
(a) Service of a detailed statement of claims, damages and defenses, a statement of the issues
asserted by each party and positions with respect thereto, and any legal authorities the parties may
wish to bring to the attention of the arbitrator(s);
(b) Stipulations to uncontested facts;
(c) The extent to which discovery shall be conducted;
(d) Exchange and premarking of those documents which each party believes may be offered at the
hearing;
(e) The identification and availability of witnesses, including experts, and such matters with respect to
witnesses including their biographies and expected testimony as may be appropriate;
(f) Whether, and the extent to which, any sworn statements and/or depositions may be introduced;
(g) The extent to which hearings will proceed on consecutive days;
(h) Whether a stenographic or other official record of the proceedings shall be maintained;
(i) The possibility of utilizing mediation or other non -adjudicative methods of dispute resolution; and
0) The procedure for the issuance of subpoenas.
By agreement of the parties and/or order of the arbitrator(s), the pre -hearing activities and the hearing
procedures that will govern the arbitration will be memorialized in a Scheduling and Procedure Order.
L-5. Management of Proceedings
(a) Arbitrator(s) shall take such steps as they may deem necessary or desirable to avoid delay and to
achieve a just, speedy and cost-effective resolution of Large, Complex Construction Cases.
(b) Parties shall cooperate in the exchange of documents, exhibits and information within such party's
control if the arbitrator(s) consider such production to be consistent with the goal of achieving a just,
speedy and cost effective resolution of a Large, Complex Construction Case.
235
[1
[1
1]
l_J
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
22
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(c) The parties may conduct such discovery as may be agreed to by all the parties provided, however,
that the arbitrator(s) may place such limitations on the conduct of such discovery as the arbitrator(s)
shall deem appropriate. If the parties cannot agree on production of document and other
information, the arbitrator(s), consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, may establish the
extent of the discovery.
(d) At the discretion of the arbitrator(s), upon good cause shown and consistent with the expedited
nature of arbitration, the arbitrator(s) may order depositions of, or the propounding of interrogatories
to such persons who may possess information determined by the arbitrator(s) to be necessary to a
determination of the matter.
(e) The parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to submit at the hearing 10 business
days prior to the hearing unless the arbitrator(s) determine otherwise.
(f) The exchange of information pursuant to this rule, as agreed by the parties and/or directed by the
arbitrator(s), shall be included within the Scheduling and Procedure Order.
(g) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(h) Generally hearings will be scheduled on consecutive days or in blocks of consecutive days in order
to maximize efficiency and minimize costs.
Subsection 105.24 shall include the following:
The following flow chart provides a summary of the disputes and claims process described in
subsections 105.22, 105.23, and 105.24
236
of
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
Figure 105-1
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FLOW CHART
105.22 Project Issue - Verbal discussions between Proj. Eng. and Supt.
Impasse
Contractor provides written notice of dispute to Project Engineer
15 Days — 105.22 (b)
Contractor provides written REA including the following:
(1) Date of dispute
(2) Nature of order and circumstances causing dispute
(3) Contract provisions supporting dispute
(4) Estimated cost of dispute with supporting documentation
(5) Analysis of progress schedule and disruption, if any
15 Days — 105.22 (c)
CDOT Project Engineer and Contractor discuss merit of dispute
PE denies merit of dispute
Contractor rejects PE's denial. Contractor
provides written notice to RE.
7 days — 105.22 (d)
7 days — 105.22 (c)
PE determines dispute has merit
7 days — 105.22 (c)
Contractor accepts denial.
Dispute is resolved.
Disagree on quantum
Proj Eng/Res Eng & SuptfPM & Contractor's rep with decision authority above the
project level to meet regularly to discuss dispute
UD to 30 days — 105.22 (d)
30/ 45 days —
105.23(b)
DRB agreement signed 105.23(a) Proj Eng Dispute is
initiates DRB process 5 Days - unresolved
20 days — 105.23 (d) 105.23 (a)
Prehearing Submittal
15 days — 105.23 (e)
DRB Hearing
30 days — 105.23 (g)
DRB renders a recommendation
10 days — 105.23 (h)
Request for Clarification and Reconsideration
14 days — 105.23 (1)
Either party rejects DRB recommendation I DRB recommendation is accepted
Figure 105-1 continued on next page
23 /
Merit granted -
Quantum negotiations
30 Days - 105.22 (c)
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
FO�t C011ifl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,,-.!to
Standard Special Provisions
Figure 105-1 (continued)
Either party rejects DRB recommendation
30 days — 105.24 (a)
105.24 Notice of intent to file a claim
60 days - 105.24 (b)
Contractor submits certified claim package w/RTD (and Audit Unit if over $250K)
60 days —
105.24 (d)
RTD renders a decision
Contractor accepts decision
30 days — 105.24 (d)
60 days
Contractor rejects and
105.24 (e)
appeals RTD decision to CE 15 days
105.24 (e
Request for hearing ys -
105.24 (el
30 days — 105.24
Contractor rejects CE decision Contractor accepts CE decision
Optional Mediation
I Dispute is unresolved I
I Contractor initiates I
Binding Arbitration or Litigation
(Whichever was selected at Contract execution)
Litigation
I Court Decision I
Dispute is resolved
Resolution is implemented
Binding Arbitration
Arbitrator(s) render recommendation
Appeal process only for damages
238
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
Decision is implemented
Chief Engineer
renders decision
Decision is implemented
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
X-`Standard Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 105
VIOLATION OF WORKING TIME LIMITATION
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.03 shall include the following:
February 3, 2011 ,
If there is a violation of the working time limitations for traffic control as set forth in the special
provisions, a written notice to stop work will be imposed on the Contractor at the start of the next
working day. Work shall not resume until the Contractor assures the Engineer, in writing, that there will
not be a reoccurrence of the working time violation. If more violations take place, the Engineer will
notify the Contractor in writing that there will be a price reduction charge for each incident in
accordance with this specification. This incident price reduction charge will be deducted from any
money due the Contractor. This price reduction will not be considered a penalty but will be a price
reduction for failure to perform traffic control in compliance with the Contract.
An incident is any violation up to 30 minutes in duration. Each 30 minutes or increment thereof will be
considered as an incident. A price reduction will be assessed for each successive or cumulative 30
minute period in violation of the working time limitations, as determined by the Engineer. The price
reduction for each incident will increase at a progressive rate starting with $150 for the second incident
and increasing to $1200 for the fifth and subsequent incidents in accordance with the following
schedule. A 15 minute grace period will be allowed at the beginning of the second incident on the
project before the price reduction is applied. This 15 minute grace period applies only to the second
incident.
The number of incident charges will be accumulative throughout the duration of the Contract.
PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE
Incident
Incident Rate
Total Price
Reduction
15`
Notice to Stop Work
----
3rd
300
450
4m-
5th
1,200
2,250
6th
1,200
3,450
Etc.
1,200
4,650
Etc.
Etc.
239
i
After Substantial Completion, Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000) for each calendar
day or fraction thereof that expires after the thirty (30) calendar day period for
Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $ Dollars, in
accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of
the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided
in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended
by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress
payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values
established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work
based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements
concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as contract
retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each case, less the aggregate of
payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER
may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole
discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines that the character and
progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them,
there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining
progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the
Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered,
suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application Section 00520
Page 3 for payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient, if
necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less
such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with
paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder
of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
Section 00520
Page 2
I
1
1
1
FOrtC011ittS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�"`_�� Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
105.06 Conformity to the Contract of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. Conformity to the
Contract of all Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Item 412, will be determined in accordance with
the following:
When the Engineer finds that the materials furnished, the work performed, or the finished product does
not conform with the Contract, or the Pay Factor (PF) for an element's process is less than 0.75 but that
reasonably acceptable work has been produced, the Engineer will determine the extent of the work that
will be accepted and remain in place. The Engineer will use a Contract Modification Order to document
the justification for allowing the work to remain in place and the price adjustment that will be applied.
When the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product is not in
conformity with the Contract, or the PF for an element's process is less than 0.75 and has resulted in
an inferior or unsatisfactory product, the work or material shall be removed and replaced or otherwise
corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor. When the PF for any process is 0.75 or greater, the
finished quantity of work represented by the process will be accepted at the calculated pay factor.
Materials will be sampled and tested by the Contractor and the Department in accordance with
subsection 106.06 and with procedures contained in the Department's Field Materials Manual. The
approximate quantity represented by each sample will be as set forth in subsection 106.06, Tables 106-
2 and 106-3. Additional samples may be selected and tested at the Engineer's discretion.
(a) Incentive and Disincentive Payments (I/DP) will be made based on a statistical analysis that yields
Pay Factors (PF) and Quality Levels (OL). The PF and QL will be made based on test results for
the elements of compressive strength and pavement thickness (compressive strength criteria) or
the elements of flexural strength and pavement thickness (flexural strength criteria). The
Department will indicate in the plans whether compressive strength or flexural strength criteria will
be used.
Incentive or Disincentive payment will not be made for thickness of concrete pavement furnished by
the Contractor and placed by others.
When compressive strength criteria is indicated, then the QL will be calculated for the elements of
compressive strength and pavement thickness on a process basis. When flexural strength criteria
is indicated, then the QL will be calculated for the elements of flexural strength and pavement
thickness on a process basis. A separate process will be established for an element when a change
in the process affects that element. A process will consist of the test results from a series of
random samples. Test results determined to have sampling or testing errors will not be used. All
materials produced will be assigned to a process. A change in process is defined as a change that
affects the element involved. Changes in mix design, material source, design pavement thickness,
or the method being utilized to place the pavement are considered changes in process. The
following is provided to clarify changes in processes for each element:
1. Construction of mainline pavement, including the shoulders if placed with the mainline, is a
single process, providing there are no changes in process as described above.
2. Construction of ramps, acceleration and deceleration lanes, shoulders placed separately, and
areas requiring hand work are considered separate processes.
RIM
Fortof
Co[linS North College Corridor'Improve ments — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
3. A change in the mix design is a process change for the compressive strength element or the
flexural strength element, but is not a process change for the pavement thickness element.
(b) When it is necessary to represent material by one or two tests, each individual test shall have a PF
computed in accordance with the following:
If the value of the test is at or above the lower tolerance limit, then PF = 1.000. If the value of the
test is below the lower tolerance limit, then:
PF = 1.00 — [0.25(TL -TO)/V]
where: PF = pay factor
V = V factor from Tables 105-4 or 105-5. I
To = the individual test value.
TL= lower tolerance limit.
(c) The following procedures will be used to compute Incentive and Disincentive Payments (I/DP),
quality levels (QL), and pay factors (PF) for processes represented by three or more tests:
Quality Level (QL) will be calculated according to CP-71.
2. Compute the PF for the process. When the process has been completed, the number of tests
(Pn) it includes shall determine the formula to be used to compute the final pay factor in
accordance with the following:
A. For compressive strength and pavement thickness:
When 3<_Pn<_5
If QL >_ 85, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 85)0.001333
If QL < 85, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 85)0.005208
When 6<_Pn<_9
If QL > 90, then PF = 1.00 + (OL - 90)0.002000
If QL < 90, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 90)0.005682
When 1OsPn<_25
If QL >_ 93, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 93)0.002857
If QL < 93, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 93)0.006098
When Pn >— 26
If OL >_ 95, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 95)0.004000
If QL < 95, then PF = 1.00 + (OL - 95)0.006757
241
11
E
II
Fort C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
B. For flexural strength:
When 3sPns5
If QL >_ 85, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 85)0.002000
If QL < 85, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 85)0.005208
When 6sPn<_9
If QL >_ 90, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 90)0.003000
If QL < 90, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 90)0.005682
When 10 s Pn _< 25
If QL >_ 93, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 93)0.004286
If QL < 93, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 93)0.006098
When Pn >_ 26
If QL >_ 95, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 95)0.006000
If QL < 95, then PF = 1.00 + (QL - 95)0.006757
3. Compute the I/DP for the process:
I/DP = (PF-1)(QR)(UP)
where: QR = Quantity Represented by the process.
UP = Unit Price bid for the Item.
The total I/DP for an element shall be computed by accumulating the individual I/DP for
each process of that element.
(d) As acceptance test results become available, they will be used to calculate accumulated QL and
Incentive and Disincentive Payments (I/DP) for each element and for the item. The Contractor's
test results and the accumulated calculations shall be made available to the Engineer upon request.
The Engineer's test results and the calculations will be made available to the Contractor as early as
reasonably practical. Numbers from the calculations shall be carried to significant figures and
rounded according to AASHTO Standard Recommended Practice R-11, Rounding Method.
I/DP will be made to the Contractor in accordance with subsection 412.24(a). During production,
interim I/DP will be computed for information only. The Pn will change as production continues and
test results accumulate. The Pn at the time an I/DP is computed shall determine the formula to be
used.
(e) The Contractor will not have the option of accepting a price reduction or disincentive in lieu of
producing specification material. Continued production of non -specification material will not be
permitted. Material which is obviously defective may be isolated and rejected without regard to
sampling sequence or location within a process.
242
I
FoftCollinS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
Table 105-4
"V" FACTORS AND INCENTIVE PAYMENTS
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CRITERIA
Maximum
Lower Tolerance
Element
V factor
Incentive
Limit, TL
Payment
Compressive
400 psi
2.00 percent
4,500 psi
Strength
_
_
Pavement
0.4 inch
2.00 percent
Plan Thickness
Thickness
-0.4 inch
Table 105-5
"V" FACTORS AND INCENTIVE PAYMENTS
FLEXURAL STRENGTH CRITERIA
Maximum
Lower Tolerance
Element
V factor
Incentive
Limit, TL
Payment
Flexural Strength
50 psi
3.00%
570 psi
Pavement
04 inch
2.00%
Plan Thickness
Thickness
.
-0.4
Sand Equivalence. If compressive strength criteria is indicated then the sand equivalence (SE) as
determined by CP 37 will be considered acceptable when the running average of three consecutive
tests is greater than 80 percent and no individual test result is less than 75 percent. When the running
average of three consecutive SE tests falls below 80 percent or an individual SE test result falls below
75 percent, paving operations shall be suspended. The Contractor shall submit a written plan to correct
the low SE test results to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall not continue paving
operations until the Engineer approves the plan in writing and three SE test results from random
samples in the stockpile are above 80 percent.
Delete subsection 106.06 and replace with the following:
106.06 Sampling and Testing of Portland Cement Concrete Paving. All Portland Cement Concrete
Pavement, Item 412, shall be tested in accordance with the following quality control and acceptance
testing procedures:
(a) Quality Control Testing. The Contractor shall be responsible for quality control testing of all
elements listed in Table 106-2 or 106-3. Quality control testing shall be performed at the expense
of the Contractor. The Contractor shall develop a quality control plan (QCP) in accordance with the
following:
243
FOft C011ifl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
' 5
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
1. Quality Control Plan. For each element listed in Tables 106-2 or 106-3, the QCP must provide
' adequate details to ensure that the Contractor will perform quality control. The Contractor shall
submit the QCP to the Engineer at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall not
start any work on the project until the Engineer has approved the QCP in writing.
�.1
[1
1
A. Frequency of Tests or Measurements. The QCP shall indicate a random sampling
frequency, which shall be equal to or more frequent than that shown in Table 106-2 or 106-
3. The quality control tests shall be independent of acceptance tests.
B. Test Result Chart. Each quality control test result, the appropriate area, volume, and the
tolerance limits shall be plotted. The chart shall be posted daily at a location convenient for
viewing by the Engineer.
C. Quality Level Chart. The QL for each element in Table 106-2 or 106-3 shall be plotted. The
QL shall be calculated in accordance with the procedure in CP 71 for Determining Quality
Level. The QL shall be calculated on tests 1 through 3, then tests 1 through 4, then tests 1
through 5, then thereafter the last five consecutive test results. The area of material
represented by the last test result shall correspond to the QL.
D. F-test and t-test Charts. If flexural strength criteria is indicated, then the results of F-test and
t-test analysis between the Department's verification tests of flexural strength and the
Contractor's quality control tests of flexural strength shall be shown on charts. The F-test
and t-test shall be calculated in accordance with standard statistical procedures using all
verification tests and quality control tests completed to date. When a verification test is
completed, the F-test and t-test calculations shall be redone. The area of material
represented by the last test result shall correspond to the F-test and t-test. A warning value
of 5 percent and an alert value of 1 percent shall be shown on each chart. The chart shall
be posted daily at a location convenient for viewing by the Engineer.
2. Point of Sampling. The material for quality control testing shall be sampled by the Contractor
using CP 61. The location where material samples will be taken shall be indicated in the QCP.
3. Testing Standards. The QCP shall indicate which testing standards will be followed.
Acceptable standards are Colorado Procedures, AASHTO and ASTM. The order of precedence
is Colorado Procedures, AASHTO procedures and then ASTM procedures.
The compressive strength test for quality control will be the average strength of two test
cylinders cast in plastic molds from a single sample of concrete, cured under standard
laboratory conditions, and tested three to seven days after molding.
4. Testing Supervisor Qualifications. The person in charge of and responsible for the quality
control testing shall be identified in the QCP. This person shall be present on the project and
possess one or more of the following qualifications:
A. Registration as a Professional Engineer in the State of Colorado.
B. Registration as an Engineer in Training in the State of Colorado with two years of paving
experience.
244
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
C. A Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering or Civil Engineering Technology with three years
of paving experience.
D. National Institute for Certification in Engineering (NICET) certification at level III or higher in
the subfields of Transportation Engineering Technology, Highway Materials, or Construction
Materials Testing Engineering Technology, Concrete and four years of paving experience.
5. Technician Qualifications. Technicians performing tests shall meet the requirements of
Colorado Procedure 10.
6. Testing Equipment. All of the testing equipment used to conduct quality control testing shall
conform to the standards specified in the test procedures and be in good working order. If
flexural strength criteria is indicated, then the Contractor shall provide the following equipment
and supplies which will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work:
A. A separate, temperature controlled facility of at least 300 square feet usable space. This
facility shall be used exclusively for the molding, storage and testing of concrete test
specimens as required. This facility shall be provided in addition to other facilities required
in Section 620. The storage facility shall have sufficient water storage capacity for curing all
required test specimens. The storage facility shall provide separate storage tanks for each
type of required testing. Each storage tank shall have a continuously recording
thermometer and sufficient blank charts for the project. Temperatures of each storage tank
shall be recorded for the duration of the project.
B. A machine for testing flexural strength of concrete specimens. The machine shall be used
only for flexural strength tests. The machine shall be model number FX-250 manufactured
by Forney with a DR2001 digital monitor or an approved equal. Both the Contractor and the
Engineer will use this machine for testing concrete specimens. The machine shall meet the
requirements of AASHTO T 97 and T 22 and the following: The machine and the flexural
strength assembly shall be of a rigid construction. The applied vertical load shall be
uniformly distributed to the third points and uniformly across the width of the beam
(transverse distribution). Uniform distribution of the load is defined as less than a 3 percent
variation in the load between each of the nine strain gages placed in the middle third section
of the tension face for loads from 1,000 to 10,000 pounds. One firm that can evaluate and
assess the ability of the machine to distribute the load evenly is Construction Technology
Laboratories, Skokie Illinois (847)965-7500 (Paul Okamoto). Other firms may be capable of
evaluating and assessing the load distribution of the machine. The Engineer must approve
the firm prior to assessing the machine. The machine shall be ready for use and certified
two days before paving begins. After the machine has been certified and accepted by the
Engineer it shall not be moved until all portland cement concrete paving and flexural
strength acceptance tests have been completed.
C. Beam molds for molding all test specimens required. This shall include all testing described
in subsection 106.06.
7. Reporting and Record Keeping. The Contractor shall report the results of the tests to the
Engineer in writing at least once per day.
245
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
' WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
The Contractor shall assemble a Quality Control (QC) notebook and update it daily. This
notebook shall contain all worksheets, test results forms, test results charts and quality level
charts for each of the elements listed in Table 106-2 or 106-3. The Contractor shall submit
examples of worksheets, test result forms and test results charts in accordance with CP 12B as
part of the Contractor's Quality Control Plan (QCP). The Contractor shall submit the QC
notebook to the Engineer for review once a month on the date agreed to at the Pre -Construction
Conference.
The QC notebook will be returned to the Contractor with a list of recognized deficiencies within
two working days after submittal. Deficiencies may include, but are not limited to, the failure to
submit the notebook on time or an absence of the required reports. For any month in which
deficiencies are identified, the QC notebook will be submitted for review two weeks after the QC
notebook is returned. Upon the second recognized deficiency the Engineer will notify the
Contractor, and the pay estimate shall be withheld until the Contractor submits, in writing, a
report detailing the cause for the recognized deficiency. The report shall include how the
Contractor plans to resolve the deficiencies. Additional recognized deficiencies will result in a
delay of the pay estimate until the Contractor has identified and resolved the deficiency along
with revising and resubmitting his QCP to address these issues. Once the Engineer has
reviewed and approved the revised QCP the estimate may be paid. Upon submittal of the QC
notebook for the semi-final estimate, the QC notebook shall become the property of the
Department. The Contractor shall make provisions such that the Engineer can inspect quality
control work in progress, including QC.notebook, sampling, testing, plants, and the Contractor's
testing facilities at any time.
(b) Acceptance Testing. Acceptance testing frequencies shall be in accordance with the Schedule
(Quality Assurance) in the Department's Field Materials Manual. Except for flexural strength,
acceptance tests will be conducted by and at the expense of the Department. Acceptance
sampling and testing procedures will be in accordance with the Department's Field Materials
Manual with the following exceptions and inclusions:
A split sample from an acceptance test shall not be used for a quality control test. The Engineer will
designate the location where samples are to be taken. Samples shall be taken by the Contractor in
accordance with CP 61. The Engineer will be present during the sampling and take possession of
all acceptance samples. Samples transported in different containers will be combined and mixed
before molding specimens. All materials are subject to inspection and testing at all times.
Pavement thickness acceptance will be determined by cores.
The compressive strength test for acceptance will be the average compressive strength of three
test cylinders cast in plastic molds from a single sample of concrete and cured under standard
laboratory conditions prior to testing. If the compressive strength of any one specimen differs from
the average by more than 10 percent, that specimen will be deleted and the average strength will
be determined using the remaining two specimens. If the compressive strength of more than one
specimen differs from the average by more than 10 percent the average strength will be determined
using all three specimens. Each set of three cylinders will be tested at 28 days after molding.
246
Forof
t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
8
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
Acceptance tests for flexural strength shall be the Contractor's quality control tests. The flexural
strength tests shall be the average flexural strength of four test beams. The test beams shall be
prepared according to AASHTO T 23 with the following additional requirements: Specimens shall
be consolidated by internal vibration without the vibrator being inserted in the center six inches of
the specimen's long dimension. The flexural strength of each specimen shall be measured
according to AASHTO T 97 with the following additional requirements: If the flexural strength of only
one specimen differs from the average by more than 10 percent, that specimen shall be deleted
and the average strength shall be determined using the remaining three specimens. If the flexural
strength of more than one specimen differs from the average by more than 10 percent, the test
value shall be the average of all four specimens. Each set of four beams shall be tested at 28 days
after molding. Leather shims shall be used in each test.
(c) Verification Testing. Verification testing will be used only when flexural strength criteria is indicated
and is the responsibility of the Department. The.Department will determine the locations where
samples or measurements are to be taken. The maximum quantity of material represented by each
test result and the minimum number of test results shall be in accordance with Table 106-2. The
location of sampling shall be based on a stratified random procedure.
Verification sampling and testing procedures will be in accordance with Sections 105, 106, 412, the
Schedule for Minimum Materials Sampling, Testing and Inspection in the Department's Field
Materials Manual, and CP 13. Samples for verification and acceptance testing shall be taken by the
Contractor in accordance with CP 61 in the presence of the Engineer.
An analysis of test results will be performed after all test results are known using the t-test and F-
test statistical methods with an alpha value set at 0.05. If either the above t-test and F-test analysis
shows a significant difference, then the following items shall be checked: comparison of beam
fracture locations and types, computations and flexural testing machine outputs, curing tank
temperature charts, slump and air contents, plant batch tickets for major changes, review of
sampling, molding, testing procedures, along with IAT check tests and any other investigations that
may clarify the significant differences. If after a review of the data no reasons can be determined for
the significant difference, the Department's test data shall be used for determining Quality Levels
and Incentive or Disincentive according to the methods in this Section.
(d) Check Testing. The Contractor and the Engineer shall conduct a check testing program (CTP) prior
to the placement of any concrete pavement. The check testing program will include a conference
directed by the Region Materials Engineer of the Contractor's testers and the Department's testers
concerning methods, procedures and equipment for compressive or flexural strength testing.
Check testing shall be completed before any portland cement concrete pavement is placed. A set
of three cylinders or four beams will be molded by both the Contractor and the Department's project
testers from a split sample. The specimens will be sampled, molded and cured for seven days and
tested for compressive or flexural strength according to the procedures of Section 106. The
Department's Independent Assurance Tester will also mold, cure and test a set of three cylinders or
four beams, but the Independent Assurance Test results will not be entered in the check testing
analysis. If the results of the check tests do not meet the following criteria, then the check testing
will be repeated until the following criteria are met:
247
I1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
�✓-� Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
9
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND'601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
(1) The average of the Contractor's test results and the average of the Department's test results
' shall be within 10 percent of the average of all test results.
(2) Each specimen test result shall be within 15 percent of the average of all test results.
' When compressive strength criteria is indicated, a check test must also be conducted on the sand
equivalent test. A set of 5 sand equivalents will be run by both the Contractor's and the
Department's project tester, from a split sample. The average of the absolute differences between
' tests taken by the quality control personnel and the acceptance testing personnel will be compared
to the acceptable limits shown in Table 13-1 of CP 13. The CTP will be continued until the
acceptance and quality control test results are within the permissible ranges shown in Table 13-1 of
CP 13.
During production, split samples of randomly selected acceptance tests will be compared to the
permissible ranges shown in Table 13-1 of CP 13. The minimum frequency will be as shown in
Table 106-3.
iIf production has been suspended and then resumed, the Engineer may order a CTP between tests
taken by quality control and acceptance testing persons to assure the test results are within the
permissible ranges shown in Table 13-1 of CP 13. Check test results shall not be included in
quality control testing. The Region Materials Engineer shall be called upon to resolve differences if
a CTP shows unresolved differences beyond the ranges shown in Table 13-1 of CP 13.
' (e) Independent Assurance Testing. Independent Assurance Tests (IAT) for flexural strength will be
performed at a frequency of 1 per 50,000 sq. yds. The sample for the IAT will be a split sample of
the Contractor's quality control test. The Department's representative performing verification tests
' shall also use a split sample of the Contractor's quality control test and participate in the IAT. The
IAT for flexural strength will be the average flexural strength of four test beams prepared according
to the requirements of Section 106 and cured for seven days.
' (f) Testing Schedule. All samples used to determine Incentive or Disincentive payment by quality level
formulas in accordance with Section 105, will be selected by a stratified random process.
248
aof
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
10
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
Table 106-2
TESTING SCHEDULE - ITEM 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
PAVEMENT, FLEXURAL STRENGTH CRITERIA
Minimum Testing Frequency
Element
Contractor's Quality Control
Aggregate s ,
For the�first f ve da & minimum of 1/da sthen .
y y
Gradation=andeSand
,. = k _ ,
s1/K10,000 sgyds After 5 days; 1/40,000 sq yds_;
E `uivalent;"
First three loads each day, then as needed for
Slump
control.
Water Cement" Ratio`°-Fie,st
three loads.eacFUa ;alien 1/500_cu. yds. '•
Air Content and
Minimum of 1/day, then 1/2,500 sq. yds.
Yield
Flezu4'Stren th .
�Minim6rri of,1/day;
Compressive
1/10,000 sq. yds.
Strength
"
In accordance,with subsecUoh 41221,
Thickness"-,
ss
Minimum of six transverse and six longitudinal
joint locations for the 1" 2500 linear feet, then
Pull Test Joints
three transverse and three longitudinal joints
thereafter
Load Transfer
4 V4
Dowel Ba pp�=
In accouu�....rdance=with sub'.dbtion*412f13"(b) 2E
Placement:,.
y
1 per 528 linear feet in each lane and shoulder
Tining Depth
wider than 8 feet.
249
I
0
1
1
H
I I
11
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract
Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in
any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the
Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for
obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,
reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above)
which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise
may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions;
and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar
information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground
Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or
similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the
Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution
thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents' in Article 1.10 of the
General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in
carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated
herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following:
Section 00520
Page 3
r
LJ
I
I
1
11
[1
,Oft C011irtS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
11
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
Table 106-3
TESTING SCHEDULE - ITEM 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
PAVEMENT, COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CRITERIA
Element
Minimum Testing Frequency
Contractor's Quality Control
Aggregafe=Gradation
Minimu`rn of ;;1/day,,then.1/1;0,000
Slump
First three loads each day, then as needed for
control.
Compressive :.
Strength�Air"j�'
,1��
'Content," and
Mmmium of 1/day, then 1/2,500 sq
_ 1
Sand�Equivalent ...
Pavement Thickness
In accordance with subsection 412.21.
Minimum of six transverse and six0dngitudmal d7 �
locations for thesis` 2500, linear feet
Pull TestJomts�,
:
Joint ttth1
;
three`aransverse and three longitutlmal`fomts� 7+V :a
s
= _
ther6after =
Load Transfer Dowel
Bar Placement
In accordance with subsection 412.13 (b) 2
Depeet
inear feet ineaIch',lane andshoulder,`Tieing
=.8f
Water Cement Ratio
First three loads each day, then 1/500 cu. yds.
Subsection 412.10 shall include the following:
' The Contractor shall provide a MIT-Scan-2 which is manufactured by MIT GmbH.
The Contractor shall ensure the MIT-Scan-2 is calibrated for the specific dowel bar size or load transfer
device being placed, and is operating within the manufacturer's tolerances. The Contractor shall also
ensure that the operator of the MIT-Scan-2 is fully competent in the use of the device. The Contractor
shall supply the serial number of the device to be utilized on the project.
Delete Subsection 412.13 (b) 2 and add replace with the following:
2. Transverse Weakened Plane Joints. When dowel bars are specified in the Contract, they shall be
' installed within the tolerances and of the size, grade, and spacing specified. Horizontal support wires or
shipping braces shall be non -deformed bars or wires with a diameter less than or equal to 0.307 inches
(gauge 0 wire). The number of horizontal support wires or shipping braces shall be limited to five per
' assembly. The horizontal support wires or shipping braces shall not be cut prior to concrete placement.
The center of the dowel assembly or the insertion location shall be marked on both sides of the
pavement slab for reference in sawing the joint. Dowel bars shall be furnished in a rigid welded
assembly or placed by a dowel bar insertion (DBI) machine.
' 250
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
12
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
When a DBI is used, the Contractor shall submit details and specifications of the proposed slip -form
paver and DBI to the Engineer a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the Concrete Pavement Pre -
Paving Conference. The Contractor shall detail his methodology for ensuring correct marking of dowel
bar insertion points and correct sawing of the joints. The Contractor shall ensure that the slip -form
paver is compatible with the DBI.
The rigid assembly shall be fabricated from number 1/0 wire or heavier with vertical support wires every
1 foot. Assembly shall be securely fastened to the subbase and constructed to firmly hold all the dowel
bars at T/2 depth, parallel to each other and to the pavement grade and alignment. See standard plan
M-412-1 for schematic describing the measurement of each tolerance. Dowel placement tolerances
shall be as follows:
Target Tolerances:
Horizontal & Vertical Translation s 1.0 inch,
Longitudinal (Side) Shifts 2.1 inches,
Horizontal & Vertical Rotational Alignments 0.5 inch
Rejection Tolerance:
Horizontal & Vertical Translation > 1.5 inch,
Longitudinal (Side) Shift > 3.0 inches,
Horizontal & Vertical Rotational Alignment > 1.5 inch,
A weighted -score system will be used to conduct a joint -by -joint evaluation of rotational misalignments
of the dowel bars. The Joint Score, as defined in this evaluation, is a measure of the combined effects
of rotational misaligned dowel bars at a joint. A Joint Score is determined by summing the product of
the weights (given in Table 412-1) and the number of bars in each misalignment category and adding 1.
For example, if a joint has four misaligned bars in the 0.6 to 0.8 inch range, the joint score is 9; if a joint
has one misaligned bar in the range 0.6 to 0.8 inch and one bar in the 1 to 1.5 inch range, the score is
8. A Joint Score of 10 is the critical level, above which the risk of joint locking is considered high.
Table 412-1
WEIGHTING FACTORS USED TO DETERMINE JOINT SCORE
Range of Rotational
Misalignment
Weight
0.4in<d<0.6in.
0
0.6 in < d < 0.8 in.
2
0.8in<d<1 in.
4
1 in<d<1.5in.
5
251
U
FOftC011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f�. Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
13
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
' WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
Rejection Criteria:
Horizontal and Vertical Rotational Alignment —
Evaluate on joint -by -joint basis, using the Joint Score.
Isolated locked joints (as indicated by a Joint Score greater than 10) will be allowed,
provided the adjacent joints have Joint Scores 10 or less.
Reject any bars with misalignment greater than 1.5 in.
Longitudinal (side) shift —
Reject any joints with fewer than three bars with a minimum embedment length of 6 in.
under each wheel path.
Depth —
Reject any bar with the concrete cover above the bar less than 3 in. or the saw -cut depth.
Reject any joints with fewer than three bars with a minimum concrete cover below the bar of
3 in. in each wheel path
Corrective Measures:
The following corrective measures will be considered for the bars or joints that fail to meet the minimum
standard as described by the Rejection Criteria. The Contractor shall submit his method of repair to the
Engineer for approval. All materials shall be preapproved.
' Horizontal or Vertical misalignment.
Saw -cut the misaligned bars.
Retrofit dowel bars to ensure that at least three dowel bars are provided in each wheel path
that satisfy the Target Tolerances.
Longitudinal (side) Shift and missing bars.
Retrofit dowel bars to ensure that at least three dowel bars are provided in each wheel path
that satisfy the Target Tolerances.
Depth.
Inadequate cover over the bar —If the problem bar can be removed, remove the entire bar
and retrofit replacement bars to ensure that at least three dowel bars are provided in each
wheel path that satisfy the Target Tolerances. If the problem bar cannot be removed,
perform full -depth repair.
Inadequate cover below the bar —Retrofit dowel bars to ensure that at least three dowel bars
are provided in each wheel path that satisfy the Target Tolerances.
In addition to the above written procedures, the Contractor may propose full depth removal and
replacement of the joint.
Regardless of the dowel bar placement method used, the Contractor shall demonstrate his ability to
place dowel bars in conformance with the specifications by placement of a test section.
The test section shall be a minimum of 300 feet in length. Following placement of the test section, the
Contractor shall shut down paving operations. During the shutdown period, the Contractor shall
evaluate all joints in the test section using the MIT-Scan-2, analyze the results and submit the results to
' the Engineer. Paving operations shall not be restarted until the Engineer approves the test section
results. The test section will be found acceptable if 85% of the dowel bars placed are found to be within
the rejection criteria. All dowel bars exceeding the Rejection Criteria must be addressed using the
above suggested corrective measures.
252
11
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
14
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
If the Project has less than 500 linear feet of pavement, the test section will not be required. If a Project
does not have sections of continuous pavement greater than 45 linear feet, the test section will not be
required.
Upon completion of the test section(s) and for each week of production, the Contractor shall prepare a
report from the measurements obtained. All data shall be submitted in the manufacturer's native file
format, along with the calibration files. The Contractor shall submit a standard report generated using
MagnoProof software (electronic Excel report) to the Engineer at the start of each working week during
production for the previous weeks work.
The electronic report shall include the following:
(1) Contract number, date, highway number and direction of traffic.
(2) Joint number, lane number and station.
(3) Bar number and x-location of dowel bar.
(4) Horizontal and vertical misalignment in inches.
(5) Side shift in inches.
(6) Depth to center of dowel bars in inches.
(7) Joint Score
(8) All out -of -tolerance readings shall be highlighted in red.
Due to potential magnetic interference from tie bars, dowel bars located within 15 inches of a tied joint
shall not be included in the evaluation.
When the test section is found to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall perform corrective actions and
place a second test section. The Contractor shall develop a written plan outlining the steps to be taken
in order to pave a successful test section, this plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and
approval. If the second test section is found to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall pave no more
than 500 feet per day until an acceptable test section has been achieved.
Once a test section is successfully completed, Dowel Bar Placement testing frequency shall be a
minimum of one location per 1,250 linear feet of each continuous traffic lane including climbing lanes,
passing lanes, acceleration and deceleration lanes and ramps. Sections greater than 45 linear feet and
less than 1,250 linear feet require a minimum one of test location. . Testing locations shall be
determined by a random procedure so that each area has a randomly selected transverse joint location.
At each location, five consecutive joints shall be tested.
Sections of continuous pavement constructed by the project less than 45 linear feet will not require
Dowel Bar Placement Testing.
When any joint score is above 10 or any one bar in a single joint exceeds the rejection criteria, joints
shall be tested in each direction from the affected location, until two consecutive joints are found to be
within specification. Standard testing frequency shall apply thereafter.
253
li
' FOft C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
June 16, 2011
' 15
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105, 106, 412, AND 601
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND DOWEL BARS FOR TRANSVERSE
1 WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
All delays or costs associated with proposed equipment being rejected for use, by the Engineer will not
be paid for by the Department, and will be considered an Non -excusable Delay in accordance with
subsection 108.08 (c) 2.
When concrete shoulders or widenings are constructed subsequent to the driving lanes, transverse
weakened plane joints shall immediately be formed in the plastic concrete of these widenings to create
an extension of the existing transverse joint. This tooled joint shall be formed in such a manner that it
controls the cracking and shall be sawed and sealed in accordance with the above requirements.
In subsection 412.21, delete the first sentence in the sixth paragraph.
In subsection 601.02, delete Class E and P Concrete from Table 601-1 and replace with the following:
I
1
Required
Cementitious
Field
Material
Air
Water/Cementite
Concret
Compregth
Content:
Content:
ous Material
e Class
e Strength
Minimum or
% Range
Ratio: Maximum
(psi)
Range
(Total)
or Range
(lbs/yd3)
E r45004at
28
Y520
days'.
P
4500 at 28
520
4-8
0.44
days
iIn subsection 601.02, delete the sixth and ninth paragraphs and replace with the following:
Class E concrete may be used for fast track pavements needing early strength in order to open a
pavement to service soon after placement. Class E concrete shall meet the requirements of Class P
concrete. ASTM C150 Type III or ASTM C1157 Type HE cement may be used.
Class P concrete is used in pavements. Additional requirements are: The concrete mix shall consist of
a minimum 55 percent AASHTO M 43 size No. 357 or No. 467 coarse aggregate by weight of total
aggregate. If all transverse joints are doweled, the concrete mix shall consist of a minimum 55 percent
AASHTO M 43 sizes No. 57, No. 6, No. 67, No. 357, or No. 467 coarse aggregate by weight of total
aggregate. The laboratory trial mix shall produce a minimum average 28 day flexural strength of 650
psi when flexural strength criteria is indicated and 700 psi when compressive strength criteria is
indicated.
254
of
Fort Collin
rCollins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE AND
CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS
Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 106.12, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The original Certificate of Compliance shall include the Contractor's original signature as directed
above. The original signature (including corporate title) on the Certificate of Compliance, under penalty
of perjury, shall be of a person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer. It shall state that the
product or assembly to be incorporated into the project has been sampled and passed all specified
tests in conformity to the plans and specifications for this project. One legible copy of the fully signed
Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to installation of material. The original
shall be provided to the Engineer before payment for the represented item will be made.
In subsection 106.13, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Certified Test Report shall be a legible copy or an original document and shall include the
Contractor's original signature as directed above. The signature (including corporate title) on the
Certified Test Report, under penalty of perjury, shall be of a person having legal authority to act for the
manufacturer or the independent testing laboratory. It shall state that the test results show that the
product or assembly to be incorporated into the project has been sampled and passed all specified
tests in conformity to the plans and specifications for this project. One legible copy or original document
of the fully signed Certified Test Report shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to installation of
material. Failure to comply may result in delays to the project or rejection of the materials.
255
I
�I
I
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 106, 627 and 713
GLASS BEADS FOR PAVEMENT MARKING
Sections 106, 627, and 713 are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 106.11 shall include the following:
All post consumer and industrial glass beads for pavement marking shall have been manufactured from
North American glass waste streams in the United States of America. The bead manufacturer shall
submit a COC in accordance with subsection 106.12 confirming that North American glass waste
streams were used in the manufacture of the glass beads.
Subsection 627.04 shall include the following:
Glass beads shall be applied into the paint by means of a low pressure, gravity drop bead applicator.
In subsection 627.05, seventh paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
Glass beads shall be applied into the epoxy pavement marking by means of a low pressure, gravity
drop bead applicator.
In subsection 627.05, delete the last paragraph and replace with the following:
Epoxy pavement marking and beads shall be applied within the following limits:
Application Rate or Coverage
Per Gallon of Epoxy Pavement Marking
Minimum Maximum
16 — 18 Mil markin 90 s . ft. 100 s . ft.
Beads 18 lbs. 20 lbs.
Subsection 627.06 (c) shall include the following:
Glass beads shall be applied into the thermoplastic pavement marking by means of a low pressure,
gravity drop bead applicator.
In subsection 713.08, delete the first and third paragraphs and replace with the following:
713.08 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking. Glass beads for pavement marking shall conform to
AASHTO M 247, except for the following:
(1) Gradation:
U.S. Mesh Microns % Retained
16 1400 0 - 10
18 1000 20 - 35
30 600 50 - 70
50 300 95-100
(2) Roundness: All beads shall meet a minimum of 80 percent true spheres in accordance with the
Office of Federal Lands Highways FLH T520 or a computerized optical testing method.
256
Fp�t C011itls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 106, 627 and 713
GLASS BEADS FOR PAVEMENT MARKING
(3) Color / Clarity: Beads shall be colorless, clear, and free of carbon residues.
(4) Refractive Index: Minimum 1.51 by oil immersion method.
(5) Air Inclusions: Less than 5 percent by visual count. '
(6) Coatings: Per manufacturer's recommendation for optimum adhesion and embedment.
(7) Chemical Resistance: Beads shall be resistant to hydrochloric acid, water, calcium chloride, and '
sodium sulfide as tested per methods outlined in sections 4.3.6 to 4.3.9 of the TT-B Federal
Spec. 1325D.
(8) A minimum of 40 percent of the total weight shall be manufactured using a molten kiln direct melt
method. All molten kiln direct melt glass beads shall be above the 600 µm (#30) sieve.
(9) Glass beads used for any type of pavement marking shall not contain more than 75 parts per
million (ppm) arsenic, 75 ppm antimony and 100 ppm lead, as tested in accordance with EPA
methods 3052 and 6010C, or other approved testing method
257
FOfTyt COIlit1S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 107
RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS,
INSURANCE TYPES AND COVERAGE LIMITS
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' Delete subsection 107.15(c) and replace it with the following:
(c) Each insurance policy shall include provisions preventing cancellation or non -renewal without at
' least 30 days prior notice to Contractor. The Contractor shall forward to the Engineer any such
notice received within seven days of the Contractor's receipt of such notice.
[1
I
I
258
FOft Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 108
CRITICAL PATH METHOD
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 108.03 (c), delete the third paragraph.
259
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
1 TITLE SHEET
2 STANDARD PLANS LIST
3-4 GENERAL NOTES
5-12 SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
13 TRAFFIC VOLUMES
14-17 TYPICAL SECTIONS
18-25 SURVEY CONTROL DIAGRAM
26 SURVEY TABULATION
27-28 EXPLORATORY BORING LOGS
29-30 TABULATION OF UTILITIES
31-37 UTILITY PLAN
38-41 POTHOLE LOCATION PLAN
42 SUMMARY OF EARTHWORK AND REMOVALS
43 TABULATION OF REMOVALS AND RESETS
44-50 REMOVAL PLAN
51-59 TREE PROTECTION AND REMOVALS SERIES
60 TABULATION OF CONCRETE ITEMS
61 TABULATION OF SURFACING ITEMS
62-68 ROADWAY PLAN
69-74 ROADWAY PROFILES
75-89 FLOWLINE GEOMETRY PLAN
90-94 EAST AND WEST PATH DATA
95-98 CURB RAMP DETAILS
99-102 INTERSECTION LAYOUTS
103-107 JOINTING PLAN
108-121 STRUCTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS
122-128 STORMWATER TABULATION OF QUANTITIES
129-144 STORM SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE
145-150 WATER QUALITY POND GRADING PLAN
151-157 DRAINAGE DETAILS
158-161 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
162 TABULATION OF EROSION CONTROL
163-168 GRADING AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN
169 TABULATION OF ELECTRICAL ITEMS
170-177 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING ELECTRICAL PLAN & DETAILS
178-181 TABULATION OF URBAN DESIGN ELEMENTS
182-189 MATERIALS AND LAYOUT DIMENSIONING SERIES
190-201 SITE DETAILS
202-209 TREE PLANTING AND SOILS SERIES
Section 00520
Page 4 1
I
I
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 109
ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
(ASPHALT CEMENT INCLUDED IN THE WORK)
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 shall include the following:
(i) Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustments. Contract cost adjustments will be made to reflect increases or
decreases in the monthly average price of asphalt cement from the average price for the month
preceding the month in which bids were received for the Contract. These cost adjustments are not
a change to the contract unit prices bid.
Cost adjustments will be based on the asphalt cement price index established by the
Department and calculated as shown in subsection 109.06(i) 2.D below. The index will be the
average for the month of the daily postings of the spot price per barrel of Western Canadian
Select (WCS) as published on http://www.cenovus.com/operations/doing-business-with-
us/marketing/crude-oil-pricing.html. The index from this source will be converted to US Dollars
using the currency converter at http://finance.vahoo.com/currency; the posted price of Canadian
Dollars per cubic meter of WCS on Cenovus.com will be converted to US Dollars per cubic
meter. A conversion factor of 0.89 cubic meter per Ton will be used to convert the posted price
from cubic meter to tons. The converted daily prices and the average index number for the
month will be posted as soon as they are available on the CDOT website at:
http://www.dot.state.co.us/DesignSupport/Construction/Fuel%20Cost%2OAdiustments/Cenovus/
Daily Prices/Daily Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment Index.htm
2. Cost adjustments will be made on a monthly basis subject to the following conditions:
A. Adjustment will be based on the pay quantities on the monthly partial pay estimate for the
following two pay items when measured by the ton and asphalt cement is included in the
pay items:
Item No.
Item
Pay Unit
403*
Hot'Mix Asphalt(Grading
(Asphalt)-
Ton.
403
Stone Matrix Asphalt (Grading
(Asphalt)
Ton
'Hot Mix Asphalt(Patching) is not subject to fuel cost ad'ustment.
B. A cost adjustment will be made only when the asphalt cement price index varies by more
than 5 percent from the asphalt cement price index at the time of bid, and only for that
portion of the variance in excess of 5 percent. Cost adjustments may be either positive or
negative dollar amounts.
C. Asphalt cement cost adjustments will not be made for any partial estimate falling wholly
after the expiration of contract time.
260
I
1
FOI t C011ittS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
� ,_ Standard Special Provisions 1
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 109 '
ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
(ASPHALT CEMENT INCLUDED IN THE WORK)
D. Adjustment formula: '
EP greater than BP: '
ACCA = (EP —1.05 BP)(PA) (Q)
EP less than BP:
ACCA = (EP — 0.95 BP) (PA) (Q) '
Where:
BP = Average Asphalt Cement price index for the calendar month prior to the
calendar month in which bids are opened
EP = Average Asphalt Cement price index for the calendar month prior to the
calendar month in which the partial estimate pay period ends '
ACCA = Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment.
PA = Percent of the paving mixture that is asphalt cement. Asphalt Cement content
will be determined by the weighted average of all asphalt cement content
percentages obtained from the field acceptance tests for that item (Use decimal
in formula, e.g.: 0.05.). If Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) is used the
percent of Virgin Asphalt Cement added to the mix will be determined by
subtracting the percent of asphalt cement in the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
(RAP) from the percent of asphalt cement in the mix as calculated from
Revision of Section 401 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement.
Q = Increased pay quantity for all 403 items shown above on the monthly partial
pay estimate in Tons.,
Example: Bids are opened on July 16. The BP will be the average of the daily postings
for June 1 through June 30. For an estimate cut-off date selected by the
Contractor at the Pre -Construction Conference of the 201h of the month a
February estimate will include HMA quantities measured from the 21" of
January through the 20`h of February, and the EP index used to calculate
ACCA will be the average of the daily postings for January 1 through January
31 as established by CDOT)
E. . Cost adjustment will not be made for the quantity of any item that is left in place at no pay
or for material removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
F. Cost adjustments will not be made to items of work added to the Contract by Change
Order after the award of the Contract.
G. The asphalt cement cost adjustment will be the sum of the individual adjustments for each
of the pay items shown above. No adjustment will be made for asphalt cement costs on
items other than those shown above.
261
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
11- , Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 109
ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
(ASPHALT CEMENT INCLUDED IN THE WORK)
H. Asphalt cement cost adjustments resulting in an increased payment to the Contractor will
be paid for under the planned force account item: Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment.
Asphalt cement cost adjustments resulting in a decreased payment to the Contractor will
be deducted from monies owed the Contractor.
262
Forof
t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
COMPENSATION FOR COMPENSABLE DELAYS
In subsection 109.10, delete the first two paragraphs and replace with the following:
109.10 Compensation for Compensable Delays. If the Engineer determines that a delay is
compensable in accordance with either subsection 105.22, 105.23, 105.24, or 108.08, monetary
compensation will be determined in accordance with this subsection.
(a) These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise included in (5)
below;
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax;
(3) Increased costs for materials;
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned
equipment and based on invoice costs for rented equipment;
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead;
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a direct result
of the delay;
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified
herein is required for all such claims);
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for
items for which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
263
1
�I
' FOrtJCollins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�'� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
' Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 shall include the following:
(h) Fuel Cost Adjustments. Contract cost adjustments will be made to reflect increases or decreases in
the monthly average prices of gasoline, diesel and other fuels from the average price for the month
preceding the month in which bids were received for the Contract. These cost adjustments are not
' changes to the Contract unit prices bid. When bidding, the Contractor shall specify on the Form 85
whether the cost adjustment will apply to the Contract. After bids are submitted, the Contractor will
not be given any other opportunity to accept or reject this adjustment. If the Contractor fails to
' indicate a choice on the Form 85, the cost adjustment will not apply to the Contract. If the fuel cost
adjustment is accepted by the Contractor, the adjustment will be made in accordance with the
following criteria:
' 1. Cost adjustments will be based on the fuel price index established by the Department and
calculated as shown in subsection 109.06(h)2.D below. The index will be the monthly average
of the rates posted by the Oil Price Information Service (OPTS) for Denver No. 2 Diesel. The
rate used will be the OP/S Average taken from the OPIS Standard Rack table for Ultra -Low
Sulfur w/Lubricity Gross Prices (ULS column), expressed in dollars per gallon and rounded to
two decimal places.
' 2. Cost adjustments will be made on a monthly basis subject to the following conditions:
A. Adjustment will be based on the pay quantities on the monthly partial pay estimate for each
' of the pay items listed in the table below for which fuel factors have been established.
Adjustment will be made only when the pay item is measured by the pay unit specified in the
table:
264
Ciof
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
2
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
February 3, 2011 '
Item
Pay Unit
Fuel Factor FF
202 Removal of As halt Mat Plariing)
j Square Y,aid§
0€0061Ga17S ,/Inch depth
203-Excavation (muck, unclassified)
Cubic Yard
0.29 Gal/CY
Embankment, Borrow
2031Rock Excavation
Cubic Yard
0:39^GaILCY
206-Structure Excavation and Backfill [applies
Cubic Yard
0.29 Gal/CY
only to quantities paid for by separate bid item;
no adjustment will be made for pay items that
include structure excavation & backfill, such as
RCP CIP j
304 Agg+egate Base Course Class
Cubic Yard
0185 Gal/CY
0.47 Gal./Ton
304-Aggregate Base Course Class_J
Ton
307-Processing Lime Treated Subgrade
S uare Yard
0.12 Gal/SY
310-Full Depth Reclamation
Square Yard
0.06 Gal/SY
403-Hot Mix Asphalt HMA Gradin
Ton
2.4°7 GaIAN
403-Stone Matrix As halt (Grading
Ton
2.47 Gal/Ton
405 Heating and Scarifyin Treatment
F0.44 Gal/SY
405-Heating and Re aving Treatment
Square Yard
0.44 Gal/SY
405 Heating and Remixin Treatment
S uare Yard
0.44 Gal'S3
406-Cold Bituminous Pavement Recycle
S uare Yard
0.01 Gal/SY/Inch de th
412 Concrete Pavement Inch
S • uare Yard
O,Q3 Gal/SAY/Inch thickness
412-Place Concrete Pavement"
I Square Yard
1 0.03 Gal/SY/Inch thickness
'Hot Mix Asphalt (Patcfiing) is not subject to fuel cost adjustment.
"Use the thickness shown on the laps.
JKL
B. A fuel cost adjustment will be made only when the current fuel price index varies by more
than 5 percent from the price index at the time of bid, and only for that portion of the
variance in excess of 5 percent. Fuel cost adjustments may be either positive or negative
dollar amounts.
C. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made for any partial estimate falling wholly after the
expiration of contract time.
D. Adjustment formula:
EP greater than BP:
FA = (EP —1.05 BP)(Q)(FF)
EP less than BP:
FA = (EP —0.95 BP)(Q)(FF)
Where:
IP = Average fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in
which bids are.opened
:P = Averaae fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in
which the partial estimate pay period ends
FA = Adjustment for fuel costs in dollars
FF = Fuel usage factor for the pay item
Q =.Pay quantity for the pay item on the•monthly_partial pay estimate
265
F_
L.
' FojtCollins North College Corridor Improvements -Vine to Conifer
`_�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
' 3
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
Note: When the pay item is based on area, and the rate of fuel use varies with
thickness, Q should be determined by multiplying the area by the thickness. For
example: for 1000 square yards of 8-inch concrete pavement Q should be 8000.
Example: Bids are opened on July 16. The BP will be the average of the daily postings for
June 1 through June 30. For an estimate cut-off date selected by the Contractor
at the Pre -Construction Conference of the 20`h of the month a February estimate
' will include HMA quantities (Q) measured from the 215i of January through the
20th of February, the FF will be 2.47 Gal/Ton, and the EP index used to calculate
FA will be the average of the daily postings for January 1 through January 31 as
' established by CDOT.
E. Fuel cost adjustment will not be made for the quantity of any item that is left in place at no
pay.
F. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made to items of work added to the Contract by Change
Order after the award of the Contract.
' The fuel cost adjustment will be the sum of the individual adjustments for each of the pay items
shown. No adjustment will be made for fuel costs on items other than those shown. The factors
' shown are aggregate adjustments for all types of fuels used, including but not limited to gasoline,
diesel, propane, and burner fuel. No additional adjustments will be made for any other type of fuel.
Fuel cost adjustments resulting in an increased payment to the Contractor will be paid for under the
planned force account item: Fuel Cost Adjustment. Fuel cost adjustments resulting in a decreased
payment to the Contractor will be deducted from monies owed the Contractor.
i
I
266
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the 171h paragraph and replace it with the following:
February 3, 2011 '
Vehicles used to haul material being paid for by weight shall bear a plainly legible identification mark.
Each of these vehicles shall be weighed empty daily at times directed by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall furnish to the Engineer, in writing, a vehicle identification sheet that lists the following for each
delivery vehicle to be used on the project:
(1) identification mark
(2) vehicle length
(3) tare weight
(4) number of axles
(5) the distance between extreme axles
(6) information related to legal weight, including the Permit No. and permitted weight of each vehicle for
which the State has issued an overweight permit.
This information shall be furnished prior to time of delivery of the material and at any subsequent time
the Contractor changes vehicles, combination vehicles, axle length relationships, or overweight
permitting of vehicles.
267
I
[1
I
[1
1:0 Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1- ` Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 203
IMPORTED MATERIAL FOR EMBANKMENT
Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 203.03 (a) shall include the following:
Imported Material used for backfilling pipes (storm sewer, cross culverts, side drains, etc) shall be
tested for compatibility with the selected pipe material.
When Nonreinforced Concrete Pipe or Reinforced Concrete Pipe is used, the imported material shall be
tested for sulfate and pH
When Corrugated Steel Pipe, Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe or Precoated Corrugated Steel
Pipe is used, the imported material shall be tested for sulfates, chlorides, pH and resistivity.
When Aramid Fiber Bonded Corrugated Steel Pipe or Corrugated Aluminum Pipe is used, the imported
material shall be tested for pH and resistivity.
When Plastic pipe is selected, the imported material does not need to be tested for sulfates, chlorides,
pH and resistivity.
Sulfates, chlorides, pH and resistivity shall be determined by the following procedures:
' (1) Water soluble sulfates using CP-L 2103 Method B.
(2) Chlorides using CPL 2104
(3) Resistivity using ASTM G57
(4) pH using ASTM G51.
The average of three consecutive tests shall show the imported material's sulfate, chloride, pH and
resistivity is not greater than the limits corresponding to the Pipe Class in Table 203-1 or 203-2 for the
pipe class specified on the plans. No single test shall have a result more than 20 percent greater than
that corresponding to the limit in Table 203-1 or Table 203-2 for sulfates, chlorides and resistivity. No
single test shall have a result more than 5 percent outside the limit in Table 203-1 for pH. The
remaining sample material from a single failing test shall be split into three equal portions. CDOT shall
receive one portion, the Contractor shall receive one portion and the remaining portion shall be retained
by the Project. CDOT and the Contractor's Lab shall retest the failed sample; if the results from those
tests are within 10 percent of each other, the results will be averaged. The averaged result will be used
for Contract compliance. If the results from the Labs are not within 10 percent of each other, the
remaining sample portion will be sent to an independent laboratory for testing using the testing
requirements specified above. The independent laboratory will be mutually agreed upon by the
Department and the Contractor. The Independent Lab's test result will be used for Contract
compliance.
If the imported material's sulfates, chlorides, and resistivity are less than the limits and the pH is within
the limits in Table 203-1 or 203-2, CDOT will bear all costs associated with the independent lab test. If
the imported material's sulfates, chlorides, and resistivity is greater than the limits and the pH is outside
the limits in Table 203-1 or 203-2, all costs associated with independent lab testing shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
Embankment represented by failing tests shall be removed from the project and replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
268
City of
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION,203
IMPORTED MATERIAL FOR EMBANKMENT
Table 203-1
SULFATE, CHLORIDE AND PH OF IMPORTED MATERIAL
SOIL
Pipe
Class
Sulfate
Chloride
(SO,)
(CI)
pH
% max
% max
0.05 -, ;
6.0-8.5
1,7
0.10
0.10
6.0-8.5
2, 8 .
0.20
0.20 w
6.0-8.5
3,9
0.50
0.50
6.0-8.5
4; 9
111.00
1;00.
5.0-9:0
5, 10
2.00
2.00
5.0-9.0
>200
<5.or>9
Table 203-2
RESISTIVITY AND PH OF IMPORTED MATERIAL
SOIL SIDE
Resistivity, R (Ohm — cm)
pH
Z1,500
5.0-9.0
>_250
3.0-12.0
269
F
11
210-217 SHRUB AND GC PLANTING SERIES
218 PLANTING DETAILS
219-234 IRRIGATION PLAN AND DETAILS
235-238 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN
239 TABULATION OF SIGNING
240 TABULATION OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNALS
241-242 SIGNAL PLAN
243-248 SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN
249-302 CROSS SECTIONS
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions
made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents
amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5
and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by
reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General
Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract
Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party
sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due
and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that
the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary
in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor
from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns
' and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract
Document.
II
Page 5
Section 00520
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
' In subsection 401.17, delete the third paragraph and replace with the following:
SMA shall be compacted to a density of 93 to 97 percent of the daily theoretical maximum specific
gravity, determined according to CP 51. All other HMA shall be compacted to a density of 92 to 96
percent of the daily theoretical maximum specific gravity, determined according to CP 51. If more than
one theoretical maximum specific gravity test is taken in a day, the average of the theoretical maximum
specific gravity results will be used to determine the percent compaction. Field density determinations
' will be made in accordance with CP 44 or 81.
1
1
1
270
11
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION PAVEMENT TEST SECTION (CTS)
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.17, delete the fifteenth paragraph and replace with the following:
February 3, 2011 '
Two sets of random cores shall be taken within the last 200 tons of the CTS. Each set shall consist of
a minimum of seven random cores. The Engineer will determine the coring locations using a stratified
random sampling process. The locations of these cores will be such that one set can serve as a
duplicate of the other. One set of these cores shall be immediately submitted to the Engineer. This set
will be used for determining acceptance of the CTS and determining density correction factors for
nuclear density equipment. Densities of the random samples will be determined by cores according to
CP 44. Density correction factors for nuclear density equipment will be determined according to CP 81.
Coring shall be performed under CDOT observation. Coring will not be measured and paid for
separately but shall be included in the work. For SMA, a CTS is not used. The Contractor shall follow
the requirements for the demonstration control strip in accordance with the Revision of Section 403,
Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement.
271
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
TEMPERATURE SEGREGATION
' Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.16 delete the twelfth (last) paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Engineer may evaluate the HMA for low density due to temperature segregation any time industry
best practices, as detailed on Form 1346, are not being followed or the Engineer suspects temperature
segregation is occurring. The Engineer will first meet with the Contractor to discuss the paving
practices that are triggering the temperature investigation. Areas across the mat, excluding the outside
1 foot of both edges of the mat, that are more than 25 OF cooler than other material across the width
may be marked for density testing. Material for temperature comparison will be evaluated in 3-foot
' intervals behind the paver across the width of the mat. The material shall be marked and tested in
accordance with CP 58. If four or more areas within a lot of 500 tons have densities of less than 93
percent of the material's maximum specific gravity for SMA mixes or less than 92 percent of the
' material's maximum specific gravity for all other HMA mixes, a 5 percent price disincentive will be
applied to the 500 ton lot. The 500 ton count begins when the Engineer starts looking for cold areas,
not when the first cold area is detected. This price disincentive will be in addition to those described in
Sections 105 and 106. Only one area per delivered truck will be counted toward the number of low
' density areas. Temperature segregation checks will be performed only in areas where continuous
paving is possible.
272
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT FINISHING
Section 412 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 412.12(a) and replace it with the following:
February 3, 2011 ,
(a) Hand Finishing. Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The Engineer shall be
notified prior to hand finishing work and the proposed hand finished work shall be addressed in the
Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Unless otherwise specified, hand finishing methods will
be permitted only under the following conditions. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and
screeded with a portable screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the slab to
be struck off. It shall be sufficiently rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly
consolidated by hand vibrators. Hand finishing shall not be allowed after concrete has been in -
place for more than 30 minutes or when initial set has begun unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Finishing tools made of aluminum shall not be used.
The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is
accomplished in accordance with current Industry standards in the concrete pavement placement. I'
shall also identify the Contractor's method for ensuring that the provisions of the QCP are met. The
QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference. Paving operations shall
not begin until the Engineer has approved the QCP. The QCP shall identify and address issues
affecting the quality of finished concrete pavement including but not limited to:
(1) Timing of hand finishing operations
(2) Methodology to place and transport concrete
(3) Equipment and tools to be utilized
(4) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors
When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or
that hand finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply
a written plan to address improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing
failures and bring the work into compliance with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for
acceptability prior to authorizing the resumption of operations.
273
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412, 601 AND 711
LIQUID MEMBRANE -FORMING COMPOUNDS
FOR CURING CONCRETE
Sections 412, 601 and 711 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 412.14, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
The impervious membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2 and
shall be volatile organic content (VOC).compliant.
In subsection 601.13 (b), first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall
be used on surfaces where curing compound is allowed, except that Type 1 curing compound shall be
used on exposed aggregate or colored concrete, or when directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 601.16 (a) 1., delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing
compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be uniformly applied to the surface of the deck,
curbs and sidewalks at the rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet.
Delete subsection 711.01 and replace with the following:
711.01 Curing Materials. Curing materials shall conform to the following requirements:
Burlap Cloth made from Jute or'Kenaf,
AASHTO M
182. .
Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
ASTM C
309
Sheet Materials for -Curing Concrete
AASHTO W
'Only the performance requirements of AASHTO M171 shall
apply.
Straw used for curing shall consist of threshed straw of oats, barley, wheat, or rye. Clean field or marsh
hay may be substituted for straw when approved by the Engineer. Old dry straw or hay which breaks
readily in the spreading process will not be accepted.
274
Forof
t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412 AND 705
PREFORMED COMPRESSION SEALS
February 3, 2011 '
Sections 412 and 705 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 412.13 shall include the following:
Transverse and untied longitudinal joints shall be sawed and sealed as shown in the following diagram
for preformed compression seals. Installation shall conform to subsection 412.18, as revised for this
project, and the compression seal and lubricant materials shall conform to subsection 705.01, as
revised for this project.
Subsection 412.18 shall include the following:
Before installation of the preformed compression seal the following shall be completed:
(1) Repair of defective pavement slabs and repair and proper curing of cracks or spalls in accordance
with subsection 412.16.
(2) Corrective work for tining.
(3) Corrective work for smoothness in accordance with subsection 412.17(c).
Air temperature at the time of installation shall be from 40 to 80 OF or as recommended by the
manufacturer. The joint shall be air cleaned with oil free air at 100 psi minimum just before seal
installation. The preformed compression seal shall have an uncompressed width of 11/16 inch.
Installation shall be in conformance with the following diagram and shall follow the manufacturers
recommendations. A machine shall be used for installation which results in proper depth of the seal
without damage or twisting of the seal. Elongation during installation shall not exceed 5 percent.
Subsection 705.01 shall include the following:
(c) Preformed Compression Seals. Preformed compression seals shall conform to AASHTO M 220.
The lubricant adhesive used for installation of the preformed compression seal shall conform to
ASTM D 2835. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certified test reports that indicate
conformance of the preformed compression seals and lubricant adhesive with these specifications
before installation begins.
275
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
' 2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412 AND 705
PREFORMED COMPRESSION SEALS
' JOINT SHAPE AND JOINT FILLER DETAILS FOR
TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACTION JOINT AND
UNTIED LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
TOP OF 3/8"�1 /4"
PAVEMENT
N
�= I M
H
d
0 JOINT SEAL
11/16"
UNCOMPRESSED
WIDTH
"Saw Depth
T/4 for transverse sawed contraction joint
T/3 for untied longitudinal contraction joint
Where:
T = pavement thickness
Tolerances of all joint width dimensions: 0 to +1/16 inch
February 3, 2011
Installation of preformed compression joint seals shall be in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
The joint locations, spacing, and general notes on the standard for concrete
pavement joints for this project shall apply.
All materials and installation required for compression joint seals will be included in
the work.
All other joints shall be constructed in accordance with standard specifications.
276
ciof
Fort Collin North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE BATCHING
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.06, delete (13) and (17) and replace with the following:
(13) Gallons of water added by truck operator, the time the water was added and the quantity of
concrete in the truck each time water is added.
(17) Water to cementitious material ratio.
277
' �t COIIi�S North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
-F" OStandard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601
CONCRETE FINISHING
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised forth is project as follows:
In subsection 601.12 (a) delete the fifth paragraph and replace it with the following:
' Water shall not be added to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations.
Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The hand finishing methods shall be addressed
' in the Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and
screeded with a portable screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the surface to
be struck off. It shall be sufficiently rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated
by hand vibrators. Hand finishing shall not be allowed after concrete has been in -place for more than
30 minutes or when initial set has begun. Finishing tools made of aluminum shall not be used.
' The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is
accomplished in accordance with current Industry standards. It shall identify the Contractor's method
for ensuring that the provisions of the QCP are met. The QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the
Preconstruction Conference. Concrete placement shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the
QCP. The QCP shall identify and address issues affecting the quality finished concrete including but
not limited to:
' (5) Timing of hand finishing operations
(6) Methodology to place and transport concrete
(7) Equipment and tools to be utilized
(8) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors
' When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or that
hand finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply a written
plan to address improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing failures and bring
the work into compliance with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for acceptability prior to
authorizing the resumption of operations.
In subsection 601.14(a) delete the fourth paragraph.
278
Ciof
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer,
. Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 627 AND 708
PAVEMENT MARKING WITH WATERBORNE PAINT
AND LOW VOC SOLVENT BASE PAINT
Sections 627 and 708 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 627.04 delete the table and replace it with the following
DESCRIPTION
Paint
Water -Based ` Low VOC Hi h,Build
Ali nment
Lateral: Deviation
2.0 inch, et 200'foot Max',
Coverage Rate
S . Ft. per Gallon
100-110
100-110
70-85
Thickness
Mil
' 1'5-17
-15-17 '
20-25
Width
Inches
Per Plans +/- 0.25
Dry Time
'Minutes
5-10 5-.1,0. _
540
Beads
Application Rate, Ibs/ al
6-8
8-10
Subsection 708.05 shall include the following:
(c) High Build Acrylic Waterborne Paint. High build acrylic waterborne paint binder (nonvolatile
portion of vehicle) shall be 100 percent acrylic cross linking polymer, by weight, as determined by
infrared analysis or other chemical analysis available to the Department.
279
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids
00100 Instruction to Bidders
00300 Bid Form
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
00600 Bonds and Certificates
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions
Exhibit GC -A
00800 Supplementary Conditions
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment
00950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
SPECIFICATIONS
SOILS REPORT
Pages
00020-1 - 00020-2
00100-1 - 00100-9
00300-1 - 00300-3
00400-1
00410-1 - 00410-2
00420-1 - 00420-3
00430-1
00500-1
00510-0
00520-1 - 00520-6
00530-1
00600-1
00610-1 - 00610-2
00615-1 - 00615-2
00630-1
00635-1
00640-1
00650-1 - 00650-2
00660-1
00670-1 - 00670-2
00700-1 - 00700-34
GC -Al - GC-A2
00800-1 - 00800-2
00900-1
00950-1 - 00950-2
00960-1 - 00960-4
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
By:
JAMES B. O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Date:
Attest
City Clerk
Address for giving notices:
P. 0. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Approved as to Form
Assistant City Attorney
Page 6
CONTRACTOR:
By:
Title:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest:
Address for giving notices:
LICENSE NO.:
Section 00520
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_h Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.02, delete Table 630-1, and replace it with the following:
Table 630-1
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING TYPES
Sheeting
Type IV*
Type Fluorescent
Application
Work Zone
Work Zone
All Orange Construction: Signs
X
Barricades (Temporary)
X
Vertical Panels,',-.,
,._ .
Flaggers Stop/Slow Paddle
X
X
Drums"Xz
Non -orange Fixed Support signs
X
with prefix "W"
Special. Warning Signs
h "
X'
STOP sign (1711-1)
YIELD sign (R1-2)
WRONG WAY sign (R5-1a)
X
DO NOT ENTER sign (R5-1)
EXIT sign (E5-1 a)
DETOUR'sign (M4-9) or'(M4,-10)
4'.5
X
All other fixed support signs
X
X
All other signs used, only during
X
X
working hours
1 Fluorescent Sheeting shall be of a brand that is on the CDOT Approved Products List.
2 Drum Sheeting shall be manufactured for flexible devices.
3 Fixed support signs are defined as all signs that must remain in use outside of working
hours. They shall be mounted in accordance with Standard Plan S-630-1.
♦ New signs and devices shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting. Existing signs and
devices manufactured with Type III sheeting may be used on projects advertised prior to
January 1, 2014. Signs and devices used on projects advertised on or after January 1,
2014 shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
280
Fort of North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.06, first paragraph, delete the fifth sentence and replace with the following:
Retroreflective sheeting on new devices shall be Type IV. Existing devices manufactured with Type III
sheeting may be used on projects advertised prior to January 1, 2014. Devices used on projects
advertised on or after January 1, 2014 shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
281
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
`f� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 712
GEOTEXTILES
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 712.08, delete Table 712-2 and replace with the following
Table 712-2
TYPICAL VALUES OF PERMEABILITY COEFFICIENTS'
Particle
Effective
Size Range
Size
Permeability
Turbulent Flow
Millimeters (inches)
Coefficient k
D max
D min
D 20 mm
cm/s
(inches)
Derrick STONE
3000 (120)_
900`(36)
. 1200 (48)_
100
One-man STONE
300 (12)
100 (4)
150 (6)
30
Clean, fihe to coarse
80 (3)
=,:
10 ('/a)
13 ('/z)'
'
10_
GRAVEL
Fine, uniform
8 (%)
1.5 ('/16)
3 (%)
5
GRAVEL
Very coarse, clean,
3 (8)
0.8 ('/3z)
1.5 ('/16)
3
uniform SAND
:'
Laminar Flow
0.5 (/64)
0.4
2 ('/e)
0.6
Uniform, coarse SAND
Uniform, medium SAND
-0.5
0.25
0.3
-0.1
Clean, well -graded
SAND & GRAVEL
10
0.05
0.1
0.01
Uniform, fine SAND
0:25
0.05
U6 :
,- 40'z 1.0-4�
Well -graded, silty
5
0.01
0.02
4 x 10-4
SAND & GRAVEL
Silty SAND
2
0.005'
0.01
_
1.0 x 10-4
Uniform SILT
0.05
0.005
0.006
0.5 x 10-4
SandyCLAY
1.0
0.001
0.002
0.05 x 10-4
Silty CLAY
-clay
0.05
0.001
0.0015
0.01 x 10-4
CLAY (30% to 50°/
0.05
0.0005
0.0008
0.601 x 10-4
sizes)
Colloidal CLAY (-2 pm
0.01
10
40
10 9
50%)
' Basic Soils Engineering, R.K. Hough, 2nd'Edition, Ronald•Pess Co.; 1969, Page 76.
Note: Since .the permeability coefficient of,,the soil`will be unknown in most noncritical,
non -severe applications for erosion, control'and'drainage, the soil -permeability
coefficients listed in Table 712-2 may be Used as'a guide for comparing the permeability
coefficient of the fabric with that of the in= lace soil
282
of
F itytC011itl5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 712
WATER FOR MIXING OR CURING CONCRETE
I
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: '
Delete subsection 712.01 and replace it with the following
712.01 Water. Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be reasonably clean and free of oil, salt, ,
acid, alkali, sugar, vegetation, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Concrete mixing
water shall meet the requirements of ASTM C1602. The Contractor shall perform and submit tests to
the Engineer at the frequencies listed in ASTM C1602. Potable water may be used without testing.
Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud,
grass, and other foreign materials.
283
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_��_ Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
' 1
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
A. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive
Order 11246)
1. The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal
Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein.
' 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for
the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area
' are as follows:
(,nals and Timatnhla fnr Minnrity I ltili7afinn
Timetable - Until Further Notice
Economic
Standard Metropolitan
Counties
Goal
Area
Statistical Area (SMSA)
Involved
157
2080 Denver -Boulder
Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Denver,
(Denver)
Douglas, Gilpin, Jefferson ...................
13.8%
2670 Fort Collins
Larimer................................................
6.9%
3060 Greeley
Weld ....................................................
13.1 %
Non SMSA Counties
Cheyenne, Clear Creek, Elbert, Grand,
e
Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan, Park,
Phillips, Sedgwick, Summit, Washington
& Yuma ............................
12.8%
158
1720 Colorado Springs
El Paso, Teller .....................................
10.9%
(Colo. Slogs. -
6560 Pueblo
Pueblo .................................................
27.5%
Pueblo)
Non SMSA Counties
Alamosa, Baca, Bent, Chaffee, Conejos,
Costilla, Crowley, Custer, Fremont,
Huerfano, Kiowa, Lake,
Las Animas, Lincoln, Mineral, Otero,
Prowers, Rio Grande, Sa uache........
19.0%
159
Non SMSA
Archuleta, Delta, Dolores, Eagle,
(Grand
Garfield, Gunnison, Hinsdale,
Junction)
La Plata, Mesa, Moffat, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, San Juan, San Miguel
10.2%
156 (Cheyenne
Non SMSA
Jackson County, Colorado ..................
7.5%
- Casper WY)
GOALS AND TIMETABLES FOR FEMALE UTILIZATION
UntilFurther Notice......................................................................................................................6.9% --
Statewide
284
Ciof
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
2
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
February 3, 2011 '
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal
or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction
work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals
established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this
second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non -
federally involved construction.
The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4
shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause specific affirmative action
obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts meet the
goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting form this solicitation is
to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be
substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the
Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its
projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor
or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a
violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Par 60-4.
Compliance with the coals will be measured against the total work hours performed.
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract
Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of
$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The
notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer
identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion
dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed.
4. As used in this specification, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area"
is the county or counties shown on the Invitation for Bids and on the plans. In cases where the work is
in two or more counties covered by differing percentage goals, the highest percentage will govern.
B. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive
Order 11246)
1. As used in these Specifications:
a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this
contract resulted;
b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States
Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;
c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the
Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.
285
1
1
I
1
I
1
C�
d
1
u
1
1
FO�t C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`.lam Standard Special Provisions
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
d. "Minority" includes;
February 3, 2011
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic
origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or
other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the
Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through
membership and participation or community identification).
Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work
involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000
the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for
minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract
resulted.
If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the
U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its
affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in
accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors
must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such
Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually
required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to
achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith
performance by other Contractors or Subcontractor toward a goal in an approved Plan does not
excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the
Plan goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a
through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract
resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority
and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction
trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing
construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted
construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical
area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in
notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs Office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to
make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified.
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom
the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall
excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the
regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
286
1
FOrtC011ins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer.
Standard Special Provisions
4
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
February 3, 2011 '
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the
goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training
period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees
at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees
must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The
evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to
achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and
shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following;
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation , and coercion at
all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The
Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The
Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory
personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working
environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such
facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written
notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the
Contractor or its union have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the
organization's responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and
female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source of
community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each individual. If such
individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor
by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with
the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union with which the Contractor
has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or
woman sent by the Contractor, or when he Contractor has other information that the union referral
process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area
which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship
and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs
funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these
programs to the sources compiled under 7b above.
e. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training
programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO
obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by
publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with
all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year, and
by
287
I
L
[J
I
1
FOrtC011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
11_ _ Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
5
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
posting the Contractor's EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each
location where construction work is performed.
g. Review, at least annually, the Contractor's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under
these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff,
termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite
supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foreman, etc., prior to the initiation of
construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the
time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of
the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news
media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to
and discussing the Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates
doing business.
i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community
organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment
and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not
later than one month prior to the date for the* acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other
training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations
such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the
selection process.
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women
and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and
female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under
41 CFR Part 60-3.
I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female
personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for,
through appropriate training, etc. such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel
' practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and
employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under
these specifications are being carried out.
' n. Ensure that all facilities and Contractor's activities are nonsegregated except that separate or
single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the
sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and
female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and
' female contractor associations and other business associations.
288
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�. Standard Special Provisions
6
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
February 3, 2011 '
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the
Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligation.
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or
more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association,
joint contractor -union contractor -community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a
member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a
through p of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group,
makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities
and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the
Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its
individual goal and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the
effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is
the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the
Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The
Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative
action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority.
Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is
employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even thought the Contractor has
achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if
a specific minority group of women is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate
against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from
Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and
of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing
subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and
its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any
Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these
specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended.
13 The Contractor in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific
affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these
specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment
opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the
implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41
CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to
ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions
hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include
for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if
289
I
1
' SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
1 Description of Work: 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer
1 To:
This notice is to advise you:
1 That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
1 That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received
by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
1 Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and
directed to proceed within (_) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the
1 Agreement.
Dated this _day of , 20_.
' The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20_ and
, 20_, respectively.
1 City of Fort Collins
OWNER
1 By.
Title:
' ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of
1 20_
CONTRACTOR:
1 By.
Title:
1
Section 00530 Page 1
I
1
i
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
7
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g.,
mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per
week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records
shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form, however, to the degree that
existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate
records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which
establish different standards of compliance or upon application of requirements for the hiring of
local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the
Community Development Block Grant Program).
C. SPECIFIC EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY RESPONSIBILITIES.
1. General.
a. Equal employment opportunity requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to
assure equal employment opportunity as required by Executive Order 11246 and Executive
Order 11375 are set forth in Required Contract. Provisions (Form FHWA 1273 or 1316, as
appropriate) and these Special Provisions which are imposed pursuant to Section 140 of
Title 23, U.S.C., as established by Section 22 of the Federal -Aid highway Act of 1968. The
requirements set forth in these Special Provisions shall constitute the specific affirmative
action requirements for project activities under this contract and supplement the equal
employment opportunity requirements set forth in the Required Contract provisions.
b. The Contractor will work with the State highway agencies and the Federal Government in
carrying out equal employment opportunity obligations and in their review of his/her activities
under the contract.
c. The Contractor and all his/her subcontractors holding subcontracts not including material
suppliers, of $10,000 or more, will comply with the following minimum specific requirement
activities of equal employment opportunity: (The equal employment opportunity
requirements of Executive Order 11246, as set forth in Volume 6, Chapter 4, Section 1,
Subsection 1 of the Federal -Aid Highway Program Manual, are applicable to material
suppliers as well as contractors and subcontractors.) The Contractor will include these
requirements in every subcontract of $10,000 or more with such modification of language as
is necessary to make them binding on the subcontractor.
2. Equal Employment Opportunity Policy. The Contractor will accept as his operating policy the
following statement which is designed to further the provision of equal employment opportunity
to all persons without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, and to promote
the full realization of equal employment opportunity through a positive continuing program;
It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are
treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, or national origin.
Such action shall include; employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and
selection for training, including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training.
290
t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
8
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
February 3, 2011 ,
3. Equal Employment Opportunity Officer. The Contractor will designate and make known to the State
highway agency contracting officers and equal employment opportunity officer (herein after
referred to as the EEO Officer) who will have the responsibility for an must be capable of
effectively administering and promoting an active contractor program of equal employment
opportunity and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
4. Dissemination of Policy.
a. All members of the Contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and
discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in
such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the Contractor's equal
employment opportunity policy and contractual responsibilities to provide equal employment
opportunity in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above
agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum;
(1) Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before
the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the
Contractor's equal employment opportunity policy and its implementation will be
reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer or other
knowledgeable company official.
(2) All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by
the EEO Officer or other knowledgeable company official, covering all major aspects of
the Contractor's equal employment opportunity obligations within thirty days following
their reporting for duty with the Contractor.
(3) All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the
EEO Officer or appropriate company official in the Contractor's procedures for locating
and hiring minority group employees.
b. In order to make the Contractor's equal employment opportunity policy known to all employees,
prospective employees and potential sources of employees, i.e., schools, employment
agencies, labor unions (where appropriate), college placement officers, etc., the Contractor
will take the following actions:
(1) Notices and posters setting forth the Contractor's equal employment opportunity policy
will .be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment
and potential employees.
(2) The Contractor's equal employment opportunity policy and the procedures to implement
such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings,
employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
5. Recruitment.
a. When advertising for employees, the Contractor will include in all advertisements for
employees the notation; "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will
be published in newspapers or other publications having a large circulation among
minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived.
291
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
1 9
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
' b. The Contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic
and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield
qualified minority group applicants, including, but not limited to, State employment
agencies, schools, colleges and minority group organizations. To meet this requirement,
the Contractor will, through his EEO Officer, identify sources of potential minority group
employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority
group applicants may be referred to the Contractor for employment consideration.
In the event the Contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring
hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent
that the system permits the Contractor's compliance with equal employment opportunity
' contract provisions. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that where implementation
of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or
obligates the Contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order
11246, as amended.)
c. The Contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for
employment by posting appropriate notices or bulletins in areas accessible to all such
employees. In addition, information and procedures with regard to referring minority
group applicants will be discussed with employees.
'6. Personnel Actions. Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
' administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion,
transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color,
religion, sex, or national origin. The following procedures shall be followed;
' a. The Contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working
conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site
personnel.
' b. The Contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification
to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
' c. The Contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine
whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the Contractor
will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may
' extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected
persons.
d. The Contract will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the
Contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve
such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If
the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the
'complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion
of each investigation, the Contractor will inform every complainant of all of his avenues
of appeal.
1
292
FOit C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
10
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
7. Training and Promotion.
February 3, 2011 1
a. The Contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group
and women employees, and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the Contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal
and State regulations, the Contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e.,
apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract
performance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation
shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training.
c. The Contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training
programs and entrance requirements for each.
d. The Contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group
and women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training
and promotion.
8. Unions. If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the
Contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase
opportunities for minority groups and women with the unions, and to effect referrals by such
unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the Contractor either directly or
thorough a contractor's association acting as agent will include the procedures set forth
below:
a. The Contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training
programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for
membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and
women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The Contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an equal employment opportunity clause
into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer
applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor
union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the
labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the Contractor,
the Contractor shall so certify to the State highway department and shall set forth what
efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the Contractor with a reasonable flow of minority
and women referrals within he time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement,
the Contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment
vacancies without regard to race, color, religion , sex or national origin; making full
efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group persons and women. (The
U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which
the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral
293
11
1:0 C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1_ `_lam Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
11
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the
Contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and these special provisions, such Contractor shall immediately notify the
State highway agency.
9. Subcontracting.
a. The Contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize minority group
subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation
among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of minority -owned construction firms
from State highway agency personnel.
b. The Contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their equal
employment opportunity obligations.
10. Records and Reports.
a. The Contractor will keep such records as are necessary to determine compliance with the
Contractor's equal employment opportunity obligations. The records kept by the Contractor
will be designed to indicate:
(1) The number of minority and nonminority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project.
(2) The Progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women (applicable only to contractors who rely in whole
or in part on unions as a source of their work force).
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading
minority and female employees, and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of minority group
subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation
among their employees.
b. All such records must be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract
work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized
representatives of the State highway agency and the Federal Highway Administration.
c. The Contractors will submit an annual report to the State highway agency each July for the
duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non -minority group
employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This
information is to be reported on Form PR 1391.
294
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_�� Standard Special Provisions
(a)
1
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
Definitions and Procedures
For this project, the following terms are defined:
February 3, 2011 '
1. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). A small business concern that is certified as being
A. At least 51 percent owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged
individuals or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of
which is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
B. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the
socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it.
C. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual means any individual who is a citizen (or
lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who is:
(1) Any individual whom the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or
the City and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) finds to
be a socially and economically disadvantaged individual.
(2) Any individual in the following groups, members of which are rebuttably presumed to be
socially and economically disadvantaged:
a. 'Black Americans," which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial
groups of Africa;
b. "Hispanic Americans," which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban,
Dominican, Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or
origin, regardless of race;
c. "Native Americans," which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos,
Aleuts, or Native Hawaiians;
d. "Asian -Pacific Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from Japan,
China, Taiwan, Korea, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea),
Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust
Territories of the Pacific Islands (Republic of Palau), the Commonwealth of the
Northern Marianas Islands, Macao, Fiji, Tonga, Kirbati, Juvalu, Nauru, Federated
States of Micronesia, or Hong Kong;
e. "Subcontinent Asian Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from
India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, Nepal or Sri Lanka;
f. "Women", which means females of any ethnicity;
295
I�
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
' 2
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
g. "Other," which means any additional groups whose members are designated as
socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration
(SBA), at such time as the SBA designation becomes effective and/or individuals
' who have been determined to be socially and economically disadvantaged based on
the criteria for social and economic disadvantage.
' 2. Underutilized OBE (UDBE). A firm which meets the definition of DBE above and is eligible to
meet the contract goal as defined in the project special provision titled "Contract Goal."
3. DBE Joint Venture. Joint venture means an association of a DBE firm and one or more other
firms to carry out a single, for -profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their
property, capital, efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the DBE is responsible for a
distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the contract and whose share in the capital
contribution, control, management, risks, and profits of the joint venture are commensurate with
its ownership interest.
A DBE joint venture must be certified as a joint venture by the Business Programs Office at
CDOT.
A. For those projects set -aside for bidding by UDBEs only; all of the partners in a joint venture
must be UDBEs and certification of the joint venture will not be required.
B. For all projects other than the set -aside projects discussed in A. above; one of the partners
in a joint venture must be a DBE. The DBE percentage of the joint venture will be
determined at the time of certification.
4. Contract Goal. The goal for UDBE participation that the Department determines should
appropriately be met by the successful bidder. Contract goal will be the percentage stated in
the invitation for bids and in the project special provisions. Successful bidders that are awarded
a Contract based on good faith efforts shall continue to make good faith efforts through the
period of time that work on the project is in process, to provide for additional UDBE participation
toward meeting the goal.
5. Good Faith Efforts. It is the obligation of the bidder to make good faith efforts to meet the
contract goal prior to the bid opening. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so either by
meeting the contract goal or by documenting good faith efforts made. CDOT will evaluate only
the good faith efforts made by the bidder prior to the bid opening. Any UDBE Participation
submitted on Form 715 that exceeds the participation submitted on Form 714 will be accepted
as additional UDBE participation, but will not be counted as Good Faith Efforts and will not
exempt a bidder from fulfilling the Good Faith Efforts requirements. The apparently successful
bidder shall report all efforts made including but not limited to the efforts required on Form 718.
The efforts employed by the bidder should be those that one could reasonably expect a bidder
to take if the bidder were actively and aggressively trying to obtain UDBE participation sufficient
to meet the DBE contract goal.
The bidder may submit information on its UDBE successes in the preparation of this bid and its
successes on CDOT projects during the three preceding calendar years. These successes shall
296
i
FOr�'t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
"— �Standard Special Provisions
3
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
February 3, 2011 1
be documented in Section IV of the Form 718. Other factors the bidder considers relevant to its
past performance in meeting CDOT UDBE contract goals shall also be documented in Section
IV of the Form 718.
In determining whether a bidder has made good faith efforts, CDOT will consider the
performance of the apparently successful bidder in meeting UDBE contract goals over the
preceding three calendar years. This will include performance at the time of Contract bid and at
the time of Contract close. CDOT will use this information to help assess the bidder's ongoing
level of commitment in performing good faith efforts to meet project goals. CDOT will also take
into account the performance of other bidders in meeting the contract goal. For example, when
the apparently successful bidder fails to meet the contract goal, but others meet it, CDOT will
reasonably raise the question of whether, with additional reasonable efforts, the apparently
successful bidder could have met the goal. The greater the difference between the contract goal
and the apparently successful bidder's DBE commitments on the Form 714, the greater the
level of Good Faith Efforts expected by CDOT. If the apparently successful bidder fails to meet
the goal, but meets or exceeds the average UDBE participation obtained by other bidders,
CDOT will view this, in conjunction with other factors, as evidence that the apparently
successful bidder may have made adequate good faith efforts.
CDOT will accept verifiable comments from persons that have specific information pertaining
directly to the efforts made by the bidder to reach the contract goal on this project. CDOT will
consider these comments as part of its good faith effort analysis prior to issuing its decision
regarding whether good faith efforts were employed by the apparently successful bidder. To be
considered during CDOT's good faith effort analysis for the project, such comments must be
submitted by letter, fax, or email. Comments must be sufficiently detailed, and must be received
by CDOT within seven calendar days after the bid opening. Written comments should be
submitted to CDOT based on the contact information listed at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/ContactUs.htm .
The Business Programs Office, with the DBE Liaison's Approval, will notify the apparently
successful bidder by fax regarding any deficiencies in the documentation and effort
demonstrated by the bidder. This fax will include the Business Programs Office's
recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer regarding whether the good faith effort
demonstrated was sufficient for the bidder to be regarded as responsible. If the bidder may be
regarded as responsible but with minor deficiencies in its good faith effort, the bidder will be
expected to correct any deficiencies noted prior to bidding on other CDOT projects.
Within five working days of being informed by the Business Programs Office that it is not a
responsible bidder because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts, a bidder may
request administrative reconsideration from the Good Faith Efforts (GFE) Committee, which will
not have played any role in the original determination that the bidder did not document sufficient
good faith efforts. The bidder should make this request to:
Good Faith Efforts Committee
Fax:303-757-9019
Phone:303-757-9234
297
11
I
1
Foft COIIi�S North College Corridor Improvements = Vine to Conifer
`_ Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
4
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written
documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate
good faith efforts prior to the bid opening to do so. The bidder will also have the opportunity to
meet in person with CDOT's GFE Committee to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or
made adequate good faith efforts prior to the bid opening to do so. The Business Programs
Office, with the DBE Liaison's Approval, will send the bidder a written decision on
reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or
make adequate good faith efforts prior to the bid opening to do so.
The GFE Review Committee will make a recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer. The DBE
' Liaison Officer will review the good faith efforts documentation and the recommendation of the
GFE Review Committee, determine whether the required efforts are sufficient for award and
notify the Chief Engineer of this finding. The Chief Engineer will make the final decision
' regarding award. There will be no administrative appeal of the Chief Engineer's decision. The
Chief Engineer may pursue award of the Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder based
upon this decision.
' If award of the Contract is made based on the Contractor's good faith efforts, the goal will not be
waived. The Contractor will be expected to continue to make good faith efforts as described
below throughout the duration of the Contract.
' To demonstrate Good Faith Efforts to meet the contract goal throughout the performance of the
Contract, the Contractor shall document to the CDOT Region Civil Rights Professional the steps
taken on Form 205. For each subcontract item not identified for DBE participation on Form 718,
steps the Contractor must take include but are not limited to the following:
A. Seek out and consider UDBEs as potential subcontractors.
(1) Contact all UDBEs for each category of work that is being subcontracted.
(2) Affirmatively solicit their interest, capability, and price quotations.
(3) Provide equal time for all prospective subcontractors to prepare their proposals.
' (4) Provide at least as much time to UDBEs in assisting them to prepare their bids for
subcontract work as to non UDBE subcontractors.
(5) Award subcontracts to UDBEs where their quotations are reasonably competitive with
other quotations received.
' B. Maintain documentation of UDBEs contacted and their responses.
(1) Maintain a list of UDBEs contacted as prospective subcontractors.
' (2) Maintain thorough documentation of criteria used to select each subcontractor.
(3) Where a UDBE expressed an interest in a subcontract and made a quotation, and where
the work was not awarded to a UDBE, furnish a detailed letter explaining the reasons.
(b) Certification as a DBE by the Department
1. Any contractor may apply to the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or
' the City and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) for status as a
DBE. Application shall be made on the USDOT's Uniform Certification Application Form as
provided by these agencies for certification of DBEs. Application need not be made in
' connection with a particular bid. Only work contracted to UDBE contractors or subcontracted to
298
FO�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
5
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
UDBEs and independently performed by UDBEs shall be considered toward contract goals as
established elsewhere in these specifications.
2. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to submit applications so that the certifying agency has
sufficient time to render decisions. The certifying agency will review applications in a timely
manner but is not committed to render decisions about a firm's DBE status within any given
period of time.
The Department will publish an online directory of DBE contractors, vendors and suppliers for
the purpose of providing a reference source to assist any bidder in identifying DBEs and
UDBEs. Bidders will be solely responsible for verifying the Certification of DBEs they intend to
use prior to submitting a proposal. The directory is updated daily by the certifying agencies and
is accessible online at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/ .
4. Bidders shall exercise their own judgments in selecting any subcontractor to perform any portion
of the work.
5. Permission for a DBE/non-DBE joint venture to bid on a specific project maybe obtained from
the Business Programs Office based on information provided by the proposed joint venture on
Form 893, "Information For Determining DBE Participation When A Joint Venture Includes A
DBE". Joint applications should be submitted well in advance of bid openings.
(c) Bidding Requirements
All bidders shall submit with their proposals a fully executed Form 714 including a list of the
names of their UDBE subcontractors to meet the contract goal. The apparently successful
bidder shall submit a fully executed Form'715 for each UDBE used to meet the contract goal
(sample attached) no later than 4:00 p.m. on the third work day after the date of bid opening to
the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity. Form 715 may be submitted
by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-9019, with an original copy to follow. If the contract goal is not
met, the apparently successful bidder shall submit a completed Form 718 and corresponding
evidence of good faith efforts no later than 4:00 on the day following the bid opening to the
Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity. CDOT Form No. 718 may be
submitted by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-9019, with an original copy to follow. A copy of
Form 718 is incorporated into this specification.
2. The award of Contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsible bidder that will meet
or exceed the contract goal or, if the goal will not be met, is able to demonstrate that good faith
efforts were made to meet the goal. Good faith efforts are explained in (a) of this special
provision.
3. The use of the UDBE firms named on Form 714 or on a Form 715, for the items of work
described, is a condition of award. The replacement of a named UDBE firm will be allowed only
as provided for in (e) of this special provision. Failure to comply will constitute grounds for
default and termination of the Contract.
4. Contractor's DBE Obligation. The prime Contractor bidding on construction projects advertised
by the Department agrees to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), as
299
J
�I
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
I
1
FO�t C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�f� Standard Special Provisions,
February 3, 2011
6
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
defined in this special provision, have equal opportunity to participate in the performance of
contracts or subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal or State funds. The prime
Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the bidding
process or the performance of contracts.
To ensure that UDBEs are offered equal opportunity to participate in the performance of
contracts, it is the responsibility of the prime Contractor to offer and to provide assistance to
UDBEs related to the UDBE performance of the subcontract. However, the UDBE must
independently perform a commercially useful function on the project.
(d) Counting DBE Participation Toward Contract Goals and CDOT's annual DBE goal
1. Once a firm
firm shall be
below, and
has been certified as a DBE the total dollar amount of the contract awarded to the
counted toward CDOT's annual DBE goal and the contract goal as explained
is modified for the project in the project special provisions titled "Contract Goal."
2. The actual dollar total of a proposed subcontract, supply or service contract with any DBE firm
shall be reported to the Department using Form 713. A Form 713 for subcontracts is to be
submitted with the Form 205 and receipt will be a condition of approval. The eligibility of a
proposed DBE subcontractor will be finally established based on the firm's status at the time of
Form 205 approval.
A Form 713 for a supply or service contract is to be submitted once a contract has been fully
executed so the Department will be able to report the DBE participation in a timely manner. The
eligibility of a DBE supplier or service firm will be finally established as of the date the Form 713
is received by the Department. A Form 205 is not required for a supply or service contract.
If a firm becomes certified as a DBE during performance under a fully executed contract with
CDOT but prior to the DBE performing any work, then 100 percent of the work performed by the
firm under that contract may be claimed as eligible work.
3. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of the total dollar amount of a
contract with a Department certified joint venture that equals the percentage of the ownership
and control of the UDBE partner in a joint venture.
4. A The Contractor may count toward its contract goal only that percentage of expenditures to
UDBEs which independently perform a commercially useful function in the work of a contract. A
DBE is considered to be performing a commercially useful function by actually performing,
managing, and supervising the work involved. To determine whether a DBE is performing a
commercially useful function, the Department will evaluate the amount of work subcontracted,
work performed solely by the DBE, industry practices, and other relevant factors.
B. A DBE may enter into subcontracts consistent with normal industry practices. If a DBE does
not perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30 percent of the total cost of its contract with
its own work force, or the DBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than
would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice for the type of work involved, the
300
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
7
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
DBE shall be presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function. The DBE may
present evidence to rebut this presumption to the Department.
5. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for
transportation services obtained from UDBE trucking firms, provided the UDBE controls the
trucking operations for which it seeks credit. A UDBE trucking firm must have at least one truck
and driver of its own, but it can lease trucks owned by others, both DBEs and non -DBEs,
including owner -operators. For work done with its own trucks and drivers, and for work done
with DBE lessees, the UDBE trucking firm receives credit for all transportation services
provided. For work done with non -DBE lessees, the UDBE trucking firm gets credit only for the
fees or commissions it receives for arranging the transportation services, because the services
themselves are being performed by non -DBEs.
6. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for materials
and supplies obtained from UDBE suppliers (regular dealers) and manufacturers, provided that
the UDBEs assume the actual and contractual responsibility for and actually provide the
materials and supplies.
A. The Contractor may count 100 percent of its expenditures to a UDBE manufacturer. A DBE
manufacturer is a certified firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that
produces on the premises the materials or supplies obtained by the Contractor.
The Contractor may count 60 percent of its expenditures to UDBE suppliers (regular
dealers) that are not manufacturers, provided that the DBE supplier performs a commercially
useful function in the supply process. A DBE supplier (regular dealer) is a certified firm that
owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the
materials or supplies required for the performance of the Contract are bought, kept in stock,
and regularly sold to the public in the usual course of business. To be a supplier (regular
dealer) the firm must engage in, as its principal business and in its own name, the purchase
and sale of the products in question. A supplier in such bulk items as steel, cement, gravel,
stone, and petroleum products need not keep such products in stock, if it owns or operates
distribution equipment. Brokers and packagers shall not be regarded as manufacturers or
suppliers within the meaning of this section.
C. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the following expenditures to UDBE firms
that are not manufacturers or suppliers (regular dealers):
(1) The fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service, such as
professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the
procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment, materials or supplies required
for performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by
the Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily
allowed for similar services.
(2) The fees charged for delivery of materials and supplies required to a job site (but not the
cost of the materials and supplies themselves) when the hauler, trucker, or delivery
301
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_r� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
8
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
service is not also the manufacturer of or a supplier of the materials and supplies,
provided that the fee is determined by the Department to be reasonable and not
excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
(3) The fees or commissions charged for providing any bonds or insurance specifically
required for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is
determined by the Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with
fees customarily allowed for similar services.
To determine the goals achieved under this Contract the participation as described in (d) of this
special provision shall be divided by the original prime Contract amount and multiplied by 100 to
determine the percentage of performance. The Contractor shall maintain records of payment
that show amounts paid to all DBEs. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall
submit a Form 17 listing all DBEs that participated in this Contract, the subcontract tier number
of each, and the dollar amount paid to each. This dollar amount shall include payments made
by nonDBE subcontractors to DBE subcontractors. The Contractor shall certify the amount
paid, which may be audited by the Department. When there is no participation by DBEs, the
Contractor shall submit a Form 17 that indicates no participation and gives reasons why there
was no participation. CDOT will not count the participation of a DBE subcontractor toward the
prime contractor's UDBE achievements or CDOT's overall DBE goal until the amount being
counted toward the goal has been paid to the DBE.
(e) Replacement of UDBE Subcontractors used to meet the contract goal
Based upon a showing of good cause the Contractor may request that a UDBE named on Form
714 or on a Form 715 be replaced with another UDBE pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
special provision. In the event that the Contractor is able to both document the need and to offer a
replacement UDBE who can perform the work at a reasonable cost, the CDOT Region Civil Rights
Professional will approve the replacement at no additional cost to the Department. Replacements
will be allowed only with prior written approval of the Region Civil Rights Professional.
If a replacement is to be requested prior to the time that the named UDBE has begun to
effectively prosecute the work under a fully executed subcontract, the Contractor shall furnish to
the Region Civil Rights Professional the following:
A. Written permission of the named UDBE. Written permission may be waived only if such
permission cannot be obtained for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor.
B. A full written disclosure of the circumstances making it impossible for the Contractor to
comply with the condition of award.
C. Documentation of the Contractor's assistance to the UDBE named on Form 714 or on Form
715.
D. Copies of any pertinent correspondence and documented verbal communications between
the Contractor and the named UDBE.
302
I
Fft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
OStandard Special Provisions
9
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
February 3, 2011 '
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and
the results of the efforts. It is within the control of the Contractor to locate, prior to award,
DBEs that offer reasonable prices and that could reasonably be expected to perform the
work. For this reason, increased cost shall not, by itself, be considered sufficient reason for
not providing an in -kind replacement.
2. In the event a UDBE subcontractor begins to prosecute the work and is unable to satisfactorily
complete performance of the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Region Civil Rights
Professional the following:
A. Documentation that the subject UDBE subcontractor did not perform in a satisfactory
manner.
B. Documentation of the Contractor's assistance to the UDBE subcontractor prior to finding the
UDBE subcontractor in default.
C. A copy of. the certified letter finding the UDBE to be in default or a letter from the UDBE
stating that it cannot complete the work and it is turning the work back to the Contractor
D. Copy of the contract between the Contractor and the UDBE subcontractor, plus any
modifications thereto.
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and
the results of the efforts.
In the event the Contractor is able to locate a replacement UDBE who can perform work at a
reasonable cost to the Contractor, and also demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department
that prior to bid it had reason to believe that the named UDBE firm was responsible and not
expected to default, the Department may modify or renegotiate the Contract to compensate the
Contractor for any reasonable extra costs, because of a higher price in the proposal of the
replacement UDBE subcontractor than that of the original UDBE subcontractor who failed to
perform.
Provided, however, that the Department will not be obligated to participate in any increased cost
to the Contractor if the UDBE that fails to perform has a recent history of performance failure or
default that was either known, or should have been known, to the Contractor prior to award.
3. If the Contractor is unable to locate a UDBE replacement that is both interested in and capable
of performing the work at a reasonable cost, the Department may waive the requirement that
the work be performed by a UDBE and the Contractor shall provide for the satisfactory
completion of the work at no additional cost to the Department.
(f) Sanctions.
It is the obligation of the Contractor to provide DBE firms with equal opportunity to participate in the
performance of the work.
303
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
i"._�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
' 10
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
' It is the responsibility of DBE firms to perform their work in a responsible manner fully consistent
with the intent of the DBE program, and in substantial compliance with the terms and conditions of
these DBE definitions and requirements.
' DBE firms which fail to perform a commercially useful function as described in subsection (d) of
these DBE definitions and requirements or operate in a manner which is not consistent with the
intent of the DBE program may be subject to revocation of certification.
A finding by the Department that the Contractor has failed to comply with the terms and conditions
of these DBE definitions and requirements shall constitute sufficient grounds for default and
' termination of the Contract in accordance with subsection 108.09 of the specifications.
Attachments:
' Form 714
Form 715
Form 718
304
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Project #:
BIDDERS LIST DATA and UNDERUTILIZED
Location:
DBE (UDBE) BID CONDITIONS ASSURANCE
Prime Contractor Instructions: This form has two sections, both must be completed and submitted with your bid. Complete '
Section Ito list all subcontract quotes received (non -DBE and DBE). Complete Section II to report only Underutilized DBE
(UDBE) participation percentages which qualify under the contract goal specification for this project. Please review CDOT Form
#715 instructions before completing Section II. Attach additional sheets as necessary.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Colorado Department of Transportation that underutilized disadvantaged business enterprises have equal
opportunity to participate on projects financed with federal, state or local entity funds. Consistent with 49 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 26.11, the Bidders List data provided by the Contractors will provide CDOT as accurate data as
possible about the universe of DBE and non -DBE firms actively seeking work on its highway construction contracts, for use in
setting overall DBE goals.
SECTION I: CDOT BIDDERS LIST INFORMATION (Non -DBEs and DBEs)
1) Are all subcontract bids (quotes) received by your firm for this project listed below? ❑ Yes ❑ No
2) If No, make certain any additional subcontract bidding information is submitted to the CDOT Business Programs Office
before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened to ensure CDOT has the best data possible for setting future DBE goals
(use the same table format as below):
CDOT Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 200
Denver, Colorado 80222 FAX: 303-757-9019 EMAIL: eo@dot.state.co.us
3) The most recent CDOT Bidders List will be posted online at: www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/DBEProgramPage.htm
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm?
Yes No
Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No V
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Page 1 of 2 Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used CDOT Form #714 410
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm?
Yes No
Work item(s) description
Firm being
used? ��
Yes No
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
SECTION II: UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) PARTICIPATION COMMITMENT
1) Total eligible Underutilized DBE (UDBE) percentage amount from Box A below: %
2) Will your company's Underutilized DBE (UDBE) participation commitment meet the contract goal? ❑ Yes ❑ No
3) List the UDBE firms, committed work items, and eligible UDBE percentage of your bid committed to each.
UDBE Firm name
Certification #
Committed work item(s)
% Commitment
toward DBE Goal"
1.
%
2.
%
3.
%
4.
%
5.
%
BOX A: TOTAL ELIGIBLE UDBE PERCENTAGE AMOUNT (Round to nearest hundredth) %
Detailed instructions on how to calculate DBE commitment amounts are available on CDOT Form #715 and in the "Counting DBE Participation
Toward Contract Goals and CDOT's annual DBE goal" section of the "DBE — Definitions and Requirements" in the Standard Special Provisions.
I understand that, if my company is determined to be the low bidder for the contract on this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #715 CERTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED DBE PARTICIPATION for each firm listed in Section II of this form
to the Transportation Department by 4:00 pm on the third work day after the day bids are opened. The actual amounts
submitted on each CDOT Form #715 must equal or exceed the DBE percentage commitments documented on this
form. In addition, if my company does not meet the DBE/UDBE goal for this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #718 DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT DOCUMENTATION before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened.
CDOT Form #715s submitted for firms not included on this form, OR for amounts exceeding those listed on this
form, will be accepted but NOT counted as Good Faith Efforts. Only the efforts the contractor made priorto the bid
opening will count as Good Faith Efforts.
I understand my obligation to abide by the Policy stated above Section I. 1 shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
age, sex, national origin, or handicap in the bidding process or the performance of contracts.
I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY IN THE SECOND DEGREE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAWS, THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE.
Company Name:
Date:
Company Officer Signature:
Title:
I"a' — . rmvwus amuuna um U04010 B aO0 may no[ oe aaea L UU 1 rQrm 8r14 4/ea
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Project No.:
CERTIFICATE OF PROPOSED
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) Project Code (SA#):
PARTICIPATION Location: Form#: of
Prime Contractor- Send completed/signed form to the Business Programs Office (instructions on second page). The "Eligible UDBE
Amounts" submitted on this form must equal or exceed the commitment(s) documented on the CDOT Form 714 you submitted with your
bid. For the complete list of certified DBE/UDBE firms and their DBE work codes go to http:/ANww.dotstate.co.us/app uc /
NOTE: See 49 CFR part 26.55, and the "DBE - Definitions and Requirements" in the Standard Special Provisions, for further information concerning
counting DBE participation of truckers, subcontractors, suppliers and service providers toward the project's UDBE goal.
PART 1 a — TRUCKING CONTRACT
If the UDBE is being used as a trucker for one or more "trucking" DBE work codes (25500, 25505 etc.) then:
ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT = Actual contract amount for the transportation services provided by the UDBE firm and any UDBE lessees.
• ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT= C (ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT) — (Any non-UDBE lessee amounts in this contract)* l
* For work done on this UDBE contract with non-UDBE lessees, credit toward the project UDBE goal is given only for the broker fees or commissions
the UDBE tacker receives for arranging the transportations services, because the services themselves are being performed by non-UDBEs.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM
CERTIFICATION #
EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT
/ / $
e—.1A
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR:
4
Complete list of work codes is at http:/Avww.dot.state. co.us/app_ucp/
�r-.,,
PART 1 h — SI IRCONTRACT _4AVA I . _
\; A r
• ELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT = (Actual UDBE contract amount (Aynon DBEtloviteer amounts in this contract)
* firm does he ct UDB \goal.`
Work that a UDBE subcontracts to a lower tier non-UDBE not count toward p o1
NAME OF UDBE FIRM
CERTIFICATION #
'EXPI f., ION ATE CELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING' GiEb!FbF�i�
Complete list of work codes is at http:/Avww.dot.steteco psrappucb/
DADT I — CI IDDI V (_(1NTRACCT Vir W v
If the supplier is a UDBE with a Typ �fiel of -';Manufacturer for the item(s):
'
E,
• ELIGIBLE UDBE SUP,PLYA OUN VActuahUDBE contract amount) X 100%�
�ccsara
If the supplier is a UDBE�ith a hype field of "Regular Dealer for the item(s):
f fat
• ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPP = (Actual UDBE contract amount) X 60% '
ceAMOUNT
NOTE: If the supplier iUDqE with a "Type" field of "Broker" for the item(s) use PART 1d — BROKER/SERVICE CONTRACT.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM
CERTIFICATION #
EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR:
Complete list of work codes is at http:/Avwv.dot.state.co.usiapp—ucp/
DADT 4r1 — RDnKFR I iRFRVICP CONTRACT
If purchasing materials or supplies through a UDBE with a "Type" field of "Broker", count only the amount of brokerage commission
and/or delivery service fees included in the contract. Other examples of services to include in this section are bonding, brokering,
consulting, security guards, and insurance etc.
• ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT = Actual compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered*
* The amounts that count toward UDBE goals are limited to the compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered, provided the
fee/commission is determined by CDOT to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily charged for similar services.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM
CERTIFICATION #
EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT
$
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR:
Complete list of work codes is at http:/Avww.dot. state. co.us/app_ucp/
Original — Business Programs Office Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 715 —Page 1 of 2 11106
PART 2 — UDBE PARTICIPATION SUMMARY
I
I
11
J
A) What is the total dollar value of this proposed trucking, subcontract, supply, OR broker/service
contract that is eligible for counting toward contract goals?
A = [ TOTAL FROM "ELIGIBLE" COLUMNS IN PART 1 ]
A> $
NOTE: Provide in actual subcontractor dollars and not prime contract prices.
B) What is the total dollar value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
B> $
contract goals from prior sheets/forms?
C) What is the accumulative value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
contract goals?
C> $
C=[A + B]
D) What is the original contract bid total?
D> $
E) What is the accumulative percent of contract bid total subcontracted to all underutilized DBEs?
E = [ (C + D) X 100 ]
E>
PART 3 — UDBE CONFIRMATION
confirm that my company is participating in this contract as documented in the Pnme C�orifractor4ctimmttment(s) in PART 1
/m H t`tir L Y' i
of this form. Only the value of the work that my company is actually performing Ai being countedtvthls�fotm,o.
UDBE Firm Name: * " Date:
UDBE Representative Signature and Title: . �..
ft
PART 4 — PRIME CONTRACTOR GER IFIC%ATIO ,
certify that:
• my company has met the co to racl:&W 6 goalsCor has submitted a completed CDOT Form #718.
my company has accepted,.at`proposal�fro(n a UDBE named above.
• my company has notlfied�the,proposed-. DBE of the contracted UDBE commitment.
• my company, has er�sured that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
• my company s se of tl�e-proposed UDBE for the items of work listed above is a condition of the contract award.
• my companylwdl Irwite the proposed UDBE to attend the preconstruction conference.
• my company �dlrii�t use a substitute UDBE for the proposed UDBE's failure to perform under a fully executed subcontract,
unless my company complies with the definitions and requirements section of the DBE Special Provisions.
1 • I understand that failure to comply with the information shown on this form will be considered grounds for contract termination.
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree, and any other applicable state or federal laws, that the statements
made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
' Prime Contractor Name: Date: / /
Officer Signature and Title:
' FORM INSTRUCTIONS
I
Prime Contractor:
1. An officer of the contractor(s) must complete this form.
2. Include only DBE firms which meet the underutilized criteria in
the contract goal specification for this project (i.e., UDBE firms).
3. Complete only relevant section(s) for PART 1.
4. Ensure that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
5. Complete ALL sections of PART 2 and PART 4.
6. Submit a separate CDOT Form #715 for EACH proposed UDBE.
editions may
Retain a photocopy for your records.
Send original to:
Colorado Department of Transportation
Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave.
Denver, Colorado 80222
FAX: (303) 757-9019
715 — PanP
r
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Project No.:
Project Code (SA#):
Location:
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) GOOD FAITH
EFFORT DOCUMENTATION
Date:
No. Of Sheets Attached To Form:
The Contractor who is the apparent low bidder on a CDOT construction project, and has failed to meet the Underutilized DBE (UDBE) contract goal, shall use this form to document all good faith efforts that
were made prior to bid opening by said Contractor to meet the goal. FAILURE TO FULLY / CLEARLY COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE BID.
Each portion of this form is to be addressed in the space provided, or on supplemental sheets that follow the same tabular structure and format outlined below. Attach supporting documentation as required
by CDOT. This completed form and required attachments are to be submitted to the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity prior to 4:00 p.m. on the day after the day bids are
opened. This form may be submitted by FAX (303-757-9019) with an original copy to follow. An extension may be granted by the DBE Liaison. Only the efforts the Contractor made prior to bid opening
will count as Good Faith Efforts consistent with the instructions on CDOT Form #714.
I. Complete the following table to document sufficient bid items identified as subcontract work to be performed by UDBEs to achieve the contract goal. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out
contract work items into economically feasibly units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the Contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces. The total percentage of
subcontract items identified for UDBE participation must equal or exceed the percentage UDBE goal set by CDOT.
DBE Work Code DBE Work Code Closest Matching Actual % Amount DIRECTORYDBE .
K CODES
From DBE Directory Description CDOT Bid Item # Of Final Contract
The DBE Directory can be found online at:
http://www.dot.state.co.uslapp_ucpi
• DBE work codes are 5 digit numbers where the 1st digit
corresponds to the overall section the code belongs to
• The 1st 3 digits of a DBE work code identify its category
• DBE work codes ending in "00" represent certification for the
entire work code category
• DBE work codes NOT ending in "00" represent certification in a
specific sub -category only
UDBE CONTRACT GOAL %: TOTAL CONTRACT %:
R. Complete the following table to summarize all outreach efforts made to UDBE firms. For each subcontract item identified, contact by mail, fax, phone and/or email 100% of the Colorado certified
UDBEs whose DBE work codes match the type of work being solicited and who are marked as "CDOT GFE Eligible" on the DBE Directory. The Contractor shall ensure that initial solicitations allow
UDBEs at least 10 calendar days to participate effectively in the bidding process. In order to determine with certainty which UDBEs are interested, the Contractor is also required to take appropriate steps
to follow-up initial solicitations (e.g., regional follow-up phone calls etc.). If soliciting by telephone, attach a summary telephone log of calls, including topic of discussion, date, time, name of person
contacted, and the response received. If soliciting by mail, fax, and/or email, attach one example copy of the letter, fax, and/or email sent to UDBEs along with a summary log that documents all dates and
responses received. Letters, faxes and/or emails must specifically identify the project, the items to be subcontracted, and the bid date. Letters, faxes and/or emails must also provide an address and
phone number where specific quantities or details will be available to bidders.
DBE Work Code DBE Work Code # Of UDBEs # Of UDBEs % Of UDBEsDIRECTORY UPDATES
From DBE Directory Description Contacted "Eligible" Contacted DBE
Go to http://www.dot.state.co.uslapp_ucp/ and use the
"Directory Updates" button on the DBE Directory to submit any of
the following documented updates on UDBE firms:
• Contact information changes (e.g., phone and address etc.)
• "COOT GFE Eligibility" status changes (e.g., UDBE firm says they
don't want to be contacted via GFE solicitations etc.)
Note: In order to verify all updates submitted, CDOT may request
additional information from contractors and/or UDBE firms before
posting requested changes to the Directory.
11Wrlgln1Winess1Wms (ft §1WIS INS COMNTIAMviou ns Ir" be i,", "T Fo1"- PaV"2
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
' (Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins. 300
Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as
the "OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of
the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20 , a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
project, 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the
' undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the
original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or
without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall
' satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and
save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure
to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER
may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00610 Page
1
I
M® M M M M M r M M M� r M M M M M M
III. Complete the following table to show all subcontract bids received (non-UDBE and UDBE), bid dollar amounts for each bid item, and the name of the successful bidder. Where bundled subcontract
bids were received, break out quotes per bid item number. If the UDBE bids were rejected, give reasons for each case. If the work is to be counted as a potential UDBE subcontract item, the Contractor
cannot elect to perform that work itself when a UDBE bid is competitive or only UDBE bids are received. Cost alone may not be adequate justification for failure to use a UDBE bid. When a non-UDBE bid
is significantly lower than a UDBE bid, the Contractor may choose to perform the item itself. CDOT will determine whether a subcontractor's bid is "competitive" based on factors such as the percentage
and dollar difference between quote(s), and/or the percentage the quote(s) represents of the overall contract.
CDOT Bid Item #
Break Out Bundled'Quotes )
o,
Closest
DBE Work
, Code
Bid Item Description
Subcontractor Name . h
" K t ,
(Place an next to firm being used)
r
Actual Bid Rani --
Quote Price
UDBE "
Firm? .
% Difference On
Items That '
UDBE Firms Bid
Li
Ll
IV. The efforts required herein are not exhaustive or exclusive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases. In determining whether Good Faith Efforts have been made, the
quantity and quality of the efforts made as well as kinds of efforts made may be considered. List any additional efforts to increase UDBE contract participation, such as assisting UDBEs in obtaining
bonding/insurance/lines of credit, effectively using the services of community organizations/publications, and/or requesting subcontractors to assist with providing UDBE participation. Report the results of
such efforts. Note: Advertising in a publication with low UDBE subscription rates will not be considered as quality efforts by COOT.
THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT DEMONSTRATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS IN ACHIEVING THE UDBE GOALS ESTABLISHED BY CDOT IS REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT.
Company Name:
Phone:
Fax:
Title:
Printed Name:
Signature:
Original - Business Programs Office THIS FORM IS CONFIDENTIAL - Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 718 - Page 2 of 2 1/06
Fort C011irls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions '
July 15, 2011
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, ,
DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO
GENERAL DECISION NUMBERS CO20100014 AND CO20100015
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO20100014 and C020100015 dated March
Modifications
ID
12, 2010 supersedes Decision Nos. C0020080014 and
MOD Number Date Page Number(s)
C0020080015 dated February 08, 2008.
1 05-07-10 1,2
2 06-04-10 1,5
1
2
When work within a project is located in two or more counties
and the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for
3 oa-06-10 1, s
3
one or more job classifications, the higher minimum wages
4 10-08-10 1
4
and fringe benefits shall apply throughout the project.
5 10-2e-10 5
5
6 07-15-11 1, 5
6
General Decision No. CO20100014 applies to the following counties: Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder,
Broomfield, Denver, Douglas, El Paso, Jefferson, Larimer, Mesa, Pueblo, and Weld counties.
General Decision No. CO20100014
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
ELECTRICIANS:
1 2000
Electrical work $150,000 or less (Pueblo county)
22.85
10.79
1201
Electrical work over $150,000 (Pueblo county)
27.00
10.91
Electricians (Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Broomfield,,
1202
Denver, Douglas, Jefferson, Larimer, and Weld
31.60
12.52
6
counties)
1203
Electricians (El Paso county)
28.80
13.10 + 3%
1204
Electricians (Mesa county)
20.31
8.92
1205
Traffic Signal Installer (Zone 1)
23.83
4.75 + 13.75%
1206
Traffic Signal Installer (Zone 2)
26.83
4.75 + 13.75%
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 —Within a 35 mile radius measured from
the addresses of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - 1-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
1300
Asphalt Screed
23.67
9.22
1301
Bituminous or Asphalt Spreader/Laydown Machine
23.67
9.22
1302
Bulldozer
23.67
9.22
311
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
r
1
I
'J
F.6 Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
�"��� Standard Special Provisions
General Decision No. CO20100014
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (cont.):
Crane:
1305
50 tons and under
23.82
9.22
1306
51 to 90 tons
23.97
9.22
1307
91 to 140 tons
24.12
9.22
1308
141 tons and over
24.88
9.22
Drill Operator:
1309
William MF/Watson 2500 only
23.97
9.22
Grader/Blade:
1310
Rough
23.67
9.22
1311
Finish
23.97
9.22
Loader:
1312
Barber Green, etc., 6 cubic yards and under
23.67
9.22
1313
Over 6 cubic yards
23.82
9.22
Mechanic and/or Welder (Includes heavy duty and
combination mechanic and welder):
1314
Mechanic and/or Welder
26.12
9.22
1
1315
Mechanic/Welder (Heavy duty)
23.97
9.22
1316
Oiler
22.97
9.22
Power Broom:
1317
Under 70 HP
22.97
9.22
1318
70 HP and over
23.67
9.22
Roller (excluding dirt and soil compaction):
1319
Self-propelled, rubber tires under 5 tons
23.32
9.22
1320
Self-propelled, all types over 5 tons
23.67
9.22
Scraper:
1321
Single bowl under 40 cubic yards
23.82
9.22
1322
Single bowl including pups 40 cubic yards and tandem
bowls and over
23.97
9.22
1323
Trackhoe
23.82
9.22
312
I
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
General Decision No. CO20100014
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
Laborers:
Asphalt Laborer/Raker, Common Laborer,
1400
and Concrete Laborer/Mason Tender
18.68
6.78
General Decision No. CO20100014
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
1500
Bricklayers
15.55
2.85
Carpenters:
1600
Form Work (Excluding curbs and gutters)
16.54
3.90
1601
All other work
16.61
3.88
1700
Concrete Finishers/Cement Masons
16.05
3.00
Ironworkers:
1900
Reinforcing
16.69
5.45
1901
Bridge Rail (Excludes guardrail)
18.22
6.01
Laborers:
2001
Fence Erector (Includes fencing on bridges)
13.02
3.20
2002
Form Work (Curbs and gutters only)
11.85
3.45
2003
Guardrail Erector (Excludes bridgerail)
12.89
3.20
2004
Landscape and Irrigation Laborer
12.26
3.16
2005
Pipelayer
13.55
2.41
2006
Striping Laborer (Pre -form layout and removal of
12.62
3.21
pavement markings)
2007
Traffic Director/Flagger
9.55
3.05
2008
Traffic and Sign Laborer (Sets up barricades and
12.43
3.22
cones, and installs permanent signs)
PAINTERS
2100
Brush
16.94
2.10
2101
Spray
16.99
2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
2200
Backhoes
16.54
4.24
2201
Bobcat/Skid Loader
15.37
4.28
2202
Concrete Pump Operator
16.52
4.30
313
I
I
I
I
11
I
fl
L�
I
I
I
Foft Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
Stnnrlarrl Snacinl Prnvicinnc
General Decision No. CO20100014
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly
Mod
Rate
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (cont.):
Drill Operator:
2203
All except William MF/Watson 2500
16.74
2.66
2204
Forklift
15.91
4.09
2205
Rotomill Operator
16.22
4.41
2206
Post Driver/Punch Machine
16.07
4.41
2207
Tractor
13.13
2.95
2208
Compactor (Dirt and soil only)
16.70
3.30
Groundman (Traffic signalization)
2301
Class C
11.44
3.25
Truck Drivers:
2400
Floats -Semi Truck
14.86
3.08
2401
Multipurpose Truck - Specialty & Hoisting
14.35
3.49
2402
Truck Mechanic
16.91
3.01
2403
Pickup Truck (Includes Pilot and Sign/Barricade Truck)
13.93
3.68
2405
Single Axle Truck
14.24
3.77
2406
Distributor Truck
15.80
5.27
2407
Dump Truck:
2408
14 cubic yards and under
14.93
5.27
2409
15 to 29 cubic yards
15.27
5.27
2410
30 to 79 cubic yards
15.80
5.27
2411
80 cubic yards and over
16.45
5.27
2412
Low Boy Truck
17.25
5.27
2413
Water Truck
14.93
5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may
be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses [29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)].
END OF GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO20100014.
314
Ci
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
General Decision No. CO20100015 applies to the following counties: Alamosa, Archuleta, Baca, Bent, Chaffee,
Cheyenne, Clear Creek, Conejos, Costilla, Crowley, Custer, Delta, Dolores, Eagle, Elbert, Fremont, Garfield, Gilpin,
Grand, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Huerfano, Jackson, Kiowa, Kit Carson, La Plata, Lake, Las Animas, Lincoln, Logan, Mineral,
Moffat, Montezuma, Montrose, Morgan, Otero, Ouray, Park, Phillips, Pitkin, Prowers, Rio Blanco, Rio Grande, Routt,
Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel, Sed wick, Summit, Teller, Washington, and Yuma counties.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties, and the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different
for one or more job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO20100015
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
ELECTRICIANS: (Including traffic signal
installation)
Electrical work $150,000 or less (Alamosa,
Archuleta, Baca, Bent, Chaffee, Conejos, Costilla,
3200
Crowley, Custer, Fremont, Huerfano, Kiowa, Las
22.85
10.79
Animas, Mineral, Otero, Prowers, Rio Grande, and
Saguache counties)
Electrical work over $150,000 (Alamosa, Archuleta,
Baca, Bent, Chaffee, Conejos, Costilla, Crowley,
3201
Custer, Fremont, Huerfano, Kiowa, Las Animas,
27.00
10.91
Mineral, Otero, Prowers, Rio Grande, and Saguache
counties)
Electricians (Clear Creek, Eagle, Gilpin, Grand,
3202
Jackson, Lake, Logan, Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick,
31.60
12.52
6
Summit, Washington,
and Yuma counties)
Electricians (Cheyenne, Elbert, Kit Carson, Lincoln,
3203
Park,
28.80
13.10+ 3%
and Teller counties)
Electricians (Dolores, Garfield, Gunnison, Hinsdale,
3204
La Plata, Moffat, Montezuma, Ouray, Pitkin, Rio
28.00
9.24
Blanco, Routt, San Juan, and San Miguel counties)
3205
Electricians (Delta and Montrose counties)
21.31
8.92
3206
Traffic Signal Installer (Zone 1)
23.83
4.75 + 13.75%
3207
Traffic Signal Installer (Zone 2)
26.83
4.75 + 13.75%
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 — Within a 35 mile radius measured from
the addresses
of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - 1-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
315
I�I
II
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements -Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
General Decision No. CO20100015
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
3300
Bituminous or Asphalt Spreader/Laydown Machine
23.67
9.22
3301
Bulldozer
23.67
9.22
Crane:
3302
50 tons and under
23.82
9.22
3303
51 to 90 tons
23.97
9.22
3304
91 to 140 tons
24.12
9.22
3305
141 tons and over
24.88
9.22
3306
Grade Checker
23.82
9.22
Loader:
3307
Barber Green, etc., 6 cubic yards and under
23.67
9.22
3308
Over 6 cubic yards
23.82
9.22
Roller (excluding dirt and soil compaction):
3309
Self-propelled, rubber tires under 5 tons
23.32
9.22
3310
Self-propelled, all types over 5 tons
23.67
9.22
3311
Trackhoe
23.82
9.22
3312
Oiler
22.97
9.22
3313
1 Water Wagon
23.82
9.22
General Decision No. CO20100015
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Carpenters:
3600
Form Building and Setting (Excluding curbs and
15.92
5.38
gutters)
3601
All other work
16.30
3.71
3700
Concrete Finishers/Cement Masons
15.55
2.85
3800
Groundman (Traffic signalization)
11.57
3.50
Ironworkers:
3900
Reinforcing
16.94
6.77
3901
Bridge Rail (Excluding guardrail)
16.76
6.01
316
FOftof
Collins North College Corridor Improvements - Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
General Decision No. CO20100015
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
Laborers:
4000
Asphalt Laborer/Raker
12.40
2.92
4001
Common
12.44
3.53
4002
Concrete Laborer/Mason Tender
12.44
3.10
4003
Striping -Paint Laborer (Pre -form layout and removal
12.90
3.07
of pavement markings)
4004
Traffic Director/Flagger
9.42
3.21
4005
Traffic/Sign Laborer (Sets up barricades and cones,
12.39
3.20
and installs permanent signs)
4007
Guardrail (Excludes bridgerail)
12.78
3.31
4008
Formwork (Curbs and gutters only)
12.92
4.54
4009
Landscape Laborer (Including irrigation work)
12.21
3.16
Painters:
4100
Spray
17.54
3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
4200
Asphalt Plant
17.23
1.20
4201
Asphalt Screed
16.21
3.76
4202
Backhoe
16.42
4.42
4203
Compactor (Dirt and soil only)
16.52
3.13
4204
Grader/Blade
16.39
4.20
4205
Mechanic and or Welder (Includes heavy duty and
16.74
4.20
combination mechanic welder)
4206
Post Driver/Punch Machine
16.07
4.41
4207
Rotomill Operator
16.28
4.41
4209
Scraper
17.62
3.16
317
' Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
I
I
1
[]
I
General Decision No. CO20100015
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Basic
Fringe Benefits
Last
Code
Classification
Hourly Rate
Mod
Truck Drivers:
4400
Dump
14.15
3.83
4401
Low Boy
15.07
4.56
4402
Truck Mechanic
15.97
4.61
4403
Multipurpose Truck -Specialty and Hoisting
14.60
3.49
4404
Pickup (Including pilot car)
14.04
3.49
4405
Water Truck
14.88
2.07
4406
Distributor
15.80
5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may.
be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses [29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)].
1 END OF GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO20100015.
�I
1
1
1
1
r,
318
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be:
♦ an existing published wage determination
♦ a survey underlying a wage determination
♦ a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination
matter
♦ a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be
with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because
those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response
from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be
followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, -initial contact
should be with the Branch of construction wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can
request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8
and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any
information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor
considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the
Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
4.) All Decisions of the Administrative review board are final.
319
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this _ day of 20_
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Surety Seal)
Principal
(Title)
(Address)
Other Partners
By:
By:
Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00610 Page 2 '
I
I
11
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
1
ON THE JOB TRAINING
This training special provision is an implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140 (a). The Contractor shall meet the
requirements of the FHWA 1273 for all apprentices and trainees.
As part of the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Program, training shall be provided on
projects as follows:
(a) General Requirements
1. The Contractor shall provide on the job training aimed at developing full journey workers in the
skilled craft identified in the approved training plan.
2. A primary objective of this specification is to train and upgrade women and minority candidates
to full journey worker status. The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to enroll and
train minority and women workers. This training commitment shall not be used to discriminate
against any applicant for training whether or not the applicant is a member of a protected class.
3. An employee shall not be employed or utilized as a trainee in a skilled craft in which the
employee has achieved journey status.
4. The minimum length and type of training for each skilled craft shall be as established in the
training program selected by the Contractor and approved by the Department and the Colorado
Division of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), or the U. S Department of Labor
(DOL), Office of Apprenticeship or recognized state apprenticeship agency. To obtain
assistance or program approval contact:
CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity
4201 East Arkansas Avenue
Denver, CO 80222
eo@dot. state. co. us
1-800-925-3427
' 5. The Contractor shall pay the training program wage rates and the correct fringe benefits to each
approved trainee employed on the project and enrolled in an approved program. The minimum
trainee wage shall be no less than the wage for the Guardrail Laborer classification as indicated
in the wage decision for the project.
' 6. The CDOT Regional Civil Rights Manager must approve all proposed apprentices and trainees
for the participation to be counted toward the project goal and reimbursement. Approval must
occur before training begins. Approval for the apprentice or trainee to begin work on a CDOT
project will be based on:
A. Evidence of the registration of the trainee or apprentice into the approved training program.
' B. The completed Form 838 for each trainee or apprentice as submitted to the Engineer.
7. Before training begins, the Contractor shall provide each trainee with a copy of the approved
training program, pay scale, pension and retirement benefits, health and disability benefits,
promotional opportunities, and company policies and complaint procedures.
1
320
FOft C011itlS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�_�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011 1
2
ON THE JOB TRAINING
'
8.
Before training begins, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the approved training program and
CDOT form 1337 to the Engineer. Progress payments may be withheld until this is submitted
and approved and may be withheld if the approved program is not followed.
'
9.
On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a completed On the Job
Training Progress Report (Form 832) for each approved trainee or apprentice on the project.
,
The Form 832 will be reviewed and approved by the Engineer before reimbursement will be
made. The Contractor will be reimbursed for no more than the OJT Force Account budget. The
Engineer may increase the force account budget and the number of reimbursable training hours
through a Change Order.
'
10.
Upon completion of training, transfer to another project, termination of the trainee or notification
of final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "final" completed
,
Form 832 for each approved apprentice or trainee.
11.
All forms referred to are available from the CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity, through the
CDOT Regional Civil Rights Manager, or on CDOT's website at
,
http://www.dot.state.co.us/Bidding/BidForms.htm.
12.
Forms 838 and 832 shall be completed in full by the Contractor. Reimbursement for training is
'
based on the number of hours of on the job training documented on the Form 832 approved by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall explain discrepancies between the hours documented on
Form 832 and the corresponding certified payrolls.
'
13.
Failure to provide the required training will result in the following damages: The Region Civil
Rights Manager will determine the damages to be assessed. The damages will be defined as
the sum representing the number of training hours specified in the Contract, minus the number
'
of training hours worked as certified on Form 832, multiplied by the journey worker hourly wages
plus fringe benefits [(hours specified —hours actually worked) x Journeyman's rate(base hourly
+ fringe benefits) = Damages Assessed. Wage rate may be determined by averaging the wages
'
for the crafts listed on Form 1337. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with a written notice
at Final Acceptance of the project informing the Contractor of the noncompliance with this
specification which will include a calculation of the damages to be assessed.
'
(b) Standard Training Program
1. If the Contractor is participating in the Standard Training Program, the training shall be provided '
according to the following in addition to the general requirements outlined above in part (a):
2. Contractors participating in the Standard Program at the beginning of the contract must remain '
in that program for the duration of the project. Contractors may transfer to the Colorado
Training Program with Region Civil Rights Manager approval if there is a demonstrated increase
in training hours or training opportunity for the trainee. The OJT goal (# of training hours '
required) for the project will be included in the Project Special Provisions and will be determined
by the Regional Civil Rights Manager after considering:
A. Availability of minorities, women, and disadvantaged for training; ,
B. The potential for effective training;
C. Duration of the Contract;
D. Dollar value of the Contract;
321 '
FOft C011inS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
, `_��. Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
3
ON THE JOB TRAINING
E. Total normal work force that the average bidder could be expected to use;
F. Geographic location;
G. Type of work; and
H. The need for additional journey workers in the area
1. The general guidelines for minimum total training hours are as follows:
��Mmimum total:_:'
Contract,dollar
framing hours;to'
-value
, e provided on �
the fro ecl t ' '..
Up to 1 million
0
>1 2 million
5
320'
>2 - 4 million
640
54 = 6 million
1.1280 ,
>6 - 8 million
1600
z8� 12 million �
l
;�� ;1'920
>12 - 16 million
2240
>1:6 20 million
For each
increment of $5
million, over $20
1280
million
3. The number of training hours for the trainees to be employed on the project shall be as shown in
the Contract. The trainees or apprentices employed under the Contract shall be registered with
the Department using Form 838, and must be approved by the Regional Civil Rights Manager
before training begins for the participation to be counted toward the OJT project goal.
4. Subcontractor trainees who are enrolled in an approved Program may be used by the Contractor
to satisfy the requirements of this specification.
5. The Contractor will be reimbursed 80 cents per hour worked for each apprentice or trainee
whose participation toward the OJT project goal has been approved.
6. The Contractor shall have fulfilled its responsibilities under this specification if the CDOT
Regional Civil Rights Manager has determined that it has provided acceptable number of training
hours.
(c) Colorado Training Program.
The training shall be provided in accordance with the approved Colorado Training Program in addition
to the general requirements outlined in part (a) above when applicable.
322
ciof
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
4
ON THE JOB TRAINING
1. The Contractor must meet the requirements of the Colorado Program throughout the duration of
the contract and will be exempt from the required Project Goal (required training hours). If the
Contractor places an apprentice on a CDOT project and does not meet the requirements of the
Colorado Training Program, then the Contractor will be reimbursed in accordance with the
Standard Training Program as described in (b) of this special provision.
2. The minimum required number of trainees to be employed by the Contractor shall be as shown
in the Contractor's approved Colorado Training Program. One apprentice is required for every
four million dollars of contract work with the Department based on a three year average. CDOT
will determine the required number of apprentices upon approval of the Colorado Program.
3. The Contractor will be reimbursed $4.80 per hour worked for each approved apprentice and will
pay the Sponsor $4.00 per hour worked on a CDOT project. The contractor will receive credit for
their trainees whether they work on a CDOT or a non-CDOT project, however, they will be
reimbursed by CDOT only for hours worked on CDOT projects.
4. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements in their approved Colorado Training
Program.
The Contractor will require the Sponsor to provide a monthly report to the Regional Civil Rights
Manager and Center for Equal Opportunity that provides information regarding trainee progress
to ensure that the Contractor is in compliance with the approved Colorado Training Program.
a. Name
b. Occupation
c. Training period completed
d. Status( active, graduated, terminated)
323
Fort Cottins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
PARTNERING PROGRAM
The Colorado Department of Transportation actively encourages partnering and invites the Contractor
and his subcontractors and suppliers to participate in a voluntary partnering agreement for this project.
' The following information summarizes the partnering process. More information is available through
the Resident Engineer listed in the project special provisions.
This partnership will be structured to draw on the strengths of each organization to identify and achieve
' mutual goals. The objectives are effective and efficient Contract performance with reciprocal
cooperation, and completion within budget, on schedule, and in accordance with the Contract.
[l
This partnership will be bilateral in make-up and all costs associated with this partnership will be agreed
to by both parties and will be shared equally. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all
costs associated with partnering during the implementation of the partnering process. CDOT will
reimburse the Contractor for the agreed amount.
The CDOT Program Engineer or the Resident Engineer will contact the Contractor within ten days after
the award of this project to ask if the Contractor wants to implement this partnership initiative. If the
Contractor agrees, the Contractor's on -site project manager shall meet with CDOT's Resident Engineer
to plan a partnering development and team building workshop. At this planning session, arrangements
shall be made to determine the facilitator and the workshop, attendees, agenda, duration, and location.
The workshop shall be held prior to the commencement of any major work item and preferably before
the preconstruction conference. The following persons shall attend the workshop: CDOTs Resident
Engineer, Project Engineer, and key project personnel; the Contractor's on -site project manager and
key project supervision personnel; and the subcontractors' key project supervision personnel. The
following personnel shall also be invited to attend as needed: project design engineer, key local
government personnel, suppliers, design consultants, CDOT maintenance foreman, CDOT
environmental manager, key railroad personnel, and key utility personnel. The Contractor and CDOT
shall also have Regional or District managers and Corporate or State level managers on the partnering
team.
Follow-up workshops may be held periodically throughout the duration of the Contract as agreed by the
Contractor and the Engineer at the initial workshop. A closeout workshop shall be held to evaluate the
effectiveness of the partnership.
The establishment of a partnership charter, which identifies the workshop participants' mutual goals on
the project, will not change the legal relationship of the parties to the Contract or relieve either party
from any terms of the Contract.
324
1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
RAILROAD INSURANCE
The Contractor shall carry insurance of the following kinds and amounts:
A. CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE.
The Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the operations the
Contractor performs, the Contractor carries Contractor's Public Liability Insurance providing for a limit
of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or
death of one person and subject to that limit for each person, a total limit of Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of two or more persons in any
one occurrence; and Contractor's Property Damage Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less
than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of
property in any one occurrence and subject to that limit per occurrence, a total (or aggregate) limit of
Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property
during the policy period.
If any part of the work affecting railroad property or facilities is sublet, similar insurance shall be
provided by or in behalf of the subcontractor(s) involved.
B. CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
INSURANCE.
The Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the operations performed
for the Contractor by subcontractors, the Contractor carries in its own behalf Contractor's Protective
Public Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all
damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one person and subject to that limit for each person
a total limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or
death of two or more persons in any one occurrence; and Contractor's Protective Property Damage
Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all
damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property in any one occurrence, and subject to that
limit per occurrence, a total (or aggregate) limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages
arising out of injury to or destruction of property during the policy period.
C. RAILROAD'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE.
In addition to the above, the Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the
operations the Contractor or any of its subcontractors perform, the Contractor has provided for and in
behalf of the Railroad Company, and each Railroad Company when more than one is involved,
Railroad Protective Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance providing for a combined single
limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence with an aggregate limit of six Million Dollars
($6,000,000.00) applying separately for each annual period for:
1. All damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one or more persons.
2. All damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property.
325
1 FO�t C011ifls North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011
2
RAILROAD INSURANCE
D. GENERAL.
Said policy or policies of insurance shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this Special
Provision if each of said policies contains a properly completed and executed "Railroad Protective
Liability Form", reference copies of which are available from the Agreements Engineer of the Colorado
Department of Transportation, 4201 East Arkansas Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80222.
' Certificates of insurance required under A. and B. above, and policy or policies of Insurance required
under C. above shall be furnished to the Department's Agreements Engineer for transmittal to the
Railroad Company's Insurance Department.
The insurance hereinbefore specified shall be carried until all work required to be performed under the
' terms of the Contract is satisfactorily completed as evidenced by the formal acceptance of the
Department. The Railroad Company shall be furnished with the original of each policy carried in its
behalf.
I
1
1
326
I
FOft Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�� Standard Special Provisions
February 3, 2011 '
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Attached is Form FHWA 1273 titled Required Contract Provisions Federal -Aid Construction Contracts.
As described in Section I. General, the provisions of Form FHWA 1273 apply to all work performed '
under the Contract and are to be included in all subcontracts with the following modification:
The weekly payrolls submitted by contractors and subcontractors in accordance with Part V., paragraph
2c shall not include full social security numbers and home addresses. Instead, the payrolls shall only ,
need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. the last four digits of the
employee's social security number). Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social
security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them to the SHA upon '
request.
327
i
I�
I
I
Lam'
FO�t C011i�s North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
,_"`_�. Standard Special Provisions
FHWA-1273 Electronic version -- March 10, 1994
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page
I.
General......................................................................................................................1
II.
Nondiscrimination.........................................................................................................1
III.
Nonsegrated Facilities...................................................................................................3
IV.
Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage......................................................................3
V.
Statements and Payrolls................................................................................................6
VI.
Record of Materials, Supplies, and Labor..........................................................................6
VII.
GeneralSubletting or Assigning the Contract.....................................................................7
VIII.
Safety: Accident Prevention..........................................................................................7
IX.
False Statements Concerning Highway Projects...............................................................7
X.
Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act................................8
XI.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion................8
XII.
Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying.................................................9
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own
organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and
to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the contractor shall insert in each subcontract all
of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their inclusion in
any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provi-
sions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions shall be
sufficient grounds for termination of the contract.
4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also be grounds for
debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.12:
Section I, paragraph 2;
Section IV, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7;
Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g.
5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and
Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of
this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U.S.
Department of Labor (DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this
328
Fort of
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting
agency, the DOL, or the contractor's employees or their representatives.
6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not:
a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, or territory of the United States
(except for employment preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as specified in
Attachment A), or
b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of the project unless it is labor performed by
convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.)
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to
discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, execu-
tive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of
Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall
constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under
this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-
4.3 and the provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et sea.) set forth under
28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this
contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of
EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the Federal Government in
carrying out EEO obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are
treated 'during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or
disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and
selection for training, including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the SHA contracting officers an
EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and
promoting an active contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and
responsibility to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, super-
vise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially
involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy
and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To
ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the
start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO
329
I
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal' and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins.
300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins. Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to
as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United
States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
' THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20 , a copy of which
' is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
project, 7273 N. College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors,
and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work
provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including
all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools,
' consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance
premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00615 Page 1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the
' EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the
' EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following
their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO
Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minority group employees.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily
' accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the
' attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for
employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in
publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work
force would normally be derived.
t a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and
direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority
group applicants. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority
group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group
applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall
referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system
permits the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where
implementation of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or
obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as
amended.)
c. The contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for
employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be
discussed with employees.
' 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer,
demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national
' origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions
and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to
determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
' c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel
330
F City of linS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the
contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discriminationmay extend
beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the
contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints,
and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that
the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include
such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every
complainant of all of his avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and
women employees, and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and
State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and
on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25
percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or
training. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph
will be superseded as indicated in the special provision.
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs
and entrance requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group and
women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the
contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities
for minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and
female employees. Actions by the contractor either directly or through a contractor's association acting
as agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training
programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the
unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for
higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the
end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color,
religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union
except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such
labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the
SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and
women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will,
331
acY°f North College Corridor Improvements Vine to Conifer
Fort Collins
Standard Special Provisions
through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color,
religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable
minority group persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with
which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer
minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the
obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such
' contractor shall immediately notify the SHA.
8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The
contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases
of equipment.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of his/her EEO obligations
under this contract.
b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal opportunity
to compete for and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The
contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or
' subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees.
Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel.
c. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO
obligations.
9. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document
compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years
following completion of the contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for
inspection by authorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number of minority and non -minority group members and women employed in each work
' classification on the project; ,
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase
employment opportunities for minorities and women;
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading
minority and female employees; and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees.
b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the duration of the project,
indicating the number of minority, women, and non -minority group employees currently engaged in
each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form
' FHWA-1391. If on -the job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required
to collect and report training data.
' 332
I
Fort of
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or
more.)
a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the consummation of
this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal -aid construction
contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not
maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that the
firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where
segregated facilities are maintained. The firm agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of
the EEO provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that no employee will be denied access to
adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability.
b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas,
restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms, and other
storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transpor-
tation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are,
in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability, because of
habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for
accessibility override (e.g. disabled parking).
c. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed
subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of material supply
agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will retain such certifications in its files.
IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts,
except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are
exempt.)
General:
a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid
unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on
any account [except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the
Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)] the full amounts of wages and bona fide
fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed
at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor
(hereinafter "the wage determination") which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of
any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors
and such laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications
and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or
Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the
work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose
of this Section, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under
Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are
considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV,
paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions made or costs
incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or
programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred
during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and
333
' rt Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Fo
�,:o Standard Special Provisions
fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without
regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV.
b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at
the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided, that the
' employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is
performed.
c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and
5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
2. Classification:
a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under
the contract, which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in conformance with the
wage determination.
b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only
when the following criteria have been met:
(1) the work to be performed by the additional classification requested is not performed by a
classification in the wage determination;
(2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry;
(3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable
relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and
(4) with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is
performed.
c. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and mechanics (if known) to be
employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on
the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where
appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the DOL,
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C.
20210. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or
disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting
officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be
employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not
agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe
benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all
interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administra-
tor for determination. Said Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination
within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within
the 30-day period that additional time is necessary
e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c
or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the additional classification from
the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
' 334
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
I Standard Special Provisions
3. Payment of Fringe Benefits:
a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics
includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as
appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona
fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof.
b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or other
third person, he/she may consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any
costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided,
that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable
standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor
to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers:
a. Apprentices:
(1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they
performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a
person is employed in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by
the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship agency (where appropriate) to be
eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice.
(2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman -level employees on the job site in any craft
classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force
under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not
registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate
listed in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any
apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually
performed. Where a contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project in a locality
other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages
of the journeyman -level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program
shall be observed.
(3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for
the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman -level hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance
with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify
fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage
determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division
determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be
paid in accordance with that determination.
335
�t Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
'FF0 Standard Special Provisions
' (4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency
recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor or
subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable
predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees until an acceptable
' program is approved.
b. Trainees:
I(1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the
predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the
1 DOL, Employment and Training Administration.
(2) The ratio of trainees to journeyman -level employees on the job site shall not be greater than
permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Any employee
listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved
by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on
' the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee
performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be
paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.
' (3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for
his/her level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman -level hourly rate specified in
the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the
provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees
shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator
of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
corresponding journeyman -level wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full
' fringe benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive the same fringe benefits as
apprentices.
' (4) In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training
program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the
applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
' c. Helpers:
Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified and defined on
the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in
Section IV.2. Any worker listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is not a helper under a
approved definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for
the classification of work actually performed.
5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT):
' Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been
certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal -
aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section
IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be
established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not
be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program.
' 336
i
FortCollin5 North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
6. Withholding:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under this contract or any
other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject
to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime contractor, as much of
the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics,
including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full
amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic,
including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of
the wages required by the contract, the SHA contracting officer may, after written notice to the
contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment,
advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
7. Overtime Requirements:
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or
involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices, trainees,
and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic,
watchman, or guard in any workweek in which he/she is employed on such work, to work in excess of
40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation
at a rate not less than one -and -one-half times his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of
40 hours in such workweek.
8. Violation:
Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the clause set forth
in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof shall be liable to the
affected employee for his/her unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be
liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a
territory, to such District or to such territory) for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be
computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation
of the clause set forth in paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee
was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of
the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7.
9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized representative of the
DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the
contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be
necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated
damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above.
V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts,
except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which are exempt.)
337
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1Standard Special Provisions
1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3):
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which are herein
incorporated by reference.
2. Payrolls and Payroll Records:
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor and each subcon-
tractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from the date of completion
of the contract for all laborers, mechanics, apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and guards
working at the site of the work.
b. The payroll records shall contain the name, social security number, and address of each such
employee; his or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions
or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in
Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions
made; and actual wages paid. In addition, for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a
notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as
defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to Section IV,
paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of
the Davis Bacon Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the
commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible,
that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and
show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontrac-
tors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable
programs.
c. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish, each week in which any contract work is
performed, to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees (including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and
guards engaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set
out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of
this Section V. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is
available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock
number 029-005-0014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime
contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the
contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons
employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under
paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is correct and complete;
(2) that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the
contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either
directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full
wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3;
338
FortCollinS North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
(3) that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less that the applicable wage rate and fringe
benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as specified in the applicable
wage determination incorporated into the contract.
e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional
Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required
by paragraph 2d of this Section V.
f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor to civil or criminal
prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231.
g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 2b of this
Section V available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA,
the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working
hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them
available, the SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor,
applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon
request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR
5.12.
VI. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR
1. On all Federal -aid contracts on the National Highway System, except those which provide solely
for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed on a
force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total
final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000 (23 CFR 635) the contractor
shall:
a. Become familiar with the list of specific materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA-47,
"Statement of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving Federal
Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this contract.
b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in
the work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA-47,
and in the units shown on Form FHWA-47.
c. Furnish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA-47
together with the data required in paragraph lb relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary
of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned.
2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all contract work or separate reports
for the contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted.
VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30
percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract
price, excluding any specialty items designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by
subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total
339
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this _ day of , 20_
IN PRESENCE OF:
Principal
By:
(Title)
(Address)
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00615 Page 2 '
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Standard Special Provisions
' original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the
contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635).
a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the
prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators.
Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the
prime contractor.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized
knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations
qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor
components of the overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph 1 of Section VII is
computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or
produced by the contractor under the contract provisions.
1 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the
firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements,
and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other
of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the SHA
contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written
' consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given
shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract.
Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in
writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract.
IVIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and
local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all
safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it
' determines, or as the SHA contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the
life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in
connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the
contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not
permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which
' are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction
safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with
Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized
representative thereof, shallhave right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or
investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out
the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
U.S.C. 333).
340
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
fin Standard Special Provisions
t
IX. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS
in
In order to assure high quality and durable construction conformity with approved plans and
specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers,
contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal -aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons
concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible.
,
Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a
violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and
similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each Federal -aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in
'
one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project:
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL -AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS
'
18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or
whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement,
false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or
to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in
connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on
any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim
'
with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or
materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related
project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
,
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any
statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal -aid Roads Act approved
July 21, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented;
Shall be fined not more that $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both."
X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $100,000 or
more.)
bidder,
'
By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the
Federal -aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated
as follows:
'
1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract, unless such contract is
exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seg., as amended by Pub.L. 91-604),
and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended
'
by Pub.L. 92-500), Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation thereof (40 CFR 15) is
not listed, on the date of contract award, on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of
Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20.
,
341 1
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
`_�1 Standard Special Provisions
2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the requirements of Section 114 of
the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations and
guidelines listed thereunder.
3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication from the Director,
Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for the contract is
under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of
this Section X in every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the
government may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements.
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered Transactions:
(Applicable to all Federal -aid contracts - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the
certification set out below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in
denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an
explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will
be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this
transaction. However, failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an
explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that
the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this
transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department or
agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary participant learns that its
certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by. reason of changed
circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transac-
tion," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily
excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections
of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department or agency to which this
proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed
covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction
with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation
in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this
transaction.
342
city0
Fort Collins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
. Standard Special Provisions
g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include
the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -
Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the department or agency entering into this covered
transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower
tier covered transactions.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a
lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide
the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may,
but is not required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal
Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is compiled by the General
Services Administration.
I. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of
records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and
information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent
person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, if a participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition
to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this
transaction for cause or default.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion --Primary
Covered Transactions
1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its
principals:
a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement
rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining,
attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a
public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft,
forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen
property;
c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity
(Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph lb of this
certification; and
d. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public
transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
343
Ll
I
11
I
i
11
1
1
FOft [tins North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
�1. Standard Special Provisions
2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this
certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
2. Instructions for Certification -Lower Tier Covered Transactions:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of $25,000 or more -
49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set
out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier
participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the
Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue
available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which
this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification
was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
d. The terms 'covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered transac-
tion," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause,
have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive
Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in
obtaining a copy of those regulations.
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed
covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction
with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation
in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction
originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include
this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -
Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all
solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a
lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide
the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may,
but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of
records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and
information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a'prudent
person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
' 344
North College Corridor Improvements — Vine to Conifer
Foortrt Collins
Standard Special Provisions
I. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph a of these instructions, if a participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition
to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this
transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion --Lower
Tier Covered Transactions:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its
principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this
certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
XII. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS
FOR LOBBYING
(Applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed
$100,000 - 49 CFR 20)
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his
or her knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned,
to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a
Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of
any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation,
renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress. in connection
with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and
submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or
entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required
certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for
each such failure.
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall
require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed
$100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
345
CTUTHOMPSO
I N C O R P O R A T E D
I
SUBGRADE INVESTIGATION AND
PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR
IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
1 FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
I
1 1 i ' Prepared For:
■ ■ ■ STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
5690 DTC Boulevard
Suite 101 W
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111
Attention: Ms. Michelle R. Hansen, PE
I I I Project No. FC04874-125
August 24, 2009
Revised January 19, 2010
1
351 Linden Street I Suite 140 1 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 1 Telephone: 970-206-9455 1 Fax: 970-206-9441
•
milliI N C O R P O R A T E D
C
SUBGRADE INVESTIGATION AND
PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR
IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
Prepared For:
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
5690 DTC Boulevard
Suite 101W
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111
Attention: Ms. Michelle R. Hansen, PE
Project No. FC04874-125
August 24, 2009
Revised January 19, 2010
351 Linden Street I Suite 140 1 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
Telephone:970-206-9455 Fax:970-206-9441
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE
1
SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1
FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATION
2
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
3
Existing Pavement Materials
3
Clayey Sand
4
Gravelly Sand
4
Ground Water
5
PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS
5
PAVEMENT DESIGN
5
Traffic
6
Condition Survey
6
Pavement Thickness Calculations
7
Pavement Recommendations
7
PAVEMENT SELECTION
8
SUBGRADE AND PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
9
WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES
11
SURFACE DRAINAGE
12
LIMITATIONS
12
FIGURE 1 — LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
FIGURE 2 — SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
APPENDIX A — RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING
APPENDIX B — PAVEMENT DESIGN CALCULATIONS
APPENDIX C — SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDIX D — PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS
APPENDIX E — MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
gr I
SCOPE
This report presents the results of our subgrade investigation and pavement
recommendations for the proposed improvements to a portion of North College Avenue
in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1). We believe our report is in general conformance
with Chapters 5 and 10 of the "Larimer County Urban Areas Street Standards"
(LCUASS) dated January 2, 2001 (repealed and reenacted April 1, 2007) as adopted by
the City of Fort Collins (City) as well as the Colorado Department of Transportation
(CDOT) 2007 "Pavement Design Manual". Our revisions to this report included revising
minimum pavement thickness recommendations based on input from CDOT.
The report was prepared from data developed during field exploration, laboratory
testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The report
includes a description of the subsurface conditions found in our exploratory borings,
laboratory test results and pavement recommendations. If plans change significantly,
we should be contacted to review our investigation and determine if our
recommendations still apply. A brief summary of our conclusions is presented below,
with more detailed criteria and recommendations contained in the report.
SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The City has titled the project P1159 North College Corridor Improvements,
Phase II. The project includes improvements to portions of North College Avenue (US
Highway 287) in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1). The planned improvements include
overlay and/or reconstruction of most of the pavements, some minor improvements to
islands, curbs, gutters, and other associated improvements. The extent of the project
includes North College Avenue from the intersection of East Vine Drive to about 700 feet
north of the intersection of Hickory Street. We understand improvements to North
College Avenue are regulated by CDOT standards. Originally, North College Avenue
was paved with portland cement concrete that was later overlain with asphaltic concrete
and widened with either full -depth asphaltic concrete or composite section consisting of
asphaltic concrete over aggregate base course. We observed various distresses in
North College Avenue including rutting, cracking, potholes, and patching. The majority
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 1
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.125 (Revised)
I
1
' SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
' CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
11
I
J
11
' Rev10/20/07 Section 00630
Page 1
I
1
1 of the distress was observed in the portions of roadway that do not include a portland
cement and asphaltic concrete section.
1'
Our Mr. Eric Bernhardt, PE and Mr. Robin Dornfest, PG met with Mr. Kyle
1 Lambrecht, PE of the City of Fort Collins Engineering Department, on June 24, 2009 to
discuss the scope of the project in more detail. We discussed providing alternative
' pavement sections, bike lanes and turn lanes, and other project scope that will be
addressed in our pavement design report.
1 FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATION
' Our field investigation consisted of coring the existing pavement and drilling
borings through the cored holes at eight locations as presented on Figure 1. The core
and boring locations were spaced at approximately 500-foot spacing, or less, apart.
Cores were drilled with a portable coring rig and 6-inch diameter core barrel. The
1 borings were drilled through the cored holes with 4-inch diameter solid -stem augers and
a truck -mounted drill to a depth of approximately 10 feet. Our field representative
observed drilling and logged the soils found in the borings. Bulk samples were obtained
from the upper 4 feet of the borings and modified California samples were obtained from
selected intervals within the borings. The number of blows from a 140-pound hammer
falling 30 inches, required to drive the modified California sampler, were recorded. We
backfilled the borings with flow fill and cold patch immediately after drilling. Summary
1 logs of the borings, including results of field penetration resistance tests, are presented
on Figure 2.
1 Samples obtained during coring and drilling were returned to our laboratory and
1 visually examined by the geotechnical engineer and geologist for this project.
Laboratory testing was performed in general accordance with AASHTO and ASTM
1 methods to determine index properties of the soils sampled and subgrade support
values for those soil types influencing the pavement design. To evaluate potential
heave, swell -consolidation testing was performed on six samples of the subgrade soils
1 under a pressure of 150 psf as required under LCUASS. CDOT requires the swell -
consolidation tests to be performed with a 200-psf surcharge pressure. However, we
1 STOLFUS 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II2
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
1
I
gr 1
chose to conduct swell -consolidation testing with the 150-psf surcharge since the results
would be more conservative. Other laboratory testing included moisture content, dry
density, Atterberg limits, gradation, Hveem Stabilometer test (R-value) and water-soluble
sulfate tests. Results of laboratory tests are presented in Appendix A and summarized
in Table A -I.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Existing pavement materials consisted of asphaltic concrete and/or portland
cement concrete and/or aggregate base course overlying the subgrade soils.
Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings below pavement materials generally
consisted of clayey to very clayey sand with occasional layers of sandy clay and/or
gravel, as well as gravelly sand. Ground water was encountered in five of the eight
borings. Further descriptions of these materials are presented below. Summary logs of
the borings, including results of field penetration resistance tests, are presented on
Figure 2.
Existina Pavement Materials
Thicknesses of existing pavement materials were highly variable at our boring
locations. Approximately 11/2 inches to 6 inches of asphaltic concrete over 6 inches to 9
inches of portland cement concrete were measured from core samples obtained from
North College Avenue. Approximately 73/4 inches of asphaltic concrete was measured
from a core sample collected TH-4. Aggregate base course thicknesses in the roadway
ranged from about 0 inches to 4 inches. Based on our experience with the City, asphalt
and/or aggregate base course thicknesses are greater in patched and/or repaired areas
that may have not been encountered in our borings. We conducted compressive
strength tests on three concrete cores obtained from the existing pavement and
correlated the compressive strengths with estimated flexural strengths as presented in
Table A.
1
I
I
I
A
1
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. '
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 3
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
TABLE A
STRENGTH TEST RESULTS FOR
CONCRETE CORE SAMPLES
Boring/Core Location►
Measured Corn res�"sive
Str_ :ength (psij
Estimated Flexural Stren h
�ps�) 9t
TH-3
6,360
792
TH-5
5,880
751
TH-8
4,220
602
We did not strictly conform to the procedures outlined in ASTM C 42 Standard
Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete,
particularly the moisture conditioning procedures. Therefore, the test results should be
1
considered informational only.
Clayey Sand
1
Very loose to dense, to
medium clayey very clayey sands with occasional sandy
clay layers and/or gravel were encountered below the pavement in all borings to depths
1
up to 10-plus feet. Our laboratory tests indicate the sands have expansion potentials
ranging from low to medium. The sands classify as A-6 and A-7-6 soils with group
1
indices ranging from 4 to 8 based on our laboratory tests and AASHTO classification.
The clayey sand is considered to exhibit fair subgrade support.
1
Gravelly Sand
i
1
1
1
1
Loose to dense gravelly sands were encountered below the clayey sands in all
borings except TH-6. We believe the gravelly sands to have a low expansion potential.
The gravelly sands classify as A-2-6 soils with a group index of 1 based on our
laboratory tests and AASHTO classification. The gravelly sand is considered to exhibit
fair to good subgrade support. During drilling, our field representative identified an odor
that appeared to be a petroleum product in TH-2 at depths between 6 and 10 feet below
the pavement surface.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
4
1
I
IF I
Ground Water
Ground water was encountered in five of the eight borings at depths ranging from
approximately 7 feet to 8 feet. Groundwater levels will vary seasonally. The existing
groundwater levels are not expected to affect roadway construction.
PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS
Our firm conducted a subgrade investigation for this project presented in a report
under CTLIT Project No. FC04874-125, dated July 29, 2009 and a letter providing
recommendations for the RCP storm sewer under CTLIT Project No. FC04874-125,
dated August 13, 2009. Our firm also prepared a subgrade investigation and pavement
recommendation report for a portion of College Avenue to the north of this project.
PAVEMENT DESIGN
We understand improvements to North College Avenue (U.S. 287) are regulated
by CDOT standards. Mill and overlay is planned for that portion of North College
Avenue underlain by portland cement concrete and total reconstruction is planned for
that portion of North College Avenue not underlain by portland cement concrete. CDOT
requires the use of the AASHTO and CDOT pavement design methods for their
roadways. The design methods require various input values that are provided by the
City, LCUASS, and CDOT and from our field and laboratory tests and observations. We
also used Asphalt Overlays for Highway and Street Rehabilitation (MS-17) published by
the Asphalt Institute as a reference to develop our recommendations.
Overlays are used to remedy functional or structural deficiencies. Functional
deterioration is any condition that adversely affects the highway user, such as, poor
surface friction and texture, hydroplaning and splash from wheel rutting, and excess
surface distortion. Structural defects arise from any conditions that adversely affect the
load -carrying capability of the pavement, such as inadequate thickness as well as
cracking, distortion, and disintegration. Based on our observations and calculations, the
existing pavement does not meet the required thickness for the design ESAL. The
existing pavement may be considered structurally deficient. We conducted a structural
overlay design and met with the City to discuss the results. The conclusion of the
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PRASE II 5
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ll
meeting was that a structural overlay was not feasible since the calculated thickness of
the structural overlay was not compatible with grade requirements or restrictions of
existing features.
Traffic
The design of a pavement section is partly dependent on the amount and type of
traffic to be supported by the roadway. North College Avenue is classified as an arterial.
In order to quantify traffic conditions for the roadway, rigid and/or flexible pavement 18-
kip Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESALs) were provided by City personnel using a 20-
year design life. For the design of flexible overlays over rigid pavements, the rigid ESAL
is required. Table B presents the Design ESALs used with our calculations.
TABLE B
DESIGN 18-kip EQUIVALENT SINGLE AXLE LOADS (ESALs)
Street
Flexible SAL
Rigid ESAL
North College Avenue
5,600,000
8,300,000
(US 287)
Condition Survev
In order for an overlay to provide the intended serviceability and life, the
underlying pavement structure needs to be structurally sound and have sufficient
strength to support future traffic and new wearing surfaces. To characterize the
condition of the existing pavement for North College Avenue, we conducted site
observations, drilled cores and conducted laboratory tests. We observed various.
distresses in North College Avenue including rutting, cracking, potholes, and patching.
The majority of the distress was observed in the portions of roadway that does not
include a portland cement and asphaltic concrete section. The condition of the existing
concrete pavement was obscured by the existing asphaltic concrete overlay. However,
reflective cracking in the asphaltic concrete was observed above what appears to be
concrete joints. No signs of structural distress of the concrete pavement were observed
at the pavement surface; however, we have assumed few defects are present.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 6
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
Drilled cores indicate thicknesses of the existing PCC range from 6 inches to 9 '
inches and the existing AC overlay range in thickness from 2 inches to 6 inches. No
PCC was encountered in TH-4. The core thicknesses did not reveal any particular '
section of the roadway that was thicker. The thickness of the existing PCC in the
majority of the proposed reconfigured lanes is believed to be approximately 8 inches. '
We conducted compressive strength tests on three concrete cores obtained from the
existing pavement. Test Results are presented in Table A of the Existing Pavement '
Materials section of this report. Based on our limited observations and laboratory tests,
we believe the existing PCC will provide adequate support for an overlay. Further
observations and/or tests are recommended to evaluate the PCC pavement more ,
thoroughly after the asphalt has been milled. Our recommendations may need to be
revised pending additional observations and/or tests. '
Pavement Thickness Calculations
We used DARWinTM software to develop our pavement thickness calculations '
with input values provided by the City, CDOT and our laboratory tests and observations. t
Hveem testing resulted in an R-value of 30, which we converted to a resilient modulus of
6,761 psi. Computer generated printouts of the DARWinTM calculations are presented in
Appendix B.
Pavement Recommendations ,
Any structural defects of the existing PCC pavement observed after milling
should be remedied prior to overlay placement. For pavements where full reconstruction
meets the functional overlay, we recommend the thickness of each pavement layer for
new pavements match the thicknesses of each pavement layer for existing pavements. '
New PCC pavement constructed adjacent to existing PCC should be doweled to the
existing PCC pavement. We understand CDOT and The City have agreed to place 6 '
inches of aggregate base course below the new pavement sections consisting of hot mix
asphalt over portland cement concrete as shown in Table C.
Given the acceptable past performance of the portion of North College Avenue
underlain by PCC pavement and grade restrictions, a functional overlay for that portion '
is proposed. We estimate the average proposed thickness of the overlay to meet grade
STOLFUS 6 ASSOCIATES, INC. '
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 7
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
�I
I
I
1
requirements or restrictions is approximately 31/2 inches after milling the existing AC
overlay. -For a 31/2-inch overlay over 8 inches of existing PCC, we have calculated an
estimated design -life of approximately 61/2 years for the reconstructed pavement.
Reflective cracking of flexible overlays over rigid pavement can be problematic.
Reflective cracking can be reduced or delayed by using thick overlays, crack relief
layers, or use of woven geosynthetics. A recyclable geosynthetic, such as Glasgride,
may be considered to help reduce or delay reflective cracking. Our pavement thickness
alternatives for new and reconstructed pavements are presented on Table C.
TABLE C
MINIMUM PAVEMENT THICKNESS RECOMMENDATIONS
(TOTAL RECONSTRUCTION)
NORTH COLLEGE AVENUE
Hot Mix Asphalt
Portland
PortlaTr d
H t Mix Asphalt
(HMA) +New
Geme t
*ement
Concrete
Roadway
(HMA) +
Portland Cement
Concrete
(�)'
Aggregate Base
Conn (PCC)
(PCC), 3.6
21 Load
Course ABC)
+ A gregate Base
Load Transfer
Transfer
Course (ABG)
C dent'
Coefficient **
„
8" HMA
3" HMA +
North College Avenue
ABC
8" PCC* + 6" ABC
ESAL =
8,300,000(Rigid),
or
„
or
21/z" HMA +
11 " PCC
91/2 " PCC
5,600,000 (Flexible)
HMA +
13 ABC
8" PCC** + 6"
ABC
* The load transfer coefficient of 3.6 is for doweled pavement and non -tied shoulders or non -
doweled pavement with longitudinal joints and/or tied shoulder. New PCC pavement that is
placed adjacent to existing PCC should be dowelled with deformed bars to the -existing concrete.
** The load transfer coefficient of 2.8 is for doweled pavement and longitudinal joints and/or tied
shoulders. New PCC pavement that is placed adjacent to existing PCC should be doweled with
deformed bars to the existing concrete.
PAVEMENT SELECTION
Composite HMA over PCC and/or ABC are planned for North College Avenue.
HMA and ABC over a stable subgrade are expected to perform well in areas with sandy
subgrade soils. HMA provides a stiff, stable pavement to withstand heavy loading and
will provide a good fatigue resistant pavement. PCC is also expected to perform well in
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 8
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
this area. However, PCC pavement has better performance in freeze -thaw conditions
'
and should require less long-term maintenance than HMA pavement. In any event, the
performance of the pavement structure depends partly on the stability of the subgrade
'
soils.
,
SUBGRADE AND PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Subgrade preparation will only apply to areas planned for total reconstruction.
CDOT requires swell mitigation where swell is greater than 0.5 percent using a 200 psf
for indicate five than 0.5
'
surcharge. Samples tested swell samples swelled greater
percent. Based on the results of laboratory testing, CDOT 2007 Pavement Design
Manual and LCUASS, we believe that mitigation for swell (expansion) may be required
,
for areas planned for total reconstruction.
,
Expansion potential exists for that portion of roadway currently underlain by PCC.
We are not aware of expansion mitigation practices being performed in the 1950's or
'
earlier when this roadway was originally constructed. We observed no distress features
at the site that would be indicative of an expansive subgrade. We understand the City
may negotiate with CDOT the requirement for expansion reduction for the reconstructed
'
portions of the roadway. If mitigation for expansion will be required, CDOT requires the
depth of mitigation to be at least 3 feet, based on plasticity indices of the soil that we
'
have determined.
The City commonly uses fly ash to improve subgrade stability. Other methods
for expansion mitigation include soil replacement, lime treatment and portland cement '
treatment. These methods can increase the stability of the subgrade, add strength and
stiffness to the subgrade, and improve the engineering properties of the soils. Design
and construction guidelines for chemical or other stabilization methods can be provided '
when the method of expansive soil mitigation is selected. If chemical stabilization is
used and a laboratory mix design is performed, a reduced pavement section may be '
possible for North College Avenue. We can provide a soil/fly ash or lime mix design if
requested. Our threshold limit of water-soluble sulfates in soils for single application of '
fly ash or lime for stabilization is 0.5 percent. The CDOT threshold limit of water-soluble
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. '
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 9
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
Ll
ij
JI
I
sulfates in soils for single application of fly ash or lime for stabilization is 0.2 percent.
Based on our test results discussed in the following section, WATER-SOLUBLE
SULFATES, we believe double application of fly ash or lime should be considered for the
site. Recommendations for double -application of fly ash are presented in Appendix D of
this report. Additional tests for sulfates are recommended after the subgrade has been
cut or filled to rough grade.
To prepare the subgrade for paving with conventional moisture treatment and
compaction, subgrade soils should be scarified a minimum of 12 inches deep, moisture
conditioned to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to at least
95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T99).
Scarification and recompaction of the upper 12 inches of subgrade soils should
occur as close to the time of pavement construction as possible. The final subgrade
surface must be protected from excessive drying or wetting until such time as the
pavement section is constructed.
Maintaining moisture contents near optimum will be critical to avoid excessive
deflections, rutting and pumping of the subgrade during subgrade preparation of streets.
If moisture and density cannot be sufficiently controlled during subgrade preparation and
stabilization is required, chemical stabilization, stabilization by removal and replacement,
or stabilization using geosynthetics and imported granular materials may be used. For
isolated or small areas requiring stabilization, removal and replacement or "crowding"
crushed, coarse aggregate into the subgrade may be effective. If large areas require
stabilization, chemical treatment of the soils maybe a more effective alternative.
The design of a pavement system is as much a function of the quality of the
paving materials and construction as the support characteristics of the subgrade. The
construction materials are assumed to possess sufficient quality as reflected by the
' strength coefficients used in the flexible pavement design calculations. Materials and
construction requirements of LCUASS and CDOT should be followed. Additional criteria
for subgrade preparation, paving materials and construction are presented in Appendix
D. These criteria were developed from analysis of the field and laboratory data, our
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 10
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
WIM
experience and LCUASS requirements. If the materials cannot meet these '
recommendations, our pavement recommendations should be reevaluated based upon
available materials. Materials planned for construction should be submitted and the '
applicable laboratory tests performed to verify compliance with the specifications.
WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES '
Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate attack. We '
measured water-soluble sulfate concentrations in four samples of sand from this site.
Concentrations were measured from 0.04 percent to 0.53 percent. One of the four '
samples tested showed a sulfate concentration over 0.2 percent.
Water-soluble sulfate concentrations between 0.2 and 2 percent indicate Class 2 ,
sulfate exposure, according to the American Concrete Institute (ACI). For sites with '
Class 2 sulfate exposure, ACI recommends using a cement meeting the requirements
for Type V (sulfate resistant) cement or the equivalent, with a maximum water -to- '
cementitious material ratio of 0.45 and air entrainment of 5 to 7 percent. As an
alternative, ACI allows the use of cement that conforms to ASTM C 150 Type II
requirements, if it meets the Type V performance requirements (ASTM C 1012) of ACI ,
201, or ACI allows a blend of any type of portland cement and fly ash that meets the
performance requirements (ASTM C 1012) of ACI 201. In Colorado, Type II cement with '
20 percent Class F fly ash usually meets these performance requirements. The fly ash
content can be reduced to 15 percent for placement in cold weather months, provided a ,
water-to-cementitious material ratio of 0.45 or less is maintained. ACI also indicates
concrete with Class 2 sulfate exposure should have a minimum compressive strength of '
4,500 psi. Concrete should be air entrained.
Sulfate attack problems are comparatively rare in this area when quality concrete '
is used. Considering the range of test results, we believe risk of sulfate attack is lower
than indicated by the few laboratory tests performed. ACI indicates sulfate resistance for ,
Class 1 exposure can be achieved by using Type II cement, a maximum water-to-
cementitious material ratio of 0.50, and a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. '
We believe this approach should be used as a minimum at this project. The more
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE 11 11
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL
INCLUDE:
PROJECT TITLE: 7273 N. College Improvements
Project — Vine to Conifer
LOCATION: Fort Collins. Colorado
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of
the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the
project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be
exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to
complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.
By:
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and
will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
. The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents
shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
M
OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
REMARKS:
Rev 10/20/07
DATE
Section 00635 Page 1
stringent measures outlined in the previous paragraph will better control risk of sulfate
attack and are more in alignment with written industry standards.
The presence of sulfates in the subgrade soil can also impact the performance of
chemical stabilization. Chemical stabilization is discussed in the SUBGRADE AND
PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION section of this report.
SURFACE DRAINAGE
' The primary cause of premature pavement deterioration is infiltration of water
into the pavement system. This increase in moisture content usually results in the
' softening of base course and subgrade and eventual failure of the pavement. We
recommend that pavements and surrounding ground surface be sloped to cause surface
' water to run off rapidly and away from pavements. Backs of curbs and gutters should be
backfilled with compacted fill and sloped to prevent ponding adjacent to backs of curbs
and to paving. The final grading of the subgrade should be carefully controlled so the
pavement design cross-section can be maintained. Low spots in the subgrade that can
trap water should be eliminated. Seals should be provided within the curb and
pavement and in all joints to reduce the possibility of water infiltration.
LIMITATIONS
Our borings were spaced to obtain a reasonably accurate understanding of the
existing pavements and subsurface conditions. The borings are representative of
conditions encountered only at the exact boring locations. Variations in subsurface
conditions not indicated by our borings are always possible. A representative of our firm
should observe subgrade preparation and pavement construction. The
recommendations contained in this report were based upon our understanding of the
planned construction.
' This report was prepared form data developed during our field exploration,
laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. If plans
change or differ from the assumptions presented herein, we should be contacted to
review our recommendations.
' STOLFus a ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II 12
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that
level of skill and care ordinarily used by members of the profession currently practicing
under similar conditions in the locality of'this project. No warranty, express or implied, is
made.
If we can be of further service in discussing the contents of this report or in the
analysis of the proposed pavement systems from the geotechnical point of view, please
contact the undersigned.
CTL THOMPSON, INC..y:
Thomas W. Finley, G
Senior Geologist .0?ROFESS
�E «„
NJ�.`�' WSE M���Fp
Reviewed by: ?`', Vie` 44 4r'ti�a
FA
Robin Dornfest, PG c�9r oNM.0
PROFES
Geotechnical Departmen
STOLFUS 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE 11
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.125 (Revised)
Eric D. Bernhardt,
Project Manager
a?p L!CF
� A O
13
m= m m= m= m m= m= m m r== m m
APPROXIMATE
SCALE: 1'=500'
0 125' 250'
LEGEND:
TH-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE
0 LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY
BORING
STOLFOS AND A SOCIAT ,INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CM I T PROJECT NO. FC01SWZ
SITE
1
3
MUIBEWiV Bt.
f T0. MM
NOTT03
U.S. Highway 2871 North College Avenue
Locations of
Exploratory
Borings
FIGURE 1
LEGEND:
TH-1
TH-2 TH-3
TH-4 TH-5 TH-6 TH-7 TH-8
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
0
0—
CONCRETE. REINFORCED
W12
e.,
:-� 14112 0112
11112 IU12 1&12 11112 1W12
]
AGGREGATE BJkSE COURSE
' W12
25/12 111/12
6112 ]10112 4112 JIN12 j 13M2
—5 4 1
'0
.'0 '. 6
0'
0.
SAND. CLAYEY TO VERY CLAYEY, OCCASIONAL LAYERS OF SANDY CLAYANDIOR
;0
GRAVEL, MOISTTO VERY MOIST, VERY LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, MOWN, DARK
El
Of
BROWN. BLACK (SC, CL). SEE NOTE 3
U
SAND, GRAVELLY, MOIST TO WET, LOOSE TO VERY DENSE, DARK BROWN, BROWN,
W12
35/12
15
IU12 2 3SI12 2
33112 vi 8112
REDDISH MOWN, BLACK ASP, SW)
—10
AC •&1/2-
AC - 2.10 AC-T
AC - 734- AC-3' AG-V AC-3' AC - 4-1Y
E7 DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL IR12 INDICATES 18 BLOWS OF A 140.POUND HAMMER
LrJFALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.&INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES.
POC - 7-1Z
FCC - v PCC = 84Q.
PCC • 7.12. PCC = V FCC - W PCC - 6'
ABC - 4-
15—
BULK SAMPLE FROM AUGER CUTTINGS
WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT TIME OF DRI ILLING
LL AC • 3- APPROXIMATE THICKNESS OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
20
20
6
KW PCC - W APPROXIMATE THICKNESS OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
ABC - W APPROXIMATE THICKNESS OF AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
—25
25—
NOTES:
1. THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON JULY 15,2008, USING 44NCH DIAMETER
CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGERS MO A MUCK -MOUNTED DRILL MG.
-
2. GROUND WATER WAS ENCOUNTERED N TH-I, TH2. T . TH-7 AND THB AS SHOWN ON
30—
THE LOGS. GROUNDWATER MEASUREMENTS WERE TAKEN AFTER THE BORINGS WERE
30
DRILLED. THE BORINGS WERE BACKRULED SOON AFTER DRILLING AND DELAYED
GROUNDWATER MEASUREMENTS WERE NOT TAKEN.
3. A SAMPLE FROM TH-2 AT DEPTHS OF 6 TO 10 FEET BELOW THE SURFACE HAD AN
ODOR THAT APPEARED TO BE A PETROLEUM PRODUCT, FURTHER
-
INVESTIGATION IS RECOMMENDED.
—35
35—
4. THESE LOGS ME SUBJECT TO THE EXP-ANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN
-
THIS REPORT.
Summary Logs
—40
40—
of Exploratory
Borings
STOLIFUSMIDASSOCIATES, ING,
FIGURE 2
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPRWEMENTS, PHASE 11
CIL I T PROJECT NO, FCM74125
= M M M = = = = 1111111111111 = M M M = = M M M M
APPENDIX A
RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING
z
O
fA
z
a
a
w
0
z
O
rn
W
W
IL
2
O
V
IF
I �
'
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
----'__---.PRESSURE
DUE TOWETTING
1
1 1 I r
r
I i I r 1 I I 1
1
1
+ I
r
1 r
I
_ _I_____ __
1
1 1 1 1
_______I
1 1
1 1 I 1
1
I 1 I 1 1 1 I
I I
1 I 1 I
I 11 1 I r 1 I I
I
I
I
1 1 1
1 I 1
-I
1 1 T '1 r
I I
1
1
1 1 I
I
1 1
--------------------�-�
-------
---------
-�---- ,--;------------------�----I
;
I
i
1 I
1 1 1, I 1 1
1 1
r i r 1 1 1 r • I 1 1 1 1 1 I
0.1 1.0
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample Of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
From TH - 1 AT 2 FEET
z
O
N
z
a
IL
X
W
0
z
O
W
a
O
U
10 100
DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 99 PCF
MOISTURE CONTENT= 25.5 %
; ; I
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
' ___;___;__ _PR SSUREDUETOWETTING
--------1---�-----------------
1 1 1
_!_1 _L!!_I_______!___J___I _y___r_11!_______L___:___�__L
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I • 1 1 I I I i 11 I
I 1 1 I 1
1 1 1 1 1 _ I_ _
1 �
r 1 1 1 I r I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I
_______i____,_______ __r�________�___T__ I__ _ �_rT
r 1 1 I I 1 1 1 I
1 1 r I 1 1 r 1 1
I 1 1 I I r I I I I i
I I i I
_____ __ _ _____ _ __I__ _J_ ___-_ _
___ __ ___________i ___ _-I_ _____ _ ___ _____1____i
0.1 1.0
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of SAND, CLAYEY (SC)
From TH - 2 AT 2 FEET
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FOOQ74-125
10
100
DRYUNITWEIGHT= 111 PCF
MOISTURE CONTENT= 16.7 %
Swell Consolidation
Test Results
FIGURE A-t
I
1
Ji
I
z
O
M
z
Q
I1
w
z
O
N
W
a
O
V
-2
3
IF
I
,
I I
I 1 I
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING
_ _ _;_
I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I
I
___
___I____1___1
_ I______i_1
_ i __ , _I__II___
1____II___II____ 1-I
I 1
1 , I
I
1 , I 1
I
I
I I I I I
I I
I
I
1 I I i
I
1
r I i T
i 1 T 1 i T 1 1 t-ril
i 1-r
1 1
I I I I I I I
i I I 1 1
1
I I �
I 1
I •
I I
1 I 1 I
1 I
I
0.1 1.0 10 100
' APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) DRY UNIT W EIGHT= 103 PCF
From TH - 4 AT 2 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 23.9 %
O
N
z
Q
a
W
0
z
O
ro
CO)
W
fZ
IL
2
O
U
I i 11 1, I 1 i i 1
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
------ ---- -- --- -- -----;---- - -PR SSURE DUE TO WETTING
I 1 .
1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I ! I 1 I
_ _ _ J _ _ _ _ L _ _, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L __ J _ L
1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I
i I 1 1 1 1 1
I I � I I • I I � I I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • _ 1 _ _ 1 1 , _
I I I I I 1 1 _ I 1 1 1 I 1 I
1 i I I I I I 1 I • I I I i I I 1 i ; � I I I
1 1 I I 11 i
I I I 1 I
I 1 I I 1 I I I
1 1 ! I
I I 1 I I I I i I I I I I
----- ---'---L- ------1--- --'-- ----- - L
1 I I 1 I 1 1 I 1
• I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I
1 I 1 I I I I 1
I 1 I 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 • 1 11 I
0.1 1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
From TH - 5 AT 2 FEET
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FCM74-125
10 100
DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 97 PCF
MOISTURE CONTENT= 24.9 %
Swell Consolidation
Test Results
FIGURE A-2
z
O^
rh
z
a
I1
x
W
z
O
lA
M
W
IIr
IL
2
O
U
IF
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
____'___'__'____ _;_L______J____r___ _ .PRESSUREDUETOWETTING
r 1 1 1 �
I 1 r I 1 1
I r r 1 1 11 1
�____1I1I I1 ________1_ ___I 1 ____ _ _I___
1 _____ _ ________
I I I 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1
1 1 1 1 I I ! I 1 I r I
I I ! 1 I
I I I I 1 I 11 I
I I I I 1
I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I 1
I 1 1 1 I i r
I ! 1 I r 1 I 1 1 1
_I _L
1 1
1 I I 11 I I I 1 1 I
! 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I
1 I I I I
1 I . 1
i . ! ; � 1 1 1• I 1 I � 1 i I I I I I 1 I ; 1 I;
0.1 1.0
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
From TH - 7 AT 2 FEET
z
O^
rn
z
Q
IL
x
W
0
z
O
N
W
W
Q
a
O
V
10 100
DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 96 PCF
MOISTURE CONTENT= 23.9 %
'
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
--------------=- - - ;-;----------;_-_;----PR
SSUREDUETOWETTING
I 1
_
___-_ ___I___L_
_
_ _I__J__
_ _
_____ __J__J__
_ _ _ _
_L1
; ,
r 1
1
11 I 1 1 1 I
1 I
I 1 ! 1 1
1 r
I I 1 1 1
1 I I
11 1
I
11 1 I I 1
1 I 1
, ,
I
I I • 1 I 1
11
1
1 1 _ -_ _
1
I
I i � I
I I
I
i I 1
I 1
I I I I
I I I 1 I I I I I
I I
I I I
I I
1 I 1 I 11
I
1 1 I i
I
1
1 I
I 1 I
I 1
I 1 I 1 I I
1 1 r
I 1 1 I
1 1 1 I r
1 1 I i I
I I 1
I 1 1 I I I
1
I I 1 I
I I
1 1 1 r
! I
r I 1 r
1 I
1 I 1 11
I
r I I I 1
1 1 I r
r
1 1 1 I I
I I I
-- -- -
0.1 1.0
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
From TH - 8 AT 2 FEET
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES. INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS. PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
10 100
DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 112 PCF
MOISTURE CONTENT= 18.3 %
Swell Consolidation
Test Results
FIGURE A-3
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. 1200 '100 '50 '40 '30 '16 110 '8 -4 3/8' 3/4' 1%, 3' 5.6- .8'
0
100
'r
.�
-:-r
90 .
10
,
_
_ _ -
0 70
30 w
40 w
a 60
' r a
50
:
50 U
Q
Q
_
0:
i 40
r3OF
—`--�—
—r -
a
_{-
60
`'
—
30---
20so
.70
10
0_.--_..
I
—
___ ___ _
— 100
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .690 1.19 2.0 2.36 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
I FINE COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of
SAND, CLAYEY (SC)
GRAVEL 17 % SAND
50 %
From
TH - 1 AT 1-4 FEET
SILT & CLAY 33 % LIQUID LIMIT
36 %
PLASTICITY INDEX
20 %
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS I SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. ISMIN. 60 MIN. 19MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 1100 '50 '40 '30 116 110 18 -4 318' 3/4' 1A, 3' S'6' 8'0
100
,
IN
90
T—"
10
r
30
N--"
................................_..________ _.__ �_ _f—_
_
40
U 50
50 Z
i--
40
60 a
30
70
20
10
go
.001 0.002 .005 .OD9 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
FINE COARSE COBBLES
SamPle of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) GRAVEL 19 % SAND 48 %
From TH - 3 AT 1-4 FEET SILT & CLAY 33 % LIQUID IJMIT 36 %
PLASTICITY INDEX 23 %
Gradation
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II Test Results
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
FIGURE A-4
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 1100 '50 '40 '30 '16 '10 '8 '4 3/8' 314' 1k' 3' 5.6. 8'
0
100
—_�
90
f
_�
10
_
-
—
_
20
—t
Q 70
—
_
30 Z
-
a60
--- —
0-1
so
50
a 4030
70
20
80
90
10
T
100
0
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 0.425w 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
I FINE COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of
SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
GRAVEL 14 % SAND
37
From
TH - 4 AT 1-4 FEET
SILT & CLAY 49 % LIQUID LIMIT
41 %
PLASTICITY INDEX
24 %
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS I
SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 '100
U.S. STANDARD SERIES
'50 '40 '30 '16
CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
'10 '8 '4 3/8' 3(4' 114' 3'
5' 6' 8'0
100-
�_.
10
90
20
80
—�
1
30 0
1170
--
_ __ _
140 w
—
50
50
a
40
60
20
60
90
10
--... _- ._ -
._ _ _— _
-1100
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2
0.42
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
127 200
152
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NOWPLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE I MEDIUM IGOAfiSE
FINE I COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC) GRAVEL 10 % SAND 51 %
From TH - 5 AT 1-4 FEET SILT & CLAY 39 % LIQUID LIMIT 36 %
PLASTICITY INDEX 23 %
Gradation
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE 11 Test Results
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
FIGURE A-5
11
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
TO:
Gentlemen
, 20_
You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20_, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado,
has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins
project, 7273 N. College Improvements — Vine to Conifer.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final
Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
20
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees
will continue for the specified time from the following date: _, 20.
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
Rev10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1
��r
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 M1N 1 MIN. '200 '100 'So '40 '30 '16 '10 '8 '4 3/8' 314' 1%, 3' S' 6' B'
_i
0
_— _
—
10
80
'---717—
- -
0 70
r7
r- T-
60
50
-�io,
50 W
—
a
_{— --
:--a—
u
40
�.--.
60
30
1 .�-
�70
20.80
10
0
.001
1 F100
0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19A 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE I MEDIUM ICOARSEI
FINE I COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of
SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC)
GRAVEL 11 % SAND
40
%
From
TH - 6 AT 1-4 FEET
SILT & CLAY 49 % LIQUID LIMIT
36
%
PLASTICITY INDEX
21
%
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. ISMIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 1100 *50 '40 '30 *15 110 '8 -4 3r8' 3W 114' 3' 5' 8' 8'
0
100
90
10
80
20
70
0
-30
d B0
40 W
l___r_.
a
40
60
30
-r1-
'�-r�—r-.
70
20
80
10
r
90
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE I MEDIUM ICOARSEI
FINE I COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of SAND, VERY CLAYEY (SC) GRAVEL 16 % SAND 37 %
From TH - 6 AT 1-4 FEET SILT & CLAY 47 % LIQUID LIMIT 36 %
PLASTICITY INDEX 23 %
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Gradation
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II Test Results
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
FIGURE A-6
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
in
w
j 200
w
w
a
Z
0
a 100
0
x
w
0
0 10
"R" VALUE
-_-�
- - -
-- -- I
-- --
---
_- ----
------
Group Number 1
i
AASHTO Classification A-6
Liquid Limit 36-39
I
'
�
�-
Plasticity Index 21-24
---;---
----'----
---;---
I
----;----`--------�
I
I I
I
�
I (
I
- '-
I
I
I
I
Design R-Value 30
�---
--
-
--
-
-- -
------------
--- I____i
-1_
I
-.l
_ ___
___
_J
_______
I _
____
--------
___;--_--__--__
r--- f,---
�--------
___-----------------
I
,
- --
1-
'--
-
-
------- - -
--
I
- - ----- -
i
- - - -;---I---,--------:
--
--
---i----,----
-- --1
_ -
I
--I -- --
---
I
I
-=-
I
-------
----t----;---
---
--------r------------,---:--
I
- - -
I-
; 11
-
--------!
L
-- I--------
,
----'
--
; I
--- --------I
-- -
---------
-
--- ---
- ;---�---
---
--------i
---,--------
---I
------
---- ---
---J ---
=-
--
-- - - --
,
I
I
I
I
---I---
---
--,-
- - -: - --
- - - -; - --
- - - - - --
- --I-
- --
- --
I - -
20 30 40 50 60 70
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS,
PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
Hveem'Stabilometer
Test Results
80 90
FIGURE A-7
TABLE A-1
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TESTING
BORING
DEPTH
FEET
MOISTURE
CONTENT
%
DRY
DENSITY
PCF
ATTERBERG
LIMITS
SWELL TEST RESULTS
PASSING
NO.200
SIEVE
%
SOLUBLE
SULFATES
%
AASHTO
CLASSIFICATION
(GROUP
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
LIQUID
LIMIT
PLASTICITY
INDEX
SWELL
%
APPLIED
PRESSURE
PSF
SWELL
PRESSURE
PSF
TH-1
2
25.5
99
0.6
150
1
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-1
1-4
17.8
36
20
33.0
0.06
A-2.6 1
SAND, CLAYEY SC
TH-2
2
16.7
111
1.2
150
SAND CLAYEY SC
TH-2
4
1.2
SAND, CLAYEY SC
TH-3
4
22.4
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-3
1.4
11.4
35
19
33.4
A-2-6 1
SAND, CLAYEY SC
TH-4
2
23.9
103
2.5
150
SAND, CLAYEY SC
TH-4
1-4
25.6
41
24
49.3
0.04
A-7-6 8
SAND VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-5
2
24.9
97
1.4
150
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-5
1.4
12.1
39
24
39.2
A-6 4
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-6
4
23.1
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-6
1-4
14.7
36
21
48.7
0.53
A-6 6
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-7
2
23.9
96
1.3
15O
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-8
2
18.3
112
0.3
150
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
TH-8
TH-8
4
1-4
25.0
12.5
36
23
i
0.18
A-6 6
ISAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
SAND, VERY CLAYEY SC
'NEGATIVE VALUE INDICATES COMPRESSION.
STOLFUS AND ASSOCIATES. INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS. PHASE II
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX B
PAVEMENT DESIGN CALCULATIONS
1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Flexible Structural Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - Flexible
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
Flexible Structural Design
18-kip ESALs Over Initial Performance Period
5,600,000
Initial Serviceability
4.5
Terminal Serviceability
2.5
Reliability Level
90 %
Overall Standard Deviation
0.44
Roadbed Soil Resilient Modulus
6,761 psi
Stage Construction
I
Calculated Design Structural Number 4.50 in
Specified gayer Design
Struct
Drain
Coef.
Coef.
Thickness
Width
Calculated
Laver Material Description
Ai
Mi
(Di)(in)
u
SN in
1 MIA
0.44
1
8
24
3.52
2 ABC
0.11
1.05
8.5
24
0.98
Total
-
-
16.50
-
4,50
1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Flexible Structural Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - Flexible
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
Flexible Structural Design
18-kip ESALs Over Initial Performance Period
5,600,000
Initial Serviceability
4.5
Terminal Serviceability
2.5
Reliability Level
90
Overall Standard Deviation
0.44
Roadbed Soil Resilient Modulus
6,761 psi
Stage Construction
I
Calculated Design Structural Number
4.50 in
Specified ]Layer Design
Struct Drain
Coef. Coef.
Thickness
Width
Calculated
Laver Material Description
(Ai) (Mi)
(Di)(in)
(
24
SN in
3.08
I HIv1A
0.44 1
0.11 1.05
7
13
24
1.50
2 AgC
-
20.00
-
4.58
Total
-
1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Rigid Structural Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - Rigid (2.8)
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
Rigid Structural Design
Pavement Type
JRCP
'
18-kip ESALs Over Initial Performance Period 8,300,000
Initial Serviceability
4.5
Terminal Serviceability
2.5
28-day Mean PCC Modulus of Rupture
650 psi
'
28-day Mean Elastic Modulus of Slab
3,400,000 psi
Mean Effective k-value
125 psi/in
Reliability Level
90 %
Overall Standard Deviation
0.34
'
Load Transfer Coefficient, J
2.8
Overall Drainage Coefficient, Cd
I
Calculated Design Thickness
9.02 in
1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Rigid Structural Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - Rigid (3.6)
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
Rigid Structural Design
Pavement Type
JRCP
18-kip ESALs Over Initial Performance Period
8,300,000
Initial Serviceability
4.5
Terminal Serviceability
2.5
28-day Mean PCC Modulus of Rupture
650 psi
28-day Mean Elastic Modulus of Slab
3,400,000 psi
Mean Effective k-value
125 psi/in
Reliability Level
90 %
Overall Standard Deviation
0.34
Load Transfer Coefficient, J
3.6
Overall Drainage Coefficient, Cd
1
Calculated Design Thickness 10.34 in
1 1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Overlay Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - New AC/PCC
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
Pavement Thickness for Future Traffic
Design Method
Condition Survey
Remaining Life
AC Overlay of PCC Pavement
9.02 in
Effective Existing
Overlay Thickness (in)
8
Effective Pavement Thickness - Condition Survey Method
Existing PCC Thickness
Existing AC Thickness
AC Milling Thickness
Rut Depth
Durability Adjustment Factor
Fatigue Damage Adjustment Factor
AC Quality Adjustment Factor
Number of Deteriorated Joints
Number of Deteriorated Cracks
Number of Unrepaired Punchouts
Number of Expansion Joints,
Exceptionally Wide Joints, or AC Full Depth Patches
Calculated Joints and Cracks Adjustment Factor
Calculated Effective Pavement Thickness
8 in
- in
- in
-in
1
0 per mi
0 per mi
0 per mi
0 per mi
Calculated Results
1.00
8.00 in
Overlay
Thickness (in)
2.12
1993 AASHTO Pavement Design
DARWin Pavement Design and Analysis System
A Proprietary AASHTOWare
Computer Software Product
IT Administrator
Overlay Design Module
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase II
College Avenue - New AC/PCC
Fort Collins, Colorado
FC04874-125
AC Overlay of PCC Pavement
Pavement Thickness for Future Traffic 10.34 in
Effective Existing
Design Method Overlay Thickness (in)
Condition Survey 8
Remaining Life -
Effective Pavement Thickness - Condition Survey Method
Existing PCC Thickness
8 in
Existing AC Thickness
- in
AC Milling Thickness
- in
Rut Depth
- in
Durability Adjustment Factor
I
Fatigue Damage Adjustment Factor
I
AC Quality Adjustment Factor
-
Number of Deteriorated Joints
0 per mi
Number of Deteriorated Cracks
0 per mi
Number of Unrepaired Punchouts
0 per mi
Number of Expansion Joints,
-
Exceptionally Wide Joints, or AC Full Depth Patches
0 per mi
Calculated Results
Calculated Joints and Cracks Adjustment Factor 1.00
Calculated Effective Pavement Thickness 8.00 in
Overlay
Thickness (in)
4.49
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Rev 1012010T
Section 00020 Page 2
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: 7273 N. College Improvements — Vine to Conifer
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the
OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the
CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily
waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller
Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and
material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or
assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for
the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above
described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns,
against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or
against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the
project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or
performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair
of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its
agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various
Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further
affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or
possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the
OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its
officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the
CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns
against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns
arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred as a result of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes
and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver
Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the
benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any
labor and material bonds for the project.
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00650 Page 1 '
IF
APPENDIX C
SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS
O
SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of the excavation, transportation, placement, and compaction of
materials from locations indicated on the plans, or staked by the Engineer, as necessary to
achieve site elevations.
2. GENERAL
The Soils Engineer shall be the Owner's representative. The Soils Engineer shall approve fill
materials, method of placement, moisture contents, and percent compaction, and shall give
written approval of the completed fill.
3. CLEARING JOB SITE
The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush, and rubbish before excavation or fill placement
is begun. The Contractor shall dispose of the cleared material to provide the Owner with a
clean, neat appearing job site. Cleared material shall not be placed in areas to receive fill or
where the material will support structures of any kind.
4. SCARIFYING AREA TO BE FILLED
All topsoil and vegetable matter shall be removed from the ground surface upon which fill is
to be placed. The surface shall then be plowed or scarified to a depth of 8 inches until the
surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features, which would prevent uniform
compaction by the equipment to be used.
5. COMPACTING AREA TO BE FILLED
After the foundation for the fill has been cleared and scarified, it shall be disked or bladed
until it is free from large clods, brought to the proper moisture content and compacted to not
less than 95 percent of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698,
AASHTO T99.
6. FILL MATERIALS
On -site materials classifying as CL, SC, SM, SW, SP, GP, GC, and GM are acceptable. Fill
soils shall be free from organic matter, debris, or other deleterious substances, and shall not
contain rocks or lumps having a diameter greater than three (3) inches. Fill materials shall
be obtained from onsite and other approved sources.
7. MOISTURE CONTENT
Fill materials shall be moisture treated. Clay soils should be moisture -treated to between
optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content as determined from Standard
Proctor compaction tests. Sand soils should be moistened to within 2 percent optimum
moisture content. Sufficient laboratory compaction tests shall be made to determine the
optimum moisture content for the various soils encountered in borrow areas.
STOLFUS 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II C-1
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
I
I
Ui
The Contractor may be required to add moisture to the excavation materials in the borrow
area if, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, it is not possible to obtain uniform moisture
content by adding water on the fill surface. The Contractor may be required to rake or disk
the fill soils to provide uniform moisture content through the soils.
' The application of water to embankment materials shall be made with any type of watering
equipment approved by the Soils Engineer, which will give the desired results. Water jets
from the spreader shall not be directed at the embankment with such force that fill materials
are washed out.
Should too much water be added to any part of the fill, such that the material is too wet to
permit the desired compaction from being obtained, rolling, and all work on that section of
' the fill shall be delayed until the material has been allowed to uniformly dry to the required
moisture content. The Contractor will be permitted to rework wet material in an approved
manner to hasten its drying.
' B. COMPACTION OF FILL AREAS
Selected fill material shall be placed and mixed in evenly spread layers. After each fill layer
has been placed, it shall be uniformly compacted to not less than the specified percentage of
' maximum density. Fill materials shall be placed such that the thickness of loose material
does not exceed 8 inches and the compacted lift thickness does not exceed 6 inches.
' Compaction, as specified above, shall be obtained by the use of sheepsfoot rollers, multiple -
wheel pneumatic -tired rollers, or other equipment approved by the Engineer. Compaction
shall be accomplished while the fill material is at the specified moisture content. Compaction
of each layer shall be continuous over the entire area. Compaction equipment shall make
sufficient trips to insure that the required density is obtained.
9. COMPACTION OF SLOPES
' Fill slopes shall be compacted by means of sheepsfoot rollers or other suitable equipment.
Compaction operations shall be continued until slopes are stable, but not too dense for
planting, and there is no appreciable amount of loose soil on the slopes. Permanent fill
slopes shall not exceed 3:1 (horizontal to vertical).
10. DENSITY TESTS
' Field density tests shall be made by the Soils Engineer at locations and depths of his
choosing. Where sheepsfoot rollers are used, the soil may be disturbed to a depth of several
inches. Density tests shall be taken in compacted material below the disturbed surface.
' When density tests indicate that the density or moisture content of any layer of fill or portion
thereof is below that required, the particular layer or portion shall be reworked until the
required density or moisture content has been achieved.
1 11. COMPLETED PRELIMINARY GRADES
I
All areas, both cut and fill, shall be finished to a level surface and shall meet the following
limits of construction:
A. Overlot cut or fill areas shall be within plus or minus 2/10 of one foot.
B. Street grading shall be within plus or minus 1/10 of one foot.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
C-2
The civil engineer, or duly authorized representative, shall check all cut and fill areas to
observe that the work is in accordance with the above limits.
12. SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION STAKING
Observation by the Soils Engineer shall be continuous during the placement of fill and
compaction operations so that he can declare that the fill was placed in general conformance
with specifications. All site visits necessary to test the placement of fill and observe
compaction operations will be at the expense of the Owner. All construction staking will be
provided by the Civil Engineer or his duly authorized representative. Initial and final grading
staking shall be at the expense of the owner. The replacement of grade stakes through
construction shall be at the expense of the contractor.
13. SEASONAL LIMITS
No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled while it is frozen, thawing, or during
unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy precipitation, fill
operations shall not be resumed until the Soils Engineer indicates that the moisture content
and density of previously placed materials are as specified.
14. NOTICE REGARDING START OF GRADING
The contractor shall submit notification to the Soils Engineer and Owner advising them of the
start of grading operations at least three (3) days in advance of the starting date. Notification
shall also be submitted at least 3 days in advance of any resumption dates when grading
operations have been stopped for any reason other than adverse weather conditions.
15. REPORTING OF FIELD DENSITY TESTS
Density tests made by the Soils Engineer, as specified under "Density Tests" above, shall be
submitted progressively to the Owner. Dry density, moisture content, of each test taken, and
percentage compaction shall be reported for each test taken.
16. DECLARATION REGARDING COMPLETED FILL
The Soils Engineer shall provide a written declaration stating that the site was filled with
acceptable materials, or was placed in general accordance with the specifications.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II C-3
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
IF
APPENDIX D
PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS
I
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Moisture Treated Subarade (MTS)
1. The subgrade should be stripped of organic matter, scarified, moisture
treated and compacted to the specifications stated below in Item 2. The
compacted subgrade should extend at least 3 feet beyond the edge of the
pavement where no edge support, such as curb and gutter, are to be
constructed.
2. Sandy and gravelly soils (A-1-a, A-1-b, A-3, A-2-4, A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7)
should be moisture conditioned to within 2 percent of optimum moisture
content and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor
maximum dry density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99). Clayey soils (A-6,
A-7-5, A-7-6) should be moisture conditioned between optimum and 3
percent above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95
percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698,
AASHTO T 99).
3. Utility trenches and all subsequently placed fill should be properly
compacted and tested prior to paving. As a minimum, fill should be
compacted to 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density.
4. Final grading of the subgrade should be carefully controlled so the design
cross -slope is maintained and low spots in the subgrade that could trap
water are eliminated.
5. Once final subgrade elevation has been compacted and tested to
compliance and shaped to the required cross-section, the area should be
proof -rolled using a minimum axle load of 18 kips per axle. The proof -roll
should be performed while moisture contents of the subgrade are still
within the recommended limits. Drying of the subgrade prior to proof -roll
or paving should be avoided.
6. Areas that are observed by the Engineer that have soft spots in the
subgrade, or where defection is not uniform of soft or wet subgrade shall
be ripped, scarified, dried or wetted as necessary and recompacted to the
requirements for the density and moisture. As an alternative, those areas
may be sub -excavated and replaced with properly compacted structural
backfill. Where extensively soft, yielding subgrade is encountered; we
recommend a representative of our office observe the excavation.
Fly Ash Stabilized Subarade (FASS) — Double Application
1. Utility trenches and all subsequently placed fill should be properly
compacted and tested prior to subgrade preparation. As a minimum, fill
should be compacted to 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry
density.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. D-1
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS. PHASE It
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
I
2.
The subgrade should be stripped of organic matter and should be shaped
to final line and grade.
3.
Fly ash should be spread with a mechanical spreader from back of curb
to back of curb for detached sidewalks or back of walk to back of walk for
attached sidewalks, where applicable. The fly ash used should meet
'
requirements specified in ASTM C 593 and C 618 for Class C fly ash.
4.
Based on the water-soluble sulfate test results for this site, we
'
recommend first treating the subgrade with 6 percent fly ash and allowing
the treated subgrade to cure for a period of at least two weeks. This
should allow a sufficient time for ettringite formation to occur. After the
two -week period, the subgrade should be treated again with 8 percent fly
'
ash. This will help to break up any ettringite formation that has occurred
and provide a more stable base for the pavement section.
'
5.
Fly ash and subgrade soils should be mixed, and water added until a
homogeneous, uniform mixture is obtained that is within 2 percent of
laboratory determined optimum moisture content in general accordance
with ASTM D 558.
6.
After the second application of fly ash, the fly ash/soil mixture should be
compacted to at least 95% of the mixtures maximum dry density (ASTM
'
D 558).
7.
Mixing, compaction and final shaping should be completed within 2 hours
of addition of water to the fly ash/soil mixture.
8.
Samples of loose, blended soil/fly ash mix should be sampled by a
representative of CTL Thompson, Inc. for compressive strength testing
'
(ASTM D 1633) to determine compliance (optional) when full credit for the
FASS layer is used in the pavement thickness design.
9.
Batch tickets should be supplied to the owner or owner's representative
with the application area for that batch to determine compliance with the
recommended proportions of fly ash to soil.
10.
The subgrade should be re -shaped to final line and grade.
11.
The subgrade should be sealed with a pneumatic -tire roller that is
sufficiently light in weight so as to not cause hairline cracking of the
subgrade.
'
12.
We recommend a minimum of 2 days curing prior to paving. The surface
of the stabilized area should be kept moist during the cure period by
periodic, light sprinkling if needed. Strength gains will be slower during
cooler weather. Traffic should not be permitted on the treated subgrade
during the curing period.
& ASSOCIATES, INC.
STOLFUS
NORTH COLLEGE
CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II D-2
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FG04874-125 (Revised)
O
13. The treated areas will gain greater strength if they are allowed to cure for
1 to 3 days prior to paving. Construction traffic on the treated subgrade
prior to pavement section construction should be limited and the
subgrade should be protected from freezing or drying at all times until
paving.
0
e
O
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. ,
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II D-3
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
I
I
T
IPAVEMENT
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
'
Aygreaate Base Course (ABC)
'
1.
A Class 5 or 6 Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) specified
ABC should be used. A recycled concrete or recycled asphalt product
(RAP) alternative which meets the Class 5 or 6 designations is also
acceptable. Blending of either recycled product with ABC may be
'
considered.
2.
Aggregate base course should have a minimum Hveem stabilometer
value of 72, or greater. ABC, recycled concrete, RAP, or blended
'
materials must be moisture stable. The change in R-value from 300-psi
to 100-psi exudation pressure should be 12 points or less.
3.
ABC or recycled concrete should be placed in thin lifts not to exceed 8
inches, moisture treated to near optimum moisture content, and
compacted to at least 95 percent of modified Proctor maximum dry
density (ASTM D 1557, AASHTO T 180) standard Proctor maximum dry
'
density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99).
4.
Placement and compaction of ABC or recycled concrete should be
observed and tested by a representative of our firm. Placement should
not commence until the underlying subgrade is properly prepared and
tested.
'
Hot Mix Asphalt
(HMA)
1
HMA should be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler, hydrated lime,
and asphalt cement. Some mixes may require polymer modified asphalt
cement, or make use of up to 20 percent recycled asphalt product (RAP).
A iob mix desian is recommended and periodic checks on the iob site
should be made to verify compliance with specifications.
2. HMA should be relatively impermeable to moisture and should be
designed with crushed aggregates that have a minimum of 80 percent of
the aggregate retained on the No. 4 sieve with two mechanically fractured
faces.
3. Gradations that approach the maximum density line (within 5 percent
between the No. 4 and 50 sieves) should be avoided. A gradation with a
nominal maximum size of 1 or 2 inches developed on the fine side of the
maximum density line should be used.
4. Total void content, voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) and voids filled
should be considered in the selection of the optimum asphalt cement
content. The optimum asphalt content should be selected at a total air
void content of approximately 4 percent. The mixture should have a
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125(Revised)
D-4
8
minimum VMA of 14 percent and between 65 percent and 80 percent of
voids filled.
5.
Asphalt cement should meet the requirements of the Superpave
Performance Graded (PG) Binders. The minimum performing asphalt
cement should conform to the requirements of the governing agency.
6.
Hydrated lime should be added at the rate of 1 percent by dry weight of
the aggregate and should be included in the amount passing the No. 200
sieve. Hydrated lime for aggregate pretreatment should conform to the
e
requirements of ASTM C 207, Type N.
7.
Paving should be performed on properly prepared, unfrozen surfaces that
are free of water, snow and ice. Paving should only be performed when
'
both air and surface temperatures equal, or exceed, the temperatures
specified in Table 401-3 of the 2006 Colorado Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
8.
HMA should not be placed at a temperature lower than 2450F for mixes
containing PG 64-22 asphalt, and 290°F for mixes containing polymer
modified asphalt. The breakdown compaction should be completed
before the HMA temperature drops 200F.
9.
Wearing surface course shall be Grading S or SX for residential roadway
'
classifications and Grading S for collector, arterials, and industrial and
commercial roadway classifications.
10.
The minimum/maximum lift thicknesses for Grade SX shall be 1'/2
inches/2'/2 inches. The minimum/maximum lift thicknesses for Grade S
shall be 2 inches/3'/2 inches. The minimum/maximum lift thicknesses for
Grade SG shall be 3 inches/5 inches.
,
11.
Joints should be staggered. No joints should be placed within wheel
paths.
'
12.
HMA should be compacted to between 92 and 96 percent of Maximum
Theoretical Density. The surface shall be sealed with a finish roller prior
to the mix cooling to 1850F.
13.
Placement and compaction of HMA should be observed and tested by a
representative of our firm. Placement should not commence until
'
approval of the proof rolling as discussed in the Subgrade Preparation
section of this report. Sub base, base course or initial pavement course
shall be placed within 48 hours of approval of the proof rolling. If the
'
Contractor fails to place the sub base, base course or initial pavement
course within 48 hours or the condition of the subgrade changes due to
weather or other conditions, proof rolling and correction shall be
performed again.
'
STOLFUS 6 ASSOCIATES, INC. D-5 ,
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
Signed this
ATTEST:
Secretary
day of 20.
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and swom to before me this
20_, by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires:
Notary Public
Rev 10/20/07
day of
Section 00650 Page 2
La
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC)
1. Portland cement concrete for North College Avenue should consist of
Class P of CDOT specification for normal placement or Class E for fast -
track projects. PCC for North College Avenue should have a minimum
compressive strength of 4,200 psi at 28 days and a minimum modulus of
rupture (flexural strength) of 650 psi. Job mix designs are recommended
and Periodic checks on the iob site should be made to verify compliance
with specifications.
2. Portland cement should be Type II 'low alkali" and should conform to
ASTM C 150.
3. PCC should be air entrained.
4. Portland cement concrete should not be placed when the subgrade or air
temperature is below 400F.
5. Free water should not be finished into the concrete surface. Atomizing
nozzle pressure sprayers for applying finishing compounds are
recommended whenever the concrete surface becomes difficult to finish.
6. Curing of the portland cement concrete should be accomplished by the
use of a curing compound. The curing compound should be applied in
accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
7. Curing procedures should be implemented, as necessary, to protect the
pavement against moisture loss, rapid temperature change, freezing, and
mechanical injury.
8. Construction joints, including longitudinal joints and transverse joints,
should be formed during construction or sawed after the concrete has
begun to set, but prior to uncontrolled cracking.
9. All joints should be properly sealed using a rod back-up and approved
epoxy sealant.
10. Traffic should not be allowed on the pavement until it has properly cured
and achieved at least 80 percent of the design strength, with saw joints
already cut.
11. Placement of portland cement concrete should be observed and tested by
a representative of our firm. Placement should not commence until the
subgrade is properly prepared and tested.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES. INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
IF I
APPENDIX E
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
CI
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS
A primary cause for deterioration of pavements is oxidative aging resulting in
brittle pavements. Tire loads from traffic are necessary to "work" or knead the asphalt
concrete to keep it flexible and rejuvenated. Preventive maintenance treatments will
typically preserve the original or existing pavement by providing a protective seal or
rejuvenating the asphalt binder to extend pavement life.
Annual Preventive Maintenance
a. Visual pavement evaluations should be performed each spring or fall.
b. Reports documenting the progress of distress should be kept current
to provide information on effective times to apply preventive
maintenance treatments.
c. Crack sealing should be performed annually as new cracks appear.
2. 3 to 5 Year Preventive Maintenance
a. The owner should budget for a preventive treatment at approximate
intervals of 3 to 5 years to reduce oxidative embrittlement problems.
b. Typical preventive maintenance treatments include chip seals, fog
seals, slurry seals and crack sealing.
3. 5 to 10 Year Corrective Maintenance
a. Corrective maintenance may be necessary, as dictated by the
pavement condition, to correct rutting, cracking and structurally failed
areas.
b. Corrective maintenance may include full depth patching, milling and
overlays.
c. In order for the pavement to provide a 20-year service life, at least
one major corrective overlay should be expected.
' STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
E-1
9T
I
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RIGID PAVEMENTS
High traffic volumes create pavement rutting and smooth polished surfaces.
Preventive maintenance treatments will typically preserve the original or existing
pavement by providing a protective seal and improving skid resistance through a new
wearing course.
Annual Preventive Maintenance
a. Visual pavement evaluations should be performed each spring or fall.
b. Reports documenting the progress of distress should be kept current
to provide information of effective times to apply preventive
maintenance.
c. Crack sealing should be performed annually as new cracks appear.
2. 4 to 8 Year Preventive Maintenance
a. The owner should budget for a preventive treatment at approximate
intervals of 4 to 8 years to reduce joint deterioration.
b. Typical preventive maintenance for rigid pavements includes
patching, crack sealing and joint cleaning and sealing.
c. Where joint sealants are missing or distressed, resealing is
mandatory.
3. 15 to 20 Year Corrective Maintenance
a. Corrective maintenance for rigid pavements includes patching and
slab replacement to correct subgrade failures, edge damage and
material failure.
b. Asphalt concrete overlays may be required at 15 to 20 year intervals
to improve the structural capacity of the pavement.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. E_2
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874-125 (Revised)
I
1
CTLITHOMPSON, INC.
351 LINDEN STREET, SUITE 140
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524
(970)206-9455
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
NORTH COLLEGE IMPROVEMENTS — PHASE II
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
Prepared For:
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
5690 DTC Boulevard, Suite 101 W
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111
Attention: Ms. Michelle R. Hansen, PE
Project No. FC04874.001-125
October 21, 2009
I N C O R P O R A T E D
I
0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE
1
SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS
1
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
2
SITE CONDITIONS
2
INVESTIGATION
2
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
3
SITE DEVELOPMENT
3
Existing Fill and Structures
3
Fill Placement
4
Excavation
5
Dewatering
6
FOUNDATIONS
6
Footings
7
Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock
8
Laterally Loaded Piers
9
Wing Walls
10
APPROACH APRONS
12
WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES
12
SURFACE DRAINAGE
13
LIMITATIONS
14
FIGURE 1 — LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
FIGURE 2 — SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS
FIGURE 3 — EXAMPLE LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE DISTRIBUTIONS
FIGURE 4 — TYPICAL EARTH RETAINING WALL DRAIN
APPENDIX A — RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING
APPENDIX B — SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS
I IF
SCOPE
' This report presents the results of our Geotechnical Investigation for the proposed
pedestrian bridges over Lake Canal in Fort Collins, Colorado. The purpose of the
investigation was to evaluate the subsurface conditions and provide foundation
recommendations and geotechnical design criteria for the two pedestrian bridges
' planned at this site.
The report was prepared from data developed during field exploration, laboratory
testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The report
includes a description of subsurface conditions found in our exploratory borings and
tdiscussions
of the proposed construction as influenced by geotechnical considerations.
Our opinions and recommendations regarding design criteria and construction details for
foundations, lateral earth loads, and drainage are provided. If the project grading or
proposed construction changes, we should be notified to review our recommendations
'
and determine if they are applicable to the new proposed construction. Our opinions are
summarized in the following paragraphs. Further description of the subsurface
'
conditions, results of our field and laboratory investigations and our opinions,
conclusions and recommendations are included in the subsequent sections of this
report.
SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS
1. Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings consisted of
approximately 6 to 7 feet of silty sand and sandy clay fill over gravelly
'
sand and sandy gravel underlain by sandstone and claystone bedrock.
2. Fill encountered at this site was likely placed during the construction of
Lake Canal. Coal cinders observed in samples of the fill from our borings
'
and field penetration resistance tests in the fill indicate the fill is unsuitable
to support foundations. Abutment depths will likely extend through the fill.
'
If fill is encountered below foundation elevations, we recommend removal
and recompaction of the fill to the criteria in this report.
presented
3. Groundwater levels were measured at depths ranging from 6'/2 to 10 feet
below the existing ground surface. Groundwater levels will likely affect
the proposed construction. We anticipate temporary dewatering may be
' STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
1
I
e
required during construction at this site. Temporary dewatering
recommendations are provided in this report.
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
We understand two pedestrian bridges are planned at this site. Based on plans
received, the bridges will cross Lake Canal on either side of Highway 287 (North College
Avenue). Both bridges will be single -span and 15-foot wide by 50-foot long. We 0
anticipate the bridges will be constructed with conventional abutments and wing walls
with concrete or wood decking and concrete approach aprons. The bridges are intended
primarily for pedestrian and bicycle traffic. Typically these bridges are rated for loads up
to 10,000 pounds and may be subject to loading from maintenance vehicles.
SITE CONDITIONS
The proposed construction site is located north of East Vine Drive along Highway
287. The site is relatively flat adjacent to Lake Canal. The invert of the canal is
approximately 6 to 8 feet below the elevation of the adjacent roadway. Open space area
owned by the City of Fort Collins is located on the south side of Lake Canal and privately ,
owned commercial property is located to the north. Ground cover consists of natural
grasses and weeds in the open space area, mature landscaping exists northeast of the '
proposed crossing and gravel drives (including Woodlawn Drive) are locate northwest of
the crossing. Water levels in Lake Canal were approximately 1 to 2 feet deep at the time
of our investigation.
INVESTIGATION
Subsurface conditions at the site were investigated by drilling two borings for
each bridge; one at each abutment. All the borngs were advanced to approximately 35
feet. The approximate locations of the borings are shown on Figure 1. Our field '
representative observed drilling and logged the soils and bedrock found in the borings.
Summary logs of the borings, including results of field penetration resistance tests, are
presented on Figure 2. '
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 2.
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
I
Samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory and visually
examined by the geotechnical engineer and engineering geologist for this project.
' Laboratory testing included moisture content, dry density, swell -consolidation, Atterberg
limits, gradation and water-soluble sulfate tests. Results of laboratory tests are
' presented in Appendix A and summarized on Table A -I.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
' Soils encountered in our borings consisted of approximately 6 to 7 feet of silty
sand and sandy clay fill over silty to gravelly sand and sandy gravel. Some of the silty
sand fills contained coal cinders. Sandstone bedrock was encountered below the sand
' and gravel at depths ranging from 14 to 171/2 feet. Claystone was encountered in two of
our borings beneath the sandstone at depths of 30 and 321/2 feet. The sand and gravel
' encountered were dense to very dense and the bedrock was very hard. Further
description of the subsurface conditions encountered is presented on our boring logs
' (Figure 2) and in our laboratory testing (Appendix A and Table A-1).
' Ground water was measured at depths ranging from 61/2 to 10 feet. Groundwater
levels can vary with seasons and water levels in Lake Canal. Groundwater levels will
likely effect the proposed construction. Temporary dewatering recommendations are
' presented in the Dewatering section of this report.
' SITE DEVELOPMENT
Existing Fill and Structures
Existing fill was encountered in all of our borings to depths of up to 7 feet.
' Deeper fill areas may be encountered during site development. The fill was likely placed
during the construction of Lake Canal. Coal cinders observed in samples of the fill from
our borings along with field penetration resistance tests indicate the fill will not provide
adequate support for the proposed improvements. The fill presents a risk of settlement
to improvements constructed on the fill. The abutment depths for the new bridges were
unknown at the time of our investigation, but may extend below the fill. If fill is
' STOLFUS 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 3
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
11
T I
encountered below the proposed improvements, we recommend the fill be removed,
moisture -conditioned and compacted to the specifications in Fill Placement, below. This
procedure should remove the existing unsuitable fill and provide more uniform support e
for improvements. The fill removal area should extend beyond the footprint of
abutments at least 5 feet. If the existing fill contains significant amounts of coal cinders,
we do not recommend reusing the existing fill as new fill. Our representative should
observe the fill materials to determine if the material is acceptable for use as new fill. a
Fill Placement
The existing on -site soils are suitable for re -use as fill material provided debris or
deleterious organic materials are removed. If import material is required, we
recommend importing granular soils. Import fill should contain materials no greater than
3 inches, 10 to 40 percent silt and clay -sized particles (percent passing No. 200 sieve)
and exhibit a liquid limit less than 30 and a plasticity index less than 15.
Areas to receive fill should be scarified, moisture -conditioned and compacted to '
at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T
99). The properties of the fill will affect the performance of bridge abutments, wing walls
and approach aprons. Clay soils used as fill should be moistened to between optimum
and 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils used as fill should be '
moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The fill should be moisture -
conditioned, placed in thin, loose lifts (8 inches or less) and compacted as described
above. Placement and compaction of fill should be observed and tested by a
representative of our firm during construction. Fill placement and compaction activities
should not be conducted when the fill material or subgrade is frozen. '
Site grading in areas of landscaping where no future improvements are planned '
can be placed at a dry density of at least 90 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry
density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99). Example site grading specifications are
presented in Appendix B.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. '
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 4
CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04874AGI -125
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: 7273 N. College Improvements — Vine to Conifer
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
as indicated above, for
(Surety)
on bond of
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to
the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the
OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attomey(s)-in-Fact.
Rev10120/07 Section 00660 Page 1
I
I . T
Excavation
' The materials found in our borings can be excavated using conventional heavy-
duty excavation equipment. Excavations into the gravelly sands will likely encounter
' caving conditions. Excavations should be sloped or shored to meet local, State and
Federal safety regulations. Based on our investigation and OSHA standards, we believe
' the clay soils classify as Type B soils and the sands as Type C soils. Type B soils
require a maximum slope inclination of 1:1 (horizontal:vertical) in dry conditions. Type C
' soils require a maximum slope inclination of 1.5:1 in dry conditions. Excavation slopes
specified by OSHA are dependent upon types of soil and groundwater conditions
encountered. The contractor's "competent person" should identify the soils and/or rocks
' encountered in the excavation and refer to OSHA standards to determine appropriate
slopes. Stockpiles of soils, equipment, or other items should not be placed within a
horizontal distance equal to one-half the excavation depth, from the edge of excavation.
Excavations deeper than 20 feet should be braced or a professional engineer should
' design the slopes.
The width of the top of an excavation may be limited in some areas. Bracing or
' "trench box' construction may be necessary. Bracing systems include sheet piling,
braced sheeting and others. Lateral loads on bracing depend on the depth of
I
F,
J
excavation, slope of excavation above the bracing, surface loads, hydrostatic pressures,
and allowable movement. For trench boxes and bracing allowed to move enough to
mobilize the strength of the soils, with associated cracking of the ground surface, the
"active" earth pressure conditions are appropriate for design. If movement is not
tolerable, the "at rest' earth pressures are appropriate. We suggest an equivalent fluid
density of 40 pcf for the "active" earth pressure condition and 55 pcf for the "at rest'
earth pressure condition, assuming level backfill. These pressures do not include
allowances for surcharge loading or for hydrostatic conditions. We are available to
assist further with bracing design if desired.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
5
F
Dewaterina S
Ground water was measured in our borings at depths between 6Y2 and 10 feet.
Groundwater levels can vary with season and water levels in Lake Canal. Depending on
the time of construction, groundwater levels could be higher than measured in our
borings. Excavations at this site will likely encounter saturated soil and/or ground water.
To reduce the need for construction dewatering, we recommend construction during e
drier months with consideration of low flows in Lake Canal.
Excavations within approximately 3 feet of ground water should consider
temporary dewatering prior to and/or during construction. Dewatering can be
accomplished using a series of trenches, sumps, and granular materials from which
'
water can be pumped, or by a system of well points. The sumps should be several feet
below the bottom of the excavations to pump water down through the soil rather than up
through the bottom of the excavation. Pumping water up through the base of the
excavation will likely result in destabilization of the base of the excavation. The ground
to direct from the
o
surface surrounding the excavation should be sloped runoff away
excavation.
For excavations planned several feet below groundwater levels, a series of well
points may be needed to dewater the excavation effectively. The contractor should
'
anticipate extensive dewatering and possibly caving soils in excavations below
groundwater levels. The design of a well point system will likely require further
exploratory drilling to deeper depth and permeability tests both of which were not in the
scope of this study.
'
FOUNDATIONS
We have considered several foundation types for the bridge abutments. At the
time of writing this report, the planned depths of the bridge abutments were not known.
'
We believe the bridge abutments can be constructed using footing foundations on the
natural sand and gravel and/or properly compacted fill. Deep foundations may be
'
preferred to protect the abutments from scour. Construction of either footing or deep
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 6
'
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
foundation excavation will likely encounter caving soils and ground water. Deep
foundation systems will have the advantage of transferring larger loads to the stronger
sandstone bedrock. We recommend using drilled piers for the deep foundation system.
If drilled piers are used, pier holes will likely require casing to prevent caving before the
concrete can be placed into the hole. Due to the caving nature of the overburden soils
and groundwater levels, a driven, end bearing pile foundation system may be a more
' constructible deep foundation system for this site. If requested, we can provide driven
pile foundation recommendations.
iDesign and construction criteria for footing and drilled pier foundations are
provided below. These criteria were developed from analysis of field and laboratory data
' and our experience. We estimate potential foundation movements of up to 1 inch could
occur for foundations designed and constructed to the criteria below. The recommended
foundation can be used provided all design and construction criteria presented in this
report are followed.
' Footinas
1. Footings should be constructed on undisturbed natural gravelly sand,
sandy gravel or properly compacted fill (see Fill Placement). Where soil
is loosened during excavation, it should be removed and replaced with
on -site soils compacted following the criteria in the Fill Placement section
'
of this report.
2. Footings constructed on the natural soils and/or properly compacted fill
can be designed for a net allowable soil pressure of 4,000 psf. The soil
pressure can be increased by 33 percent for transient loads such as wind
or seismic loads.
'
3. Footings should have a minimum width of at least 16 inches.
Foundations for isolated columns should have minimum dimensions of 24
inches by 24 inches. Larger sizes may be required depending on load
'
and the structural system used.-
4. Soils beneath footing pads can be assigned an ultimate coefficient of
'
friction of 0.5 to resist lateral loads. The ability of grade beams, or footing
backfill to resist lateral loads can be calculated for using a passive
equivalent fluid pressure of 420 pcf. This assumes the backfill is densely
compacted and will not be removed. Backfill should be placed and
'
compacted to the criteria in the Fill Placement section of the report.
'
sTOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
7CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
I
5. Exterior footings should be protected from frost action. We believe 30
inches of frost cover is appropriate for this site.
6. Foundation walls should be well reinforced both top and bottom. We
recommend the amount of steel equivalent to that required for a simply
supported span of 15 feet.
7. Completed footing excavations should be observed by a representative of
our firm to confirm that the subsurface conditions are as we anticipated
from our borings. Occasional loose soils may be found in foundation a
excavations. If this occurs, we recommend the loose soils be treated as
discussed in Item 1 above.
Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock
1. Piers should be drilled at least 6 feet into unweathered, competent
bedrock.
2. Piers should be designed for a maximum allowable end pressure of
30,000 psf and an allowable skin friction of 3,000 psf for the portion of the
pier in bedrock. Skin friction should be neglected for the portion of the
pier in overburden soils, weathered bedrock, or within 3 feet of grade
beams.
'
3. Axial tension loads can be resisted using a skin friction value of 3,000 psf
for the portion of pier in bedrock.
'
4. Piers should be designed with a length/diameter ratio less than 30.
5. Pier drilling should produce shafts with relatively undisturbed bedrock
exposed. Excessive remolding and caking of bedrock cuttings on pier
walls should be removed.
6. Piers should be reinforced their full length with sufficient reinforcing steel
to resist a tensile load in the event of swelling. A minimum steel -to -pier
cross -sectional area ratio of 0.005 using Grade 60 steel is recommended.
Reinforcement should extend into grade beams and foundation walls.
,
7. Abutments should be well reinforced. The structural engineer should
design the reinforcement.
8. Piers should have a center -to -center spacing of at least three pier
diameters when designing for vertical loading conditions, or they should
,
be designed as a group. Piers aligned in the direction of lateral forces
should have a center -to -center spacing of at least six pier diameters.
Reductions for closely spaced piers are discussed in the following
section.
'
STOLFUS 6 ASSOCIATES, INC. '
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 8
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
1
I
1
1
9. Concrete should have a slump of 6 inches (+/- 1 inch). Concrete should
be ready and placed in the pier holes immediately after the holes are
drilled, cleaned, observed and the reinforcing steel is set.
10. Ground water was encountered in our borings and will likely be
encountered during drilling. Where ground water is encountered during
drilling, pump or tremie pipe placement of concrete may be required for
proper cleaning, dewatering, and placement of concrete during pier
installation. Concrete should not be placed by free fall in pier holes
containing more than 3 inches of water.
11. We anticipate casing may be required for piers. Concrete should be
ready and placed in the pier holes immediately after the holes are drilled,
cleaned and observed and reinforcing steel set. At least 5 feet of
concrete should be maintained above the groundwater level prior to (and
during) casing removal.
12. Some pier -drilling contractors use casing with an O.D. equal to the
specified pier diameter. This results in a pier diameter less than
specified, typically on the order of 2 inches smaller in diameter. The
design and specification of piers should consider the alternatives. If full
size casing is desired (I.D. of casing equal to specified pier diameter) it
should be clearly specified. If design considers the potential reduction in
diameter, then the specification should include a tolerance for a smaller
diameter for cased piers.
13. Some movement of the drilled pier foundation is anticipated to mobilize
the skin friction. We estimate this movement to be on the order of 1/4 to
1/2 inch. Differential movement may be equal to the total movement.
14. The installation of the drilled pier foundations should be observed by a
representative of our firm to confirm the piers are bottomed in the proper
bearing strata and to observe the contractor's installation procedures.
Laterally Loaded Piers
Several methods are available to analyze laterally loaded piers. With a pier or
pile length to diameter ratio of 7 or greater, we believe the method of analysis developed
by Matlock and Reese is most appropriate. The method is an iterative procedure using
applied loading and soil profile to develop deflection and moment versus depth curves.
The computer programs LPILE and COM624 were developed to perform this procedure.
Suggested criteria for LPILE analysis are presented in the following table.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL i T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
0
TABLE A
SOIL INPUT DATA FOR LPILE or COM624
��
C3ranular Soils
Bedrock
Material Type
Sand
Weak Rock
Effective Unit Weight (pci)
0.03
0.03
Cohesive Strength, c (psi)
-
-
Friction Angle (0)
35
-
Soil Strain, E5o (in/in)
-
-
p-y Modulus ks (pci)
90
-
Young's Modulus (psi)
-
1,000
Unconfined Compressive
Strength (psi)
10,000
RQD (%)
50
Krm
0.0001
The E80 represents the strain corresponding to 50 percent of the maximum
principle stress difference.
We believe the following formulas in Table B are appropriate for calculating
horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (Kh) values.
TABLE B
MODULI OF SUBGRADE REACTION
Modulus of Subgrade Kh = 20z Kh = 150
Reaction Kh (tcf) d d
Where d = pier diameter (ft) and z = depth (ft).
Wing Walls
If integral with the abutments, wing walls should be founded with the same
foundation type as the abutments. The lateral loads acting on abutments and wing walls
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 10
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FCM74.001-125
I IF
' are dependent on the height and type of wall, backfill configuration and backfill type. For
the purposes of design, we have assumed less than 10 feet of fill will be retained by
' abutments and wing walls and the backfill will be on -site or similar soils.
' Abutment and wing walls should be designed to resist lateral earth pressures that
act upon the wall. Table C below provides the necessary equivalent fluid pressure
' values for the backfill soils anticipated at this site. The pressures given do not include
allowances for surcharge loads such as sloping backfill, vehicle traffic, or excessive
hydrostatic pressure.
TABLE C
t
1
EQUIVALENT FLUID PRESSURE VALUES
Loading Condition
Active (7A) psf
Eqw alert Hydr static
lyluid Pressure
40
At -Rest (Yo)
psf
55
Passive (7p)
psf
300
Horizontal Friction Coefficient
0.4
The appropriate load distribution to apply for design depends not only on the soil
type, but also on the wall type and restraint. Graphical examples of typical loading
conditions are presented on Figure 3. For abutment walls and wing walls that are
restrained from rotation, the walls should be designed to resist the "at rest' earth
pressure. For walls which are free to rotate to develop the shear strength of the soils,
such as wing walls not tied to the abutments, the walls should be designed to resist the
"active" earth pressure. Resistance to lateral loads can be provided by friction between
concrete and soil and/or by "passive" earth pressure. Passive earth pressure should be
ignored for the top 1 foot of soils against the structure since it can be easily removed
with time. The proper application of these loading conditions is the responsibility of the
wall designer.
' STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
11
1
The hydrostatic pressure can be reduced by providing a drain and weep holes
behind the abutments and wing walls. The drain should be reasonably well -graded
sands and gravels with a maximum of 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and a
maximum particle size of 3 inches that is at least 12 inches wide and placed against the
back of an abutment or wing wall. The top 2 feet of backfill above the drain should be
compacted clays. Weep holes should be 4 inches in diameter, spaced 10 feet center -to -
center at the bottom of an abutment or wall. At least two weep holes should be provided
to the
per wall at the bottom of the wall. The back of the weep holes should connect
drain, be protected from clogging and be screened to prevent drain materials from falling
out of the weep holes. A manufactured drain such as Miradrain could be substituted for
the drain sand and gravel. Manufactured drains should be installed following the
manufacturers recommendations. A graphical example of a typical earth retaining wall
drain is presented on Figure 4.
Wall backfill should be placed in 8-inch maximum loose lifts, at 2 percent below
to 2 percent above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percent of
The fill
'
standard maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). placement and compaction of
should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction.
a
APPROACH APRONS
,
The proposed pedestrian bridges may include concrete approach aprons. We
recommend the subgrade at these sites be scarified to a depth of 12 inches, moisture
conditioned within 2 percent of optimum moisture content, and recompacted to at least
95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99).
if by local
'
Concrete slabs should be a minimum of 6 inches thick, or thicker required
code or the owner. The slabs should be isolated from the abutment. Local regulation
may also require the concrete slab be anchored to the ground.
WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES '
Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate attack. We '
measured water-soluble sulfate concentrations in two samples from this site.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
'
- 12
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
J
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
Concentrations were below measurable limits (less than 0.01 percent). Sulfate
concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate attack for
concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the American Concrete
Institute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI indicates any type of cement
can be used for concrete that comes into contact with the soils and/or bedrock. In our
experience, superficial damage may occur to the exposed surfaces of highly permeable
concrete, even though sulfate levels are relatively low. To control this risk and to resist
freeze -thaw deterioration, the water-to-cementitious material ratio should not exceed
0.50 for concrete in contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage
or high water tables. Concrete should be air entrained.
SURFACE DRAINAGE
Performance of flatwork and foundations are influenced by changes in subgrade
moisture conditions. Carefully planned and maintained surface grading can reduce the
risk of wetting of the foundation soils and bedrock and flatwork subgrade. We
recommend the following precautions be observed during and maintained after the
completion of the proposed construction:
1. Wetting or drying of the open foundation excavation should be avoided.
2. Positive drainage should be provided away from foundations, wing walls,
and abutments. We recommend a minimum slope of at least 5 percent in
the first 10 feet away from the foundations in landscaped areas, where
possible. Flatwork adjacent to the abutments should be sloped for
positive drainage away from the bridges. Water should not be allowed to
pond on flatwork.
3. Backfill around foundations should be moisture treated and compacted as
discussed in the Fill Placement section of this report.
4. Impervious plastic membranes should not be used to cover the ground
surface immediately surrounding the bridges. These membranes tend to
trap moisture and prevent normal evaporation from occurring. Geotextile
fabrics can be used to limit weed growth and allow for evaporation.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
13
I
I
LIMITATIONS
Although our borings were spaced to obtain a reasonably accurate picture of
subsurface conditions, variations not indicated in our borings are always possible. We
should observe pier drilling or footing excavations to confirm soils and bedrock are
similar to those found in our borings. Placement and compaction of fill, backfill,
subgrade, and other fills should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm
during construction.
We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that
level of skill and care ordinarily used by members of the profession currently practicing
under similar conditions in the locality of this project. No warranty, express or implied, is
made.
If we can be of further service in discussing the contents of this report or in the
analysis of the proposed construction from the geotechnical point of view, please
contact the undersigned.
CTL I THOMPSON, INC. by:
Spend r Schram, EI
Staff Engineer -Ida=_
Reviewed by:
Robin Dornfest,
Geotechnical D
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL i T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
14
ir 0
u
11
0
u
D
u
O
1
I
1
11
1
I
1
1
i
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 00670
Section 00670 Page 1
APPROXIMATE
SCALE: 1' = 50'
0 25' S0'
LEGEND:
TH-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY
BORING
Cake Cana/
i
STOLFUS 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL 1 T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
RAC-
SITE
E. VINE DR.
LL99
0
Rye
=
Rs
/0�9�
rir
W. MULBERRY 3T.
VICINITY MAP
(FORT COLLINS, COLORADO)
NOTTOSCALE
I!!� i
Proposed
pedestrian
Bridges
1
r
CO c
m ;
1 �¢ j
L m I
0 i
IU I
-•
n
Locations of
Exploratory
Borings
FIGURE 1
TH-1
10
15
30
35
STOUMS a MSSOCNTE9. wC.
PEOESM.B ES OV LME LNUI
CTL I T PRI110110. FCNa74 W I In
TH-2
20112
7112
Q
y
O
_
50111
38112
5015
50/3
5013
50/3
TH.3
TH-4
0
5-
10-
15-
20 -
25 -
30 -
35 -
40 _
LEGEND:
® FILL, GRAVEL, SANDY, MOIST, BROWN
®FILL, SAND, SILTY WITH COAL CINDERS. MOIST, LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, DARK BROWN,
GRAY, BLACK
® FILL, CLAY, SANDY, MOIST, VERY SOFT TO MEDIUM STIFF, BROWN
Q SAND, GRAVELLY, SILTY TO GRAVEL, SANDY, MOIST TO WET, DENSE TO VERY DENSE,
�. BROWN ISM, SP-SM, SW-SM, GP)
SANDSTONE, MOIST TO WET, MEDIUM HARD TO VERY HARD, OLIVE, GRAY
1� CLAYSTONE, MOIST TO WET, VERY HARD, GRAY
DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 9112 INDICATES 9 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER
FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES.
L DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 10/12 INDICATES 10 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER
Irk r■ FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.04NCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES.
LL Q WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT TIME OF DRILLING.
WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING.
._____ APPROXIMATE INVERT OF CANAL
NOTES:
1. THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2009, USING A6-INCH DIAMETER
CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT HOLLOW STEM AUGER AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED CME-55 DRILL RIG.
2. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN
THIS REPORT.
Summary Logs of
Exploratory Borings
FIGURE 2
M M M M M M M M M ® M M M IIIIIIIII1 llllllll'
h,
h
WALL EARTH
TYPE PRESSURE
P='YA *H
H = HEIGHT OF WALL (FT)
P = LATERAL PRESSURE (PSF)
ryA = ACTIVE HYDROSTATIC UNIT WEIGHT (PCF)
P
CANTILEVER WALL (Active Condition)
P = 0.6 *'YA* H
H = HEIGHT OF WALL (FT)
P = LATERAL PRESSURE (PSF)
P 'YA = ACTIVE HYDROSTATIC UNIT WEIGHT (PCF)
011—
BRACED OR TIE —BACK EXCAVATION
P=%*H
H = HEIGHT OF WALL (FT)
P = LATERAL PRESSURE (PSF)
P yo = AT REST HYDROSTATIC UNIT WEIGHT (PCF)
-00
BELOW GRADE WALL (At —Rest Condition)
R = 7A * (Y2h,)
R1 = 'YA * (h+ hha )
h = HEIGHT OF WALL (FT)
h, = HEIGHT OF SLOPE (FT)
P1 = LATERAL PRESSURE, TOP OF WALL (PSF)
P2 = LATERAL PRESSURE, BOTTOM OF WALL (PSF)
'YA = ACTIVE HYDROSTATIC UNIT WEIGHT (PCF)
CANTILEVER WALL —SLOPING BACKFILL (Active with Surcharge)
Example Lateral
Earth Pressure
Distributions
STOLFUS a ASSOCIATES, INC. FIGURE 3
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
"''
PROVIDE GRAVEL LAYER BEHIND
WALL. WASHED CONCRETE AGGREGATE.
%v
(ASTM C33, NO. 57 OR NO. 67) ,
BACKFILL
.
• •:..
•"`:`�':::::`.:
ON -SITE
...;...: .................
•'•�: �' • .:.....:
RETAINING WALL
MATERIAL
:: r• - -
•. .,.
EINFORCING STEEL
\OSHA
';' ; ': ': ' ' •'
WEEP HOLE
ER STRUCTURAL
RAWINGS.
=
_ SCREEN OR COARSE
?'; ::.:`:
.: .....
* ::: ':..•..r ::::.:.::::::::
GRAVEL OVER HOLE. '
•':' -' ` .`..
4-INCH DIAMETER PERFORATED
:•
DRAIN PIPE. THE PIPE SHOULD BE
•-:. �k•. ..._._ .......__
PI AOM IN A TPFIJrH WITH A CI nPF —
STOLFUS S ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
i ypicai carTn
Retaining
Wall Drain
FIGURE4
I
APPENDIX A
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
1!
0
H
I
-3
Z
1n
Z
a
0. •s
K
W
0-o
0
Z
0 -8
V/
In
W
cc
a -7
i
0
U
I I I ! • • I II I r 1 I I I
1 • 1 � 1 1 I
. • �� I 1 I I
1 I I 1 1 1 1 I I I
- I 1 I 1
EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT
PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING
I 1 1 I I I
I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I
1 1 1 I
1 • 1 1 1
-------------- --�-- --- ------- -------~--------fit ------ --�-- - -1--
I I 1 I I I 1 I • 1 1 1 I I I 1
I I 1 I i I • i I 11
_________ ___ ___1__I_______1
I •
I 1 I 1 1 I I I
1 I I 1 1 I
I 1 • I 11; I 1 1 I I I i I 1 1 I I I i I
I i • I I I 1 i 1 I I 1 I I I I
1 1 1
- ll -i - T -r rl
1 r I 1 I I I I I
I 1 I 1 I I 1 I 11
I I I 1 1 I 1 I 1
I I I 11 1 I I
1 I i 11 I 1 1 I I I 11 I 1 1 1 1 11 I I I ! I I
I I I 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 I I i I I I i I I I I
1 I 1 I I I 1
�- l - -i l r i i
1 I I 1 I I I 1 I I 1 I
1 I 1 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 1
1 1 I I 1
1 1 I I I I
1 1 I 1 I I
1 i I I I I I I I I I
I I I 1 I 1 11 I
I I I I 1 I
_ _ _ _ _ _ 1_
I ; I I _ _ _ _ i 1 1 I I I 11 I I I I 1
I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I
I I I 1 � I I • I 1 I
I 1 I • I I r I I I ! I 1 I
• 1 • I � � I I I I
-- - - -- ---;--;------;-.---------------,----------------------- ----------------
I 1 i i I I, i i I I 1 11 1
1 i 1 • I, I 1 I I
______--- ___________,____�____r_____ r__r r___________r
I I I I I I
I
_L J J _ J
I • I I
I I I 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I I 1 I
1 1 1 1 11
I 1 . 1 • I I I I I
� 1 I I • � � I I �
0.1 1.0 10 100
APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF
Sample of CLAYSTONE DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 112 PCF
From TH - 1 AT 34 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 15.3 %
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES. INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
Swell Consolidation
Test Results
FIGURE A-1
I
I
O
I
I
l ]
L '-I
1
1
n
0
1
1
1
1
H
1
1
IF
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45MIN. 1SMIN. 60MIN.19MIN. 4MIN. 1MIN. '200 '100 '50'40.30 '16 '10.8 -4 3/8' 3/4' IW 3' S.G. e'
100 . 0
90
10
M�r�
80
20
Z 70
30 w
a 60
40 tj
U 50
50
w
1 40
80 0
30
70
20
80
10
90
p
.001
,. ___-__--r- 100
0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 590 1.19 2.D 2.38 4.78 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
FINE COARSE COBBLES
��r
���rrrrrr�r
o
�o
Sample of SAND, GRAVELLY, SILTY (SP-SM) GRAVEL 38 % SAND 54 %
From TH - 1 AT 9 FEET SILT & CLAY 8 % LIQUID LIMIT %
PLASTICITY INDEX %
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 '100 '50 '40 '30 '16 '10 '8 '4 3/8' 314' 1%' 3' 5.6. e'
100 ..........._........ 0
90
10
g0
20
070
30 0
rn
?
a 60
40
c°S
SO
¢
V
a 40
a
60
30
70
20
80
10
0
0
100
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
FINE COARSE COBBLES
��rrrrrsog���r
��
Sample of SAND, SILTY, GRAVELLY (SM)
From TH - 2 AT 9 FEET
i STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874A01-125
GRAVEL 25 % SAND 38
SILT &CLAY 37 % LIQUID LIMIT
PLASTICITY INDEX
Gradation
Test Results
FIGURE A-2
I
�T I
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. 15 MIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN, 1 MIN. '200 '100 '50 '40 '30 116 '10 '8 -4 W8' W41%, 3' S'8' 8'
100 0
r--
90
10
20
80
i 70
30 w
rn
2
°a3
40 w
Go
a
¢
50
50 U
a 40
°
30
70
20
80
10
90
0
100
.001 0.002 .005 - .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 .690 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 762 127 200
0.42 152
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM ICOARSEI
FINE I COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of SAND, GRAVELLY, SILTY (SW-SM) GRAVEL 18 % SAND 75 %
From TH - 3 AT 14 FEET SILT & CLAY 7 % LIQUID LIMIT %
PLASTICITY INDEX %
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. ISMIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 '100 '50 '40 '30 '16 110 '8 -4 3/8' 374' 1%, 3' 5.6- 8.0
100
mom
10
yD
80
20
30
Z 70
in
a 60
a
40 w
¢
So
U 50
U
n
a
40
60
30
70
80
20
10
90
0
100
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 0.42.690 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.62 19.1 36.1 76.2 1217 52 200
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE I MEDIUM lCOARSEI
FINE I COARSE I COBBLES
Sample of SANDSTONE
From TH - 3 AT 19 FEET
STOLFUS &ASSOCIATES, INC:
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
GRAVEL 0 % SAND 84
SILT &CLAY 16 % LIQUID LIMIT NP
PLASTICITY INDEX NP
Gradation
Test Results
FIGURE A-3
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS - SIEVE ANALYSIS
25 HR. 7 HR. TIME READINGS U.S. STANDARD SERIES CLEAR SQUARE OPENINGS
45 MIN. ISMIN. 60 MIN. 19 MIN. 4 MIN. 1 MIN. '200 1100 '50 '40 '30 '16 '10 '8 '4 3/8' V4' 1 W 3' 5.6. S.
100 0
90
10
80•20
V 70
60
~
— ----
—'i
40 w
¢
wso.50
V
r
60
_
70
-�
-i--r
_-4
80
10
--i-r--�-
90
-'
-�-r
• 0
.001 0.002 .005 .009 .019 .037 .074 .149 .297 590 1.19 2.0 2.38 4.76 9.52 19.1 36.1 76.2 127 200
0.42 1S2
DIAMETER OF PARTICLE IN MILLIMETERS
CLAY (PLASTIC) TO SILT (NON -PLASTIC)
SANDS
GRAVEL
FINE MEDIUM COARSE
FINE COARSE COBBLES
JOMPI@ Of
SAND, GRAVELLY (SP)
GRAVEL 38 % SAND
57 %
From
TH - 4 AT 9 FEET
SILT & CLAY 5 % LIQUID LIMIT
%
PLASTICITY INDEX
%
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
Gradation
Test Results
FIGURE A-4
TABLE A-1
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TESTING
BORING
DEPTH
FEET
MOISTURE
CONTENT
%)
DRY
DENSITY
(PCF)
ATTERBERG LIMITS
SWELL TEST RESULTS
PASSING
NO.200
SIEVE
SOLUBLE
SULFATES
(%
DESCRIPTION
LIQUID
LIMIT
PLASTICITY
INDEX
SWELL
APPLIED
PRESSURE
TH-1
4
18.5
102
<0.01
FILL, SAND, SILTY SM
TH-1
9
13.4
7.8
SAND, GRAVELLY, SILTY SP-SM
TH-1
34
15.3
112
1.8
1,000
CLAYSTON E
TH-2
9
9.6
36.7
SAND, SILTY, GRAVELLY SM
TH-2
19
22.7
102
13.3
SANDSTONE
TH-2
34
22.1
105
60.8
CLAYSTONE
TH-3
9
14.2
<0.01
ISAND, GRAVELLY SP
TH-3
14
13.9
1 6.8
1
ISAND, GRAVELLY, SILTY SW-SM
TH-3
19
16.7
NP
NP
16.1
ISANDSTONE
TH-4
9
11.4
4.9
ISAND, GRAVELLY SP
TH-4
24
19.9
99
15.4
SANDSTONE
STOLFUS ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
Page 1 of 1
= m
DR 0172 (12/98)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
DENVER CO 80261
(303)232-2416
CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX)
A
nn MnT 1AIPITF IAI TI-IIC CPAPP
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials
for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and
materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure, highway, road,
street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by
law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor
to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side).
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
gistration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR)
F
Period
0170-750 (999) $0.00
-
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
Trade name/DBA:
Owner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (City, State, Zip):
Contact Person
E-Mail address:
Federal Employer's Identification Number:
Bid amount for your contract:
$
Fax Number.
( )
Business telephone number:
Colorado withholding tax account number:
Copies of contract or agreement.pages (f )'identifying the contracting parties
EXEMPTION INFORMATION and (2) containing signatures of contracting parties must'be attached.
Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract):
Exempt organization's number:
98 -
Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization:
Principal contact's telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County lies) where project is located)
Scheduled Month Day Year
Estimated Month Day Year
construction start date:
completion date:
1 declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are
true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer:
Title of corporate off cer:
Date:
DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE
Section 00670 Page 1
APPENDIX B
SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS
I
SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS '
1. DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of the excavation, transportation, placement, and compaction of
materials from locations indicated on the plans, or staked by the Engineer, as necessary
to achieve building site elevations.
2. GENERAL
The Soils Engineer shall be the Owner's representative. The Soils Engineer shall '
approve fill materials, method of placement, moisture contents, and percent compaction,
and shall give written approval of the completed fill.
3. CLEARING JOB SITE ,
The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush and rubbish before excavation or fill '
placement is begun. The Contractor shall dispose of the cleared material to provide the
Owner with a clean, neat appearing job site. Cleared material shall not be placed in
areas to receive fill or where the material will support structures of any kind.
4. SCARIFYING AREA TO BE FILLED
All topsoil and vegetable matter shall be removed from the ground surface upon which '
fill is to be placed. The surface shall then be plowed or scarified to a depth of 8 inches
until the surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features, which would
prevent uniform compaction by the equipment to be used. '
5. COMPACTING AREA TO BE FILLED
After the foundation for the fill has been cleared and scarified, it shall be disked or
bladed until it is free from large clods, brought to the proper moisture content and
compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in
accordance with ASTM D 698, AASHTO T 99.
6. FILL MATERIALS
On -site materials classifying as CL, SC, SM, SW, SP, GP, GC, and GM are acceptable. '
Fill soils shall be free from organic matter, debris, or other deleterious substances, and
shall not contain rocks or lumps having a diameter greater than three (3) inches. Fill
materials shall be obtained from the existing fill and other approved sources. '
7. MOISTURE CONTENT
Fill materials shall be moisture treated. Clay soil should be moisture treated between ,
optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils should be
moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. Sufficient laboratory
compaction tests shall be performed to determine the optimum moisture content for the '
various soils encountered in borrow areas.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC. '
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL B-1
CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001-125
1
The Contractor may be required to add moisture to the excavation materials in the
borrow area if, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, it is not possible to obtain uniform
' moisture content by adding water on the fill surface. The Contractor may be required to
rake or disk the fill soils to provide uniform moisture content through the soils.
The application of water to embankment materials shall be made with any type of
watering equipment approved by the Soils Engineer, which will give the desired results.
Water jets from the spreader shall not be directed at the embankment with such force
that fill materials are washed out.
IShould too much water be added to any part of the fill, such that the material is too wet
to permit the desired compaction from being obtained, rolling and all work on that section
of the fill shall be delayed until the material has been allowed to dry to the required
moisture content. The Contractor will be permitted to rework wet material in an
approved manner to hasten its drying.
'
8. COMPACTION OF FILL AREAS
Selected fill material shall be placed and mixed in evenly spread layers. After each fill
'
layer has been placed, it shall be uniformly compacted to not less than the specified
percentage of maximum dry density. Fill materials shall be placed such that the
thickness of loose material does not exceed 8 inches and the compacted lift thickness
does not exceed 6 inches.
'
Compaction, as specified above, shall be obtained by the use of sheepsfoot rollers,
multiple -wheel pneumatic -tired rollers, or other equipment approved by the Engineer.
Compaction shall be accomplished while the fill material is at the specified moisture
content. Compaction of each layer shall be continuous over 'the entire area.
Compaction equipment shall make sufficient trips to insure that the required dry density
is obtained.
9. COMPACTION OF SLOPES
Fill slopes shall be compacted by means of sheepsfoot rollers or other suitable
'
equipment. Compaction operations shall be continued until slopes are stable, but not
too dense for planting, and there is no appreciable amount of loose soil on the slopes.
'
Compaction of slopes may be done progressively in increments of three to five feet (T to
6) in height or after the fill is brought to its total height. Permanent fill slopes shall not
exceed 3:1 (horizontal to vertical).
'
10. DENSITY TESTS
Field density tests shall be made by the Soils Engineer at locations and depths of his
choosing. Where sheepsfoot rollers are used, the soil may be disturbed to a depth of
'
several inches. Density tests shall be taken in compacted material below the disturbed
surface. When density tests indicate that the dry density or moisture content of any
layer of fill or portion thereof is below that required, the particular layer or portion shall be
reworked until the required dry density or moisture content has been achieved.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL 13-2
CTL I T PROJECT NO. Fc04a74mi-12s
I
IF I
11. COMPLETED PRELIMINARY GRADES D
All areas, both cut and fill, shall be finished to a level surface and shall meet the
following limits of construction:
A. Overlot cut or fill areas shall be within plus or minus 2/10 of one foot.
B. Street grading shall be within plus or minus 1/10 of one foot.
The civil engineer, or duly authorized representative, shall check all cut and fill areas to
observe that the work is in accordance with the above limits.
12. SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION STAKING
Observation by the Soils Engineer shall be continuous during the placement of fill and
compaction operations so that he can declare that the fill was placed in general
conformance with specifications. All site visits necessary to test the placement of fill and
observe compaction operations will be at the expense of the Owner. All construction
staking will be provided by the Civil Engineer or his duly authorized representative.
Initial and final grading staking shall be at the expense of the owner. The replacement of
grade stakes through construction shall be at the expense of the contractor. 8
13. SEASONAL LIMITS
No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled while it is frozen, thawing, or during
unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy precipitation, fill
operations shall not be resumed until the Soils Engineer indicates that the moisture
content and dry density of previously placed materials are as specified.
14. NOTICE REGARDING START OF GRADING
The contractor shall submit notification to the Soils Engineer and Owner advising them
of the start of grading operations at least three (3) days in advance of the starting date.
Notification shall also be submitted at least 3 days in advance of any resumption dates
when grading operations have been stopped for any reason other than adverse weather
conditions.
15. REPORTING OF FIELD DENSITY TESTS
Density tests made by the Soils Engineer, as specified under "Density Tests" above,
shall be submitted progressively to the Owner. Dry density, moisture content and
percent compaction shall be reported for each test taken.
16. DECLARATION REGARDING COMPLETED FILL
The Soils Engineer shall provide a written declaration stating that the site was filled with
acceptable materials, or was placed in general accordance with the specifications.
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGES OVER LAKE CANAL B-3
CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04874.001.125
1
I
I
I
�A ,'N._.C.:O 'D 1P_ 0 2: AT ,L .,D.
February 24, 2011
Stolfus & Associates, Inc.
5690 DTC Boulevard
Suite 101 W
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111
Attention: Ms. Michelle R. Hansen, PE
Subject: Revised Subgrade Stabilization Recommendations
North College Corridor Improvements, Phase 11
Fort Collins, Colorado
CTLIT Project Number: FC04874-125
At the request of Kyle Lambrecht at the City of Fort Collins, CTLIThompson, Inc.
met with representatives of the City to discuss alternative subgrade stabilization options,
and reviewed our previous reports as a part of our review of an alternate subgrade
stabilization option for the above referenced project. Mr. Lambrecht requested the
services on February 15, 2011, and the meeting with City staff occurred on February 17,
2011.
We understand an 8-inch portland cement concrete paving section with an
asphalt overlay has been selected for the planned roadway widening in part to match the
existing paving section. However, the new sections of pavement will be constructed
over 6 inches of aggregate base course (ABC), which doesn't appear to exist below the
existing portions of the roadway. These selections are in accordance with the
recommendations of our previous design report.
Our earlier reports describe the subgrade to have both an expansive potential
and contain soluble sulfates. Swell mitigation solutions for these issues were either
over -excavation or fly ash stabilization. Fly ash stabilization poses the risk of ettringite
formation, reducing the risk of swelling heave, but increasing the potential for ettringite
heave. Double application methods can reduce the potential for post paving heave, but
a risk still remains. Over -excavation for moisture treatment to a depth of 24 inches will
require soil to be removed from the roadbed, treated and returned, a time-consuming
operation. In addition due to shallow utilities and anticipated de -mucking, varying depths
of stabilized soil could lead to discontinuity cracking at a later point. The City of Fort
Collins staff made it clear that providing a uniform support and efficient construction
(minimizing disruption to nearby businesses) were a priority.
As an alternative, subgrade stabilization could be achieved by replacing 18
inches of the subgrade with ABC and installing a geogrid at the bottom of the ABC layer.
This would result in the portland cement concrete pavement constructed over 24 inches
' of ABC, rather than 6 inches of ABC and swell mitigated subgrade. This option is 6
inches less deep than the other swell mitigation options, easing difficulties with
351 Linden Street I Suite 140 1 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
Telephone:970-206-9455 Fax:970-206-9441
I
IF I
construction around shallow utilities on the site. In addition, it resolves much of the
varying depths of fill from de -mucking, further assisted with the geogrid, and allows
quicker installation.
In terms of strength design, the 24 inches of ABC over native soil option has an
effective modulus of reaction approximately 70% greater than the option of 6 inches of
ABC over swell mitigated native soil. The 24 inch ABC option should perform better and
require less maintenance over the lifetime of the roadway.
As for swell mitigation, based on the testing results in our report, it appears the
bulk of the expansive soils exist in the upper 3 to 4 feet. This is indicated with the swell
testing results and tested moisture contents increasing with depth. Boring data supports
this concept with static water tables generally 7 to 8 feet below ground surface and the
increasing sand content with depth. With a pavement section of nearly a foot of asphalt
and portland cement concrete over 24 inches of ABC, the depth of replacement includes
nearly all of the expansive soils. What little expansive soil that may remain below the
constructed section will have little total heave potential. Related to the swell mitigation
for this project, the new option also avoids the issues related to the soluble sulfate
content of the native soils. Because no chemical treatment will be introduced for
subgrade swell mitigation, the risk of ettringite formation and surface heaving is not a
concern.
One final concern is the potential to collect water in the deeper ABC layer,
leading to reduced pavement support or impact on the existing pavement areas. We do
not expect this to be an issue as the native soils are fairly sandy and should have similar
permeability characteristics as the compacted ABC. Any water entering the ABC layer is
not expected to collect significantly in the ABC layer.
Due to the many factors impacting this project, it is our opinion that the portland
cement concrete paving over 24 inches of ABC is an appropriate alternative for the
project. It provides superior strength characteristics and also addresses the swell
mitigation of the subgrade soils.
We appreciate the opportunity to work with you on this project. If you have any
questions regarding the information provided in this letter, please do not hesitate to
contact us.
Sincerely,
CTLITHOMPSON, INC.
Division Manager
ot�'A-1-�--
Spencer A. Schram, E.I.
Project Engineer
STOLFUS & ASSOCIATES. INC. 2
NORTH COLLEGE CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II
CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04874-125
36'x36' :o 0
m
BEsiB v
DDu�eiE
rxronu
ZONE
NOM
36'x36' "°'o
work area /.,o°- 0000 work area
0
F
12-
12' -�
* Temp striping will be performed by the Contractor
and is incidental to the lump sum traffic control lien item.
F—
—i
# W
48'x48'
48'x48'
0
3
_ m
FlNE O
DOUBLE O
N WDNK 3
ZONE
BEom c
Fu¢s
DOUBLE 'a
ZONE
0000-
f_ 12' OVVOV
00 11'
F 00000
-� - - - - - - - - - - - 12' - - - -
-' 12'-
Fyce
OgIBIE
W WONN
ZONE
s
jW
O6'x36'.
•NUD
ROAD
WORE
MEAD
Fl�NFB
OOUBIE
N W011K
ZDIE
f-
work area T
_ 12" E—
! 11'
12"
— 12• — —
O00
0
0
f'
O
0
eEom
FWFS
DOI10,E
N WORK
DONE
VMBI
wo
� � a
D D 0 E
wwoRx Nwdix m
N WORK Q LONE d ZONE
f— f— 12' <-
-
— — — — — — — — — — — 1' — — — —
work area T
N. College Av.
Type 7 Jersey barrier with retro-reflectorization 4" white edge line
* Temp striping will be performed by the Contractor
ZONE
and is incidental to the lump sum traffic control line item.
N. College Av.
Type 7 Jersey barrier with retro-reflective markers 4" white edge line
M M M M M M ® M M M M M M M M = M
3
W°R[
4XG0
�d
FINES C
oouaLE a
W MW a
ZONE
E— 12'
<
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — 12,
12—
— '—
— — —
work area
Type 7 concrete barrier
4° whiteedae line
work area
* Temp striping will be performed by the Contractor
and is incidental to the lump sum traffic control line item.
4
0 000 D0,0O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0
—� work area 0
0
0
i o
O Type7concrete barr�r 0
o
0
48"x48' 48"x48" 0
12'
— — —' 12' —
�—
D
work area
4" white edge line
BEflltl
FYEB
OOUBIE
IN WOPK
I1lNE
c°x36°
s
W°0.R VMB
W
RXE1°
0°
•Jersey barrier wllibe added Temp - 4• white edge Ihw
(extended) ae pmJe(4q progresses. 2' buffer Type 7 Jersey barrier
work area o°
oo°
r s
VMB
Y
4ek48' 49'v.1e' 4Bk4C
eEOla
I 1 FINES
ZONEE vO nono
IN WORK [ONEo WORD
*Retro-reflectorization required on barriers �°"E
Type 7 Jersey barrier Tamp - 4• white edge Ilse
2' b fiat Mow board Drums
aoa-aao' � aaraoo' � eaaxoa
°
o °
° ° — — — — — — — —
12'
12' N. College Av.
* Temp striping will be performed by
the Contractor and is incidental to the �
lump sum traffic control line item.
Type 7 Jersey barrier
work area
12'
e — — — !J 11' r 1
N. College Av. 12,
WRoOaRnx X
u[u0
4eY/6'
VMB * Access to Businesses shall be provided
at all times. Arrangements shall be made
in advance when access is impacted.
Business Access Open signs required
along work areas.
ZONE
A
`1
FNg_
FwEB
WNBIE
W wow
LONE
0
FWES
WUBLE
w
�
NE LANE
Roao
woex
uR
y
VMB
n
I
7
i
I
Special Notice
Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes
in procedure:
The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only
prime contractors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects.
Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor
involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and
signing it.
The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all
Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime
contractor's place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in
the event of an audit.
I Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any
applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For
instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should
contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the
Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this
may delay processing of your application.
Section 00670 Page 1
r M M M M M M M M M M M M� M� M M M
EF.INtl
FINE6
OOUwE m
W YI01U(
ZONE
Type 7 Jersey barrier with retro-reflectorization 4" WHITE EDGE LINE
�0
� o o work area work area
�— 12'
— 12' — — — —
N. College Av. 12'
F'
O
FINM
v� lid
Temp striping will be performed by the Contractor ZOWEWRK
ZONE O
and is incidental to the lump sum traffic control item. U
36"x36"
36"x36"
X O
WNW
NO
y
NIFA"
�
iNFno
�
Y
FWEB
oouev=
ww
ZONE
'n
a
MON
ww�c
C
D.
EEO�y
I
noueiE
O
E
m
_
ZONE
_
O
0000
00
00
0000
/ O
00
0
E O
0000
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
[ J
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDffIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC No. 191M (1990 Edition), as base. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted
I JCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number & Title
DEFINITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number &Title
1.1
Addenda.............................................1
12
Agreement, .........................................
1.3
Application for Payment ......................
1
1.4
Asbestos.............................................1
1.5
Bid.....................................................1
1.6
Bidding Documents .......................
......t
1.7
Bidding Requirements„........................1
1.8
Bonds .................................................)
1.9
Change Order ......_ ... ......... ... ...............I
1.10
Contract Documents ............................I
1.11
Contract Price ........................ I.............1
1.12
Contract T im es ....................................1
1.13
CONTRACTOR ..................................
l
1.14
defective .............................................1
1.15
Drawings............................................1
1.16
Effective Date of the Agreement.....,,_...
I
1.17
ENGINEER.........................................I
1.18
ENGINEERS Consultan(.....................1
1.19
Field Order.........................................1
1.20
General Requirements .........................:
1.21
Hazardous Waste.................................2
1.22.a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Regulations
2
122.b
Legal Holidays ................. I...................)
123
Liens .................................................
1.24
Milestone............................................2
1.25
Notice of Award ..........................
2
1.26
Notice to Proceed.................................2
1.27
OWNER ............... .............................:�
128
Partial Utilization................................2
129
PCBs.................................................2
1.30
Petroleum ............. ..............................?
1.31
project ....................- --- ----------........2
1.32.a
Radioactive Material ............................2
1.32.b
Regular Working Hours,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;
2
1.33
Resident Project Representative............2
1.34
Samples... ...........................................
2
1.35
Shop Drawings ....................................
1.36
Specifications.....................................2
1.37
Subcontractor.....................................2
1.38
Substantial Completion .......................2
1.39
Supplementary Condition{,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
1.40
Supplier..............................................2
1.41
Underground Facilities ... ...................
1.42
Unit Price Work...................4.............
3
1.43
Work...........................................4......3
1.44
Work Change Directive„.....................3
1.45
Written Amendment ...........................3
Page
Number
PRELMINARY MATTERS ....................... ...._...3
2.1
Delivery of Bonds .............................3
2.2
Copies of Documents .......................3
2.3
Commencement of Contract
Times; Notice to Proceed,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
3
2.4
Starting the Work ............................
3
2.5-2.7
Before Starting Construction;
CONTRACTORS Responsibility
to Report; Preliminary Schediles;
Delivery of Certificates of
Insurance ..................................
3-4
2.8
Preconstruction Conference,_,,,,,-,,,,
4
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules, ..........
4
CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
ANENDING.
REUSE..........................................4
3.1-3.2
Intent .............................................
4
3:3
Reference to Standards and Speci-
fications of Technical Societies;
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
crepancies .................................
4-5
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
Adjectives ......... I ...........................
3.5
Amending Contract Documents,,,.,,-„5
3.6
Supplementing Contract
Documents ...................................
5
3.7
Reuse of Documents .........................5
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POMTTS.........................................5
4.1
Availability of Lands ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,S-6
4.2
Subsurface and Physical
Conditions ............................. .......
6
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings......................6
4.2.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-
TOR Authorized; Technical
Data............................................
6
4.2.3
Notice of Differing Subsurface
or Physical. Conditions; ,,,,_.,..........
6
4.2.4
ENGINEERS Review.,.„..................6
4.2.5
Possible Contract Documents
Change.........................................6
4.2.6
Possible Price and Times
Adjustments...............................4-7
4.3
Physical Conditions --Underground
Facilities .......................................
7
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated ..........................7
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicated ...... I ..... .......
3
4.4
Reference Point...............................
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
1
1
1
1
Article or Paragraph
Number St Tit lc
Page Article or Paragraph
Num her Number.YTitla
4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material7-8
BONDS AND INSURANCE .................................
8
5.1-5.2
Performance; Payment and Other
Bonds..............................................
8
53
Licensed Sureties and Insurers;
Certificates of Insurance,.-„.............:.8
5.4
CONIRACTOR's Liability
Insurance ..........................................9
5.5
OWNER's Liability Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9
5.6
Property Insurance ..........................9-10
5.7
Boiler and Machinery or Addi-
tional Property insurance ............
.... 10
5.8
Notice of Cancellation Provision ........
10
5.9
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
for Deductible Amounts,,,,,,,,
. 10-
5.10
Other Special Insurance ...:...............
10
5.11
Waiver of Rights................................11
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
Insurance Proceeds
10-11
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insu-
ance; Option to Replace,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;
11
5.15
Partial Utilization --Property
Insurance...............................:......
.. l I
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
11
6.1-6.2
Supervision and Superintendencq.......
11
6.3-6.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment_.
11-12
6.6
Progress Schedule..............................12
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;
CONTRACTOR's Expense;
Substitute Construction
Methods or Procedures;
ENGINEER's Evaluation12-13
6.8-6.11
Concerning Subcontractors,
Suppliers and Others;
Waiver of Rights,
13-14
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
14
6.13
Permits.............................................14
6.14
Laws and Regulations ........................14
6.15
Tares ........................
14-15
6.16
Use of Premises
15
6.17
Site Cleanliness ................................
15
6.18
Safe Structural Loading....................15
6.19
Record Documents .............„_,,,,,..,,,-,.15
6.20
Safety and Protection ................. ....
15-16
6.21
Safety Representative ......................
16
6.22
Hazard Communication Programs;,..,,
16
6.23
Emergencies.....................................16
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples..............16
Page
Number
6.25
Submittal Proceedures; CON-
TRACTOR'S Review Prior
to Shop Drawing or Sample
Submittal....................................16
6.26
Shop Drawing,g Sample Submit-
tals Review by ENGINEER ....
,.16-17
6.27
Responsibility for Variations
From Contract Documents17
6.28
Related Work Performed Prior
to ENGINEER's Review and
Approval of Required
Submittals, ................ .................
17
6.29
Continuing the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„..17
6.30
CONTRACTOR's General
Warranty and Guarantee..............17
6.31-6.33
Indemnification
17-18
6.34
Survival of Obligations ...................
J 8
OTHER WORK.................................................18
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site„.....................18
7.4
Coordination..- . ...........................
IS
OWNER'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
) 8
8.1
Communications to CON-
TRACTOR.................................18
8.2
Replacement of ENGINEER ............
18
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
When Due..........:.......................18
8.4
Lands and Easements; Reports
and Tests...,,-
18-19
8.5
Insurance .................................
......................
19
8.6
Change Orrbrs ... ...........................19
83
Inspections Tests and
Approvals...................................19
8.8
Stop or Suspend Work;
Terminate CONTRACTOR's
Services ......................................19
8.9
Limitations on OWNER'S
Responsibilities ...........................19
8.10
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material
19
8.11
Evidence of Financil
Arrangements ............................. 19
ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION.............................................19
9.1
OWNER's Representative ...............
19
9.2
Visits to Site ..................................
19
9.3
Project Representative ...............19-21
9.4
Clarifications and Interpre-
tations.......................................21
9.5
Authorized Variations in V&k-..-.--.21
EJCDC CENTRAL CWOMONS 1910-3 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS 6IODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: August 25, 2011
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at
the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on September 21, 2011, for the N.
College Improvements Project — Vine to Conifer; BID NO. 7273. If delivered, they are to be
delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the
mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be
publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for the construction of for the N. College Improvements
Project — Vine to Conifer. The Work includes reconstruction of North College Avenue from Vine
Drive to the Conifer/Hickory intersection, including an asphalt overlay from the Poudre River
Bridge to the Conifer/Hickory intersection. The project includes: removals as defined in the
plans, utility lowerings and coordination, earthwork, curb and gutter, composite pavement
(concrete & asphalt), full depth asphalt, asphalt overlay, sidewalks, landscaped and hardscaped
medians, enhanced crosswalks, erosion control, drainage systems, water quality ponds,
irrigation, landscaping, urban design elements, surveying, and construction traffic control.
Signing, striping, traffic fiber lowerings, traffic signal work, and street light installation will be
completed by the City of Fort Collins. The project is on a state facility and must meet
requirements as defined by the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) for work on a
state facility. .
This is a Federally funded project and the UDBE goal is 9.5%
Contractors must turn in CDOT Bidding forms 606 and 714 with the bid. Bids will not be
accepted if these forms are not included.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins,
215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be
held at 2:00 PM, on September 7, 2011, in Community Room located at 215 N. Mason
Street, Fort Collins.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this
meeting.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at
• City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.'sp
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General
Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement.
Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 1
Article or Paragraph
Number & Title
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number &Title
Page
Number
9.6
Rejecting Defective Work...................21
13.8-13.9
Uncovering Work at ENGI-
9.7-9.9
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
NEER's Request .....................27-28
and Payments ............ .... .
13.10
OWINM May Stop the Work ...........
28
9.10
I ic...............21
Determinations for Unit Prices..,..,
21-22
13.11
Correction or Removal of
9.11-9.12
Decisions on Disputes; ENGI-
Defective Work ............................
.........................
.78
NEER as Initial Interprete[..............22
13.12
Correction Period ...........................
18
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER's
13.13
Acceptance of Defective Work .........
28
Authority and Responsibilities....
22-23
13.14
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work .............................. ....
28-29
CHANGES IN THE WORK.......................................23
10.1
OIWER's Ordered Change................'3
14.
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
10.2
Claim for Adjustment ........................23
COMPLETION ........... ......................................
29
10.3
Moak Not Required by Contract
14.1
Schedule of Values .........................'9
Documents .....................................
23
14.2
Application for Progress
10.4
Change Orders..................................23
Payment ...................... ...............
29
10.5
Notification of Surcty ........................23
14.3
CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of
Title...........................................29
CHANGE OF
CONTRACT PRICE .............................23
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications for
11.1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Progress Payments,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
29-30
Adjustment; Value of
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion ..................
30
the Work ............. .......................
-24
14.10
Partial Utilization ............ ........
30-31
11.4
Cost of the Work...........................24-25
14.11
Final inspection .............................
31
11.5
Exclusions to Cost of the Work..........25
14.12
Final Application. for Payment ........
31
11.6
CONTRACTOR'sFee_„.....................25
14.13-14.14
Final Payment and Acceptance
,,,,.,,31
11.7
Cost Records ....................... ........25-26
14.15
Waiver of Claims .... ......... .......
31-32
11.8
Cash Allowances,,,.........;..................26
11.9
Unit Price Work ------- ............I............26
15.
SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
...............................................
32
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .............................)6
15.1
OWNER May Suspend Work ..........
32
12.1
Claim for Adjustment ........................26
15.2-15.4
OWNER May Terminate____,._,,.,_,,,
32
12.2
Time of the Essence ..........................26
15.5
CONTRACTOR May Stop
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's
Work or Terminate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
32-33
Control ......................................
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER'S and
16.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION..................................33
CONTRACTOR'S Control................27
17.
MISCELLANEOUS..........................................33
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
17.1
Giving Notice ................................
33
REMOVAL
OR ACCEPTANCE OF
17.2
Computation of Times ....................
33
DEFEC77YE WORK_ .............................
-)7
17.3
Notice of Claim ..............................
33
13.1
Notice of Defects...............................27
17.4
Cumulative Remedics,....................
33
13.2
Access to the Work .............................27
17.5
Professional Fees and Court
13.3
Tests and Inspections;
Costs Included ............................33
CONTRACTOR's Cooperation.........27
17.6
Applicable State Laws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
33-34
13.4
OWNER's Responsibilities;
Intentionally left blank.......................................35
Independent Testing Laboratory,.,,,,
27
13.5
CONTRACTOR'S
El'HIBIT GC -A:
(Optional)
Responsibilities...
27
Dispute Resolution Agreement .,,.,,......... _.....
GC -Al
13.6-13.7
Covering Work Prior to Inspec-
16.1-16.6
Arbitration ............. ................
GC -Al
lion, Testing or Approval.................27
16.7
Mediation..............................
GC -AI
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION)
wl C1TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
INDEX TO GENERAL, CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the GeneralConditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index
Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of -
Bonds and Insurance........................................5. 14
defective Work............................IOAA. 13.5, 13.13
final payment ..........
............
....
.........
....9.12, 14.15
insurance .................................................... 5.14
other Work by CONTRACTOR ........................ 7.3
Substitutes and ."Or -Equal" Items ......... ............0.7.1
Work by OWNER...............................2.5, 6,30, 6.34
Access to the --
Lands, OWNER anclCONTRACTOR
responsibilities - .....................4.1
site. related Work ............................................. . 7.2
Work ...... :................................... 13.2. 13.14, 14.9
Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions-
CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3
ENGINEER..........................................6.20, 9.13.3
OWNER....................................................6.20, 8.9
Addenda --definition of (also see
definition of Specifications),,,,,..(1.6, 1.10. &19); 1A
Additional Property Insurances................................. 5.7
Adjustments -
Contract Price or Contract
Times ...........................1.5. 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
.......................I.....4 5.3. 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4,
.........................................11. 12, 14.8. 15.1
progress schedule .............................................. 6.6
Agreement..
definitionof......................................................1.2
"All -Risk" Insurance, policy form............................5.6.2
Allowances, Cash....................................................11.8
Amending.Contract Documents. 3.5
Amendment, Written --
in general................1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5;10, 5.12, 6.6.2
..........................6.8.2 6.19,10.1,10.4,11.2
....................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,__,9.10.9.11, 10.4, 16.2. 16.5
Application for Payment--
definition of......................................................1.3
ENGINEER's Responsibility .............................. 9.9
final payment.................9.13.4. 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15
in general .........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5
progress payment ..................................... 14.1-14.7
review of .._....................................... . .14.4-14.7
Arbitration.....................................................16.1-16.6
Asbestos--
claimspursuantthereto..........................4.5.2, 4.5.3
CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ...........
definition of........................................................1.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
OWNER responsibility for.............................4.5.1,
8.10
possible price and times change .......................
4.5.2
Authorized Variations in Work,,,.,,,,,
3.6, 6.25, 6.27. 9.5
Availability of Lands..........................................4.1.
8.4
Award. Notice of--defined.......................................1.25
Before Starting Construction..............................2.5-2.8
Bid -definition of. .................. 1.5
(Ll, 1.10. 2.3, 3.3,
........................4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1)
Bidding Documents --definition'
of............ ..................... ................
1.6(6.8.2)
Bidding Requirements -definition
of..........................................1.7
(1.1, 4.2.6.2)
Bonds --
acceptance of....................................................5.14
additional bonds.............................I....10.5.
11.4.5.9
Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4
definition of-. .... I ...........................
I ..... ............ 1.8
delivery of...................................................2.1,
5.1
final Application far Payment ................
14.12-14.14
general ........... ............................
1.10, 5,1-5.3, 5.13,
........................................
9-13, 10.5, 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Other ..
............... 5.1-5.2
Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5
Buildees risk "all-risk" policy forth ........................5.6.2
Cancellation Provisions, Insurance,,.,,.;,
5,4.11, 5.8, 5.15
Cash Allowances....................................................11.8
Certificate,of Substantial Completion,.,,.,,
1.38, 6.30.2.3.
..................................................14.8.
14.10
Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Certificates of Insurance .............. 2.7,
5.3. 5.4.11, 5.4.13.
....................... 5.8,
5:14, 9.13.4, 14.12
Change in Contract Price..
CashAllowances..............................................
11.8
claim for price
adjustment„_....... 4.1, 4.2.6. 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2. 9.4
...................9.5. 9.11, 10.2.
10.5, 11.2, 13.9,
........... 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
3_fe......13.13,
CONTFL�CTOR's fee.........................................11.6
Cost of the Work
general................................................
11.4- 11.7
Exclusions to...............................................11.5
Cost Records.....................................................11.7
in general ....... ...... 1.19, 1.44, 9.1.1,
16A.2, 10.4.3, 11
Lump Sum Pricn&.........................................11.3.2
Notification of Surety ........................................10.5
Scope of....................................................10.3.10.4
Testing and Inspection,
Uncovering the Work...................................13.9
EXI)C CENERAL COt DFT10NS 1910.8 (1996 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIRCATIONS (REV 9/99)
Unit Price Work...........................................11.9
Article or Paragraph
Number
Value of Work..................................................11.3
Change in Contract Times -
Claim for times adjustment.......
4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15,
............ 6.8.19.4. 9.5. 9.11, 10.2. 10.5. 12.1.
...............13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1. 15.5
Contractual time limits ......... : .........................
-12.2
Delays beyond CONTRACTORS
control ........123
.................................................
Delays beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's control............................1.2.4
Notification of surety ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10.5
Scope of change ...................................
..... 10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance of Defective Work ........
................. 13.13
Amending Contract Documents ..........................3.5
Cash Allowances11.8
Change of Contract Price.....................................11
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work .......................................
... 10
CONTRACTOR's fee........................................11.6
Cost of the Work.......................................11
A-11.7
Cost Records....................................................11.7
definition of.......................................................1.9
emergencies........:...........................I
....... I ........ .23
ENGINEERS responsibility.......
9.8. 10.4. 11.2. 12.1
execution of.....................................................10.4
Indemnifiction ........................40.12,
6.16, 6,31.6.33
Insurance, Bonds and.......................5.10,
5.13, 10.5
OWNER may terminate..............................15.2-15.4
OWNER's Responsibility... ...... ...................$.6,
10.4
Physical. Conditions -
Subsurface and...................................4..........4.2
Underground Facilities--..................4.........4.3.2
Record Documents ...........................................S19
Scope of Change ........... ..........................
4.10.3-10.4
Substitutes............................4................6.7.3,
6.8.2
Unit Price Work...............................................11.9
..... value of Work, covered by............................11.3
Changes in the Work .................................
................ 10
Notification of surety ........._.............................
10.5
OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's
responsibilities............................................10.4
Right to an adjustment......................................10.2
Scope of change ...... ................ ..................
10.3-10.4
Claims --
against CONTRACTOR ...................................
6.16
against ENGINEER .........................................
6.32
against OWNER...............................................6
-r-
Change of Contract Price ...........................
9A, 112
Change of Contract Times ..........................
9A, 12.1
CONTRACTOR'S.............4. 7.1. 9.4. 9.5, 9.11. 10.2.
....... ]1.'-
11.9, 12.1, 13.9. 14.8,
15.1. 15.5, 17.3
CONTRACTORS Fee .......................................11.6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work ......._._---.....................
11.4, 11.3
Decisions on Disputes,-„...........................9.11.
9.12
Dispute Resolution............................................16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement......,,,,,_,,....
J6.1-16.6
ENGINEER as initial interpretor.......................9.11
Lump Sum Pricing.........................................11.3.2
Noticeof..........................................................17.3
O\VNBR's„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11.
10.0 11 2, 11.9
....................... 12.1. 13.9. 13.13,
13.14, 17.3
OWNER's liability ..............................................
5.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment
................14.7
Professional Fees and Court Costs
Included.....................................................17.5
request for formal decision op ............................
Q.l l
Substitute Items...........................................„6.7.1.2
Time Extension.................................................12.1
Time requirements ...................................
9.11, 12.1
Unit Price Work ....................... ........_._.........11.9.3
Valueof...........................................................1.1.3
Waiver of --on Final Payment.................14.14;
14.15
Work Change Directive ................................„...
10.2
written notice required, .....................
9.11, 11.2, 12.1
Clarifications and Interpretations..,.,..,..,,
3.6.3, 9.4. 9.11
CleanSite...........................................................6.
17
Coles of Technical Society, Organization
or Association..................................................3.3.3
Commencement of Contract Times ...............
...... ----- 2.3
Communications--
general..............................................0.2.
6.9.2, 8.1
Hazard Communication Programs .......................0.22
Completion—
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Final Inspection..............................................14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization ............................................
14.10
Substantial Completion,_...................1.38,
14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims............................................14.15
Computation of Times...............................17.2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Othas.................................................6.8-6.11
Conferences --
initially acceptable schedules ..............................
2.9
preconstruction..................................................2.8
Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy --
CONTRACTOR to Report ..........................2.5,
3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR .....................................I......2.
5_2.7
Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc
..................6.4
Continuing the Work .....................................
6.29, 10.4
Contract Documents --
Amending..........................................................
3.5
Bonds.....................................................
.. 5.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDMONr)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Cash Allowances....................................._.„...,11.8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Change of Contract Price ...................................
I I
Change of Contract Times ................... ............
_... 12
.Changes in the Work .................. ..............
10.4-10.5
check and verify.................................................2.5
Clarifications and
Interpretations .........................3.2. 3.6, 9A. 9.11
definition of.....................................................1.10
ENGINEER as initial interpreter of., .................
9.11
ENGINEER as OWNER's represent ative..............9.1
general3
Insurance...........................................................5.3
Intent... ................................... .......... .....
...3.1-3.4
minor variations in the Work.... ..........................
.6
OWNER's responsibility to fumish data ..............
8.3
OWNER'sresponsibility to make
prompt payment,,,...., 8.3, 14.4,
....................
14.13
precedence.............................I...................3.1,
33.3
Record Documents............................................0.19
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ...................................
3.3
Related Work.....................................................72
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.:,.,..,
2.5, 3.3
Reuseof............................................................3.7
Supplementing ....................
3.6
Termination of ENGINEER'' Employment-.......,,8.2
Unit Price Work...............................................11.9
variations .......................................... 3.6,
6.23, 6.27
Visits to Site, ENGINEER's...............................
9.2
Contract Price -
adjustment of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 3.5; 4:1, 9.4, 10.3,
11.2-11.3
Changeof .......................... ................................
) I
Decision on Disputes........................................9.11
definition of.....................................................1.11
Contract Times --
adjustment of ......................... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Change of .................................. ..............
12.1-12.4
Commencement of .....................................
...... 2.3
definition of.....................................................1.12
CONTRACTOR -
Acceptance ofInsurance... .................................
5.14
Communications ......................................
6.2. 6.9.2
Continue Work.......................................6.29,
10.4
coordination and scheduling............................6.9.2
definition of.....................................................1.13
Limited Reliance on Technical
Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2
May Stop Work or Terminate............................1,5.5
provide site access to others .......................7.2,
13.2
Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2. 6.16, 6.18,
......................................6.21-6.23,
7.2, 13.2
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Prior to Submittal........................................6.25
MI
Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2
CONTRACTOR's-
Article or Paragraph
Number
Compensation... _ ..................... I ....... ....
11.1-11.2
Continuing Obligation.....................................14.15
Defective Work ................... ........... 9.6. I3.10.13.14
Duty to correct defective Work ..........................
j3.11
Duty to Report -
Changes in the Work caused by
Emergency ...........................................
6.23
Defects in Work of Others
7.3
Differing conditions...................................4.2.3
Discrepancy in Documents.,,,,.,, 2.5. 3:3.2,
6.14.2
Underground Facilities not indicated,.,,,,..,.
4.3.2
Eraergencies.....................................................0.23
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
of the Work,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,..........................
11.4.5.3
Fee --Cost Plus11.4.5.6, 11.5.1,
........................
11.6
General Warranty and Guarantee .....................6.30
Hazard Communication Programs ..................
..6.22
Indemnification ......................... 6.16.6.31-6.33
Inspection of the Work ...............................
73, 13.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................0.3.6.5
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,,,.„......
6.14.1
Liability Insurance..............................................5.4
Notice of Intent to Appeal ..............z..........9.10,
10.4
obligation to perform and complete
theWork....................................................0.30
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.12
Performance and Other Bonds,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_
5.1
Permits, obtained and paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,„6.13
Progress Schedule............................,.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6,
.........................................6.29: 10.4. 15.2.1
Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
Responsibilities --
Changes in the Work..................................10.1
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others6.8-6.11
Continuing the Work ..........................
629, 10.4
CONTRACTOR's expense ...... ....................6.7:1
CONTRACTOR's General Warranty
and Guarantee...............„_.„.„.„.__.„_..__.6,30
CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.25
Coordination of Work................................6.9.2
Emergencies, ..............................................
6.23
ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes
or "Or -Equal" Items.............................6.7.3
For Acts and Omissions
of Others ...................... .......6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13
for deductible amounts, insurance ...................9
general........................................6, 7.2,
7.3, 8.9
Hazardous Communication Programs,,._..,.__
6.22
Indemnification ...................................
6.31.6.33
EJCDC GENOLAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS tRF.V 9f99)
Labor, Materials and Equipment ............... &3-6.5
Laws and Regulations..................................6.14
Liability Insurance ........................................ 5.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Documents ...........................................
6:27
Patent Fees and Royalties............................6.12
Pennits ....... ................................... :............
0.13
Progress Schedule.........................................6.6
Record Docum ents................. .............
6.19
related Work performed prior to
ENGINEERS approval of required
submittals.............................................6.28
safe structural loading.................................6.18
Safety and Protection ....................6.20.
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative.........--_......................6.21
Scheduling the Work..................................6.9.2
Shop Drawings and Samples,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
0.24
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
by ENGINEER......................................6.26
Site Cleanliness---_._..........................._.....6.17
Submittal Procedures...................................6.25
Substitute Construction Methods
and Procedures ....................................
6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or -Equal. Item;„..............0.7.1
Superintendence ..........................................
:. 6.2
Supervision__ . ........................ ......
..........0.1
Survival of Obligations................................6.34
Taxes..........................................................6.15
Tests and Inspections ............... ...................13-5
ToReport .....................................................2.5
Use of Premises ...........6.30.2.4
Review Prior to Shop.Drawing or
Sample Submittal ........................................
6.25
Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2
right to claim.....--„..- 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2, 11.2,
.......... 11.9, 12.1. 13.9, 14.8, 15.1.
15.5, 17.3
Safety and Protection. ................. 6.20-6.22,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative .......................................
621
Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals....
6.24.6.28
Special Consultants .............................. _.......
11.4.4
Substitute Construction Methods and Procodures..6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
Expense .......................................... 6.7.1.
6.7.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others,,,,,,,,,,
6.8-6.11
Supervision and Superintendence .......... 6.4
6.2, 6.21
Taxes, Payment by.... ........................................6.15
Use of Premises ........................................
6.16-6.18
Warranties and guarantees..........................0.5.
6.30
Warranty of Title ...... .. ......................................14.3
Written Notice Required —
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate, ....... 15.5
Reports of Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions .......................
J.2.3
Substantial Completion ................................
1448
hii
CONTRACTORS -other,........................................... 7
Contractual Liability Insurance....._ ....................... ,4.I0
Contractual Time Limits.........................................12.2
Article or Paragraph
Num ber
Coordination--
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ........................6.9.2
Copies of Documents ...............................................
2.2
Correction Period ..................................................13.12
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
of Defective Work--
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
Acceptance ofDefective Work...........................13.13
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work,.,,-„ ..........................6.30,
13.11
Correction Period..:.........................................13.12
OWNER May Correct Defective Work..............13.
W
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
Cost --
of Tests and lnspections.....................................13.4
Records 11.7
Cost of the Work --
Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9
Cash Discount Y..............................................11.4.2
CONTRACTORS fee.......................................11.6
Employee Expenses... .......... .. .......................11.4.5.1
Exclusions to...........:.............:..........:...:............11.5
General 11.4-1 L5
Home office and overhead cxpenscg ....................11.5
Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6
Materialsand equipment ............... ..................11.4.2
Minor expenses...........................................11.4.5.8
Payroll costs on changes..................................11.4.1
performed by Subcontractors............................11.4.3
Records 11,7
Rentals of construction equipment
and machinery.......... I ..... I .....................
11.4.5.3
Royalty payments, permits and
license fees............................................11.4.5.5
Site office and temporary facilities ................11.4.5.2
Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's.............
11 A.4
Supplemental ................... _........ _.......
_.........11.4.5
Taxes related to the Worka1.4.5.4
Tests and Inspection.........................................13.4
Trade Discounts.............................................11.4.2
Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ..............11.4-5.7
Work after regular hours.................................11.4.1
Covering Work...............................................13.6-13.7
Cumulative Remedies......................................17.4-17.5
Cutting, fitting and patching ....................................
7.2
Data, to be furnished by OWNER .............................
8.3
Day —definition of................................................17.2.2
Decisions on Disputes... .................................
9.11, 9.12
defective --definition of...........................................1.14
defective Work --
Acceptance of.......................................10.4.1.
13.13
ECDC GENERAL CONDMONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Correction or Removal of.._.._,._..._._.._,10.4.1, 13.11
Correction Period - 13.12
in general................................I........13, 14.7. 14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
.Observation by ENGINEER ................................
9.2
OWNER May Stop Work ......... ............. ...........
I3.10
Prompt Notice of Defects, ..................................
11 t
Rejecting:........._....................................:...:......9.6
Uncovering the Work ........................._ .............
Definitions................................................................
l
Delays ......................................4.1, 6.29, 12:3-12.4
Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................?3
Determinations for Unit Prices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,; .............
... 9.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions= -
Noticeof.........................................................4.2.3
ENGINEER's Review......................................4.2.4
Possible Contract Documents Changq..............
4,2.5
Possible Rice and Times Adjustments.............4.2.6
Discrepancies -Reporting
and Resolving................................2.5. 3.3.2. 6.14.2
Dispute Resolution—
Agreem ent................................................16.1-16.6
Arbitration
16.1-16.3
gcnera116
Mediation .. ....... ..........................................:.:
... 16.6
greement Dispute Resolution A..........................16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ...................
?.11-9.12
Documents—
Copiesof ......................................... .................
:?.2
Record 6.19
Reuseof............................................................
3.7
Drawings --definition of., .......................................1.15
Easements.............................................................4.1
Effective date of Agreement --definition gf.............1.16
Emergencies.... ..... ............. ..................................
6.23
ENGINEER --
as initial interpreter on disputes .............
_.9.11-9.12
definition of ....................................................
1.17
Limitations on authority and responsibilitieg.....
P. 13
ReplacementoL..................................................
8.2
Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definitionoC
.....................
1.18
ENGINEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations on9.13
Authorized Variations in the Work....................9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for.,,.,, 9.1,
10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations„_.._...__.
3.6.3, 9.4
Decisions on Disputes .................... ............
9.11-9.12
defective Work, notice of..................................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items ..........................0.7.3
Liability ...................................................4.32,
9.12
Notice Work is Acceptable....... _ _......... _ _.,
_; __ _,14.13
Observations ...........................................
6.30.2. 9.2
OIWi ER's Representative ..................... ............... 9.1
Payments to thc.CONfRACTOR,
Responsibility for.....................................9.9„ 14
Recommendation of Payment ....................14.4, 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Number
Responsibilities --Limitations OR................9.11-9.13
Review of Reports. on Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions .............................
4.2.4
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility ..........................
..... 6.26
Status During Cms_ru
authorized variations in the Work..................9.5
Clarifications andInterpretationa ..................9.4
Decisions on Disputes..........................9.11-9.12
Determinations on Unit Price......................9.10
ENGINEER as Initial.Interpreter..........
,11-9.12
ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities ..............................„
9.13
OWNI ER's Representative ............................
9.1
Project Representative ... ........................
9.3
Rejecting Defective Work..............................9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments .... ................................
9-7-9.9
Visits to Site.................................................9.2
Unit Rice determinations,,,,,.,,,,,, .....................
9.I0
Visits to Site.......................................................9.2
Written consent required ..............................
7.2, 9.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and ........................0.3-6.5
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work.,,.,.,,,,__„_.
1 IA.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment ........................
6.7
error or omission;..................................................0.33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements ......................8.I
I
Explorations of physical conditions ........................
3 2.1
Fee, CONTRACTOR's-Costs Plus ...........................11.6
Field Order -
definition of.....................................................1.19
issued by ENGINEER ................................
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment.* ..............................
14.12
Final Inspect: oq..................... .....................
14.11
Final Payment -
and Acceptance. .....................................
14.13-14.14
Prior to, for cash allovances..............................11.8
General Provisions:....................................:....17.3-17.4
General Requirements -
definition of.....................................................1.20
principal references to.............z.6, 6.4,
6.6-6.7, 6.24
Giving Notice,,,.,.,,_., ....... ................................
.... ._.17.1
Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR,,,,,,,,
6.30, 14.12
Hazard Communication Programs ..........................6.22
Hazardous Waste-
defmition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...................................
1.21
general...................................................
_........4.5
O,WNER's responsibility for ..............................
5.10
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WI CITY OF FORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Indemnification .............................
6.12, 6.16, 6.31.6.33
Initially Acceptable Schedules..:................................2.9
Inspection --
Certificates of..............................9.13.4.
13.5, 14.12
Final...........................................................14.1
t
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special, required by ENGINEER .........................9.6
Tests and Approval ............................. $.7, 13.3-13.4
,Insurance —
Acceptance of, by OWNER__ ...........................5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work............................................11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work.....................................2.7
Bonds and --in general..........................................5
Cancellation Provisions_ ....................................
5.8
Certificates of .................... 2:7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11,
5A.13,.
....................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4,
14.12
completed operations_„ .................... *....*...,,,5.4.13
CONTRACTOR'S Liability ............. ....................
5-4
CONTRACTOR'S objection to coverage .............
5.14
Contractual Liability ......................................5.4.10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR'S
responsibility ................................................5.9
Final Application for Payment
14.12
Licensed Insurers...............................................5.3
Notice requirements, material changes_.,.,,,,5.8,
10.5
Option to Replan . ............................................
5.14
other special insurances....................................5.10
OWNER as fiduciary for insureds ..............
5.12-5.13
OWNERS Liability ............................................5.5
OWNER's Responsibility ....................................
8.5
Partial Utilization, Property Insurance..............5.15
Property ....................... ..............................
5.6-5. I 0
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds..............................................5.12-5.13
Special Insurance .............................................
5.10
Waiver of Rights ..............................................
5.11
Intent of Contract Documents..............................3.1-3.4
Interpretations and Clarifications._..................3.6.3,
9.4
Investigations of physical conditions ...........................4.2
Labor, Materials and Equipment..........................6.3-6.5
Lands --
and Eascments...................................................
$A
Availability of.............................................4.1,
8.4
Reports and Tests. ..............................................
g.4
Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations--
Bonds........................................................5.1.5.2
Changes in the Work ............................. ........
... 10.4
Contract Documents..........................................3.1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities„_„................6.14
Correction Period, defective Work ....................
j 3.12
Cost of the Work, tares ...............................
11.4:5.4
definition of, .......... ._... ..................................
l 2
general6.14
Indemnification ........................................
6.31-6.33
Insurance 5.3
Precedence ...................... :.:................... :... 3.1. 3; 3.3
Reference to,. ......................... ........................ 3.3.1
Safety and Protection................................6.20, 13.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others., ......... 6.8-6.1 I
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
Use of Premises.................................................0.16
Visitsto Site.......................................................9.2
Liability Insurance—
CONTRACTORS ...............................................
5.4
OWNERS...........................................................
5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurers .................................
5.3
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment .......................14.2
CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title ....................
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
definition of.....................................................1.�3
Waiver of Claims..........................................._14-15
Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibilities, .................... ........_. _...............9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized....................... ...............................4:2.2
Maintenance and Operating Manuals --
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Manuals (of others) --
Precedence ....................................................3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Document*... ...............
3.3.1
Materials and equipment --
furnished by.CONTRACTOR...................... ........
20.3
not incorporated in Work..................................114.2
Materials or equipment --equivalent ......................4..,
0.7
Mediation (Optional)..............................................16.7
Milestones --definition of........................................3.24
Miscellaneous --
Computation of Times .......................................
17.2
Cumulative Remedies ........................................
17.4
GivingNotice....................................................17.1
Notice of Claim .................................................
17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Includc4.........
17.5
Multi -prime contracts ...................... ._.........................
Not Shown or Indicated.........................................4.3.2
Notice of --
Acceptability of Project....................................14.
l3
Award, definition of.........................................1.25
Claim............................................................1.7.3
Defects;13.1
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions..,_..4.2.3
Giving..................................................4.........1.7.1
Tests and Inspections........................................13.3
Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample.................0 27
Notice to Proceed —
definition of.....................................................1.26
givingof ........................................................... 2.3
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910•8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS %AOI)MCATIO LS (REV 9/99)
I
Notification to Surety..._..................-----...._............10.5
testing, independent ......................................... 13.4
Observations, by ENG[VEER .:................:...„_._6.30, 9.2
use or occupancy
'
Occupancy of the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.15. 6.30.2.4, 14.16
of the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_,,.,.,,5.15, 6.30.2.4. 14.10
Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOP ...............6.9, 9.13
written consent or approval
Open Peril policy form, Insurance........ .................. 2.6.2
required ................. ........................ 9-1. 6.3. 11.4
Option to Replace.................................5.14
..................
Article or Paragraph
Number
"Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7
Other work 7
Overtime Work --Prohibition of ................_ ............... 6.3
OWNER --
Acceptance of defective Work...........................13.13
appoint an ENGINEER..: .................................. . 8.2
'
as fiduciary ....... ........ ................._.............$.12-5.13
Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................4.1
definition of........ ......... ................................... 1.27
data, furnish .......................... ........ ...8.3
May Correct Defective Work...........................13.14
May refuse to make payment ................. ... ....I4.7
May Stop the Work........................................13.10
May Suspend Work,
Terminate............................8.8, 13.10. I5.1-15.4
Payment, make prompt„..................8.3, 14.4, 14.13
performance of other work .................................. 1.1
permits and licenses, requirements ................... 6.13
purchased insurance requirement$,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...............
OWNER's--
Acceptance of the Work..............................6.30.2:5
Change Orders, obligation to executg.......... 8.6, 10.4
Communications 8. I
..........................................
Coordination of the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 7.4
Disputes, request for decision.......................9.11
Inspections, tests and approva14..................F.7, 13.4
Liability Insurance . .............................................. S.S
Notice of Defects..............................................I3.1
Representative --During Construction,
ENGINEER's Status ............... 9.1
Responsibilities--
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material..8.10
...............
Change Orders..............................................8.6
Changes in the Work .................................. 10.1
communications ............ 8.1
.....
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .................. 8.9
O
evidence of financial arrangements.,,,,,,.„....8.11
inspections, tests and approvals .................. 8.7
insurance...................................................... 8.5
lands and easem ents.......... ........_................8A
prompt payment by.......... .. ... ..8.3
replacement of ENGnVEER................ _,..... ,_,8 2
reports and tests............................................8.4
stop or suspend Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 8.8, 13.10. I5.1
terminate CONTRACTORS
services .... ..................... ...8.8; 15.2
separate representative at sitq..............................9.3
xi
E1CDC CENTRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS 9199)
(REV
I
0
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required ........................7.1,
9.4, 9.11,
..............................11.2, 11.9. 14.7, 15.4
PCBs —
definition of.....................................................1.29
general..............................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for............:..................8.10
Partial Utilization --
definition of......................................................128
general 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Property Insurance.....- .....................................
5.15
Patent Fees and Royalties .......................................
6.12
Payment Bonds ..................................................
5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation o(..............14.4-14.7,
14.13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion
—
Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ......
,_.,.......... 14.3
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Final Inspection ..............................................
14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ...............
14.13-14.14
general.........................................................$.3,
14
Partial Utilization..._......._..._.........................1
.
Retainage..........................................................14.
2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ...... .........................
14.4-14.7
prompt payment . .................................................
$.3
Schedule of Values ............................................
14.1
Substantial Completion..............................14.844.9
Waiver of Claims...............................4.4..........
14.15
when payments due....... 4.........................
14.4, 14.13
withholding payment.........................................14.7
Performance Bond$............................................5.1-5.2
Permits.............................................................0.13
Petroleum —
definition of.....................................4.4.............).30
general................................................
_ 4..........4, 5
OWNER's responsibility for...............................$.10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relating to,,,_,,..., ................
4.2.1.2
ENGINEFR's review.........................................4.2.4
..
existing structures ............................................4.2.2
general4.2.1.2...................... ..................
..................
Notice of Differing Subsurface or,,,, .................
4.2.3
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings......................................4.2.1
Subsurface and,., ............. ..................................
4.2
Subsurface Condition{ ................ ... ................4.2.1.1
Technical Data, Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized ........................4.2.2
Underground Facilities, -
genera l........................................................
4.3
Not Shown or Indicaed..............................4.3.2
Protection of. ............................. ..........
4.3.6.20
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated ................................................
4.3.1
Technical Data...............................................4.2.2
Preconstruction Conference......................................2.8
Preliminary Matters, .......... .........................................
2
Preliminary Schedulq..............................................2.6
Premises, Use of... ............................_............
6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract...........................................l.l,
Rice, Contract --definition of ..................................
1.11
Progress Payment, Applications fot......................
.... 14.2
Progress Payment--rctainage...................................
14.2
Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's,........... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9,
........:........................ 6.6. 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Project—defmition of...............................................1.31
Project Representative--
ENGINEER's Status During Construction ------------
9.3
Project Representative, Resident --definition of ..........
L33.
prompt payment by OWNER.....................................8.3
Property Insurance--
Additional.........................................................5.7
general5.6-5.10
Partial Utilization........._....._._...........5.15.
14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds,,,.,,,,,.„5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and,,,,,,,,,,,,,,................6.20-6.21, 13.2
Punch list...........:...........................................:..14.1
I
Radioactive Material--
defmtion of ...........................:........ :.................
1.32
genera14.5
OWNER's responsibility for . ..............................
$.10
Recommendation of Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.4, 14.5,
14.13
Record Documents ........................._............. 6.19, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining .........................r.8.
Reference Points.......................................................4.4
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies.........................................3.3
Regulations, Laws and(or)......................................6.14
Rejecting Defective Work..........................................9.6
Related Work --
atSite........................................................7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review.....................6.28
Remedies: cumulative......................................17.4.
17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefective Work................13.11
rental agreements, OWNER approval required
.... 11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER....................8
2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies................................2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Reports --
and Drawings ..................................................
and Tests, OWNER's responsibility .....................8.4
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of....................................................1.33
provisionfor............................................................ 9.3
sii EXDC GENERAL COtaomOM 1910-8 (1990 EDITION
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLtNS MODIRCATIONS (REV 9199)
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'S,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.2
Responsibilities--
CONTRACTOR's-in general .................................. 6
ENGINEER's-in general .... ...... 1.... I
........................9
Limitations on.............................................9.13
OWNER's-in general, .... I ....... I ...... ......
................... 8
Retainage....7................ ,........................................114.2
Rcuse of Documents.., .................................
.......... _3.7
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal ..........................0.25
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ............ ........ .................
14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment...........................................10.2
Rightsof Way........................................__...........4.1
Royalties, Patent Fees and......................................6.12
Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.18
Safety --
and Protection................................4.3.2.
6.16, 6.18,
..............._......._.........,, 6.20-6.21,
7.2. 13.2
general.....................................................
.20-6.23
Representative, CONTRACTORS.......................6:21
Samples --
definition of......................................................1.34
general..................................................... ......................................
Review by CONTRACTOR ...............................
6.25
Review by ENGINEER..............................0.26,
6.27
related Work.....................................................6,.28
submittal of
6.24.2
submittal procedures ............. I............._.........
6.25
Schedule of progress..............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.6,
........................................6.29,
10.4. 15.2.1
Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals..............................2.6, 2.8.2.9, 6:24-6.28
Schedule of Values..............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to
15.2.1
Adjusting..........................................................
6A
Change of Contract Times...............................„10.4
Initially Acceptable,,,,_,,,,_.....................„__.2.8,
2.9
Preliminary ....... ............................................
..... 2.6
Scope of Changes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ., .................
10.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions;
4.2.1.1
Shop Drawings -
and Samples, general ................................
6:24-6.28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payments, and .......... .............................
..9.7-9.9
definition of ....... ......... .....................
... .:............1.35
ENGINEER's approval of.................................3.6.2
ENGINEER'S responsibility
for review .....................................
9.7, 6,244.28
related Work ......_._..._...._:._............
_..........6.28
review procedures...............................2.8,
6.24-6.28
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required...............................................6.24.1
Submittal Procedures
6.25
use to approve substitutions„___ .............._„_
,6.7.3
Shown or Indicated............................................:..A.3.1
Site Access......................................................7.2,
13.2
Site Cleanliness.............................................._.....
6.17
Site, Visits to —
by ENGINEER ..........................................
9.2. 13.2
byothers..........................................................13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance.......................... ...............................
.6.2
definition of. ....................................................
j.36
Specifications—
defination of ..................................... ........
...._L36
of Technical Societies, reference to.................3.3.1
precedence......................................................3.3.3
Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ...... :.................................
3.3
Starting Construction. Befor@...............................2.5-2.8
Starting the Work ........ .........................
..... 2,4
Stop or Suspend Work --
by CONTRACTOR...........................................1.5.5
by OWNER ...................................... 8.8,13.19,
15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1,
7.2
Structural Loading, Safety ............. :..........................
.18
Subcontractor —
Concerning ................................................5.8-6.11
definition of .................................................
... 1.37
delays „ ...................................
12.3
waiver of rights .................................................
..............................
Subcontractors --in general .................. ............
„
6.8-6.11
Subcontracts --required provision$, ........ 5.11. 6.11.
11.4.3
Subm ittals--
Applications for Paymcnt.................................14.2
Maintenance and Operation Manuals ,.... *.....
._,.14.1_
Procedures......................................................
6.25.
Progress Schedules.......................................2.6,
2.9
Samples ...................................................
6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values : ....................................
2.6, 14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions......................................2.6,
2.8-2.9
Shop Drawings .......................................
6.24-6.28
Substantial Completion—
certification of ............................0. 30.23,
14.8-14.9
definition of, ....................................................
J.38
Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures,,,....
6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal"Items
6.7
CONTRACTOR's Expense ............................
6.7. L3
ENGINEER's Evaluation6.7.3
"Or-Equal"...................................................6.7.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1996 EDITION)
wr CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
L
1]
1
' The successful Bidder will be required to furnish 'a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond
guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the
performance of the Contract.
' No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening
Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities therein.
' Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the
form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
1 Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have
a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material,
supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -
making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
1 rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift,
gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has
or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins
' By
James B. O'Neill, ll, CPPO, FNIGP
1 Purchasing & Risk Management Director
i
1
1
1
1
i
11
1 Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2
Article or Paragraph
Number
or Procedures.............................................6.7.2
Substitute Items_., ......................................
_63.1.2
Subsurface and Physical Conditions --
Drawings of. in or relatng to ........................
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's Review... ...................................
4.2.4
general..............................................................
4.
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized ................................................
4.2.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
Physical Conditions.........................................4.2:3
Physical Conditions... .................. .................
4.2.1.2
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price andTimes Adjustments...............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings ......................................
4 2.1
Subsurface and ...................................................
4.2
Subsurface Conditions at the Site.-,,,,-,,,.„.,,,,,4.2.1.1
Technical Data......................................:..........4
2-2
Supervision—
CONTRACTORs responsibility ............................6.1
OWNER shall not supervise,,,...... I......................8.9
ENGINEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.2; 9.13.2
Superintendence ......................................................
A2
Superintendent, CONTRACTORS resident...............0.2
Supplemental costs ..............................................
11.4.5
Supplementary Conditions --
definition of.....................................................1.39
principal references to.................1.10, 1.18,
2.2, 2.7,
.._...................4.2, 4.3. 5.1, 5.3,
5.4, 5.6-5.9,
................5.11,6.8,6.13,7.4,8.11,9.3,9.10
Supplementing Contract Documents.,..., .........
.......... 3.6
Supplier --
definition of.....................................................1.40
principal references to ........... 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11,
6.20,
..........................................0.24, 9.13, 14.12
Waiver of Rights ..............................................
A I l
Surety --
consent to final payment., ... ..................
j4.12, 14.14
ENGINEER has no duty to................................9.13
Notification of..................................10.1.
10.5. 15 2
qualification of.............................................5.1-5.3
'Survival of Obligations...........................................6.34
Suspend Work, OWNER May .......................13.10,
15.1
Suspension of Work and Termination .......................15
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate..........................................15.5
OWNER May Suspend Work.............................15.1
OWNER May Term inate ...........................
15.2-15.4
Taxes --Payment by CO ITRACTOR........................
6.15
Technical Data --
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR................4.2.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments_ ............
4.2.6
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Physical Conditions.-,.__.._.........................4.2.3
ziv
Temporary construction facilities.............................4.1
Article or Paragraph
Number
Termination --
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
by OWNER........................................8.8,
15.1-15.4
of ENGINEER'S employment ..............................
8.2
Suspension of Work-in general, .....
.... I .... I ....... I .... 15
Terms and Adjectives......:.......................................3.4
Tests and Inspections --
Access to the Work, by others., ......
I..................13.2
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities
....................... 13.5
Lost of 13.4
covering Work prior to ..............
............... J3.6-13.7
Laws and Regulations(or) ...... _........................
13.5
Notice of Defects,_ .................................
I——....13.1
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
OWNER's independent testing .........................
J 3.4
special, required by ENGINEER ..........................9.6
timely notice required .........................
............. 13.4
Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's
request.................................................13.8-13.9
Times --
Adjusting...........................................................0.6
Change of Contract..............................................12
Computation of................................................17.2
Contract Times --definition of ...........................j.12
day........................................................1,7.2.2
_
Milestones..........................................................12
Requirements—
appeals............ .....................................9.10,
16
clarifications,
claims and disputes, .... ............
9.11, 11.2. 12
Commencement of Contract Times ................ 2.3.
Prwonstruction Conference ...........................z.8
schedules.........................................2.6,
2.9, 6.6
Starting the Work................................I........2.4
Title, Warranty of. .......................... .......................
14.3
Uncovering Work............................................13.8-13.9
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions
—
definition of....................................................J.41
Not Shown or Indicated...................................4.3.2
protection of..............................................4.3,
6.20
Shown or Indicated..........................................4.3.1
Unit Price Work—
claims.........................................................11-9.3
definition of....................................................1.42
genera111.9. 14.1. 14.5
Unit Prices—
general 11.3.1
Determination for ..... .............................
I.......... 9.10
Use of Premises................................6.16,
6.18, 6.30.2.4
Utility owners.. *"**** .................. J, 13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2
Utilization, Partial_ ........ ........ 1.28, 5.15. 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Value of the Work ................................
..... I ............. 11.3
Values, Schedule of„............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS UODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Variations in Work --Minor
Authorized ........ ................ ............... 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
Number
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER ...................................
9.2
Waiver of Claims. -on Final Payment .......................
14.13
Waiver of Rights by insured pard;4 .................
5,11,6.11
Warranty and Guarantee. General --by
CONTRACTOR ................................................6.30
Warranty of Title. CONTRACTOR!s ...............
........ 14.3
Work --
Accessto, ... ............ ....... .................
............... 1.3.2
byothers...............................................................
7
Changes in the .................
............... :• ...... to
Continuing the .................................................6.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate
l5.5
Coordination of
7.4
Cost of the
11-4-11.5
definition of ......................................................
l.43
neglected by CONTRACTOR ............................13.14
otherWork............................................................7
OWNER May Stop Work ................................
13.10
OWNER May Suspend Work ...................13.10,
15.1
Related, Work at Site, ....................................
7.1-7.3
Startingthe ................................. q ......
I .... I ........ o.-14
Stopping by CONTRACTOR .........................I....15.5
Stopping by OWNER ................. .; ......
I ... I ... 15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized,
mu'lor .......... 5.6
Work Change Directive..
claims pursuant to.............................................10.2
dcfmifion of______________
1.44
principal references to.................._,
.5.3, 10.1-10.2
Written Amendment..
definition of ......................................................1.45
principal references to ............... 1.10, 3,5, 5.10,15.12,
......................... 6.&2,6.8.2. 6.19,10.1, 10.4,
._ ........................ 11.2, 12.1,
13.12.2, 14J.2
Written Clarifications and
Interpretations ..................................
3.6.3, 9A. 9.11
Written Notice Required --
by CONTRACTOR ............................
:T. 1, 9. 10-9. 11,
...........................................
10.4. 11.2. 12.1
by OWNER ..................... 9. 10-9.11,
10.4, 11.2, 13.14
xv
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 -3 (1990 EDITION)
W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS MV 9/99)
xvi
(This page left blank intentionally)
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION) '
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
J
1
r�
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which. are applicable to both the
singular and plural thereof:
1.1. Adkirda--Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, cornet or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER
-and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed,
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein
1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by
ENGWEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. Asbestos —Arty material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
1.5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
1.6. BkAhn; Documents —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1,7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
I.S. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
1.9. Change Onier—A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition. deletion or revision in
the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times. issued on or rifler the Effective Date of the
Agreement
1.10. Contract Docvmerds—The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRAC'TOR's Bid (including documentation
accompanying the Bid and arty post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the
Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the
EKW GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-S (19" Wtior)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLU M MODIFICATIONS (REV dR000)
same are more specifically identified in the Agreement.
together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders,
Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals
approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the
reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 are not Conrad Documents,
I.I1. Contract Price —The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 1.1.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEFR's
written recommendation of fatal payment in accordance
with paragraph 14.13.
1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered, into the Agreement
1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirementsof any
inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to
in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of firrel payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
1.15. Drawings —The drawings which show the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents, Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined
1.16. Effective Dare .of the Agreement -The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
1.17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant --A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to famish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions
1.19. Field Order —A written order issued
by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
120. General Requirements —Sections of Division l of
the Specifications.
1.21. Hazardous Wmie—The term Hazardous Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended
from time to time.
1.22.a. Laws and Regulations, Laws or Regulations —Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction
1.22.b. Lezal flofi bvsshall be those holidays observed
by the Citv of Fort Collins.
1.23. Liens —Li= charges, security interests or
encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
I.'_4. Milestone --A ipal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice ojawani—A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
126. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTORS obligations under the
Contract Documents,
1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority.
corporation,. association, firm or person with whom
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
whom the Work is to be provided
1.28. Pa&al Utilization —Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work
129. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls
1.30. Petroleran—Petroleum, including; crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7 pounds per square 'inch absolute), such as oil,
.petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene
and oil mixed with other run -Hazardous Wastes amd crude
oils.
1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents
1.32.a Radioactive :Vlaterial-Source. special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
EJCDC GENERAL CONDIMOM 1910-S (1990 E(itiwm)
cot CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV •1P000)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
.time to time.
132.b. Rsehdar Workine Hours-Reeular working hours
are defined as 7:00am to 6:0Oom unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements.
1.33. Resident Project Represenlathii—The authorized
representative of MIGINEER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof
1.34. Samples Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged
1.35. Shop Dra zings-AII drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submittal by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
1.36. Specyications—Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written tedtnical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37., Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a
specified part thereof has progressed to the point where,
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
pert) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the
Work is complete and ready for 'final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of
final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof
1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the
Contract, Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
1.40, Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
141. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits,
ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, turinels or
other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or
I
11
I
fll
I
I
LJ
I
I
1
materials: electricity, gases, steam, .liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communication, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic -or other
control systems or water.
1.42. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis
Of unit prices.
1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the
various separately identi6ablcarts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction, and performing or furnishing services and
furnishing documents, all. as required by the Contract
Do umerim
1.44. Work Change Directive —A written directive to
CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed as provided in paragraph4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract
Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, ontheContract Price or Contract Times as
provided in paragraph 10.2
1.45. Written Amwrdrnent--A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengincering.
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2—PRELLNIINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to 'OWNER,: CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be furnished. upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contrail Times; Notice to Proceed-
2.3. The Contract Times will commence to non on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIOM 191" (19W E66m)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV •12000)
if a Notice to Proceed is given. on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at
any time within th rty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement r_ ..:n th, coatpgst T:m...
oFBidopenirlgor-the-thirtieth-deyr-alter-tho-EffeativcDete
of-the-Agreemenkwhiehever-dstris•tarlirr:
Starring the Work:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commerce to not,
but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commerce to run
Before Starring Conmucdon:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR :shall rat be liable to;
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew orreasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days alter the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents:
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal;
2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be
acceptable'which allows less than 21 calendar
days for each review by Eneineer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,
CONTRACTOR and HWMR shall eaeh deliver to the
edter OWNED with copies to eesh Additional insured
ENGINEER
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
raesene requested by OWNER) which.
COi\'TRA�� is required
to purchase and maimain in accordance with
paragraphs 5.3-5:Gand 5. .
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
nun, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
lnidally Acceptable Scheduler
2.9. Unless btherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, at least ten days �be-firsl
A,t,i aEiaA-f0E-P6yn1el before anv work at the site begmsS
a conference attethdeI by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as p desivumed by OWNER will be
held to review oraf acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
paragraph 2.6. and Division l - General Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit
the schedules No progress payment shall be made to
CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling
or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTORs full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTORS schedule of
Shop Dmwing and Sample submissions will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the required subminals
CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUNMNTS: ]INTENT,
A.NlE'DLNG, REUSE
Intent
3.L The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
conceming the Work. The Contract Documents are
camplementary: what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. The Contract. Documents will be
construed in accordance with the law of the place of the
Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
E.JCDC OENEEM CONDMOM 19103(1990 Editim)
car CITY OF FORT COLLIER MODIFICATIONS (REV 4r?000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed an accordance with the Contract
Documents Any Work; materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or
from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be famished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
paragraph 9.4.
33. Reference to Standards and Specifications of
Technical Societies Reporting and Resohing
Discrepancies:
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any
governmental authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard, specification, manual, code or Laws m
Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bid%), except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in the Contract Documents.
3.3.2. If; during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract
Documems or between the Contract Documents and
any provision of any such Law, or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard; specification, manual or code or of any
instruction of arty Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5,
CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in
writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issuesd by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that
CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or
ENGINEER for failure to report any such conduct,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6. the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolving any conflict, ermr, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and
3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or instruction (whether
or not specifically incorporated by reference in the
Contract Domments); or
3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of such Law or Regulation).
No provision of any such standard specification, manual,
cork or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER or any of their subcontractors, consultants,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of ENGINF,ER's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
proons of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Centmct Documents.
3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered" —"as directed", "as required", "as allowed% "as
approved" or toms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable". 'suitable", "acceptable". 'proper"
or "satisfactory' or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, directioix review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intendedthat
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty of authority to supervise or direct the
finishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contnry to the
provisions of paragraph 9:13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
4menegng and Supplementing Conaucr Documents
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terns and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
35.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10,4).
or
EK'DCGENFRAL CONDITIOM 191013 (1990 Edtiat)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 10.1).
3.6. In additionx the requirements of the Contract
Documents may be supplemented. and minor variations.
and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or
more of the following ways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.51
3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to pamgmph 9.4).
Reuse of Document.-.
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of arty
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or
ENGTNEER's Consultam, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
.4tnilabifily ojLands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR ETtwrxaesonablaoritten reottzsr
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilitiesuvill beobtained and paid for by OWNER unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -Of -
way or easementss. CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles II and 12.
CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4..?. Subsurface and Physical Con&tians:
4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of.
4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents;
and
4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents,
4.22. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorised -
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are nor
Contract Documents. Such "technical dam" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical dam', CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINF.ER's Consultants with respect to:
4-2.2.1. the completenessof such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTORS purposes,
including. but not limited to. any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or
4.22.2. other data; interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such data, interpretations, opinions or
information
4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical
Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either:
4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any %edmiml dam" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 42.1 and
4.22 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or
FUCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910s 0990 Editim)
wI aTY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4a000)
indicated in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generallyrecognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, premptly immediately after
becoming aware thereof and before frther disturbing
conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted by paragraph 6.231 notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in wntmg about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions
or perform atry Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will
puompdy review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or
taus with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing
(with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's
findings and conclusions.
4.2.3. Possible Contract Docmnerrts Change., If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3. a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and Times .4,#u sMwWs: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Timm or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition
causes an increase or decrease. in CONTRACTOR's cost
of, or time required for performance oC the Work; subject,
however, to the following:
4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or
more of the categories described in
paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 42.3.4, inclusive;
42.62. a change nt the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an
automatic authorization of nor a condition
precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment;
4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract
Price will be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and
4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if;
4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of
the existence of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
commitment to OWNER in respect of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
I
I
U
D
U
U
I
I
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
submission of a bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or
42.6.4.2_ the existence of such
condition could reasonably have been
discovered or revealed as a result of arty
examinatior4 investigation, exploration,
tea or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment; or
42.6.4.3: CONTRACTOR failed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project .
4.3. Physical ConeEtions—Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shorn orindcated: Theinformation and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is baud on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or.00mpleterim of any
such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cal of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full responsibility for. (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating
all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Doctmuents.(iii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv) the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as.
provided in paragraph6.20 arid repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
Not Shorn or Imficated: If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith (except
in an emergency as required by paregraph6.23),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
EICDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19L" (19%Ecktim)
w/CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER ENGINEER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequerrces.
of the existence of the Underground Facility, If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a
Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such conscquemes. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shell may be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could
not reasonably have beenexpected to be aware of or
to have anticipated If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjustment in Contract Price. or
Contmct'rimes, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 1 I and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in cormection
with any other project or anticipated project
Reference Pointe
4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the.
Work shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is *lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5. ,Ubestos, PCBs, Petroleum, llarardous Waste or
Ra&mcrve Material.
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Wale or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Speciflcatioris or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
property exposed thereto in connection with the Work
at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
i
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I
a-5-S9P1-T�F9R-sIwlF-immedietaly�t)•stopell
ed-petmit.9-rekted-dwete-end-de4ivered443
treh-eanditiert-ettd-eny-nifected-are that-s-is-or-ltas•been
n ede Fnay be .__,t ._al.. It nurw,c11 RRFI
MR.- ta
the amaum ep extent of an aebusmem; if
'aril`�RA�[B�do15-r1069gretl-tEFE23atna-9lCii-WOriE
be5ed or
eertd .
ennef
agraaastaentitkmstEtoorf-oFaxrem.-of an
ma mtilta-aslaim-tharafe�r-e
elebed
portion-e�t4ta Wi tk-peFlotntad by 6L1 P36R's own
forrxsor�in-ecoordattce-with-Artio65
Reguletiar S;--GV FRt-shell-inkmrtify In
officers.—directom employees—agents—dltee
corsttltents-end-subeontractots-ot-aaslt-eml-any-d
owrrn of gene-
EICDC GENER,V. CONDITIONS 19105 (1990 E660n)
wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4rt00a1
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance aril
payment of all CONTRACTORS obligations under the
Contract Documents. Them Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Cormaa Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bads as
are required by the Supplementary Conditiau All Bonds
shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the
cumin list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonk and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit StaBureau of
Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department.. All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority
to act.
5.2. If the surety on any Bond famished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
stale where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER
53. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of
Insurance:
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained
from surety or insumnce companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the
Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies
for the limits and coverages so requirrod Such surety
and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be
provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.3-2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER
with copies to each additional insured identified in the.
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase anal maintain
in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OWI3MR-shall
etlditionef insured-itlemi6et�artlte Suty
n r.ons, . r t' n pP}emrnta1..,.
1
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
J
�J
I
CON'RACTOR's Liability Insuranee:
5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work
being performed and furnished and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out
of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and
furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents whether it into
be performed or frnished by CONTRACTOR any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them
may he liable:
5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation. disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts,
5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees,
5.4.3- claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR's employees;
S A—. elaims-fiat-damages-insured-by-eustomury
indirectly=tale[ed-terthe-emtployment-ef-atsh-=ersen-by`
et�t-t�serk
5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work
itself: because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including -loss of use
resulting therefrom; and
5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor
vehicle.
The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4
to be purchased and maintained shall:
5.4.7. with respect to insurance _ required by
paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9,
include as additional. insureds (subject to any
customary csclusion in respect of professional
liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants and any other persons or entities identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be
listed as additional insureds. and include coverage for
the respective officers and employees of all such
additional insureds;
'
5A.S, include the specific coverages and be written
for not less than the limits of liability provided in the
Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or
Regulations, whichever is greater;
5.4.9. include completed operations insurance;
EJCDC GENERAL COA'Drnom 1910-s tt990 E6tim1
'
wI CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4R000)
5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance
covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations
under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33;
5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the
coverage afforded will not be cancelled materially
changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days
prior written notice has been given to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the
certificates of insurance famished by the
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so
provide);
5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment
and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may
be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work
in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and
5A.13. with respect to completed operations
insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a
claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two
years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall
furnish OWNER and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence
satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional
insured of continuation of such insurance at final
payment find one year thereafter).
OWAER's Liability Insurance:
53. in addition to insurance required to be provided
by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4. OWNER, at
OWNER's option. may purchase and maintain at
OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as
will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract Documents.
Property Insurance:
SC,.—ESttl�ss-otherwi sa-provided-im-tMm-�SupplemameFy
C-ordition�O14�T[�shel{-ptue}�sa-find-tneinteia
ot-the-fuN-FepMeement-cost-FiteFao�(subjaet-to=atah
detlucFible-amounts-as-may-barpFoviclad-in-Ind
Supplementary-Fonditiorns-orreyuved-by-Laws-ettd
Regulations)-Fhs-irmsurwtea-s1na1F
56:1—irmeluda—the—i<;Rrests—of—(3W#fif�
cwtn_ri.rrco.- r.,..m.i.......... .a .._ .
edifies-idamifiad-in-Uia-.AtpplemenFary-Eoralitions;
eaehofwhom-is deemed-tahave an utsurable-interest
aml-slmll-balistedas.an-insuradotaddAtora! ff sunmt;
6?-be-written-oere-&ukldrRis�all-Fisk=ut
the--fellawing er:i_. fiFe lightrai . ml
I
1i0YUflgd-Fha&-YBEEdAiL4EE-Atid-mAif61t�1)�IiTL561lld�oesasieFted by ag4aemetit of Laws and Regulatiens;
5.6.3. melt 12-G�FptEL9C9-ifR:UrS[d-OS-tile-ftpelFtX
EeplAcdmdEE 4ftnY_H,wred-propdtty-futctudirq7buFnot
arehttcets};
�flE-BnoFifeFlOmtigE-IhflE W a9-e�eed-to-i7l-W EiEing bye
�F6V{d!d-that-such ateFiats-tvt&`quip;nen-bflVE- n
b
5.6.5. be maintained
t until final payment is
made unleaq eiiherwig- in
PAEMR
Essted
TaS-met-be-re$ttired-by-t Fd pplementaty-EH Aior6-ff
Laws am Reofttiem
EPICti`FEBMr Cc(1HSk3 CnElilesis deemed to have an insumble imeft-A aW "D be fisted
mAiE1[@k12f��g�iRACGq'detife-wl[IE-pefegrApbS-$�i
oovemgc�efferdeA-wiFl-not-ba-eenee4ldd-oF-metdriANy
changed er-r**wal-refused-until-et-lead4WEty-day6Lpriot
written-netice-has-been-gwen-W-QVA4EFt and
GG�q%NGT-9R and to eaeh ether addifieral insured to
wham-a-eeniftcate f-.irsumner-has-been-isued-end-wilI
contain —watt' provisions—in—aseordenee—with
5.9. OWNER shah not be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors or others in
identified-ttE-thezSupplematte[y-Eotubkiortv.—Fho-rislcaf
such-less-Atxt--many-of-khettt-wishes-property-msuEaate
coverage wtthitrthrlfmits oFsuch-emrwnt� a h tnay
purchas"nd-maimaiwi"t-t pumhase?&ownepetse.
510.—ft 89P}FR�UTOR-rc uesfs-irt writug EhaEotfteE
Eha
EICDC cENE1tAL CONTxnOM 191os (1990 Editim)
10 wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS EREV4,100a1
GOInmdAGdfndFIFO�E}F!-�Of{i-@FFliB-StFO; Off/ bRr511Ai�iA
ett
}j-(-i—��)OBEY}CDi�f�-/i�`T�R-lrtldld�lifBFeN
pohCte&pUEChfl62d-In-0GGOEE�f16d-W IEIt-pamgtepFkS-T6
peyflbld'ufldef�pBil6y 96'iSfiadff
against--C-914R tmetem
e)fN6dt9,-dl!'detOFS,-'01aplJyerS'8tld-egdniS-Ap-Any-Of
thdm: for
opus+roFotMg-oorisequemiel-low-rxEemling
bdytxld-din-Nt-phpsimF-kris-or-damaga-w
asisvtg odt-oEoFEdsulEin ffotn-fird.or cxlxr-pzril
whother-or-not-uLrHad-by-9 %q,MP�and
II
I
d
I
1
1
I
raeEwer�a�irist-airy-o�69N'�GF0I�Subaontmetorsc
Receipt andApplication of Insurance Proceed-
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the
vstr 4 as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of arty applicable mortgage clause and of
paraMph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
costthereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
_5.13. OWNER as Gduciary stall have power to adjust
and settle any lass with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days
after the occurrence of lass to OWNbR's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the Ices with
the insurers
interes4-9Wi3Si�ns-Etdusiary-shall-gi ce-bend-far-the
Acceptance ojBondr and Insurance, Option to Replace:
5,14. If
OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provisions of the Ben&eF insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the ether —I -I
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of nonconformance with the Contract Documents, the
in writing with
the certificates
2.7.
Partial UblimHon-Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER fords it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
E/CDC GENERAL CONDITIOM 1910,8 (I'I90 Edtim)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLD M bIODIFICATIONS (REV J2000)
Completion of all the Work, such use or Occupancy may
be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.IR,
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
.account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBI11TIES
Supenision and Superintendemce•
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such intention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methocK techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent; who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances The superintendent will be
CONTRACTORSs representative it the site and shall have
authorityto act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR
Labor, .lfatenals and Equipment:
63. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise.
required for the safety or protection of personas or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit
overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday.
Sunday or any legal holiday without.OWNER's written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER
no less than 48 hours in advance of anv Work to be
Performed on Saturday. Sunday. Holidays or outside the
Remdar Working Hours.
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full respormbiGty for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery.
tools, appliances, fuel. power, light- heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.4.1. Rrchesug Restrictions: CONTRACTOR
must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the
offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management
Division or the City Clerk's office.
64.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins
Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers
of cement or -products containing cement to certify that
the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum
hazardous waste as a fuel.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall famish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it
may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements.
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Substitutesand "Or -Equal" Items:
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or description is
intended to establish the type, function and quality
required Unless the specification or description
EJCDC GENERAL COM710M 19103 (1990 EJitiai)
12 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like.
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the following
circumstances:
6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal". If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that [tamed and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required; it may
be considered by ENGINEER as an "or al"
item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items.
6.7.1.2. Substitute !tens. If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as
an "or -equal' item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine; that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will
include the following as supplemented in the
General Requirements and as ENGINEER may
decide is appropriate under the circumstances
Requests for review of proposed substitute items
of material or equipment will not be accepted by
ENGINEER from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR If CONTRACTOR wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall fast make.
written application to ENGINEER for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will
perform adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be similar
in substance to that specified and be suited to the
same use as that specified The application will
state the aaen, if any, to which the evaluation
and acceptance of the proposed substitute will
prejudice CONTRACIOR's achievement of
Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in [tie Work
will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement
service will be indicated The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including teats of
redesign and claims of other contractors affected
I
by the resulting charym all of which will be
CONTRACTOR shall oerfomt not less than 20
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposal substitute. ENGINEER may require
percent of the. Work with its own forces (that is.
without subcontract na). The 20 percent requirement
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
shall be understoal to refer to the Work the value of
the proposed substitute.
which totals not less than20 Percent of the Contract
Price.
6.7.1.3. CONMACTOR's Expense: All data to be
provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
6.82. if-Lha-Supplenientafy-Conditions Bidding
'
proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at
Documents require the identity of certain
CO,NITRACTOR's expense.
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish the
6.7.2. Substitute Comtrtrction Methods or
principal items of materials or equipment) to be
Procedures If a specific means, method technique;
submitted to OWNER in -advance -of -oho-. iffed
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —end --if
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a
GO,.rro... TOR has _.emitted it list .h___v
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in.
determine that the substitutes proposed is equivalent to
the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of
that expressly called for by* the Contract Documents
any site Tr .eF oFother .person ar
The procedure for review by. ENGINEER will be
'
'
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
Ne- - R
in ^
6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be
wh shalinvi,-bmi
wY -� - -t••- the ^-_ _. Nee ..: n
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
such substiaff on ertd errrrppfoprfate C�t3nga Order
paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
t_v al
sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equa I. or
constitute a condition of the Contract reouirinn the
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
use of the named subcontmctoM suppliers or other
ENGINEER's prior writtai acceptance which will be
persons or organiation on the Work unless prior
evidenced by either a Ch nge Order or an approved
written approval is obtained from OWNER arld
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's
ENGINEER of arty such Subcontractor, Supplier or
expense a special performance guarantee or other
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
surety with respect to any 'or -equal" or substitute.
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
ENGINEER will record time required by
defective Work
1
ENGINEER and ENG:( NEEZ's Consultants m
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and anssiors
contract with OWNER for work on the Project)
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
and organizations performing of furnishing any of the
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
OWNER for the charges of INGINEER and
responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and
'
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
proposed substitute item,
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization, any
6.9. Concerning Srlbcwrhactors, Suppliers and
contractual relationship between OWNER or
'
Others:
ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization. nor shall it creak any
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR ! tall not employ any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to
Subcontractor, Supplier or ether person or organization
pay or to see to the payment of arr moneys due any
(including those acceptable to OWNER and
such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or
ENGINEER as indicated in. paragraph 6.8.2), whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or
organization except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may
ENGINEER may have: reasonable objection.
furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other person
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
or orrranization evidence of amounts paid to
Subcontractor, Supplier or ether person or organization
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
'
to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment"
EK'DC GENERAL CONDITIO. s 1910$ (1990 Edlim)
13
'
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICAnONS (RE• V d/t000)
1
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors. Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or Punishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect wntract with
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through
CONTRACTOR
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of sny Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dn•iding the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
apn2te agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER. tr'henOVeF any ,..,..t...,,.a,,, OR
Of SUPPlieF Who is IiSlAd R9 an
additienal insured on vided in
the
6EN�FFRr\6TOR-antra-seta-Subaxttnator-cur-.Supplier-will
�tg
the-Were—E�t)ta-insurers-on-arty-sttelF-poliei�s-raquira
Patent Fees and RoyaUfes:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work
of any invention, design process, product or device which
is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If a particular invention, design process, product or device
is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants
of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any
atfringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use inthe performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention design,
process, product or device not specified in the Contract
ents
E.JaX GOAL CONDITIONS 191" (199a Editim)
14 w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless othenvise provided m the Supplementary
Conditions CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses: CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees
6.14. LansandRegsdations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all nctices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furmshing and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise expressly required by applicable
Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or
Regulations
6.14.2. if CONTRACTOR performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall
not be CONTRACTORS primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR'&, obligations under paragraph 3.3.2.
Taxes
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer.
use and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and
lord &,•ties and use taxes on materials to be
permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes
skull not be included in the Contract Price.
CONTRACTOR in awly for, and receive, a
Cenificate of Exemption from the Colorado
Department of Revenue for construction materials to
lx s�•ically incorporated into the project This
Certification of Exemption provides that the
CONTRACTOR shall neither my nor include in his
Bid Sales and Use Taxes on those building and
construction materials Physically incorporated into
the Protect.
Address:
Colorado Department of Revenue
State Capital Annex
I
L
r
1
1
1]
1
i
1375 Sherman Street
Denver, Colorado, 80261
Sales and Use Tares for the .State of Colorado,
Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain
Colorado counties are collected by the State of
Colorado arvJ are included in the Certification of
Exemption
All awGable Sales and Use Taxes fucludng Stale
collected (axes), on any items other than construction
and building materials physically incorporated into the
o ect are o be id by CONTRACTOR and are to
be included in appropriate bid items.
Use of Prentues.•
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
oopperaaations of woken to the site and land and areas
identiGel in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
.rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment,
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or.
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution
proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulation% indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER. ENGINEER ENGTNEER's
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all claims costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against OWNER. ENGINEER or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials; rubbish and other debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from
and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial
Completion of the Wok. CONTRACTOR shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents,
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit arry part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that will endanger it.
Record Documents:
E.rCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 Ecitim)
w/ ❑TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4R000)
6.19, CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders.,Work
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretation and clarifications (issued pursuant to
pamgmph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be
available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion
of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these
record documents. Samples and Shop Drawings will be
delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safety and Prorecdon:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Work;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for
safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or low, and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or
6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by
CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whale acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
lass attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEERS Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety,
and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
1
I
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Safety Represenradve:
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating arty exchange of material safety data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with taws or
Regulations.
Emergencies:
6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER Prompt written
notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variation from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be assured to document the
consequences of such action
6.24. Shop Drawings andSaaWlew
6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall'submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals
will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in
the number of copies specified in the General
Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the
materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the
information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.26.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use for which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
ErCDC GENERAL CON'DITION51910 4 (1990 Editim)
16 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
purposes required by paragaph6.26. The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in
the Specifications.
6.25. Submittal Procedures:
6.25.1. More submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
6.25.1.1. all field messurements, quantities.
dimensions, specified performance criteria,
installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1 all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shirpp+'nug, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and
6.25.1.3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samplesand with the
regdirements of the Work and the ,Contract
Documents.
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that submittal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample, submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice
to be in a written communication separate from the
submittal; and. in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and
Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval of each such variation
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Drawings and Samplesin accordance with the schedule of
Shop Drawings. and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGIIJEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information
given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
1
I
1
I
1
I
i
r
I
I
1
1
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will riot indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGINEER on previous submittals
6.27. ENGFNEER's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by a specific written
rotation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of pnmgmph 6.25.1.
6.28. Where a Shop Dmwing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as
required by paragraph2.9, any related Work performed
prior to F'NGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent
submittal will be ot.the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR
Congaing the [York:
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry m the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
630. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and
Guarantee.
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defecttve.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and bnuamntee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Wort: in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19105 (1990 Edtim)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS NIODIFICATIONS (REV 4r1000)
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release
of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
6.30.2.1. observatiom by ENGINEER:
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Substantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents,
6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
pan thereof by OWNER;
6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so:
6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13:
6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6.30.2.8. any correction of ckfective Work by
OWNER.
Indemnifrcadon:
6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER ENGINEER. ENGINEER's
Consultants and the officers, directors, employees,. agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including,
but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers,
architects; attorneys and other professionals,and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or (Lvnage:
(i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible propem�
(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in pan
by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them maybe liable, regardless of whether or not caused
in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed
upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity.
6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or
ENGINEER or arty of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any
person or organisation directly or indirectly employed by
17
11
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings
assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits
a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms
"Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to
whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an
award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including
all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to
Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the
locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither
OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and
00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the
above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer
a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the
time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a
summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to
conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain
evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located
or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of
Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in
determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The
ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services
required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly
and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the
bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing
compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6)
Rev 10/20/07
Section 00100 Page 1
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by arty limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under worked compensation
acts, disability benefit ads or other employee benefit acts
6.33. The indemnification obligations of
CONTRACTOR under paragraph 631 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants,
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
SunivW ofObligaionK
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties
and guarantees made in required by or given in accordance
with the Contract DoarmenM as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment; completion and acceptance of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK
Relaxed (York at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the site by OWNER'S own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting arty such other work and
(6) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles I I and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes
that such performance will involve additional expense to
CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
72. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility
owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity forthe
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and
the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided an the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR
shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that
may be required to make its several parts come together
properly and integrate with such other work.
CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their wort: and
will only cut or alter their work- with the written consent of
ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected.
The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and
other contractors to the extent that there are comparable
E1C'DC GENERAL CONOrrONS 19 nos 0990 Editim)
18 wf CITY OF FORT COLLINS MOMFICATIONS(REV 41!0061
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said
direct contracts. between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. If the proper execution or results ofany part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays; defects of deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other wok as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
CoorrBnarion:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified;
7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4.1 the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination
ARTICLE 8--OWNER'S
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General
Conditions; OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against
whom-GGN+%AETOR-makes-n ressarable-objmtior%
whose status under the Contact Documents shall be that
of the former ENGINEER
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragmpis 4.1
and 4.4. Parsgraph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
forMitrperegrephs3-SthroirgkrS-F&
S.& OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. OWNERs responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
-paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Wok, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances
8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for.
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or fumish the Work in accordance with
the Contract Document
ate tsfi OWi'NGIr•s
raspoastbilicy-vrrzspect-thereo€-will-be-as-set-fortis-in-tl2a
suppkmer tnfy-Eonditions,
ARTICLE 9—ENGIN-EFR'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
O NER'sRepresentative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period 'rho duties and
responsibilities and the limitation of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
cornstruction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER
and ENGINEER.
riaits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
E1CDCGEN LU CON'DITIOM 1910-8(1990Edtim)
wt QTY OF FORT COLLINS ItOOIFICATIONS (REV -1/2000)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects
of CONTRACTOR's executed Work Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations.
ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER
will not be required to make eAmustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents On the basis of such visits and on -
site observations; ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against dzfective Work. ENGINEEWs
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility
set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without
limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACIOR's Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
fomishing or performance of the Work.
Project Representative.-
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will fumish.a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of
the Work. The responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs 93 and 9.13 and in tl�e Supplemen"
Gondaions of these General Conditions. If OWNER
designates another representative or agent to represent
OW'JER at the'site who is riot ENGINEERs Consultant,
agent or employee, the responsibilities -and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
provided in the SupplemerAfy. Gend a�—ramoh 9.3
9.3.1. The Representative's, dealings in matters
pertannme, to the on -site work wi1L in a;eneral. be with
the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR But. the
Representative will keep the OWNER pro eerrty
advised about'such matters. The Representative's
dealing with subcontractors will only be through or
with the full knowledtre end approval of the.
CONTRACTOR
9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities Representative
will:
93.2.I.Schedules - Review the progress
19
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and consult with the
ENGINEER concerning acceptability.
9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend
mating with the CONTRACTOR such as
Ens[ruction conferences, progress meetings
and other i; conferences and prepare and
circulate copies of minutes of meetings.
9.32.3. Liaison
9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison
with CONTRACTOR workirut principally
through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR m understanding
the Contract Documents.
9 3.2 3 2 Assist in obtaining from OWNER
additional details or information when
required, for proper execution of the Work.
93.23.3 Advise the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR of the commencement of.
aM Work requiring a Shop Drawing or
sample submission if the submission has not
Been approved by the ENGINEER
9.3 2 4 Review of Work. Rejection of Defective
Work. Inspections and Tests -
9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of
the Work in press to assist the ENGINEER
in determining that. the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
93.24.3. Accompany visiting inspectors
representing public or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the Project, record the results
of these inspections and report to the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.5. Interpretation of Contract
Documents. Report to ENGINEER when
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents are needed and transmit to
CONTRACTOR clarification and rite-Mctation
of the Contract Documents as issued by the
ENGINEER
9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
EJCDC GENERA. CONDMoNs i9 tos o 990 E(itim)
20 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIMMODIFICATIONS(REy4/!oao)
modification in Dmwines or Specifications and
report these recommendations to ENGINEER.
Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR
decisions issued by the ENGINEER
9.3.2.7. Records.
9,3.2.8, ReM.
93.283. Fumish ENGINEER periodic
Uras required of the prcUess of the
Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S
spmpliance with the oroeress schedule and
schedule of shop Drawina and sample
submittals.
9,12.82, Consolr with E GeTEER in
advance of scheduling milor te�
inspections or start of important phases of the
Work
93 2.8.3. Drift lrropased Chance Orders
and Work Dvecuve Changes obaining
backup mataial from the CONTRACTOR
and recommend to ENGINEER Change
Orders Work Directive Changes and field
orders
9.3.2.84. Re immediately to
ENGLVEER an OWNE2 the occurrence of
any accident.
93.29 Pavment Requests. Review applications
for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance
with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendation to
[1
1
1
ENGINEER notine particularly the relationship of
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
th�yment requested to the schedule of values
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine
1
work completed and materials and equipment
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
delivered at the site but not rrcorooratecl m the
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
Woric
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER or
1
9.3.2.10. Completion.
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Rice
9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a
or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree
Certificate of Substantial Completion submit
to the amount or extent thcreol if any. OWNER or
to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
1
requiring correction or completion
9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the
provided in Article 1 I or Article 12,
Authorised Mariationsin Work:
commnv of the ENGINEER. OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of
U. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
items to bewrrededorcompleted
the Work from the requirements of the Contract
1
9.3.2.10.3.
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Observe that all items on the
Contract Rice or the Contract Times andarecompatible
final list have been corrected or completed and
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
make recommendations to ENGINEER
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
cgncer IM acceptance.
Documents. These may beaccomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also. on
1
.9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
not:
promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the
the Contract'rimm and the parties are unable to agree as
Contract Documents or accept any svhstitute
to the amount or eMent thereof, OWNER or
1
materials or a tipment unless authorized by the
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
ENGINEER
provided in Article I 1 or 12.
9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations. of ENGINEER'S
Rejeciing Defective Work,
authority as set forth in the Contmct Documents
1
9.3-3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
of the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractor.% or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
CONTRACTOR'S superintendent
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conformstothe Contract Documents or that
9 3 3 4 Advise on or issue directions relative
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
1
to, or assume control over any aspect of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by
means, methods technical sequences or
the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have
mixedures for construction unless such is
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
s=ifically called for in the Contract Documents
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the
Work is fabricated installed or completed
1
9.3.3.i. Advise on or issue directions
regarding or assume control over safety.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders andPavmena:
precautions and progams in connections with the
Work.
9.7. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples see paragraphs 6.24 through
1
9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Thawing or same
6.28 inclusive.
submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR
9.8. In connection with ENGINEERS authority as to
Change Orders see Articles 10, 11, aril 12.
1
9:3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the
Wort: in whole or in Part.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized Feld or
laboratory tests or inspections conducted by,,�others
Deferminations for Unit Prices:
e:xcept as specifiWlly authorized iJ the
1
ENGINEER
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Rice Wort: performed by
Ciarifreations and Interprefatioris:
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
9.4. ENGMI ER will issue with reasonable promptness
determinations on such matters before rendering a written
'
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
EJCDc GENERAL CONDinoits rYi" (i99a Edtim)
21
'
wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS NIODIFICATIONS (REV 4rt(100)
1
1
F`
for Payment or otherwise). ENGUEEWs written decision
decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
thereat will be final and binding upon OWNER and
and CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR unless. within ten days after the date of
My such decision. either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
'
delivers to ttie other and to ENGINEER written notice of
paraggaphs 9.10 and 9.1 L ENGINEER will not show
intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: () an
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
appeal from ENGINEERS decision is taken within the time
in
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
in faith in The
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth
rendered good such capacity. rendering of
Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement', entered
a decision by ENGINEER. pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or
'
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article -16, or (it) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making
has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may
exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
'
have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
Documents Or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
CONTRACTOR Such appeal will not be subject to the
such claim, dispute or other matter.
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
9.13. Limitations on FrVGlA'EER's Authority and
'
Decision on Disputes
Responsibilities:
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial imerpreter of the
9.13.1. Neither ENGTNEER's authority or
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
responsibility under this Article 9 or under arartyry other
acceptability of the Work thereunder. aims, deputes and
Cl
provision of the Contract Documents nor anydecision
'
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or
made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of
undertaking exercise or performance of any authority
the Work and claims under Articles i I and 12 in respect of
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
or give riseto any duty owed by ENGINEER to
,
referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request
CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph
any other person or organization, or to any surety for
Written notice. of each such claim, dispute or other matter
or employee or agent of any of then.
will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the
other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
,
later than thirty days) after the start of the Occurrence or
control or have authority over or be responsible for
event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will.
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques.
be submitted to ENGINEER and the Other party within
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless
precautions and programs incident thereto. or for any
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
'
submission of additional or more accurate data in support
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be
shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform
within thirty days after receipt of the: claimant's last
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
Documents
'
ENGNEER will render a formal decision in writing within
thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsiblefor the
any, in accordance with this paragraph ENGINEER's
acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of arty
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of am other person or
be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR
organization performing or furnishing any of the
'
unless: (i) an appeal from ENGLNTEHR's decision is taken
Work
within the time limits and in accordance with the
pprrooccedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A. "Dispute
9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application
Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and
for Payment and accompanying documentation and
CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such
all maintenance and operating instructions. schedules,
Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a
guarantees, Bonds and certificates Of inspection, tests
'
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's
and approvals aril other documentation required to be
written decision is delivered by OWNER or
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
CONTRACTOR to the other Arai to ENGINEER within
determine generally that their content complies with
thirty days alter the date of such decision and a formal
the requirements of. and in the case of certificates of
proceeding is instituted by the appealim; party in a raum of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
'
competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
Documents,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
'
E1CDC GENEKAL CONDl71OM5191os 11990&Salad
22
wl CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODURCAitONS(REV 4POOO)
responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
.ARTICLE 10—CILVNGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be
authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promppttly proceed with
the Work involved which will be perfomned under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree as to the emem, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price'or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 1 I or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any Work performed that is not re fired by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9,
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered.
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (u) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13,14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract. Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the parties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.11;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall parry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of arry change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
EM)C GENERAL CONVITIOM 1910.3 arw Edtim)
w/ aTY OF FORT COLLI M MODIFICATIONS (REV 4R000)
I
(including. but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to.be
given to a surety, the giving, of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
AK ICLE11-CHANGE OFCONT ACrPRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to CONTRACTOR for performing the Wodt. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense
without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment Any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no
event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit
additional or more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to
which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event All claims for adjustment in the
Contract. Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract.
Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this
paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Charge
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
t 1.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3. inclusive);
11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents; by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 1 L6.2):
11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump stun is not reached under
paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).
Cost of the IVork
11.4. The tens Cost of the Work means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the Project, shall_ include only the following
items and shall not include -any of the costs itemized in
paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1.Payroll .costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation
superintcndets, foremen and other personnel
employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full-time on the Work shall
be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll casts shall aalude. ita-mt be limited to
salaries and wages plus the cast of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health aid -retirement benefits, —bonuses;
_k jeaye.._ _tier mW holiday My applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work after regular
working hours, on Saturday. Sunday or legal holidays.
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by OWNER.
11.4.2; Coat of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the Work including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, aril Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for Work performed or famished by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,
EJCDC OENERAI. CONDITIOM 1 v dos (1 sso &tilion)
24 W CITY OF FORT COLLINSMOMFICATIONS(REV 4PON)
CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGINEER which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractors Cost of the Wok and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
paragraphs l IA, 11.5. 11.6 and 11.7. All
subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accotmtants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental casts including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
performance of the Work, and cost Ieess market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR
I L4.5.3. Rentals of all construction
equipment and machinery and the parts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER and the
costs of transportation loading, unloading,
installation. dismantling and removal thereof —all
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment.
machinery or parts shall cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer. use or similar taxes
related to the Work and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR any
Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by OWNER in
accordance with paragraph 5.91 provided they
have resulted from causes other than the
neVigence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OWNER No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining.
CONTRACTOR'S fee. M however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction. and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls. telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
11.5, The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll casts and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4-all of which
are to be considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR's fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of COINTRACTOR's principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonk and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
EK'DC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910E (1990 E6lim)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLI M MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
11.55. Costs due to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including but
not limited to. the correction of dejecthe Work
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5.6: Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any.item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work;
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragmphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2. the
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under
paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACfOR's fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragmphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will cach.be
paid_a Fee-of-fiv"er ent--o thaemoum-paid-to
t} a-neeF lawertierSubconhaetoF to be negotiated
in P-Ood faith with the OWNER but not to exceed
five percent of the amount paid to the next lower
tier SubconIta
11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5
and 11.5:
11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change.
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the
amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change. the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive.
11.7. Whenever the cos of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5,
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an
itemized cast breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash.411onnnces:
l 1.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract act Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be famished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes: and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the
-allowances have been included in the Contract Rice
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by i llowmccs, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.9. Unite ice Nark*
1 L9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or part of the Work is to,be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all
Unit Rice Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices foe each separately identified
item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
mount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cove CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each separately identified item.
11.93. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
clad for an adjustment in the Connate Price in
accordance with Article 11 if.
11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
EICDCceNmALCOM'nOM 1910s (19908ditim)
26 col CITY OF FORT COLLI SMODIFICATIONS(REV 4/21000)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Word:; and
11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or OWNER believes that
0WNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole.
discretion without affecting'the Contract Price of
env remaining item so long, as the deletion or
addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of
the original total Contract Price,
ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OFCONTRACT TIMES
12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change .Order or a Written Amendment
Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by
the party making the claim to the other party and to
ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be.
accompanied by the claimant's written. statement that the
adjustmentclaimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of
the occurrence of said event All claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or ,Milestones) shall be determined by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if
OWNNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance
with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement.
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such
delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in
paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to. acts
or neglect by OWNER acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and
1
1
1
1
within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays wiNn the mntrol of CONTRACTOR
12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the
time lest due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole
and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall
OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR; any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any
surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for
damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or.
(ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but
not limited to; foes, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
eonditiom, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners
or other contractors performing odicr work as contemplated
by Article 7.
ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. NoticeofDefects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or
ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to
CONTRACTOR All defective Work may. be rejected,
corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
.Access to Work:
13.2. OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEER's Consultants,
other representatives and personnel of OWNM,
independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies
with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at
reasonable —tunes for their observatiom inspecting and
testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work For all required inspections,
tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests
13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of
an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Documents except
13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered
by paragraph 13.5 below;
13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests
or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9
Ex'DC GENERAL. CONDMOM 191" (trw Edtim)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLI M MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/r000)
below shall be paid as provided in said
paragraph 13.9; and
13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or partthereol) specifically
to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or
other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs
in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the
required certificates of inspection, or approval.
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's
and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work or of materials. mix designs,
or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in
the Work.
13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of
ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for observation.
11T. Uncovering Work.as provided in paragraph 13.6
shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
Uncovering Work:
13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER it must, if requested by
ENGII LEER be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation
and replaced at CONTRFACTOR's expense.
13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or
inspected or tested by others; CONTRACTOR, at
ENGINEER's request. shall uncover, expose or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection or testing as
ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in
question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and
equipment If it is fourid'that such Work is defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages,catised by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovering, exposure, observation inspection and testing
and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,
and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in
Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
(or Milestones), or bah, directly attributable to such
27